S-1/A
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2014

Registration No. 333-192542

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 5

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   4922   72-1252419

(State or jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

One Leadership Square

211 North Robinson Avenue

Suite 950

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

(405) 525-7788

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Mark C. Schroeder

General Counsel

1111 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 207-1111

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gerald M. Spedale

Jason A. Rocha

Baker Botts L.L.P.

910 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 229-1234

 

Robert J. Joseph

Jones Day

77 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

(312) 269-4176

 

Sean T. Wheeler

Ryan J. Maierson

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non- accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not offer or sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

Subject To Completion, dated March 28, 2014

LOGO

 

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

 

 

This is the initial public offering of common units of Enable Midstream Partners, LP. We are selling             common units in this offering. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per common unit. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. We have been approved to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ENBL,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

 

 

Investing in our common units involves risks. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26.

 

These risks include the following:

 

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units.

 

 

Our contracts are subject to renewal risks.

 

 

Natural gas, NGL and crude oil prices are volatile, and changes in these prices could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

 

Our general partner and its affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.

 

 

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

 

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

 

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they will not initially be able to remove our general partner without its consent.

 

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. Following this offering, the market price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

 

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our distributable cash flow to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

 

 

Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

 

 

      

Per

Common Unit

      

Total

 

Initial public offering price

       $                               $                       

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

       $                               $                       

Proceeds, before expenses, to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

       $                               $                       

 

(1)   Excludes a structuring fee of an aggregate of $         million payable to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

The selling unitholder named in this prospectus has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                 common units from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than                  common units in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                 , 2014, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley

  Barclays           Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Citigroup
  Deutsche Bank Securities
    J.P. Morgan
      UBS Investment Bank
        Wells Fargo Securities

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse   RBC Capital Markets

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

Enable Midstream Partners, LP

     1   

Risk Factors

     8   

Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure

     9   

Organizational Structure

     11   

Management of Enable Midstream Partners, LP

     12   

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

     12   

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

     13   

The Offering

     14   

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

     19   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     23   

RISK FACTORS

     26   

Risks Related to Our Business

     26   

Risks Related to an Investment in Us

     45   

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

     55   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     61   

CAPITALIZATION

     62   

DILUTION

     63   

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     65   

General

     65   

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

     67   

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

     68   

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015

     70   

Significant Forecast Assumptions

     74   

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     84   

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     98   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     101   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     102   

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     124   

General

     124   

Natural Gas Industry Overview

     124   

Crude Oil Industry Overview

     125   

Natural Gas Midstream Services

     125   
     Page  

Crude Oil Gathering

     127   

Contractual Arrangements

     127   

U.S. Natural Gas Fundamentals

     128   

Overview of Areas of Operation

     130   

BUSINESS

     133   

Overview

     133   

Business Strategies

     136   

Competitive Strengths

     137   

Our Sponsors

     138   

Our Assets and Operations

     139   

Rate and Other Regulation

     154   

Safety and Health Regulation

     160   

Environmental Matters

     163   

Employees

     166   

Properties

     166   

Legal Proceedings

     167   

MANAGEMENT

     168   

Management of Enable Midstream Partners, LP

     168   

Directors and Executive Officers of Enable GP, LLC

     169   

Board Leadership Structure

     171   

Board Role in Risk Oversight

     171   

Committees of the Board of Directors

     172   

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

     172   

Director Compensation

     173   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     173   

2014 Executive Compensation Program

     178   

Executive Compensation Tables

     183   

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

     187   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING UNITHOLDERS

     190   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     192   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     199   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     208   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     210   

Organization and Duration

     210   

Purpose

     210   

Capital Contributions

     210   

Voting Rights

     211   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     212   

Limited Liability

     212   
 

 

i


Table of Contents
     Page  

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

     213   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     214   

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

     216   

Termination and Dissolution

     216   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     217   

Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner

     217   

Transfer of General Partner Interests

     218   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

     218   

Transfer of Common or Subordinated Units by Sponsors

     219   

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

     219   

Change of Management Provisions

     219   

Limited Call Right

     219   

Meetings; Voting

     220   

Status as Limited Partner

     221   

Ineligible Holders; Redemption

     221   

Indemnification

     221   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     222   

Books and Reports

     222   
     Page  

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     222   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     223   

Rule 144

     223   

Our Partnership Agreement

     223   

Registration Rights Agreement

     223   

Lock-Up Agreements

     224   

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     225   

INVESTMENT IN ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     242   

UNDERWRITING

     244   

LEGAL MATTERS

     250   

EXPERTS

     250   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     250   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     251   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A—FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

     A-1   

APPENDIX B—GLOSSARY

     B-1   
 

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. Neither we, the selling unitholder nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we, the selling unitholder nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

The data included in this prospectus regarding the midstream natural gas and crude oil industry, including descriptions of trends in the market and our position and the position of our competitors within the industry, is based on a variety of sources, including independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources, information obtained from customers, distributors, suppliers and trade and business organizations and publicly available information, as well as our good faith estimates, which have been derived from management’s knowledge and experience in the industry in which we operate. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the third-party information included in this prospectus, based on management’s knowledge and experience, we believe that the third-party sources are reliable and that the third-party information included in this prospectus or in our estimates is accurate and complete.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical combined and consolidated financial statements, the pro forma combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere herein before investing in our common units. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus (1) assumes an initial public offering price of $         per common unit, (2) assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units and (3) is adjusted to reflect the 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split effected on March 25, 2014. You should read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 for more information about important risks that you should consider carefully before investing in our common units. We include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the prospectus, all references in this prospectus to “our,” “we,” the “partnership,” “us” and like terms, when used with respect to periods prior to May 1, 2013, refer to the entities comprising CenterPoint Energy’s interstate pipelines and field services reportable business segments, and when used with respect to periods on and after May 1, 2013, refer to Enable Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries. For a description of the transactions entered into in connection with the formation of our partnership on May 1, 2013, please read “—Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure.” References to “Enable GP” or our “general partner” are to Enable GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and our general partner; references to “CenterPoint Energy” are to CenterPoint Energy, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its subsidiaries, other than us; references to “OGE Energy” are to OGE Energy Corp., an Oklahoma corporation, and its subsidiaries, other than us; references to our “sponsors” are to CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy; and references to “ArcLight” are to ArcLight Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its affiliated entities, ArcLight Energy Partners Fund V, L.P., ArcLight Energy Partners Fund IV, L.P., Bronco Midstream Partners, L.P., Bronco Midstream Infrastructure LLC and Enogex Holdings LLC, and their respective general partners and subsidiaries.

 

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

Our Business

 

We are a large-scale, growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and develop strategically located natural gas and crude oil infrastructure assets. We serve key current and emerging production areas in the United States, including several premier shale resource plays and local and regional end-user markets in the United States. Our assets and operations are organized into two business segments: (i) gathering and processing, which primarily provides natural gas gathering, processing and fractionation services and crude oil gathering for our producer customers, and (ii) transportation and storage, which provides interstate and intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation and storage service to natural gas producers, utilities and industrial customers. In both business segments, we generate a substantial portion of our gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements that minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.

 

Our natural gas gathering and processing assets are strategically located in four states and serve natural gas production from shale developments, which we refer to as unconventional shale resource plays, in some of the most productive regions of the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. These basins have experienced a strong increase in investment and drilling activity by exploration and production companies in recent years. We also own an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation of the Williston Basin that commenced initial operations in November 2013. We are continuing to construct additional crude oil gathering capacity in this area. Our natural gas transportation and storage assets extend from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Upon our formation in May 2013 as a limited partnership among OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, we became one of the largest midstream partnerships in the United States based on total assets. As of December 31, 2013, our portfolio of energy infrastructure assets included approximately 11,000 miles of gathering pipelines, 12 major processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity, approximately 7,900 miles of interstate pipelines (including Southeast Supply Header, LLC, or SESH, in which we own a 24.95% interest), approximately 2,300 miles of intrastate pipelines and eight storage facilities comprising 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity. We believe our scale benefits our customers by providing them with fully integrated midstream services and improved access from the wellhead to the marketplace. In addition, we believe our scale and scope will position us to be more competitive in developing new energy infrastructure assets and adding complementary services and business lines.

 

From the year ended December 31, 2011 through the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we grew the volume of gas processed on our systems by 61%. We expect to continue to grow our business by providing midstream services to our customers’ rapidly growing upstream development projects. We expect our customers’ activity in the basins in which we operate to result in higher throughput on our systems and additional organic growth opportunities to expand the capacity and utilization of our assets. We also expect to grow our business and distributable cash flow by developing new energy infrastructure projects to support new and existing customers as they expand beyond our current footprint, as well as through third-party acquisitions. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, on a pro forma basis, we invested $798 million, $912 million and $571 million, respectively, in expansion capital expenditures. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures will be $533 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

We believe that our contractual arrangements provide a strong platform to support established operations and future organic growth. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 76% of our gross margin was generated from contracts that are fee-based, and approximately 50% of our gross margin was attributable to firm contracts or contracts with minimum volume commitment features.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we generated $1,322 million of gross margin, $779 million of Adjusted EBITDA and $454 million of net income. Gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For definitions of gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, please read “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

Gathering and Processing. We provide gathering, processing, treating, compression, dehydration and natural gas liquids (NGLs) fractionation for natural gas producers. Our gathering and processing assets are strategically located in established and actively developing basins in the United States and are interconnected with our interstate and intrastate pipelines and with third-party pipelines, which provides our customers with the benefits of a flexible and efficient transportation and storage system. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top customers by volumes gathered were affiliates of Encana Corporation (Encana), Shell Oil Corporation (Shell), Exxon Mobil Corporation (Exxon), Chesapeake Energy Corporation (Chesapeake), Apache Corporation (Apache), Continental Resources, Inc. (Continental), QEP Energy Company (QEP), Devon Energy Production Company LP (Devon), BP America Production Company (BP) and Samson Resources Company (Samson).

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our gathering and processing assets on a pro forma basis as of or for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Asset/Basin

   Length
(miles)
     Compression
(Horsepower)
     Average
Gathering
Volume
(TBtu/d)
     Number of
Processing
Plants
     Processing
Capacity
(MMcf/d)
     NGLs
Produced

(Bbl/d)
     Gross Acreage
Dedications
(in millions)
 

Anadarko Basin

     6,729         477,462         1.3         9         1,445         43,233         4.7   

Arkoma Basin

     2,676         137,928         1.0         1         60         4,686         1.2   

Ark-La-Tex Basin(1)

     1,639         182,892         1.3         2         545         10,814         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,044         798,282         3.6         12         2,050         58,733         6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Ark-La-Tex basin assets also include 14,500 Bbl/d of fractionation capacity and 6,300 Bbl/d of ethane pipeline capacity, which are not listed in the table.

 

Six of our processing plants in the Anadarko basin are interconnected via our large-diameter, rich gas gathering system in western Oklahoma, which spans 18 counties and has approximately 1.2 Bcf/d of processing capacity. Our 4.7 million gross acres of acreage dedications in the Anadarko basin area are served by this system, which we refer to as our “super-header” system. We have configured this system to optimize the flow of natural gas and the utilization of the processing plants connected to it, which we believe provides us with strategic growth opportunities. We have made investments to expand the super-header system, including our newest plant located in Custer County, Oklahoma (the McClure Plant) that was placed in service in December 2013. The McClure Plant increased our natural gas processing capacity in the basin by over 15%, providing an additional 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity. We expect to continue to grow the capacity of the super-header system through the planned addition of another new cryogenic processing plant and related gathering pipelines. This plant, which will be located in Grady County, Oklahoma (the Bradley Plant), will provide an additional 200 MMcf/d of processing capacity and is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2015.

 

We believe our contract structures provide us with stable cash flows in our major operating basins. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we generated 61% of our gathering and processing gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements, and of this fee-based margin, approximately 38% was attributable to gathering and processing contracts containing minimum volume commitment features. Under our minimum volume commitment contracts, our customers commit to ship a minimum annual volume of natural gas on our gathering system, or, in lieu of shipping such volumes, to pay us periodically as if that minimum amount had been shipped. As of December 31, 2013, we had minimum volume commitments in lean natural gas developments of 1.6 Bcf/d with a weighted average remaining term of over nine years. We also have an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation. Our current operations in the Bakken have a similar minimum volume commitment contract structure that we believe will provide us with an additional source of stable cash flows. Under our acreage dedication contracts, our customers are generally required to deliver all of their production within the dedicated area to our gathering system over the period of the contract. As of December 31, 2013, we had acreage dedications in rich natural gas developments covering more than 5.7 million acres that generally have long lived reserves with a weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years. As of December 31, 2013, our gathering and processing contracts for our top ten natural gas producer customers, which accounted for approximately 75% of our gathered volumes for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, had a volume-weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our gathering and processing business segment generated $762 million of gross margin and $467 million of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Transportation and Storage. Our natural gas transportation and storage business segment consists of our interstate pipelines, our intrastate pipelines and our storage assets. We provide pipeline takeaway capacity for natural gas producers from supply basins to market hubs and critical natural gas supply for industrial end users and utilities, such as local distribution companies, or LDCs, and power generators. Our interstate pipeline system, including SESH, includes approximately 7,900 miles of transportation pipelines and extends from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois. Our eight storage facilities in Oklahoma, Louisiana and Illinois have 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity and strategically complement our pipeline systems.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our transportation and storage assets as of December 31, 2013:

 

Asset

   Length
(miles)
     Capacity     Total Firm
Contracted
Capacity(Bcf/d)
     Average
Throughput
Volume

(Tbtu/d)
    Percent of
Capacity
under
Firm
Contracts
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Firm
Contract
Life(years)
 

Interstate Transportation(1)

     7,880           8.4 Bcf /d      8.0         3.5 (2)      95     3.9   

Intrastate Transportation

     2,304           1.9 Bcf /d(3)              1.6               4.9   

Storage

             86.5 Bcf        67.9                79     4.4   

 

  (1)   Except with respect to length, this information does not include amounts for SESH. SESH is a non-consolidated entity in which we own a 24.95% ownership interest.
  (2)   Actual volumes transported per day may be less than total firm contracted capacity based on demand.
  (3)   This represents the maximum single day receipts on the intrastate systems. Our Oklahoma intrastate pipeline system is a web-like configuration with multidirectional flow capabilities between numerous receipt and delivery points, which limits our ability to determine an overall system capacity. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the peak daily throughput was 1.9 TBtu or, on a volumetric basis, 1.9 Bcf/d.

 

We generate revenue primarily by charging demand fees pursuant to applicable tariffs for the transportation and storage of natural gas on our system. On a pro forma basis, we generated 96% of our transportation and storage gross margin under fee-based agreements with a weighted average remaining contract life of over four years as of December 31, 2013. Demand-based margin for this period represented 89% of the fee-based margin, on a pro forma basis. We generally do not take ownership of the natural gas that we transport and store.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our top customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede Group (Laclede), OGE Energy, American Electric Power Company, Inc. (AEP) and Exxon. Our transportation and storage assets were designed and built to serve affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy and AEP and are competitively positioned to serve other large natural gas and electric utility companies, such as Ameren Corporation (Ameren) and Entergy Corporation (Entergy).

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our transportation and storage business segment generated $562 million of gross margin and $313 million of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Business Strategies

 

Our primary business objective is to practice operational excellence and to grow our business responsibly, enabling us to increase the amount of cash distributions we make to our unitholders over time while maintaining our financial stability. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the strategies listed below:

 

   

Capitalize on Organic Growth Opportunities Associated with Our Strategically Located Assets. We own and operate assets servicing four of the largest basins in the United States, including some of the most productive shale developments in these basins. We believe current high levels of natural gas and crude oil exploration, development and production activities within our areas of operation present significant opportunities for organic growth and increasing throughput on our system. Over 200 drilling rigs were deployed in our areas of gas gathering operation as of December 31, 2013, which represents a 12% increase over December 2012. As a result of this expanding activity, we are constructing an additional processing facility in Oklahoma that is expected to provide an additional 200 MMcf/d in processing capacity. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, there were 97 drilling rigs operating in Dunn and McKenzie counties, North Dakota, in the Williston Basin, where we are currently operating a crude oil gathering system, as well as 64 drilling rigs operating in Williams and Mountrail counties, North Dakota, in the Williston Basin, where we have entered into an agreement to construct a second crude oil gathering system. We are evaluating other expansion opportunities to further enhance our existing systems.

 

   

Continue to Minimize Direct Commodity Price Exposure Through Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts. We continually seek ways to minimize our exposure to commodity price risk, and we believe that our focus on fee-based revenues reduces our direct commodity price exposure and is essential to maintaining stable cash flows and increasing our quarterly distributions over time. Since 2009, we have focused on increasing the percentage of long-term, fee-based contracts with our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, 76% of our gross margin was generated from fee-based contracts. As we grow, we intend to maintain our focus on long-term, fee-based contracts.

 

   

Maintain Strong Customer Relationships to Attract New Volumes and Expand Beyond Our Existing Asset Footprint and Business Lines. We plan to grow our business through our strong relationships with existing customers. We believe that we have built a strong and loyal customer base through exemplary customer service and reliable project execution. We have invested in multiple organic growth projects in support of our existing and new customers. For example, in 2012, an existing customer invited us to participate in the construction of a gas gathering system in the Ark-La-Tex basin, and in 2013, a second customer invited us to develop a crude oil gathering system in the Williston basin. In addition, in February 2014, we executed another agreement with this second customer to gather additional crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015. We expect to maintain and build relationships with key producers and suppliers to continue to attract new volumes and expansion opportunities.

 

   

Grow Through Accretive Acquisitions and Disciplined Development. We plan to pursue accretive acquisitions of complementary assets that provide attractive potential returns in new operating regions or midstream business lines. From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we have invested approximately $639 million in acquisitions of new assets (including our Waskom processing plant, Cordillera gathering system and Amoruso gathering system) and investments in joint ventures (including SESH), and we have invested an additional $179 million in expansion capital associated with these projects. We also have the ability to acquire CenterPoint Energy’s remaining 25.05% interest in SESH by 2015. We will continue to analyze acquisition opportunities using disciplined financial and operating practices, including a process for evaluating and managing risks to cash distributions.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Leverage the Scale of Our Existing Assets to Realize Significant Synergies. Given the complementary features of our assets, we expect operating synergies from the interconnection and optimization of our systems to increase our cash flows over time. We expect to achieve operational and commercial synergies of $15.6 million through March 31, 2015, net of integration costs, and we expect additional synergies over time as we create a combined midstream service platform and are able to offer new and existing customers new and more efficient services.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business strategies successfully because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Significant Capability, Scale and Stability of Our Diversified Midstream Business. With over $11 billion in assets as of December 31, 2013 across ten states and multiple midstream business lines, we have an enhanced ability to provide customers with access to diverse services and end markets. We have approximately 11,000 miles of gathering pipelines and 12 major processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity spanning the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. Our natural gas processing plants produced 58.7 MBbl/d of NGLs, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, making us one of the largest producers of NGLs in the United States. Our network of interstate and intrastate pipelines covers approximately 7,900 miles (including SESH) and 2,300 miles, respectively, and is complemented by our 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity. We believe our size, scale and stability are competitive strengths and enhance our ability to provide reliable and increasing cash flows to our unitholders.

 

   

Strategically Located Assets that Provide a Strong Platform for Growth and Operational Flexibility to Our Customers. Our assets are strategically configured in and around four of the most prominent natural gas and crude oil producing basins in the country and support a diversified midstream business that we believe will deliver reliable distributions and steady growth to our unitholders. Our assets transport natural gas to delivery points across the United States through 97 interconnects as of December 31, 2013. A portion of our system also serves local natural gas demand at LDCs, natural gas-fired power plants and industrial load in the regions in which we operate. We believe that our assets provide operational flexibility and delivery options for producers transporting natural gas from a mix of rich and lean natural gas plays to multiple market hubs within our region. Our assets also provide outlets for suppliers from other regions seeking to provide natural gas to on-system markets that we serve. We believe that our competitors would require significant capital expenditures to provide comparable services to these customers, providing us with a significant competitive advantage as demand for natural gas grows over time.

 

   

Strong Relationships with a Large and Diverse Customer Base. We serve a broad range of customers across both of our business segments, and many of our customers rely on us for multiple midstream services. We believe that our track record of executing large infrastructure projects and meeting target in-service dates has allowed us to build a reputation as a reliable operator that provides high-quality services and focuses on the needs of our customers. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top gathering and processing customers by volumes gathered were affiliates of Encana, Shell, Exxon, Chesapeake, Apache, Continental, QEP, Devon, BP and Samson and our top transportation and storage customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon. We believe that our relationships and reputation will continue to create opportunities with new and existing customers.

 

   

Stable Cash Flows as a Result of Fee-Based Revenues Under Long-Term Contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we generated approximately 76% and 74%, respectively, of our gross margin from fee-based contracts, primarily with creditworthy counterparties.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

We believe that our long-term, fee-based contracts, many of which include minimum volume commitments and/or acreage dedications, minimize our commodity price exposure and enhance the predictability of our financial performance.

 

   

Strong and Flexible Capital Structure. We have a disciplined financial policy and maintain a strong and flexible capital structure to allow us to execute our identified growth projects and acquisitions even in challenging market environments. On May 1, 2013, we entered into our $1.4 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility. As of January 2014, we have the ability to issue up to $1.4 billion in commercial paper, subject to available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and market conditions, to manage the timing of cash flows and fund short-term working capital deficits. We believe our strong credit profile, including our investment-grade credit ratings, and the liquidity provided by our revolving credit facility give us a significant advantage over many of our competitors that may be more limited in their access to capital to pursue organic growth and acquisition opportunities.

 

   

Experienced Management Team and Key Operational Personnel with a Proven Record of Asset Operation, Acquisition, Construction, Development and Integration Expertise. Our management team has an average of over 25 years of experience in the energy industry in operating, acquiring, constructing, developing and integrating midstream assets, and understands the service requirements of our customers. Our management team has established strong relationships with producers, marketers and other end-users of natural gas throughout the U.S. upstream and midstream industries, which we believe will be beneficial to us in pursuing acquisition and organic expansion opportunities. We also employ skilled engineering, construction and operations teams that have significant experience in designing, constructing and operating large midstream energy projects.

 

Our Relationship with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy

 

OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are aligned with us to grow our distributions. Following the completion of this offering, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will retain a significant interest in us through their approximate                 % and                 % limited partner interests in us, respectively. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will each own 50% of the management rights of our general partner, which holds all of our incentive distribution rights. In addition, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy own 60% and 40%, respectively, of the economic rights in our general partner.

 

OGE Energy (NYSE: OGE) is the parent company of Oklahoma Gas and Electric Company, or OG&E, a regulated electric utility serving approximately 805,000 customers in a service territory spanning 30,000 square miles in Oklahoma and western Arkansas. OG&E furnishes retail electric service in 268 communities and their contiguous rural and suburban areas. OG&E’s service area includes Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and Fort Smith, Arkansas, the second largest city in that state. Of the 268 communities that OG&E serves, 242 are located in Oklahoma and 26 are located in Arkansas. As of December 31, 2013, OGE Energy had total assets of $9.1 billion and a market capitalization of $6.7 billion.

 

CenterPoint Energy (NYSE: CNP) is a public utility holding company whose indirect wholly owned subsidiaries include (i) CenterPoint Energy Houston Electric, LLC, which provides electric transmission and distribution services to retail electric providers serving over two million metered customers in a 5,000-square-mile area of the Texas Gulf Coast that has a population of approximately six million people and includes the city of Houston; and (ii) CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., which owns and operates natural gas distribution systems serving more than three million customers in six states, including customers in the metropolitan areas of Houston, Texas; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Little Rock, Arkansas; Shreveport, Louisiana; Biloxi, Mississippi; and Lawton, Oklahoma. As of December 31, 2013, CenterPoint Energy had total assets of $21.9 billion and a market capitalization of $9.9 billion.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our sponsors are also significant customers of our transportation and storage business segment and continue to own and operate a substantial portfolio of energy assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 4% of our total gross margin was derived from contracts servicing electric power generation with OGE Energy. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 7% of our total gross margin was derived from contracts servicing LDCs owned by CenterPoint Energy.

 

Our sponsors entered into a number of agreements in connection with our formation. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a detailed description of these agreements, as well as other agreements affecting us and our sponsors. Although we believe our relationships with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are positive attributes, there can be no assurance that we will benefit from these relationships.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, our regulatory and legal matters, our limited partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common units.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units.

 

   

The assumptions underlying the forecast of distributable cash flow that we include under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.

 

   

Our contracts are subject to renewal risks.

 

   

We depend on a small number of customers for a significant portion of our firm transportation and storage services revenues. The loss of, or reduction in volumes from, these customers could result in a decline in sales of our transportation and storage services and our consolidated financial position, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

   

Natural gas, NGL and crude oil prices are volatile, and changes in these prices could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Risks Related to an Investment in Us

 

   

Our general partner and its affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.

 

   

If you are not an Eligible Holder, your common units may be subject to redemption.

 

   

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our common units with contractual standards governing its duties.

 

   

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they will not initially be able to remove our general partner without its consent.

 

   

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per common unit.

 

   

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. Following this offering, the market price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

   

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our distributable cash flow to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

 

   

If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our distributable cash flow to our unitholders.

 

   

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations of applicable law, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

   

Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

FORMATION TRANSACTIONS AND PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE

 

We were formed in May 2013 by affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight to own, operate and develop a diversified portfolio of complementary midstream businesses previously operated by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Pursuant to a master formation agreement among our sponsors and ArcLight, the following transactions, which we refer to as our formation transactions, occurred in connection with our formation:

 

   

CenterPoint Energy converted CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary, or CEFS, into a Delaware limited partnership, which subsequently changed its name to Enable Midstream Partners, LP;

 

   

CenterPoint Energy contributed certain equity interests in its subsidiaries that conduct the remaining portion of its midstream business to Enable Midstream Partners, LP; and

 

   

OGE Energy and an indirect subsidiary of ArcLight contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Enogex), to Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

As consideration for the contribution of these assets and agreements, we issued 227,508,825 common units to CenterPoint Energy, 110,982,805 common units to OGE Energy and 51,527,730 common units to ArcLight after giving effect to the reverse unit split. We also issued a non-economic general partner interest and our incentive distribution rights to Enable GP. Enable GP is equally controlled by CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, with each owning 50% of the management rights. Enable GP holds all of our incentive distribution rights, 40% of which are allocated to CenterPoint Energy and 60% of which are allocated to OGE Energy. In connection with this offering,                 of CenterPoint Energy’s common units and                  of OGE Energy’s common units will be converted into subordinated units.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

We also entered into a number of agreements with our sponsors in connection with our formation. These agreements included an agreement with respect to the transfer of CenterPoint Energy’s remaining 25.05% interest in SESH to us, an omnibus agreement, certain services and employment agreements and tax sharing agreements. In addition, upon our formation, we entered into our $1.05 billion three-year term loan facility and our $1.4 billion five-year revolving credit facility.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

The diagram below depicts a simplified organization and ownership chart after giving effect to the offering. After giving effect to this offering, our units will be held as follows:

 

Public Common Units (1)

         

Common Units Held by:

  

CenterPoint Energy

         

OGE Energy

         

ArcLight

         

Subordinated Units Held by:

  

CenterPoint Energy

         

OGE Energy

         

LTIP Common Units (2)

         

General Partner Interest

     0.0
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.0

 

  (1)   Includes up to              common units that may be purchased by certain of our directors, officers and related persons pursuant to a directed unit program, as described in more detail in “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program.”
  (2)   Excludes approximately              phantom units that may be granted to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. Please read “Management—2014 Executive Compensation Program—Long Term Incentive Plan.”

 

LOGO

 

 

11


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

Enable GP, LLC, our general partner, will manage our business and operations. The board of directors and executive officers of our general partner will oversee our operations and make decisions on our behalf. Certain officers and directors of OGE Energy and CenterPoint also serve as executive officers or directors of our general partner.

 

Unlike shareholders in a publicly traded corporation, our common unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy each have the right to designate two members of the board of directors of our general partner, with any additional members of our board of directors being designated collectively by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. At the closing of this offering, our general partner will have one director who is independent as defined under the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will appoint one additional independent director within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and a third independent director within 12 months of the date of this prospectus. For information about the executive officers and directors of our general partner, please read “Management.”

 

SUMMARY OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

Our general partner has a duty to manage our partnership in a manner it subjectively believes is in our best interests. However, the officers and directors of our general partner also have duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Additionally, certain of our executive officers and initial directors are officers and/or directors of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us and our common unitholders, on the one hand, and OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and our general partner, on the other hand. For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest of our general partner, please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in Us” and “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

Delaware law provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners and the partnership. Pursuant to these provisions, our partnership agreement contains various provisions replacing the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing the duties of the general partner and the methods of resolving conflicts of interest. The effect of these provisions is to restrict the remedies available to our common unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. Our partnership agreement also provides that, subject to the provisions contained in the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and their other subsidiaries and affiliates, are permitted to compete with us. We may enter into additional agreements in the future with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy relating to the purchase of additional assets, the provision of certain services to us by OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy and other matters. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and their subsidiaries are not held to a fiduciary duty standard of care to us, our general partner or our limited partners, but rather to the standard of care specified in these agreements. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each common unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.

 

For a description of our other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND INTERNET ADDRESS

 

Our principal executive offices are located at One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102, and our telephone number is (405) 525-7788. Our website is located at www.enablemidstream.com. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, on our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common units offered to the public

                    common units or                  common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.

Units outstanding after this offering

                    common units and                  subordinated units, representing     % and     %, respectively, limited partner interests in us.
   As described further below, the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all outstanding units.
   In addition, our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us.

Option to purchase additional units

  

The selling unitholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional common units to the extent the underwriters sell more than             common units in this offering.

Use of proceeds

  

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, the structuring fee and offering expenses. We base this amount on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit. We intend to use approximately $                     million of the net proceeds of this offering for general partnership purposes, including the funding of expansion capital expenditures, and approximately $13 million to pre-fund demand fees expected to be incurred over the next three years relating to certain expiring transportation and storage contracts. Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, we may temporarily pay down debt outstanding under our commercial paper program and revolving credit facility.

 

Affiliates of each of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility and will, in that capacity, receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering through any repayment of borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility pending the application of the net proceeds as described above. Please read “Underwriting.”

   We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. The selling unitholder may be deemed under federal securities laws to be an underwriter with respect to the common units it may sell in connection with this offering.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Cash distributions

   We intend to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and its affiliates. We refer to this cash as “available cash,” and we define its meaning in our partnership agreement. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”
   We will adjust the amount of our distribution for the period from the completion of this offering through                 , based on the actual length of that period.
   Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash each quarter in the following manner:
  

•   first, to the holders of common units, until each common unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $         plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

•   second, to the holders of subordinated units, until each subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $         ; and

 

•   third, to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unit has received a distribution of $        .

   If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $         per unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive increasing percentages, up to 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions” because they incentivize our general partner to increase distributions to our unitholders. In certain circumstances, our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, will have the right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels at which the incentive distributions receive increasing percentages of the cash we distribute to higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the exercise of this reset election. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”
   Prior to making distributions, we will reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred by them on our behalf pursuant to the services agreements and the employee transition agreements. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Offering Transactions.”

 

 

15


Table of Contents
   Pro forma distributable cash flow generated during the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately $541 million. The amount of cash we will need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on our common units and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after this offering will be approximately $         million (or an average of approximately $         million per quarter). As a result, we would have had sufficient distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our common units and subordinated units for the year ended December 31, 2013. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013.”
   We believe that, based on the financial forecasts and related assumptions included under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Estimated Distributable Cash Flow for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015,” we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to make cash distributions for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, at the minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all common units and subordinated units outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. However, our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during the forecast period may vary from the forecast.

Subordinated units

   OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will initially indirectly own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not entitled to receive any distribution of available cash until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. If we do not pay distributions on our subordinated units, our subordinated units will not accrue arrearages for those unpaid distributions.

Conversion of subordinated units

   The subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least (i) $         (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common and subordinated unit, for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods ending on or after                 , or (ii) $         (150% of the annualized

 

 

16


Table of Contents
   minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit, in addition to any distribution made in respect of the incentive distribution rights, for any four-consecutive-quarter period ending on or after                 , in each case provided that there are no arrearages on our common units at that time. For purposes of the foregoing test, our general partner may include as earned in a particular quarter its prorated estimates of shortfall payments to be earned by the end of the then current contract year under our gathering agreements that include minimum volume commitments. In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal of our general partner other than for cause if the units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.
   When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to arrearages. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

Issuance of additional units

   We can issue an unlimited number of units without the consent of our unitholders. Please see “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.”

Limited voting rights

   Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You will not have the right to elect our general partner or its directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding common and subordinated units, including any common and subordinated units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon closing of this offering, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will own an aggregate of approximately     % of our common and subordinated units. This will give OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy the ability to prevent the involuntary removal of our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

Limited call right

   If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 90% of the outstanding common units, our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units at a price not less than the

 

 

17


Table of Contents
   then-current market price of the common units, as calculated in accordance with our partnership agreement. If our general partner and its affiliates reduce their ownership percentage to below 70% of the outstanding common units, the ownership threshold to exercise the call right will be permanently reduced to 80%. See “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions

   We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending                 , you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be     % or less of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $         per common unit, we estimate that your average allocable taxable income per year will be no more than $         per common unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions.”

Material tax consequences

  

For a discussion of other material federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Directed unit program

  

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common units offered hereby for our directors, officers and seconded employees. If purchased by these persons, these common units will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common units. Any reserved common units which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other common units offered hereby. Please read “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program.”

Exchange listing

   We have been approved to list the common units on the NYSE under the symbol “ENBL,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, the summary historical financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, which is derived from the historical books and records of the partnership, the summary historical financial and operating data of Enogex, which is derived from the historical books and records of Enogex, and the pro forma financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP. On May 1, 2013 (formation), OGE Energy and ArcLight indirectly contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex to the partnership in exchange for common units and, for OGE Energy only, interests in our general partner. The transaction was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, with the partnership considered the acquirer of Enogex. Subsequent to May 1, 2013, the financial and operating data of the partnership are consolidated to reflect the acquisition of Enogex and the retention of certain assets and liabilities by CenterPoint Energy. The following tables should be read together with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma and supplemental pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements, as applicable, and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The summary historical financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the audited historical combined and consolidated financial statements of the partnership included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating data for all periods is unaudited. The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

The summary historical financial and operating data of Enogex for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the audited historical consolidated financial statements of Enogex included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating data for all periods is unaudited.

 

The summary unaudited pro forma financial and operating data is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma and supplemental pro forma combined financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 assume that our formation transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred as of January 1, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data gives effect to, the following:

 

   

The acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, including (1) the incremental depreciation and amortization incurred on the fair value adjustment of Enogex’s assets, (2) adjustments to revenue and cost of sales to reflect purchase price adjustments for the recurring impact of certain loss contracts and deferred revenues and (3) a reduction to interest expense for recognition of a premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes;

 

   

A reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, and the interest expense incurred on notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy prior to May 1, 2013, which were repaid at formation;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.05 billion 3-year senior unsecured term loan facility by the partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.4 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility by the partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

 

19


Table of Contents
   

A reduction for the elimination of federal and state income taxes, except for Texas state margin taxes;

 

   

A reduction in the partnership’s interest in SESH from 50% to 24.95%;

 

   

The consummation of this offering and our issuance of                  common units to the public and the conversion of                  common units held by CenterPoint Energy and                  common units held by OGE Energy into subordinated units; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The pro forma financial data does not give effect to the estimated $3 million in incremental annual operation and maintenance expense we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. The pro forma financial data does not give effect to any potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies from the integration of the partnership and Enogex. The pro forma financial data does not reflect adjustments for the execution of service agreements with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy upon formation since the costs under these service agreements were previously incurred by the partnership and Enogex on a similar basis. The pro forma financial data does not adjust for acquisition related costs since the partnership incurred no acquisition related costs in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income during any period presented based upon the terms in the master formation agreement. For a description of the step acquisition gain, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Pro Forma.”

 

The following tables include the financial measures of gross margin, which we use as a measure of performance, Adjusted EBITDA, which we use as a measure of performance and liquidity, and distributable cash flow, which we use as a measure of liquidity. Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We define gross margin as total revenues minus cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results. For a reconciliation of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents
    Enable Midstream
Partners,  LP
Historical
    Enogex LLC
Historical
    Enable
Midstream

Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
    Year Ended
December  31,
    Year Ended
December  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2013     2012     2011     2012     2011     2013     2012  
   

(In millions, except per unit and operating data)

 

Results of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 2,489      $ 952      $ 932      $ 1,609      $ 1,787      $ 3,120      $ 2,564   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    1,313        129        101        1,120        1,346        1,798        1,238   

Operation and maintenance

    429        267        263        179        167        493        446   

Depreciation and amortization

    212        106        91        109        78        269        273   

Impairments

    12                             6        12          

Gain on insurance proceeds

                         (8     (3            (8

Taxes other than income

    54        34        37        23        18        62        57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    469        416        440        186        175        486        558   

Interest expense

    (67     (85     (90     (32     (23     (49     (45

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

    15        31        31                      12        18   

Interest income—affiliated companies

    9        21        14                               

Step acquisition gain

           136                                    136   

Other, net

                         (4     3        9        (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    426        519        395        150        155        458        663   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (1,192     203        163                      4        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,618      $ 316      $ 232      $ 150      $ 155      $ 454      $ 660   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    3                      2        (1     3        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

  $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232      $ 148      $ 156      $ 451      $ 658   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to controlling interest(1)

  $ 289               
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit(1)(2)

  $ 0.74               
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per subordinated limited partner unit(1)

             
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 8,990      $   4,705      $   4,070      $   2,262      $   1,889       

Total assets

    11,232        6,482        5,796        2,651        2,277       

Long-term debt, including current portion

    2,120        1,762        1,568        698        598       

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital

    8,148        3,215        2,898           

Enogex LLC Member’s Interest

          1,417        1,265       

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 648      $ 451      $ 662      $ 316      $ 253       

Investing activities

    (140     (645     (560     (508     (576    

Financing activities

    (400     194        (102     189        325       

Other Financial Data:

             

Gross margin

  $ 1,176      $ 823      $ 831      $ 489      $ 441      $ 1,322      $   1,326   

Adjusted EBITDA

    714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 281      $ 260      $ 779      $ 837   

Distributable cash flow

            $ 541      $ 612   

 

  (1)   Historical limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP and basic and diluted earnings per unit reflect net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP subsequent to its formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, as no limited partner units were outstanding prior to this date.
  (2)   Historical basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit reflects the 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split effected on March 25, 2014.

 

 

21


Table of Contents
    Enable Midstream
Partners,  LP

Historical
    Enogex LLC
Historical
    Enable Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
    Year Ended
December  31,
    Year Ended
December  31,
    Year
Ended

December  31,
 
    2013     2012     2011     2012     2011     2013     2012  
   

(In millions, except per unit and operating data)

 

Operating Data:

             

Gathered volumes—TBtu

    1,113        874        794        517        497        1,298        1,391   

Gathered volumes—TBtu/d

    3.05        2.39        2.17        1.41        1.36        3.56        3.80   

Natural gas processed volumes—TBtu

    397        73        37        357        290        524        430   

Natural gas processed volumes—TBtu/d

    1.09        0.20        0.10        0.98        0.79        1.44        1.17   

Total NGLs sold—millions of gallons/d

    1.90        0.25        0.09        2.37        1.88        2.52        2.62   

Transported volumes—TBtu

    1,608        1,378        1,596        585        595        1,803        1,962   

Transportation volumes— TBtu/d

    4.48        3.76        4.37        1.60        1.63        4.94        5.36   

Interstate firm contracted capacity—Bcf/d

    8.01        7.94        8.12                      8.01        7.94   

Intrastate average deliveries—TBtu/d

    1.58                      1.60        1.63        1.59        1.60   

 

 

22


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

We define gross margin as total revenues minus cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results. The economic substance behind the use of Adjusted EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness and make distributions to our investors. For a discussion of distributable cash flow, please see “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013.” Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are supplemental financial measures that management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies may use, to assess:

 

   

our operating performance as compared to those of other publicly traded partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to capital structure or historical cost basis;

 

   

the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our partners;

 

   

our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures; and

 

   

the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure projects and the returns on investment of various investment opportunities.

 

We believe that the presentation of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow provides information useful to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, revenue, cash from operations or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow have important limitations as an analytical tool because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Additionally, because gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility.

 

 

23


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of (i) gross margin to revenues, (ii) Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to net income attributable to controlling interest and (iii) Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, in each case, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Enable Midstream
Partners, LP
Historical
    Enogex LLC
Historical
    Enable Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2011     2012     2011     2013     2012  
     (In millions)  

Reconciliation of Gross Margin to Revenues:

              

Revenues

   $ 2,489      $ 952      $ 932      $ 1,609      $ 1,787      $ 3,120      $ 2,564   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

     1,313        129        101        1,120        1,346        1,798        1,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

   $ 1,176      $ 823      $ 831      $ 489      $ 441      $ 1,322      $ 1,326   

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to net income attributable to controlling interest:

              

Net income attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232      $ 148      $ 156      $ 451      $ 658   

Add:

              

Depreciation and amortization expense

     212        106        91        109        78        269        273   

Interest expense, net of interest income

     58        64        76        32        23        49        45   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,192     203        163                      4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 693      $ 689      $ 562      $ 289      $ 257      $ 773      $ 979   

Add:

              

Impairment

     12                             6        12          

Distributions from equity method affiliates

     24        39        39                      16        20   

Less:

              

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     (15     (31     (31                   (12     (18

Gain on insurance proceeds

                          (8     (3            (8

Gain on disposition

                                        (10       

Step acquisition gain

            (136                                 (136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 281      $ 260      $ 779      $ 837   

Less:

              

Adjusted interest expense, net

               (61     (55

Expansion capital expenditures

               (571     (912

Maintenance capital expenditures

               (174     (167

Incremental operation and maintenance
expense of being a public entity

               (3     (3

Demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

               (10     (10

Add:

              

Borrowings to fund demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

               10        10   

Borrowings for expansion capital expenditures

              
571
  
    912   
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributable cash flow

             $ 541      $ 612   

 

 

24


Table of Contents
    Enable Midstream
Partners, LP
Historical
    Enogex LLC
Historical
    Enable
Midstream

Partners, LP
Pro Forma
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December  31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    2013     2012     2011     2012     2011     2013   2012
    (In millions)

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 648      $ 451      $ 662      $ 316      $ 253       

Interest expense, net of interest income

    58        64        76        32        23       

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    3                      (2     1       

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(1,192

 

    203        163                     

Deferred income tax (expense) benefit

    1,194        (196     (176                  

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates (net of distributions)

    (9     (8     (8                  

Impairment

    12                             (6    

Step acquisition gain

           136                            

Gain on insurance proceeds

               8        3       

Other non-cash items

                         (6     (2    

Changes in operating working capital which (provided) used cash:

             

Accounts receivable

    86        8        (73     (6     5       

Accounts payable

    (65     6        (6     (40     (3    

Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities

    (42     25        (76     (13     (17    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

EBITDA

  $ 693      $ 689      $ 562      $ 289      $ 257       

Add:

             

Impairment

    12                             6       

Distributions from equity method affiliates

    24        39        39                     

Less:

             

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

    (15     (31     (31                  

Gain on insurance proceeds

                         (8     (3    

Step acquisition gain

           (136                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 281      $ 260       

 

 

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Limited partner interests are inherently different from capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in similar businesses. You should consider carefully the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

 

If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in us.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner and its affiliates, to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units.

 

In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $                 per unit, or $                 per unit on an annualized basis, we will require available cash of approximately $                 million per quarter, or $                 million per year, based on the number of common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering and phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that may be granted in connection with this offering to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. Please read “Management—2014 Executive Compensation Program—Long Term Incentive Plan.” We may not have sufficient available cash each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

 

   

the fees and gross margins we realize with respect to the volume of natural gas and crude oil that we handle;

 

   

the prices of, levels of production of, and demand for natural gas and crude oil;

 

   

the volume of natural gas and crude oil we gather, compress, treat, dehydrate, process, fractionate, transport and store;

 

   

the relationship among prices for natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;

 

   

cash calls and settlements of hedging positions;

 

   

margin requirements on open price risk management assets and liabilities;

 

   

the level of competition from other midstream energy companies;

 

   

adverse effects of governmental and environmental regulation;

 

   

the level of our operation and maintenance expenses and general and administrative costs; and

 

   

prevailing economic conditions.

 

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, including:

 

   

the level and timing of capital expenditures we make;

 

   

the cost of acquisitions;

 

   

our debt service requirements and other liabilities;

 

   

fluctuations in working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

restrictions contained in our debt agreements;

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner; and

 

   

other business risks affecting our cash levels.

 

For a description of additional restrictions and factors that may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please see “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

The assumptions underlying the forecast of distributable cash flow that we include under the caption “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.

 

The forecast of distributable cash flow set forth in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecasted results of operations, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct and that are discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” Our financial forecast has been prepared by management, and we have neither received nor requested an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks, including those discussed in this prospectus, which could cause our Adjusted EBITDA to be materially less than the amount forecasted. If we do not generate the forecasted Adjusted EBITDA, we may not be able to make the minimum quarterly distribution or pay any amount on our common units or subordinated units, and the market price of our common units may decline materially.

 

Our contracts are subject to renewal risks.

 

We generate a substantial portion of our gross margins under long-term, fee-based agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 76% of our gross margin was generated from contracts that are fee-based and approximately 50% of our gross margin was attributable to firm contracts or contracts with minimum volume commitment features. As these and other contracts expire, we may have to negotiate extensions or renewals with existing suppliers and customers or enter into new contracts with other suppliers and customers. We may be unable to obtain new contracts on favorable commercial terms, if at all. We also may be unable to maintain the economic structure of a particular contract with an existing customer or the overall mix of our contract portfolio. For example, depending on prevailing market conditions at the time of a contract renewal, gathering and processing customers with fixed-fee or fixed-margin contracts may desire to enter into contracts under different fee arrangements. To the extent we are unable to renew our existing contracts on terms that are favorable to us, if at all, or successfully manage our overall contract mix over time, our revenue, results of operations and distributable cash flow could be adversely affected.

 

We depend on a small number of customers for a significant portion of our firm transportation and storage services revenues. The loss of, or reduction in volumes from, these customers could result in a decline in sales of our transportation and storage services and our consolidated financial position, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

We provide firm transportation and storage services to certain key customers on our system. Our major transportation customers are affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon. Our interstate transportation and storage assets were designed and built to serve affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy and AEP.

 

Enable-Mississippi River Transmission, LLC’s (MRT) firm transportation and storage contracts with Laclede are scheduled to expire in 2015 and 2016. The primary terms of Enable Gas Transmission, LLC’s (EGT) firm transportation and storage contracts with CenterPoint Energy’s natural gas distribution business will expire in 2018.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our firm transportation contract with an affiliate of AEP expires January 1, 2015 and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other party at least 180 days prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period. The stated term of the OG&E transportation and storage contract expired April 30, 2009, but the contract remained in effect from year to year thereafter. On January 31, 2014, in anticipation of entering into a new, five-year term contract, OG&E provided written notice of termination of the contract, effective April 30, 2014. On March 17, 2014, we executed a new transportation agreement with OG&E effective May 1, 2014, with a primary term through April 30, 2019. Following the primary term, the agreement will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides notice of termination to the other party at least 180 days prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period.

 

The loss of all or even a portion of the interstate or intrastate transportation and storage services for any of these customers, the failure to extend or replace these contracts or the extension or replacement of these contracts on less favorable terms, as a result of competition or otherwise, could adversely affect our combined and consolidated financial position, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Our businesses are dependent, in part, on the drilling and production decisions of others.

 

Our businesses are dependent on the continued availability of natural gas and crude oil production. We have no control over the level of drilling activity in our areas of operation, the amount of reserves associated with wells connected to our systems or the rate at which production from a well declines. In addition, our cash flows associated with wells currently connected to our systems will decline over time. To maintain or increase throughput levels on our gathering and transportation systems and the asset utilization rates at our natural gas processing plants, our customers must continually obtain new natural gas and crude oil supplies. The primary factors affecting our ability to obtain new supplies of natural gas and crude oil and attract new customers to our assets are the level of successful drilling activity near these systems, our ability to compete for volumes from successful new wells and our ability to expand capacity as needed. If we are not able to obtain new supplies of natural gas and crude oil to replace the natural decline in volumes from existing wells, throughput on our gathering, processing, transportation and storage facilities would decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and distributable cash flow. We have no control over producers or their drilling and production decisions, which are affected by, among other things:

 

   

the availability and cost of capital;

 

   

prevailing and projected commodity prices, including the prices of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;

 

   

demand for natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;

 

   

levels of reserves;

 

   

geological considerations;

 

   

environmental or other governmental regulations, including the availability of drilling permits and the regulation of hydraulic fracturing; and

 

   

the availability of drilling rigs and other costs of production and equipment.

 

Fluctuations in energy prices can also greatly affect the development of new natural gas and crude oil reserves. Drilling and production activity generally decreases as commodity prices decrease. In general terms, the prices of natural gas, crude oil and other hydrocarbon products fluctuate in response to changes in supply and demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. Because of these factors, even if new natural gas or crude oil reserves are known to exist in areas served by our assets, producers may choose not to develop those reserves. Declines in natural gas or crude oil prices can have a negative impact on exploration, development and production activity and, if sustained, could lead to decreases in such activity. A sustained decline could also lead producers to shut in production from their existing wells. Sustained reductions

 

28


Table of Contents

in exploration or production activity in our areas of operation could lead to further reductions in the utilization of our systems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

In addition, it may be more difficult to maintain or increase the current volumes on our gathering systems, as several of the formations in the unconventional resource plays in which we operate generally have higher initial production rates and steeper production decline curves than wells in more conventional basins. Should we determine that the economics of our gathering assets do not justify the capital expenditures needed to grow or maintain volumes associated therewith, we may reduce such capital expenditures, which could cause revenues associated with these assets to decline over time. In addition to capital expenditures to support growth, the steeper production decline curves associated with unconventional resource plays may require us to incur higher maintenance capital expenditures relative to throughput over time, which will reduce our distributable cash flow.

 

Because of these and other factors, even if new reserves are known to exist in areas served by our assets, producers may choose not to develop those reserves. Reductions in drilling activity would result in our inability to maintain the current levels of throughput on our systems and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and distributable cash flow.

 

Our industry is highly competitive, and increased competitive pressure could adversely affect our results of operations and distributable cash flow.

 

We compete with similar enterprises in our respective areas of operation. The principal elements of competition are rates, terms of service and flexibility and reliability of service. Our competitors include large crude oil, natural gas and petrochemical companies that have greater financial resources and access to supplies of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil than us. Some of these competitors may expand or construct gathering, processing, transportation and storage systems that would create additional competition for the services we provide to our customers. Excess pipeline capacity in the regions served by our interstate pipelines could also increase competition and adversely impact our ability to renew or enter into new contracts with respect to our available capacity when existing contracts expire. In addition, our customers that are significant producers of natural gas may develop their own gathering, processing, transportation and storage systems in lieu of using ours. Our ability to renew or replace existing contracts with our customers at rates sufficient to maintain current revenues and cash flows could be adversely affected by the activities of our competitors and customers. Further, natural gas utilized as a fuel competes with other forms of energy available to end-users, including electricity, coal and liquid fuels. Increased demand for such forms of energy at the expense of natural gas could lead to a reduction in demand for natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and transportation services. All of these competitive pressures could adversely affect our results of operations and distributable cash flow.

 

We derive a substantial portion of our operating income and cash flow from subsidiaries through which we hold a substantial portion of our assets.

 

We derive a substantial portion of our operating income and cash flow from, and hold a substantial portion of our assets through, our subsidiaries. As a result, we depend on distributions from our subsidiaries in order to meet our payment obligations. In general, these subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to provide us with funds for our payment obligations, whether by dividends, distributions, loans or otherwise. In addition, provisions of applicable law, such as those limiting the legal sources of dividends, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to make payments or other distributions to us, and our subsidiaries could agree to contractual restrictions on their ability to make distributions.

 

Our right to receive any assets of any subsidiary, and therefore the right of our creditors to participate in those assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors. In addition, even if we were a creditor of any subsidiary, our rights as a creditor would be subordinated to any security interest in the assets of that subsidiary and any indebtedness of the subsidiary senior to that held by us.

 

29


Table of Contents

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of our common and subordinated units depends primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability, which may prevent us from making distributions, even during periods in which we record net income.

 

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flows and not solely on profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for financial accounting purposes and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net earnings for financial accounting purposes.

 

We may not be able to recover the costs of our substantial planned investment in capital improvements and additions, and the actual cost of such improvements and additions may be significantly higher than we anticipate.

 

Our business plan calls for extensive investment in capital improvements and additions. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures will be $533 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. For example, we are currently constructing a cryogenic processing plant in Grady County, Oklahoma (the Bradley Plant), which will provide an additional 200 MMcf/d of processing capacity and is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2015. In addition, we expect to place additional assets in service in 2014 related to our existing crude oil gathering pipeline system, and we recently entered into an agreement to construct a new crude oil gathering system in North Dakota’s Bakken shale formation with a total capacity of up to 30,000 Bbl/d.

 

The construction of additions or modifications to our existing systems, and the construction of new midstream assets, involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and may require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital, which may exceed our estimates. These projects may not be completed at the planned cost, on schedule or at all. The construction of new pipeline, gathering, treating, processing, compression or other facilities is subject to construction cost overruns due to labor costs, costs of equipment and materials such as steel, labor shortages or weather or other delays, inflation or other factors, which could be material. In addition, the construction of these facilities is typically subject to the receipt of approvals and permits from various regulatory agencies. Those agencies may not approve the projects in a timely manner, if at all, or may impose restrictions or conditions on the projects that could potentially prevent a project from proceeding, lengthen its expected completion schedule and/or increase its anticipated cost. Moreover, our revenues and cash flows may not increase immediately upon the expenditure of funds on a particular project. For instance, if we expand an existing pipeline or construct a new pipeline, the construction may occur over an extended period of time, and we may not receive any material increases in revenues or cash flows until the project is completed. In addition, we may construct facilities to capture anticipated future growth in production in a region in which such growth does not materialize. As a result, the new facilities may not be able to achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

In connection with our capital investments, we may engage a third party to estimate potential reserves in areas to be developed prior to constructing facilities in those areas. To the extent we rely on estimates of future production in deciding to construct additions to our systems, those estimates may prove to be inaccurate due to numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating future production. As a result, new facilities may not be able to attract sufficient throughput to achieve expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, the construction of additions to existing gathering and transportation assets may require new rights-of-way prior to construction. Those rights-of-way to connect new natural gas supplies to existing gathering lines may be unavailable and we may not be able to capitalize on attractive expansion opportunities. Additionally, it may become more expensive to obtain new rights-of-way or to renew existing rights-of-way. If the cost of renewing or obtaining new rights-of-way increases, our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents

Natural gas, NGL and crude oil prices are volatile, and changes in these prices could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders could be negatively affected by adverse movements in the prices of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil depending on factors that are beyond our control. These factors include demand for these commodities, which fluctuates with changes in market and economic conditions and other factors, including the impact of seasonality and weather, general economic conditions, the level of domestic and offshore natural gas production and consumption, the availability of imported natural gas, LNG, NGLs and crude oil, actions taken by foreign natural gas and oil producing nations, the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems, the availability and marketing of competitive fuels, the impact of energy conservation efforts, technological advances affecting energy consumption and the extent of governmental regulation and taxation.

 

Our keep-whole natural gas processing arrangements, which accounted for 7% of our pro forma natural gas processed volumes in 2013, expose us to fluctuations in the pricing spreads between NGL prices and natural gas prices. Under these arrangements, the processor processes raw natural gas to extract NGLs and pays to the producer the natural gas equivalent Btu value of raw natural gas received from the producer in the form of either processed natural gas or its cash equivalent. The processor is generally entitled to retain the processed NGLs and to sell them for its own account. Accordingly, the processor’s margin is a function of the difference between the value of the NGLs produced and the cost of the processed natural gas used to replace the natural gas equivalent Btu value of those NGLs. Therefore, if natural gas prices increase and NGL prices do not increase by a corresponding amount, the processor has to replace the Btu of natural gas at higher prices and processing margins are negatively affected.

 

Our percent-of-proceeds and percent-of-liquids natural gas processing agreements accounted for 45% of our natural gas processed volumes on a pro forma basis in 2013. Under these arrangements, the processor generally gathers raw natural gas from producers at the wellhead, transports the natural gas through its gathering system, processes the natural gas and sells the processed natural gas and/or NGLs at prices based on published index prices. The price paid to producers is based on an agreed percentage of the actual proceeds of the sale of processed natural gas, NGLs or both, or the expected proceeds based on an index price. We refer to contracts in which the processor shares in specified percentages of the proceeds from the sale of natural gas and NGLs as “percent-of-proceeds” arrangements, and contracts in which the processor receives proceeds from the sale of a percentage of the NGLs or the NGLs themselves as compensation for processing services as “percent-of-liquids” arrangements. These arrangements expose us to risks associated with the price of natural gas and NGLs.

 

At any given time, our overall portfolio of processing contracts may reflect a net short position in natural gas (meaning that we are a net buyer of natural gas) and a net long position in NGLs (meaning that we are a net seller of NGLs). As a result, our gross margin could be adversely impacted to the extent the price of NGLs decreases in relation to the price of natural gas.

 

We have limited experience in the crude oil gathering business.

 

In November 2013, we commenced initial operations on a new crude oil gathering pipeline system in North Dakota’s Bakken shale formation, and we expect to place additional related assets in service in 2014. The gathering system, located in Dunn and McKenzie Counties in North Dakota, has a planned capacity of up to 19,500 barrels per day. These facilities are the first crude oil gathering system that we have built and operated. In addition, in February 2014, we executed an agreement to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system with a planned capacity of up to 30,000 Bbl/d in Williams and Mountrail counties in North Dakota that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015. Other operators of gathering systems in the Bakken shale formation may have more experience in the construction, operation and maintenance of crude oil gathering systems than we do. This relative lack of experience may hinder our ability to fully implement our business plan in a timely and cost efficient manner, which, in turn, may adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

31


Table of Contents

We provide certain transportation and storage services under long-term, fixed-price “negotiated rate” contracts that are not subject to adjustment, even if our cost to perform such services exceeds the revenues received from such contracts, and, as a result, our costs could exceed our revenues received under such contracts.

 

We have been authorized by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or the FERC, to provide transportation and storage services at our facilities at negotiated rates. Generally, negotiated rates are in excess of the maximum recourse rates allowed by the FERC, but it is possible that costs to perform services under “negotiated rate” contracts will exceed the revenues obtained under these agreements. If this occurs, it could decrease the cash flow realized by our systems and, therefore, decrease the cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 57% of our contracted transportation firm capacity and 43% of our contracted storage firm capacity was subscribed under such “negotiated rate” contracts. These contracts generally do not include provisions allowing for adjustment for increased costs due to inflation, pipeline safety activities or other factors that are not tied to an applicable tracking mechanism authorized by the FERC. Successful recovery of any shortfall of revenue, representing the difference between “recourse rates” (if higher) and negotiated rates, is not assured under current FERC policies.

 

If third-party pipelines and other facilities interconnected to our gathering, processing or transportation facilities become partially or fully unavailable to us for any reason, our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

We depend upon third-party natural gas pipelines to deliver natural gas to, and take natural gas from, our transportation systems. We also depend on third-party facilities to transport and fractionate NGLs that are delivered to the third party at the tailgates of the processing plants. Fractionation is the separation of the heterogeneous mixture of extracted NGLs into individual components for end-use sale. For example, an outage or disruption on certain pipelines or fractionators operated by a third party could result in the shutdown of certain of our processing plants, and a prolonged outage or disruption could ultimately result in a reduction in the volume of NGLs we are able to produce. Additionally, we depend on third parties to provide electricity for compression at many of our facilities. Since we do not own or operate any of these third-party pipelines or other facilities, their continuing operation is not within our control. If any of these third-party pipelines or other facilities become partially or fully unavailable to us for any reason, our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities are located, which could disrupt our operations.

 

We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities have been constructed, and we are therefore subject to the possibility of more onerous terms and/or increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have valid rights-of-way or if such rights-of-way lapse or terminate. We may obtain the rights to construct and operate our pipelines on land owned by third parties and governmental agencies for a specific period of time. A loss of these rights, through our inability to renew right-of-way contracts or otherwise, could cause us to cease operations temporarily or permanently on the affected land, increase costs related to the construction and continuing operations elsewhere, and adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

We conduct a portion of our operations through joint ventures, which subject us to additional risks that could have a material adverse effect on the success of these operations, our financial position and our results of operations.

 

We conduct a portion of our operations through joint ventures with third parties, including affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp, DCP Midstream Partners, LP, Trans Louisiana Gas Pipeline, Inc. and Pablo Gathering LLC. We may also enter into other joint venture arrangements in the future. These third parties may have

 

32


Table of Contents

obligations that are important to the success of the joint venture, such as the obligation to pay their share of capital and other costs of the joint venture. The performance of these third-party obligations, including the ability of the third parties to satisfy their obligations under these arrangements, is outside our control. If these parties do not satisfy their obligations under these arrangements, our business may be adversely affected.

 

Our joint venture arrangements may involve risks not otherwise present when operating assets directly, including, for example:

 

   

our joint venture partners may share certain approval rights over major decisions;

 

   

our joint venture partners may not pay their share of the joint venture’s obligations, leaving us liable for their shares of joint venture liabilities;

 

   

we may be unable to control the amount of cash we will receive from the joint venture;

 

   

we may incur liabilities as a result of an action taken by our joint venture partners;

 

   

we may be required to devote significant management time to the requirements of and matters relating to the joint ventures;

 

   

our insurance policies may not fully cover loss or damage incurred by both us and our joint venture partners in certain circumstances;

 

   

our joint venture partners may be in a position to take actions contrary to our instructions or requests or contrary to our policies or objectives; and

 

   

disputes between us and our joint venture partners may result in delays, litigation or operational impasses.

 

The risks described above or the failure to continue our joint ventures or to resolve disagreements with our joint venture partners could adversely affect our ability to transact the business that is the subject of such joint venture, which would in turn negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. The agreements under which we formed certain joint ventures may subject us to various risks, limit the actions we may take with respect to the assets subject to the joint venture and require us to grant rights to our joint venture partners that could limit our ability to benefit fully from future positive developments. Some joint ventures require us to make significant capital expenditures. If we do not timely meet our financial commitments or otherwise do not comply with our joint venture agreements, our rights to participate, exercise operator rights or otherwise influence or benefit from the joint venture may be adversely affected. Certain of our joint venture partners may have substantially greater financial resources than we have and we may not be able to secure the funding necessary to participate in operations our joint venture partners propose, thereby reducing our ability to benefit from the joint venture.

 

Under certain circumstances, affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp will have the right to purchase an ownership interest in SESH at fair market value.

 

We own a 24.95% ownership interest in SESH. The remaining 25.05% and 50.0% ownership interests are held by affiliates of CenterPoint Energy and Spectra Energy Corp, respectively. Under the master formation agreement, CenterPoint Energy has certain put rights, and we have certain call rights, exercisable with respect to the interest in SESH retained by CenterPoint Energy, under which CenterPoint Energy would contribute to us its interest in SESH at a price equal to the fair market value of the interest at the time the put right or call right is exercised. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Formation Agreement—Acquisition of Remaining CenterPoint Energy Interest in SESH.”

 

Upon completion of this offering, CenterPoint Energy will own a                 % limited partner interest in us. Pursuant to the terms of the limited liability company agreement of SESH, as amended (the SESH LLC Agreement), if, at any time, CenterPoint Energy owns less than a 50% economic interest in us, affiliates of

 

33


Table of Contents

Spectra Energy Corp will have the right to purchase our 24.95% interest in SESH at fair market value. Affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp will also have a preferential purchase right with respect to any interest in SESH transferred to us by CenterPoint Energy if, at the time such interest is transferred, we are not an “affiliate” of CenterPoint Energy, as such term is defined in the SESH LLC Agreement. Under the master formation agreement, we are entitled to receive the cash consideration related to any exercise of these rights by Spectra Energy Corp or its affiliates.

 

Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of which may not be fully covered by insurance. Insufficient insurance coverage and increased insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Our operations are subject to all of the risks and hazards inherent in the gathering, processing, transportation and storage of natural gas and crude oil, including:

 

   

damage to pipelines and plants, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, acts of terrorism and actions by third parties;

 

   

inadvertent damage from construction, vehicles, farm and utility equipment;

 

   

leaks of natural gas, crude oil and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural gas and crude oil as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities;

 

   

ruptures, fires and explosions; and

 

   

other hazards that could also result in personal injury and loss of life, pollution and suspension of operations.

 

These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property, plant and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage. These risks may also result in curtailment or suspension of our operations. A natural disaster or other hazard affecting the areas in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We are not fully insured against all risks inherent in our business. Our sponsors currently have general liability and property insurance in place to cover certain of our facilities in amounts that they consider appropriate. Such policies are subject to certain limits and deductibles. We do not have business interruption insurance coverage for all of our operations. Insurance coverage may not be available in the future at current costs or on commercially reasonable terms, and the insurance proceeds received for any loss of, or any damage to, any of our facilities may not be sufficient to restore the loss or damage without negative impact on our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

The use of derivative contracts by us and our subsidiaries in the normal course of business could result in financial losses that could negatively impact our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

We and our subsidiaries periodically use derivative instruments, such as swaps, options, futures and forwards, to manage our commodity and financial market risks. We and our subsidiaries could recognize financial losses as a result of volatility in the market values of these contracts, or should a counterparty fail to perform. In the absence of actively quoted market prices and pricing information from external sources, the valuation of these financial instruments can involve management’s judgment or use of estimates. As a result, changes in the underlying assumptions or use of alternative valuation methods could affect the reported fair value of these contracts.

 

Failure to attract and retain an appropriately qualified workforce could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we did not have any direct employees. All of the individuals providing services to us as of that date were doing so as seconded employees by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy or pursuant to

 

34


Table of Contents

services agreements with OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. On or prior to December 31, 2014, we will provide offers of employment to those seconded employees that we determine to hire. Employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy that we determine to hire are under no obligation to accept our offer of employment on the terms we provide, or at all.

 

Our business is dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and motivate employees. Certain circumstances, such as an aging workforce without appropriate replacements, a mismatch of existing skill sets to future needs, competition for skilled labor or the unavailability of contract resources may lead to operating challenges such as a lack of resources, loss of knowledge or a lengthy time period associated with skill development. Our costs, including costs for contractors to replace employees, productivity costs and safety costs, may rise. Failure to hire and adequately train replacement employees, including the transfer of significant internal historical knowledge and expertise to the new employees, or the future availability and cost of contract labor may adversely affect our ability to manage and operate our business.

 

If we are unable to successfully attract and retain an appropriately qualified workforce, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

 

Our ability to grow is dependent on our ability to access external financing sources.

 

We expect that our operating subsidiaries will distribute all of their available cash to us and that we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders. As a result, we expect that we and our operating subsidiaries will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we or our operating subsidiaries are unable to finance growth externally, our and our operating subsidiaries’ cash distribution policy will significantly impair our and our operating subsidiaries’ ability to grow. In addition, because we and our operating subsidiaries distribute all available cash, our and our operating subsidiaries’ growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations.

 

To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute on each unit. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt by us or our operating subsidiaries to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may negatively impact the available cash that our operating subsidiaries have to distribute to us, and that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

 

If we do not make acquisitions or are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth will be limited.

 

Our ability to grow depends, in part, on the ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash generated from operations. If we are unable to make these accretive acquisitions either because: (i) we are unable to identify attractive acquisition targets or we are unable to negotiate purchase contracts on acceptable terms, (ii) we are unable to obtain acquisition financing on economically acceptable terms, or (iii) we are outbid by competitors, then our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be limited.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our merger and acquisition activities may not be successful or may result in completed acquisitions that do not perform as anticipated.

 

From time to time, we have made, and we intend to continue to make, acquisitions of businesses and assets. Such acquisitions involve substantial risks, including the following:

 

   

acquired businesses or assets may not produce revenues, earnings or cash flow at anticipated levels;

 

   

acquired businesses or assets could have environmental, permitting or other problems for which contractual protections prove inadequate;

 

   

we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us, that exceed our estimates, or for which our rights to indemnification from the seller are limited;

 

   

we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully and realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems; and

 

   

acquisitions, or the pursuit of acquisitions, could disrupt our ongoing businesses, distract management, divert resources and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls and procedures.

 

Our and our operating subsidiaries’ debt levels may limit our and their flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1.9 billion of long-term debt outstanding and $200 million of short-term debt outstanding, excluding the premiums on senior notes. We have $363 million of long-term notes payable-affiliated companies due to CenterPoint Energy. We have a $1.4 billion revolving credit facility for working capital, capital expenditures and other partnership purposes, including acquisitions, of which $1.1 billion was available as of December 31, 2013. As of January 2014, we had the ability to issue up to $1.4 billion in commercial paper, subject to available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and market conditions, to manage the timing of cash flows and fund short-term working capital deficits. As of February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program. Following this offering, we will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, subject to limitations in our credit facilities. The levels of our debt could have important consequences, including the following:

 

   

the ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or the financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all;

 

   

a portion of cash flows will be required to make interest payments on the debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions;

 

   

our debt level will make us more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

   

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

 

Our and our operating subsidiaries’ ability to service our and their debt will depend upon, among other things, their future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our and their control. If operating results are not sufficient to service our or our operating subsidiaries’ current or future indebtedness, we and they may be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing debt, or seeking additional equity capital. These actions may not be effected on satisfactory terms, or at all. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

36


Table of Contents

Our credit facilities contain operating and financial restrictions, including covenants and restrictions that may be affected by events beyond our control, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make quarterly distributions to our unitholders.

 

Our credit facilities contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

   

permit our subsidiaries to incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur or permit to exist certain liens on assets;

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company or engage in a change of control;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates on non-arm’s length terms; and

 

   

change the nature of our business.

 

Our credit facilities also require us to maintain certain financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios. In addition, our credit facilities contain events of default customary for agreements of this nature.

 

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our credit facilities may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our credit facilities, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable. In addition, our lenders’ commitments to make further loans to us under the revolving credit facility may be suspended or terminated. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Affiliates of our general partner, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, may compete with us, and neither our general partner nor its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

 

Under our omnibus agreement, OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and their affiliates have agreed to hold or otherwise conduct all of their respective midstream operations located within the United States through us. This requirement will cease to apply to both OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy as soon as either OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy ceases to hold any interest in our general partner or at least 20% of our common units. In addition, if OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy acquires any assets or equity of any person engaged in midstream operations with a value in excess of $50 million (or $100 million in the aggregate with such party’s other acquired midstream operations that have not been offered to us), the acquiring party will be required to offer to us such assets or equity for such value. If we do not purchase such assets, the acquiring party will be free to retain and operate such midstream assets, so long as the value of the assets does not reach certain thresholds.

 

As a result, under the circumstances described above, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy have the ability to construct or acquire assets that directly compete with our assets. Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers and directors and OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate such opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of us and our common unitholders. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

37


Table of Contents

If our general partner fails to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, then we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential unitholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common units.

 

Our general partner has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations. Prior to this offering, we have not been required to file reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Effective internal controls are necessary for our general partner, on our behalf, to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate us successfully as a public company. If our general partner’s efforts to maintain its internal controls are not successful, it is unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or it is unable to assist us in complying with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our operating results could be harmed or we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls also could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common units.

 

We rely on executive officers of our general partner and employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for the success of our and our subsidiaries’ businesses.

 

Certain of the executive officers of our general partner are employees of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. We have entered into services agreements with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy pursuant to which OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy perform administrative services for us such as legal, accounting, treasury, finance, investor relations, insurance administration and claims processing, risk management, health, safety and environmental, information technology, human resources, credit, payroll, internal audit, taxes, facilities, fleet management and media services. Affiliates of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest. As a result, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the executive officers and employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy who provide services to our general partner. If the executive officers of our general partner and the employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy do not devote sufficient attention to the management and operation of our business, our financial results may suffer and our ability to make cash distributions may be impaired.

 

Cyber-attacks, acts of terrorism or other disruptions could adversely impact our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

We are subject to cyber-security risks related to breaches in the systems and technology that we use (i) to manage our operations and other business processes and (ii) to protect sensitive information maintained in the normal course of our businesses. The gathering, processing and transportation of natural gas from our gathering, processing and pipeline facilities are dependent on communications among our facilities and with third-party systems that may be delivering natural gas into or receiving natural gas and other products from our facilities. Disruption of those communications, whether caused by physical disruption such as storms or other natural phenomena, by failure of equipment or technology, or by manmade events, such as cyber-attacks or acts of terrorism, may disrupt our ability to deliver natural gas and control these assets. Cyber-attacks could also result in the loss of confidential or proprietary data or security breaches of other information technology systems that could disrupt our operations and critical business functions, adversely affect our reputation, and subject us to possible legal claims and liability. We are not fully insured against all cyber-security risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, our natural gas pipeline systems may be targets of terrorist activities that could disrupt our ability to conduct our business and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

We may be unable to obtain or renew permits necessary for our operations, which could inhibit our ability to do business.

 

Performance of our operations require that we obtain and maintain a number of federal and state permits, licenses and approvals with terms and conditions containing a significant number of prescriptive limits and performance standards in order to operate. All of these permits, licenses, approval limits and standards require a significant amount of monitoring, record keeping and reporting in order to demonstrate compliance with the underlying permit, license, approval limit or standard. Noncompliance or incomplete documentation of our compliance status may result in the imposition of fines, penalties and injunctive relief. A decision by a government agency to deny or delay the issuance of a new or existing material permit or other approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or other approval, could adversely affect our ability to initiate or continue operations at the affected location or facility and on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Additionally, in order to obtain permits and renewals of permits and other approvals in the future, we may be required to prepare and present data to governmental authorities pertaining to the potential adverse impact that any proposed pipeline or processing-related activities may have on the environment, individually or in the aggregate, including on public and Indian lands. Certain approval procedures may require preparation of archaeological surveys, endangered species studies and other studies to assess the environmental impact of new sites or the expansion of existing sites. Compliance with these regulatory requirements is expensive and significantly lengthens the time required to prepare applications and to receive authorizations.

 

Costs of compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations are significant, and the cost of compliance with future environmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental statutes, rules and regulations relating to air quality, water quality, waste management, wildlife conservation, natural resources and health and safety that could, among other things, delay or increase our costs of construction, restrict or limit the output of certain facilities and/or require additional pollution control equipment and otherwise increase costs. There are significant capital, operating and other costs associated with compliance with these environmental statutes, rules and regulations and those costs may be even more significant in the future.

 

There is inherent risk of the incurrence of environmental costs and liabilities in our operations due to our handling of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil, air emissions related to our operations and historical industry operations and waste disposal practices. These activities are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental protection, including the discharge of materials into the environment and the protection of plants, wildlife, and natural and cultural resources. These laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business activities in many ways, such as restricting the way we can handle or dispose of wastes or requiring remedial action to mitigate pollution conditions that may be caused by our operations or that are attributable to former operators. Joint and several strict liability may be incurred, without regard to fault, under certain of these environmental laws and regulations in connection with discharges or releases of wastes on, under or from our properties and facilities, many of which have been used for midstream activities for a number of years, oftentimes by third parties not under our control. Private parties, including the owners of the properties through which our gathering systems pass and facilities where our wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance, as well as to seek damages for non-compliance, with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. For example, an accidental release from one of our pipelines could subject us to substantial liabilities arising from environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. We may be unable to recover these costs from insurance. Moreover, the possibility exists that stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could significantly increase compliance costs and the cost of any remediation that may become necessary. Further, stricter requirements could negatively impact our customers’ production and operations, resulting in less demand for our services. Please see “Business—Environmental Matters.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing could result in reductions or delays in natural gas production by our customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from dense subsurface rock formations. The hydraulic fracturing process involves the injection of water, sand, and chemicals under pressure into targeted subsurface formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production. Many of our customers commonly use hydraulic fracturing techniques in their drilling and completion programs. Hydraulic fracturing typically is regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. In addition, Congress from time to time has considered the adoption of legislation to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. Some states have adopted, and other states are considering adopting, legal requirements that could impose more stringent permitting, public disclosure or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing activities. Local government also may seek to adopt ordinances within their jurisdictions regulating the time, place and manner of drilling activities in general or hydraulic fracturing activities in particular. If new or more stringent federal, state or local legal restrictions relating to the hydraulic fracturing process are adopted in areas where our oil and natural gas exploration and production customers operate, they could incur potentially significant added costs to comply with such requirements, experience delays or curtailment in the pursuit of exploration, development, or production activities, and perhaps even be precluded from drilling wells, some or all of which activities could adversely affect demand for our services to those customers.

 

In addition, certain governmental reviews have been conducted or are underway that focus on environmental aspects of hydraulic fracturing practices. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, has commenced a study of the potential environmental effects of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water and groundwater. A draft final report drawing conclusions about the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources is expected to be available for public comment and peer review by 2014. Moreover, the EPA has announced that it will develop effluent limitations for the treatment and discharge of wastewater resulting from hydraulic fracturing activities by 2014. Other governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Energy and the U.S. Department of the Interior, have evaluated or are evaluating various other aspects of hydraulic fracturing. President Obama created the Interagency Working Group on Unconventional Natural Gas and Oil by Executive Order on April 13, 2012, which is charged with coordinating and aligning federal agency research and scientific studies on unconventional natural gas and oil resources, including hydraulic fracturing. These ongoing or proposed studies, depending on their degree of pursuit and any meaningful results obtained, could spur initiatives to further regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or other regulatory mechanisms.

 

Our operations may incur substantial liabilities to comply with climate change legislation and regulatory initiatives.

 

Because our operations emit various types of greenhouse gases, legislation and regulations governing greenhouse gas emissions could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our facilities, and could delay future permitting. At the federal level, the U.S. Congress has in the past and may in the future consider legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. On September 22, 2009, the EPA issued a rule requiring nation-wide reporting of greenhouse gas emissions beginning January 1, 2010. The rule applies primarily to large facilities emitting 25,000 metric tons or more of carbon dioxide-equivalent greenhouse gas emissions per year and to most upstream suppliers of fossil fuels and industrial greenhouse gas, as well as to manufacturers of vehicles and engines. Subsequently, on November 30, 2010, the EPA issued a supplemental rulemaking that expanded the types of industrial sources that are subject to or potentially subject to EPA’s mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reporting requirements to include petroleum and natural gas systems. On May 13, 2010, the EPA issued the “tailoring rule,” which served to increase the greenhouse gas emissions threshold that triggers the permitting requirements for major new (and major modifications to existing) stationary sources. Under a phased-in approach, for most purposes, new permitting provisions are required for new facilities that emit 100,000 tons

 

40


Table of Contents

per year or more of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) and existing facilities making changes that would increase greenhouse gas emissions by 75,000 CO2e. The EPA has also indicated in rulemakings that it may further reduce the current regulatory thresholds for greenhouse gas emissions, making additional sources subject to permitting. On June 26, 2012, in Coalition for Responsible Regulation v. EPA, the U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia circuit upheld the bases for the tailoring rule, and ruled that no petitioners had standing to challenge it. On October 15, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court granted a petition for a writ of certiorari to review the appellate court’s decision.

 

In addition, more than one-third of the states, either individually or through multi-state regional initiatives, have begun implementing legal measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, primarily through the planned development of emission inventories or regional greenhouse gas cap-and-trade programs. Although many of the state-level initiatives have, to date, focused on large sources of greenhouse gas emissions, such as electric power plants, it is possible that in the future other sources of greenhouse gas emissions, such as our gas-fired compressors, could become subject to greenhouse gas-related state regulations. Depending on the particular program, we could in the future be required to purchase and surrender emission allowances or otherwise undertake measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Any additional costs or operating restrictions associated with new legislation or regulations regarding greenhouse gas emissions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and cash flows, in addition to the demand for our services.

 

Increased regulatory-imposed costs may increase the cost of consuming, and thereby reduce demand for, the products that we gather, treat and transport. To the extent financial markets view climate change and emissions of greenhouse gases as a financial risk, this view could negatively affect our ability to access capital markets or cause us to receive less favorable terms and conditions. Consequently, legislation and regulatory initiatives aimed at reducing greenhouse gases could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal regulatory authorities. Changes or additional regulatory measures adopted by such authorities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

The rates charged by several of our pipeline systems, including for interstate gas transportation service provided by our intrastate pipelines, are regulated by the FERC. The FERC and state regulatory agencies also regulate other terms and conditions of the services we may offer. If one of these regulatory agencies, on its own initiative or due to challenges by third parties, were to lower our tariff rates or deny any rate increase or other material changes to the types, or terms and conditions, of service we might propose or offer, the profitability of our pipeline businesses could suffer. If we were permitted to raise our tariff rates for a particular pipeline, there might be significant delay between the time the tariff rate increase is approved and the time that the rate increase actually goes into effect, which could also limit our profitability. Furthermore, competition from other pipeline systems may prevent us from raising our tariff rates even if regulatory agencies permit us to do so. The regulatory agencies that regulate our systems periodically implement new rules, regulations and terms and conditions of services subject to their jurisdiction. New initiatives or orders may adversely affect the rates charged for our services or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

Our natural gas interstate pipelines are regulated by the FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, or NGA, the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978, or the NGPA, and the Energy Policy Act of 2005, or EPAct of 2005. Generally, the FERC’s authority over interstate natural gas transportation extends to:

 

   

rates, operating terms, conditions of service and service contracts;

 

   

certification and construction of new facilities;

 

   

extension or abandonment of services and facilities or expansion of existing facilities;

 

   

maintenance of accounts and records;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

acquisition and disposition of facilities;

 

   

initiation and discontinuation of services;

 

   

depreciation and amortization policies;

 

   

conduct and relationship with certain affiliates;

 

   

market manipulation in connection with interstate sales, purchases or natural gas transportation; and

 

   

various other matters.

 

The FERC’s jurisdiction extends to the certification and construction of interstate transportation and storage facilities, including, but not limited to expansions, lateral and other facilities and abandonment of facilities and services. Prior to commencing construction of significant new interstate transportation and storage facilities, an interstate pipeline must obtain a certificate authorizing the construction, or an order amending its existing certificate, from the FERC. Certain minor expansions are authorized by blanket certificates that the FERC has issued by rule. Typically, a significant expansion project requires review by a number of governmental agencies, including state and local agencies, whose cooperation is important in completing the regulatory process on schedule. Any failure by an agency to issue sufficient authorizations or permits in a timely manner for one or more of these projects may mean that we will not be able to pursue these projects or that they will be constructed in a manner or with capital requirements that we did not anticipate. Our inability to obtain sufficient permits and authorizations in a timely manner could materially and negatively impact the additional revenues expected from these projects.

 

The FERC conducts audits to verify compliance with the FERC’s regulations and the terms of its orders, including whether the websites of interstate pipelines accurately provide information on the operations and availability of services. The FERC’s regulations require uniform terms and conditions for service, as set forth in agreements for transportation and storage services executed between interstate pipelines and their customers. These service agreements are required to conform, in all material respects, with the standard form of service agreements set forth in the pipeline’s FERC-approved tariff. Non-conforming agreements must be filed with, and accepted by, the FERC. In the event that the FERC finds that an agreement, in whole or part, is materially non-conforming, it could reject the agreement or require us to seek modification, or alternatively require us to modify our tariff so that the non-conforming provisions are generally available to all customers.

 

The rates, terms and conditions for transporting natural gas in interstate commerce on certain of our intrastate pipelines and for services offered at certain of our storage facilities are subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC under Section 311 of the NGPA. Rates to provide such interstate transportation service must be “fair and equitable” under the NGPA and are subject to review, refund with interest if found not to be fair and equitable, and approval by the FERC at least once every five years.

 

Our crude oil gathering pipelines are subject to common carrier regulation by the FERC under the Interstate Commerce Act, or ICA. The ICA requires that we maintain tariffs on file with the FERC setting forth the rates we charge for providing transportation services, as well as the rules and regulations governing such services. The ICA requires, among other things, that our rates must be “just and reasonable” and that we provide service in a manner that is nondiscriminatory.

 

Our operations may also be subject to regulation by state and local regulatory authorities. Changes or additional regulatory measures adopted by such authorities could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Our pipeline operations that are not regulated by the FERC may be subject to state and local regulation applicable to intrastate natural and transportation services. The relevant states in which we operate include North Dakota, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, Texas, Missouri, Kansas, Mississippi, Tennessee and Illinois. State and local regulations generally focus on safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, prohibition of undue

 

42


Table of Contents

discrimination among shippers. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered and, in some instances, adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but we could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes. Other state and local regulations also may affect our business. Any such state or local regulation could have an adverse effect on our business and the results of our operations.

 

Our gathering lines may be subject to ratable take and common purchaser statutes. Ratable take statutes generally require gatherers to take, without undue discrimination, oil or natural gas production that may be tendered to the gatherer for handling. Similarly, common purchaser statutes generally require gatherers to purchase without undue discrimination as to source of supply or producer. These statutes restrict our right as an owner of gathering facilities to decide with whom we contract to purchase or transport oil or natural gas. Federal law leaves economic regulation of natural gas gathering to the states. The states in which we operate have adopted complaint-based regulation of oil and natural gas gathering activities, which allows oil and natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to access to oil and natural gas gathering pipelines and rate discrimination.

 

Other state regulations may not directly regulate our business, but may nonetheless affect the availability of natural gas for processing, including state regulation of production rates and maximum daily production allowable from gas wells. While our gathering lines are currently subject to limited state regulation, there is a risk that state laws will be changed, which may give producers a stronger basis to challenge the regulatory status of a line, or the rates, terms and conditions of a gathering line providing transportation service.

 

A change in the jurisdictional characterization of some of our assets by federal, state or local regulatory agencies or a change in policy by those agencies may result in increased regulation of our assets, which may cause our revenues to decline and operating expenses to increase.

 

Our natural gas gathering and intrastate transportation operations are generally exempt from the jurisdiction of the FERC under the NGA, but FERC regulation may indirectly impact these businesses and the markets for products derived from these businesses. The FERC’s policies and practices across the range of its oil and natural gas regulatory activities, including, for example, its policies on interstate open access transportation, ratemaking, capacity release, and market center promotion may indirectly affect intrastate markets. In recent years, the FERC has pursued pro-competitive policies in its regulation of interstate oil and natural gas pipelines. However, we cannot assure you that the FERC will continue to pursue this approach as it considers matters such as pipeline rates and rules and policies that may indirectly affect the intrastate natural gas transportation business. Although the FERC has not made a formal determination with respect to all of our facilities we consider to be gathering facilities, we believe that our natural gas gathering pipelines meet the traditional tests that the FERC has used to determine that a pipeline is a gathering pipeline and are therefore not subject to FERC jurisdiction. The distinction between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services, however, has been the subject of substantial litigation, and the FERC determines whether facilities are gathering facilities on a case-by-case basis, so the classification and regulation of our gathering facilities is subject to change based on future determinations by the FERC, the courts or Congress. If the FERC were to consider the status of an individual facility and determine that the facility and/or services provided by it are not exempt from FERC regulation under the NGA and that the facility provides interstate service, the rates for, and terms and conditions of, services provided by such facility would be subject to regulation by the FERC under the NGA or the NGPA. Such regulation could decrease revenue, increase operating costs, and, depending upon the facility in question, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, if any of our facilities were found to have provided services or otherwise operated in violation of the NGA or NGPA, this could result in the imposition of substantial civil penalties, as well as a requirement to disgorge revenues collected for such services in excess of the maximum rates established by the FERC.

 

Natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny at the state level; therefore, our natural gas gathering operations could be adversely affected should they become subject to the application of state regulation

 

43


Table of Contents

of rates and services. Our gathering operations could also be subject to safety and operational regulations relating to the design, construction, testing, operation, replacement and maintenance of gathering facilities. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but we could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes.

 

We may incur significant costs and liabilities resulting from pipeline integrity and other similar programs and related repairs.

 

The U.S. Department of Transportation, or DOT, has adopted regulations requiring pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs for transportation pipelines located in “high consequence areas,” which are those areas where a leak or rupture could do the most harm. The regulations require operators, including us, to, among other things:

 

   

develop a baseline plan to prioritize the assessment of a covered pipeline segment;

 

   

identify and characterize applicable threats that could impact a high consequence area;

 

   

improve data collection, integration, and analysis;

 

   

repair and remediate pipelines as necessary; and

 

   

implement preventive and mitigating action.

 

Although many of our pipelines fall within a class that is currently not subject to these requirements, we may incur significant cost and liabilities associated with repair, remediation, preventive or mitigation measures associated with our non-exempt pipelines. This work is part of our normal integrity management program and we do not expect to incur any extraordinary costs during 2013 or 2014 to complete the testing required by existing DOT regulations and their state counterparts. We have not estimated the costs for any repair, remediation, preventive or mitigation actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program, which could be substantial, or any lost cash flows resulting from shutting down our pipelines during the pendency of such repairs. Should we fail to comply with DOT or comparable state regulations, we could be subject to penalties and fines. Also, as addressed in the “Business—Safety and Health Regulation,” the scope of the integrity management program and other related pipeline safety programs could be expanded in the future. We have not estimated the cost of complying with such future requirements.

 

The adoption of financial reform legislation by the United States Congress could adversely affect our ability to use derivative instruments to hedge risks associated with our business.

 

At times, we may hedge all or a portion of our commodity risk and our interest rate risk. The United States Congress adopted comprehensive financial reform legislation that changed federal oversight and regulation of the derivatives markets and entities, including businesses like ours, that participate in those markets. The new legislation, known as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law by the President on July 21, 2010, and requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, and the SEC to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the legislation. In its rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC adopted regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents, but these rules were successfully challenged in federal district court by the Securities Industry Financial Markets Association and the International Swaps and Derivatives Association and largely vacated by the court. The CFTC appealed this ruling, but subsequently withdrew its appeal. In December 2013, the CFTC published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking designed to implement new position limits regulation. The ultimate form and timing of the implementation of the regulatory regime affecting commodity derivatives remains uncertain. However, reporting obligations for transactions involving non-financial swap counterparties such as us began on July 1, 2013 with regard to interest rate swaps and August 19, 2013 with regard to other commodity swaps such as natural gas swap products.

 

44


Table of Contents

Under final rules adopted by the CFTC, we believe our hedging transactions will qualify for the non-financial, commercial end-user exception, which exempts derivatives intended to hedge or mitigate commercial risk from the mandatory swap clearing requirement, where the counterparty such as us has a required identification number, is not a financial entity as defined by the regulations, and meets a minimum asset test. The Dodd-Frank Act may also require us to comply with margin requirements in connection with our hedging activities, although the application of those provisions to us is uncertain at this time. The Dodd-Frank Act may also require the counterparties to our derivative instruments to spin off some of their hedging activities to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivatives contracts for our industry (including requirements to post collateral which could adversely affect our available liquidity), materially alter the terms of derivatives contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivatives contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties, particularly if we are unable to utilize the commercial end user exception with respect to certain of our hedging transactions. If we reduce our use of hedging as a result of the legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures and fund unitholder distributions. Finally, the legislation was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of crude oil and natural gas prices, which some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity instruments related to crude oil and natural gas. Our revenues could therefore be adversely affected if a consequence of the legislation and regulations is to lower commodity prices. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders.

 

Risks Related to an Investment in Us

 

Our general partner and its affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, have conflicts of interest with us and limited duties to us and our unitholders, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment of us and our other common unitholders.

 

Following this offering, affiliates of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will continue to own and control our general partner and will continue to appoint all of the officers and directors of our general partner. Some of the initial officers and a majority of the initial directors of our general partner are also officers and/or directors of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. Although our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner that is beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner that is beneficial to OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Conflicts of interest will arise between OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and our general partner, on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own interests and the interests of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy over our interests and the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include the following situations, among others:

 

   

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy to pursue a business strategy that favors us. The directors and officers of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the stockholders of their respective companies, which may be contrary to our interests. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy may choose to shift the focus of their investment and growth to areas not served by our assets.

 

   

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, in resolving conflicts of interest.

 

   

Some of the officers and a majority of the initial directors of our general partner are also officers and/or directors of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy and will owe fiduciary duties to their respective companies. These individuals may also devote significant time to the business of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy.

 

45


Table of Contents
   

Our partnership agreement replaces the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed to us by our general partner with contractual standards governing its duties, limits our general partner’s liabilities and restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

   

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

 

   

Disputes may arise under our commercial agreements with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy.

 

   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional partnership units and the creation, reduction or increase of cash reserves, each of which can affect the amount of distributable cash flow.

 

   

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion or investment capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and the ability of the subordinated units to convert to common units.

 

   

Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us.

 

   

Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to accelerate the expiration of the subordination period.

 

   

Our partnership agreement permits us to classify up to $        million as operating surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated or general partner units or to our general partner in respect of the incentive distribution rights.

 

   

Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

 

   

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our contractual and other obligations.

 

   

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they own more than 90% of the common units. If our general partner and its affiliates reduce their ownership percentage to below 70% of the outstanding units, the ownership threshold to exercise the call right will be permanently reduced to 80%.

 

   

Our general partner controls the enforcement of the obligations that it and its affiliates owe to us.

 

   

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

 

   

Our general partner may transfer its incentive distribution rights without unitholder approval.

 

   

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner or our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

 

Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

If you are not an Eligible Holder, your common units may be subject to redemption.

 

We have adopted certain requirements regarding those investors who may own our common and subordinated units. Eligible Holders are limited partners whose (i) federal income tax status is not reasonably

 

46


Table of Contents

likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged by us on assets that are subject to regulation by FERC or an analogous regulatory body and (ii) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which we have an interest, in each case as determined by our general partner with the advice of counsel. If you are not an Eligible Holder, in certain circumstances as set forth in our partnership agreement, your units may be redeemed by us at the then-current market price. The redemption price will be paid in cash or by delivery of a promissory note, as determined by our general partner. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Ineligible Holders; Redemption.”

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make acquisitions.

 

We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.

 

In addition, because we intend to distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or in our credit facilities that limit our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

 

The reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce our distributable cash flow. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general partner.

 

Prior to making any distribution on our common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, for costs and expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Pursuant to services agreements we have entered into with each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, we will reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for the payment of operating expenses related to our operations and for the provision of various general and administrative services performed for our benefit. Payments for these services may be substantial and will reduce the amount of distributable cash flow. Additionally, we will reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for direct or allocated costs and expenses incurred on our behalf, including administrative costs, such as compensation expense for those persons who provide services necessary to run our business, and insurance expenses. We also expect to incur approximately $3 million of incremental annual operation and maintenance expense as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce the amount of available cash to pay cash distributions to our common unitholders. Please read “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

Any reductions in our credit ratings could increase our financing costs and the cost of maintaining certain contractual relationships.

 

We cannot assure you that our credit ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. Any future downgrade could increase the cost of short-term borrowings or prevent us from accessing the commercial paper markets. Any downgrade could also lead to higher borrowing costs and, if below

 

47


Table of Contents

investment grade, could require us or our subsidiaries to post cash collateral under our shipping or hedging arrangements or in order to purchase natural gas or letters of credit. If a credit rating downgrade and the resultant cash collateral requirement were to occur at a time when we were experiencing significant working capital requirements or otherwise lacked liquidity, our results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to unitholders could be adversely affected.

 

The credit and business risk profiles of our general partner, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy could adversely affect our credit ratings and profile.

 

The credit and business risk profiles of our general partner, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy may be factors in credit evaluations of a master limited partnership because our general partner can exercise control over our business activities, including our cash distribution and acquisition strategy and business risk profile. Other factors that may be considered are the financial conditions of our general partner, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, including the degree of their financial leverage and their dependence on cash flows from us to service their indebtedness.

 

OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, which indirectly own our general partner, have indebtedness outstanding and are partially dependent on the cash distributions from their general partner and limited partner interests in us to service such indebtedness and pay dividends on their common stock. Any distributions by us to such entities will be made only after satisfying our then-current obligations to our creditors. Our credit ratings and business risk profile could be adversely affected if the ratings and risk profiles of the entities that control our general partner were viewed as substantially lower or more risky than ours.

 

Our partnership agreement replaces our general partner’s fiduciary duties to holders of our common units with contractual standards governing its duties.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that eliminate the fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law and replaces those duties with several different contractual standards. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, free of any duties to us and our unitholders other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, which means that a court will enforce the reasonable expectations of the partners where the language in the partnership agreement does not provide for a clear course of action. This provision entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:

 

   

how to allocate corporate opportunities among us and its other affiliates;

 

   

whether to exercise its limited call right;

 

   

whether to seek approval of the resolution of a conflict of interest by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner;

 

   

whether to elect to reset target distribution levels;

 

   

whether to transfer the incentive distribution rights to a third party; and

 

   

whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

 

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder agrees to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Duties of the General Partner.”

 

48


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to holders of our common units for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that:

 

   

whenever our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner or any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee) makes a determination or takes, or declines to take, any other action in their respective capacities, our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner and any committee thereof (including the conflicts committee), as applicable, is required to make such determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in good faith, meaning that it subjectively believed that the decision was in the best interests of our partnership, and, except as specifically provided by our partnership agreement, will not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;

 

   

our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as such decisions are made in good faith;

 

   

our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and

 

   

our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement (including any duties to us or our unitholders) if a transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;

 

   

approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner and its affiliates;

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

 

In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner or the conflicts committee must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth subbullets above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership challenging such determination, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

49


Table of Contents

Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to it in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels related to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our general partner or our unitholders. This may result in lower distributions to our common unitholders in certain situations.

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding, if it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed the adjusted operating surplus for such quarter, respectively, to reset the initial minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters prior to the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount.

 

We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general partner expects that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then-current business environment. This risk could be elevated if our incentive distribution rights have been transferred to a third party. Our general partner has the right to transfer the incentive distribution rights at any time, in whole or in part, and any transferee holding a majority of the incentive distribution rights shall have the same rights as our general partner with respect to resetting target distributions. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner incentive distribution rights. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributions of Available Cash—General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

 

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner or its board of directors on an annual or other continuing basis. Because OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy collectively indirectly own 100% of our general partner, the board of directors of our general partner has been, and, as long as OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy own 100% of our general partner, will continue to be, chosen by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Furthermore, if the unitholders were dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, they will have little ability to remove our general partner. Please see “—Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they will not initially be able to remove our general partner without its consent.” As a result of these limitations, the price at which the common units will trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

 

50


Table of Contents

Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they will not initially be able to remove our general partner without its consent.

 

The unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general partner without its consent because affiliates of our general partner will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 75% of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own                 % of our aggregate outstanding common and subordinated units. Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units and any existing arrearages on our common units will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over our subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. “Cause” is narrowly defined under our partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. “Cause” does not include most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of our general partner because of the unitholders’ dissatisfaction with our general partner’s performance in managing us will most likely result in the termination of the subordination period and conversion of all subordinated units to common units.

 

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

 

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by a provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any matter.

 

Our general partner’s interest in us and control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. Although the limited liability company agreement of our general partner restricts the ability of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy to transfer their ownership of their respective limited liability company interest in our general partner until May 1, 2016, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the owners of our general partner from transferring all or a portion of their respective limited liability company interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owners of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive officers of our general partner with its own choices and thereby influence the decisions taken by the board of directors and executive officers.

 

The incentive distribution rights of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

 

Our general partner may transfer its incentive distribution rights to a third party at any time without the consent of our unitholders. If our general partner transfers its incentive distribution rights to a third party but retains its general partner interest, our general partner may not have the same incentive to grow our partnership and increase quarterly distributions to unitholders over time as it would if it had retained ownership of its incentive distribution rights. For example, a transfer of incentive distribution rights by our general partner could reduce the likelihood of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy selling or contributing additional assets to us, as they would have less of an economic incentive to grow our business, which in turn would impact our ability to grow our asset base.

 

51


Table of Contents

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per common unit.

 

The assumed initial public offering price of $                 per unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per unit, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $                 per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates are recorded in accordance with GAAP at their historical cost, and not their fair value. Please see “Dilution.”

 

We may issue additional units without your approval, which would dilute your existing ownership interests.

 

Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of additional limited partner interests, including limited partner interests that rank senior to the common units, that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our existing unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of distributable cash flow on each unit may decrease;

 

   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

because the amount payable to holders of incentive distribution rights is based on a percentage of the total distributable cash flow, the distributions to holders of incentive distribution rights will increase even if the per unit distribution on common units remains the same;

 

   

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

 

Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Formation Agreement—Acquisition of Remaining CenterPoint Energy Interest in SESH” for a description of certain additional common units that may be issued to CenterPoint Energy in connection with our acquisition of additional interests in SESH.

 

Affiliates of our general partner may sell common units in the public or private markets, which could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common units.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, subsidiaries of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will hold an aggregate of                  common units and                  subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may convert earlier under certain circumstances. In addition, we have agreed to provide OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight with certain registration rights. The sale of these units in the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

 

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your units at an undesirable time or price.

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 90% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price, as calculated pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement. If our general partner and its affiliates reduce their ownership percentage to below 70% of the outstanding units, the ownership threshold to exercise the call right will be permanently reduced to 80%. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax

 

52


Table of Contents

liability upon a sale of your units. Upon the completion of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately                 % of our outstanding common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), affiliates of our general partner will own approximately                 % of our aggregate outstanding common units. Affiliates of our general partner may acquire additional common units from us in connection with future transactions or through open-market or negotiated purchases. For additional information about this right, please see “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

Your liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

 

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states in which we may do business. You could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if you were a general partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:

 

   

we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that particular state’s partnership statute; or

 

   

your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

 

For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of liability on a unitholder, please see “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability.”

 

Our partnership agreement will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our unitholders, which would limit our unitholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our general partner’s directors, officers or other employees.

 

Our partnership agreement will provide, that, with certain limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (1) arising out of or relating in any way to our partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of our partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among our partners, or obligations or liabilities of our partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, our partners or us), (2) brought in a derivative manner on our behalf, (3) asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including a fiduciary duty) owed by any of our, or our general partner’s, directors, officers, or other employees, or owed by our general partner, to us or our partners, (4) asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act or (5) asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our common units is deemed to have received notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. Although we believe this choice of forum provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us and our general partner’s directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or similar governing documents has been challenged in legal proceedings and it is possible that in connection with any action a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our partnership agreement to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If a court were to find this choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

53


Table of Contents

The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to comply with certain of its corporate governance requirements.

 

We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance. Because we will be a publicly traded limited partnership, the NYSE does not require us to have, and we do not intend to have, a majority of independent directors on our general partner’s board of directors or to establish a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read “Management.”

 

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

 

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to herein as the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Transferees of common units are liable for both the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the transferee at the time of transfer and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could have been determined from the partnership agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such arrangements have recourse only against our assets and not against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are non-recourse to our general partner. Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to limit its liability, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.

 

An increase in interest rates could adversely impact the price of our common units, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

 

Interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities, the market price of our common units is impacted by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and rank related yield-oriented securities for investment decision purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on the price of our common units, our ability to issue additional equity to make acquisitions or for other purposes and our ability to make cash distributions at our intended levels.

 

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. Following this offering, the market price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. After this offering, there will be only                  publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above

 

54


Table of Contents

the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

 

The initial public offering price for the common units will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common units may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common units may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the level of our quarterly distributions;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

the loss of a large customer or contract;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common units; and

 

   

other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

 

We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership. As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE have required changes in the corporate governance practices of publicly traded companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have at least three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly traded partnership reporting requirements. We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for our general partner to obtain director and officer liability insurance and possibly to result in our general partner having to accept reduced policy limits and coverage. We have included $3 million of estimated annual incremental costs associated with being a publicly traded partnership in our financial forecast included elsewhere in this prospectus, some of which will be allocated to us by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and their affiliates. However, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than we currently estimate.

 

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

 

In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

 

55


Table of Contents

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject us to entity-level taxation, then our distributable cash flow to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

 

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in the common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, on this or any other tax matter affecting us.

 

Despite the fact that we are a limited partnership under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. A change in our business or a change in current law could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

 

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35.0%, and would likely pay state and local income tax at varying rates. Distributions would generally be taxed again as corporate dividends (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits), and no income, gains, losses, deductions, or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our distributable cash flow to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, if we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes there would be material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

 

If we were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level taxation by individual states, it would reduce our distributable cash flow to our unitholders.

 

Changes in current state law may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states. Because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. Imposition of such additional tax on us by a state will reduce the distributable cash flow. Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to entity-level taxation, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.

 

The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment in our common units could be subject to potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations of applicable law, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time, members of the U.S. Congress propose and consider substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships. Any modification to the federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Partnership Status.” We are unable to predict whether any such changes will ultimately be enacted, but it is possible that a change in law could affect us and may, if enacted, be applied retroactively. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our unitholders’ share of our income will be taxable to them for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive any cash distributions from us.

 

Because a unitholder will be treated as a partner to whom we will allocate taxable income which could be different in amount than the cash we distribute, a unitholder’s allocable share of our taxable income will be taxable to it, which may require the payment of federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on its share of our taxable income even if it receives no cash distributions from us. Our unitholders may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

 

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our distributable cash flow to our unitholders.

 

We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the conclusions of our counsel expressed in this prospectus or from the positions we take, and the IRS’s positions may ultimately be sustained. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or the positions we take and such positions may not ultimately be sustained. A court may not agree with some or all of our counsel’s conclusions or the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS, and the outcome of any IRS contest, may have a materially adverse impact on the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce our distributable cash flow to our unitholders.

 

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

 

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the common units you sell will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such common units at a price greater than your tax basis in those common units, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized on any sale or other disposition of your common units, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your common units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss” for a further discussion of the foregoing.

 

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning our common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

 

Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), and non-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them. Distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable effective tax rate, and non-U.S. persons will be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

57


Table of Contents

We will treat each purchaser of common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

 

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such filing positions. A successful IRS challenge also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” for a further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and amortization positions we will adopt.

 

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

 

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention, such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we will adopt. If the IRS were to challenge this method or new Treasury regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion with respect to our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

 

A unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

 

Because a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of the loaned common units, he may no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder where common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, our unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to consult a tax advisor to discuss whether it is advisable to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from loaning their common units.

 

58


Table of Contents

We will adopt certain valuation methodologies and monthly conventions for U.S. federal income tax purposes that may result in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and our unitholders. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

 

When we issue additional units or engage in certain other transactions, we will determine the fair market value of our assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated to our tangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods, or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and allocations of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction between our general partner and certain of our unitholders.

 

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of taxable gain from our unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

 

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

We will be considered to have technically terminated our partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, OGE Energy, CenterPoint and ArcLight will in the aggregate indirectly own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, transfers and transfers deemed to occur for tax purposes by OGE Energy, CenterPoint or ArcLight or their affiliates of all or a portion of their respective interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. For purposes of determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our technical termination would, among other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would result in us filing two tax returns (and our unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if relief was not available, as described below) for one fiscal year if the termination occurs on a day other than December 31 and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead we would be treated as a new partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS has announced a publicly traded partnership technical termination relief program whereby, if a publicly traded partnership that technically terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and such relief is granted by the IRS, among other things, the partnership will only have to provide one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units—Constructive Termination” for a discussion of the consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.

 

As a result of investing in our common units, you will likely become subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where we operate or own or acquire properties.

 

In addition to federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the

 

59


Table of Contents

various jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We will initially own property or conduct business in a number of states, most of which currently impose a personal income tax on individuals, and most of which also impose an income or similar tax on corporations and certain other entities. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own property or conduct business in additional states that impose an income tax or similar tax. In certain states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and also may not be available to offset income in subsequent tax years. Some states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholders’ income tax liability to the state, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. It is your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in our common units. Please consult your tax advisor.

 

Compliance with and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.

 

We are subject to extensive tax laws and regulations, including federal and state income taxes and transactional taxes such as excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise and ad valorem taxes. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations are continuously being enacted that could result in increased tax expenditures in the future. Many of these tax liabilities are subject to audits by the respective taxing authority. These audits may result in additional taxes as well as interest and penalties.

 

60


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, the structuring fee and offering expenses. We base this amount on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per common unit. We intend to use:

 

   

approximately $                     million of the net proceeds of this offering for general partnership purposes, including the funding of expansion capital expenditures; and

 

   

approximately $13 million of the net proceeds of this offering to pre-fund demand fees expected to be incurred over the next three years relating to certain expiring transportation and storage contracts.

 

Pending application of the net proceeds as described in the bullets above, we may temporarily pay down debt outstanding under our commercial paper program and revolving credit facility. We utilize our revolving credit facility and commercial paper program to manage the timing of cash flows and fund short-term working capital deficits. As of February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program, with a weighted average interest rate of 0.90%, and there were no other outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our revolving credit facility matures in May 2018.

 

ArcLight, the selling unitholder, has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of                  additional common units to the extent the underwriters sell more than                  common units in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common units by the selling unitholder pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. The selling unitholder may be deemed under federal securities laws to be an underwriter with respect to the common units it may sell in connection with this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units, the ownership interest of the public unitholders will increase to                  common units, representing an aggregate         % limited partner interest in us.

 

The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business. Affiliates of each of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility and will, in that respect, receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering through any repayment of borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility pending the application of the net proceeds as described above. Please read “Underwriting.”

 

An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, the structuring fee and offering expenses, to increase or decrease, respectively, by $         million.

 

The number of common units offered to the public in this offering may be increased or decreased. Each increase of 1,000,000 common units offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price of $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1,000,000 common units offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial offering price of $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million. To the extent there is an increase or decrease in the net proceeds we receive from this offering, we will apply the net proceeds for general partnership purposes.

 

61


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table shows:

 

   

our historical cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013 after the 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split effected on March 25, 2014; and

 

   

our pro forma cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013 after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the historical and pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Historical      Pro  Forma(1)  
     (In millions, except unit amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 108       $               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion and notes payable—affiliated companies)

     

Term Loan Facility

   $ 1,050       $    

Revolving Credit Facility(2)

     333      

Long-term notes payable—affiliated companies

     363      

Enable Oklahoma Term Loan

     250      

Enable Oklahoma 6.875% senior notes due 2014

     200      

Enable Oklahoma 6.25% senior notes due 2020

     250      

Premium on Enable Oklahoma senior notes

     37      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion and notes payable—affiliated companies)

   $ 2,483       $    

Partners’ Capital:

     

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital:

     

Held by public:

     

Common (— and      units)(3)

   $      

Held by OGE Energy:

     

Common (110,982,805 and      units)

     2,319      

Subordinated (— and      units)

          

Held by CenterPoint Energy:

     

Common (227,508,825 and      units)

     4,753      

Subordinated (— and      units)

          

Held by ArcLight:

     

Common (51,527,730 and      units)

     1,076      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital:

   $ 8,148       $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

     33      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital

     8,181      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 10,664       $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, the structuring fee and offering expenses, to increase or decrease by $                million. If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price or decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then the proceeds of this offering used for general partnership purposes will increase or decrease, as applicable, by a corresponding amount.
  (2)   As of February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program, and $2 million of letters of credit were outstanding under our revolving credit facility, reducing our borrowing capacity thereunder. As of February 28, 2014, there were no other outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
  (3)   Includes              common units and restricted units to be issued to certain directors and officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan.

 

62


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $        , on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013, our net tangible book value was $         billion, or $        per unit. Net tangible book value excludes $         billion of net intangible assets. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience an immediate dilution in net tangible book value per unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

      $                   

Pro forma net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)

   $       

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering

     
  

 

 

    

Less:

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering(2)

     
     

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in pro forma tangible net book value per unit attributable to purchasers in the offering(3)

      $    
     

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Determined by dividing the number of units (                common units and                subordinated units) issued to affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us into the net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities (which excludes equity attributable to the noncontrolling interest).
  (2)   Determined by dividing the total number of units to be outstanding after the offering (                common units and                subordinated units) into our pro forma net tangible book value (which excludes equity attributable to the noncontrolling interest), after giving effect to the application of the expected net proceeds of the offering.
  (3)   If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per common unit, immediate dilution in tangible net book value per common unit would equal $         or $        , respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by affiliates of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight (including our general partner), by the purchasers of our common units in this offering and by LTIP participants upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus:

 

     Units Acquired     Total Consideration  
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent  

Affiliates of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight(1)(2)(3)

          

Purchasers in this offering

          

LTIP participants

          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Total

        100        100
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Upon completion of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight collectively will own                common units and                subordinated units. Although OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will each also own a 50% management interest in our general partner, our general partner’s general partner interest is not entitled to any distributions from available cash, and, accordingly, is not included in these calculations. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are also entitled to 60% and 40%, respectively, of the incentive distribution rights owned by our general partner.
  (2)  

The assets and liabilities of CenterPoint Energy were recorded at historical cost in accordance with GAAP. The assets and liabilities contributed by OGE Energy and ArcLight were recorded at fair

 

63


Table of Contents
  value in accordance with GAAP as the formation transactions were considered a business combination for accounting purposes. The net investment of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering, is set forth above.
  (3)   Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.

 

64


Table of Contents

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the factors and assumptions upon which our cash distribution policy is based, which are included under the heading “—Significant Forecast Assumptions” below. In addition, please read “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business. For additional information regarding our historical and pro forma operating results, you should refer to our historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

General

 

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects our belief that our unitholders will be better served if we distribute rather than retain available cash, because, among other reasons, we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources. Generally, our available cash is the sum of our (a) cash on hand at the end of a quarter after the payment of our expenses and the establishment of cash reserves and (b) cash on hand resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level federal income tax, we have more cash to distribute to our unitholders than would be the case if we were subject to federal income tax.

 

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

 

There is no guarantee that our unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. We do not have a legal obligation to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution except as provided in our partnership agreement. Our cash distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash distribution policy include the following factors:

 

   

Our ability to make cash distributions may be limited by certain covenants in our revolving credit facility. Should we be unable to satisfy these covenants, we will be unable to make cash distributions notwithstanding our cash distribution policy. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility.”

 

   

Our general partner will have the authority to establish reserves for the proper conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment or increase of those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions to our unitholders from the levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Any determination to establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders. Our partnership agreement provides that in order for a determination by our general partner to be considered to have been made in good faith, our general partner must subjectively believe that the determination is in our best interests.

 

   

While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including the provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may not be amended during the subordination period without the approval of our public common unitholders other than in certain circumstances where no unitholder approval is required. However, our partnership agreement can be amended with the consent of our general partner and the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units (including common units held by our general partner and its affiliates) after the subordination period has ended. At the closing of this offering, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will own our general partner as well as approximately             % of our outstanding common units and all of our outstanding

 

65


Table of Contents
 

subordinated units, representing an aggregate        % limited partner interest in us. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of cash that we distribute and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

 

   

Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number of operational, commercial or other factors, as well as increases in our operating or operation and maintenance expense, principal and interest payments on our debt, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs. Our distributable cash flow is directly impacted by our cash expenses necessary to run our business and will be reduced dollar-for-dollar to the extent such uses of cash increase.

 

   

Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the provisions of future indebtedness, applicable state partnership and limited liability company laws and other laws and regulations.

 

   

If and to the extent our distributable cash flow materially declines, we may elect to reduce our quarterly cash distributions in order to service or repay our debt or fund expansion capital expenditures.

 

All available cash distributed by us on any date from any source will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. We anticipate that distributions from operating surplus will generally not represent a return of capital. However, operating surplus, as defined in our partnership agreement, includes certain components, including a $         million cash basket, that represent non-operating sources of cash. Accordingly, it is possible that return of capital distributions could be made from operating surplus. Any cash distributed by us in excess of operating surplus will be deemed to be capital surplus under our partnership agreement. Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Financing Sources

 

Because we will distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. We do not have any commitment from our general partner or other affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, to provide any direct or indirect financial assistance to us following the closing of this offering, except for CenterPoint Energy’s guarantee of our term loan facility. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we intend to distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units and the incremental distributions on the incentive distribution rights may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our Minimum Quarterly Distribution

 

Upon the consummation of this offering, our partnership agreement will provide for a minimum quarterly distribution of $        per unit for each complete quarter, or $        per unit on an annualized basis. Our ability to make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.” Quarterly distributions, if any, will be made within 45 days after the end of each quarter, on or about the 15th day of each February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the first day of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the first business day immediately following the indicated distribution date. We will not make distributions for the period that begins on                , and ends on the day prior to the closing of this offering, other than the required distributions to our sponsors and ArcLight under our partnership agreement. We will adjust the amount of our distribution for the period from the completion of this offering through                based on the actual length of the period. The amount of available cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after this offering for one quarter and on an annualized basis is summarized in the table below:

 

          Minimum Quarterly Distribution  
     Number of Units        One Quarter              Annualized      
          (in millions)  

Publicly held common units(1)

      $                    $                

Common units held by OGE Energy

      $         $     

Subordinated units held by OGE Energy

      $         $     

LTIP participant units(2)

        

Common units held by CenterPoint Energy

      $         $     

Subordinated units held by CenterPoint Energy

      $         $     

Common units held by ArcLight(1)

      $         $    
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $         $     
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.
  (2)   Effective as of the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will grant                  common units and restricted units to certain directors and executive officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan. In addition, the board of directors of our general partner may grant up to approximately                      phantom units with distribution equivalent rights to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. Please read “Management—2014 Executive Compensation Program—Long Term Incentive Plan.”

 

Our general partner will hold our incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $        per unit per quarter.

 

During the subordination period, before we make any quarterly distributions to our subordinated unitholders, our common unitholders are entitled to receive payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in distributions of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Please read “Provisions of our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.” We cannot guarantee, however, that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units in any quarter.

 

Although holders of our common units may pursue judicial action to enforce provisions of our partnership agreement, including those related to requirements to make cash distributions as described above, our partnership agreement provides that any determination made by our general partner in its capacity as our general partner must be made in good faith and that any such determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed by the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must subjectively believe that the determination is in our best interests. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

 

67


Table of Contents

Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our partnership agreement; however, the actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of cash reserves our general partner establishes in accordance with our partnership agreement as described above.

 

In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to fully fund our annualized minimum quarterly distribution of $        per unit for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. In those sections, we present two tables, consisting of:

 

   

“Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013,” in which we present the amount of cash we would have had available for distribution on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, derived from our unaudited pro forma financial data that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, as adjusted to give pro forma effect to our formation transactions and this offering; and

 

   

“Estimated Distributable Cash Flow for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015,” in which we explain our belief that we will be able to generate sufficient distributable cash flow for us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

If we had completed our formation transactions and this offering on January 1, 2013, our unaudited pro forma distributable cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $541 million. This amount would have been sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our common units and subordinated units for such period.

 

Our unaudited pro forma available cash for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes $3 million of estimated incremental operation and maintenance expenses that we expect to incur as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership. Incremental operation and maintenance expenses related to being a publicly traded partnership include expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer liability insurance expenses; and director compensation. These expenses are not reflected in historical financial statements of the partnership or our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

We based the pro forma adjustments upon currently available information and specific estimates and assumptions. The pro forma amounts below do not purport to present our results of operations had our formation transactions and this offering been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, distributable cash flow is primarily a cash accounting concept, while the historical financial statements of the partnership and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, you should view the amount of pro forma distributable cash flow only as a general indication of the amount of distributable cash flow that we might have generated had we completed this offering on the dates indicated. The pro forma amounts below are presented on a twelve-month basis, and there is no guarantee that we would have had available cash sufficient to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units and subordinated units for each quarter within the twelve-month periods presented.

 

We use the term “distributable cash flow,” which is not defined in our partnership agreement, to measure whether we have generated from our operations, or “earned,” a particular amount of cash sufficient to support the payment of the minimum quarterly distributions. Our partnership agreement contains the concept of “operating surplus” to determine whether our operations are generating sufficient cash to support the distributions that we are paying, as opposed to returning capital to our partners. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus.” Because operating

 

68


Table of Contents

surplus is a cumulative concept (measured from the initial public offering date, and compared to cumulative distributions from the initial public offering date), we use the term distributable cash flow to approximate operating surplus on an annual, rather than a cumulative, basis. As a result, distributable cash flow is not necessarily indicative of the actual cash we have on hand to distribute or that we are required to distribute.

 

The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the amount of cash that would have been available for distribution to our unitholders, assuming that our formation transactions and this offering had been completed on January 1, 2013. Each of the adjustments reflected or presented below is explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.

 

Enable Midstream Partners, LP

Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

 

    Year Ended
December  31,

2013
 
    (In millions)  

Pro Forma Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  $ 451   

Add:

 

Depreciation and amortization

    269   

Interest expense, net

    49   

Income tax expense

    4   
 

 

 

 

Pro Forma EBITDA

  $ 773   
 

 

 

 

Add:

 

Impairment(1)

    12   

Distributions from equity method affiliates—SESH

    16   

Less:

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates—SESH

    (12

Gain on disposition(2)

    (10
 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 779   
 

 

 

 

Less:

 

Adjusted interest expense, net(4)

    (61

Expansion capital expenditures(5)

    (571

Maintenance capital expenditures(6)

    (174

Incremental operation and maintenance expense of being a public entity(7)

    (3

Demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

    (10

Add:

 

Borrowings to fund demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

    10   

Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures

    571   
 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

  $ 541   
 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow

 

Distribution per unit (based on a minimum quarterly distribution rate of $       per unit)

  $     

Annual distributions to:

 

Public common unitholders

  $     

Common units held by ArcLight

 

LTIP participants(8)

 

Common units held by OGE Energy

 

Common units held by CenterPoint Energy

 

Subordinated units held by OGE Energy

 

Subordinated units held by CenterPoint Energy

 
 

 

 

 

Total annual minimum cash distributions

  $              
 

 

 

 

Excess

  $     
 

 

 

 

 

  (1)  

Attributable to the assets of the Service Star business line, a component of the gathering and processing business segment that provides measurement and communication services to third parties.

 

69


Table of Contents
  (2)   Attributable to the sale by Enogex of certain gas gathering assets in the Texas Panhandle to a customer for cash proceeds of approximately $35 million.
  (3)   We define Adjusted EBITDA and provide a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
  (4)   Adjusted interest expense, net excludes the effect of the amortization of the premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes. This exclusion is the primary reason for the difference between “Interest expense, net” and “Adjusted interest expense, net.”
  (5)   Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our asset base, operating income or operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the construction, development or acquisition of additional pipeline, storage, gathering or processing capacity, including well connections, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our asset base, operating capacity or our operating income.
  (6)   Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) made to maintain, over the long term, our asset base, operating capacity or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures to repair, refurbish and replace pipelines, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations.
  (7)   Reflects an adjustment for estimated cash expenses associated with being a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer liability insurance expenses; and director compensation.
  (8)   Assumes that effective as of the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will grant              common units and restricted units to certain directors and executive officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan, as well as approximately              phantom units with distribution equivalent rights to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. Please read “Management—2014 Executive Compensation Program—Long Term Incentive Plan.”

 

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2015

 

We forecast that our estimated distributable cash flow during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be approximately $550 million. This amount would exceed by $             million the amount needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $             per unit on all of our units for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

We are providing the forecast of estimated distributable cash flow to supplement the historical financial statements of the partnership and our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate on all of our units for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. To the extent that there is a shortfall during any quarter in the forecast period, we believe we would be able to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions in such quarter and would likely be able to repay such borrowings in a subsequent quarter, because we believe the total distributable cash flow for the forecast period will be more than sufficient to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution on all of our units. To the extent we have distributable cash flow in excess of our quarterly distributions in the forecast period, we expect that our general partner will reserve such excess amount. During the forecast period, we expect that our general partner will not reserve amounts that impair our ability to pay our minimum quarterly distribution. Please read “—Significant Forecast Assumptions” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the

 

70


Table of Contents

forecast. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for information as to the accounting policies we have followed for the financial forecast.

 

Our forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We believe that our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. If our estimates are not achieved, we may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution on our common units. The assumptions and estimates underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and, though we consider them reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forecast, including, among others, risks and uncertainties contained in “Risk Factors.” Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the forecast is indicative of our future performance or that actual results will not differ materially from those presented in the forecast. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by any person that the results contained in the forecast will be achieved.

 

Unaudited Prospective Financial Information

 

We do not as a matter of course make public projections as to future sales, earnings or other results. However, we have prepared the following prospective financial information to present the estimated distributable cash flow to our common unitholders during the forecasted period. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in our view, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this forecast are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.

 

Neither our independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the prospective financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the prospective financial information. The independent registered public accounting firm’s report included in this prospectus relates to historical financial information. It does not extend to prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

 

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update this financial forecast or the assumptions used to prepare the forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the completion of this offering. In light of this, the statement that we believe that we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to allow us to make the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for each quarter through March 31, 2015 should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that we will make such distribution. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

71


Table of Contents

Enable Midstream Partners, LP

Estimated Distributable Cash Flow

 

    Twelve Months
Ending
March 31,
2015
 
    (In millions)  

Gross margin(1)

  $ 1,404   

Operation and maintenance(2)

    503   

Depreciation and amortization

    290   

Taxes other than income(3)

    65   
 

 

 

 

Operating Income

    546   

Interest expense, net(4)

    (89

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates(5)

    13   
 

 

 

 

Net income

    470   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (3
 

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  $ 467   
 

 

 

 

Add:

 

Depreciation and amortization

    290   

Interest expense, net(4)

    89   
 

 

 

 

Estimated EBITDA

    846   

Add:

 

Estimated distributions from equity method affiliates – SESH(6)

    15   

Less:

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates – SESH(5)

    (13
 

 

 

 

Estimated Adjusted EBITDA(7)

    848   

Less:

 

Adjusted interest expense, net(8)

    (99

Expansion capital expenditures(9)

    (533

Maintenance capital expenditures(10)

    (199

Demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts(11)

    (10

Add:

 

Offering proceeds retained to fund demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

    10   

Offering proceeds retained/Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures

    533   
 

 

 

 

Estimated distributable cash flow

  $ 550   
 

 

 

 

Distribution per unit (based on minimum quarterly distribution rate of $         per unit)

 

Annual distributions to public common unitholders

 

Annual distributions to ArcLight

 

Annual distributions to LTIP participants(12)

 

Annual distributions to:

 

Common units held by OGE Energy

 

Common units held by CenterPoint Energy

 

Subordinated units held by OGE Energy

 

Subordinated units held by CenterPoint Energy

 
 

 

 

 

Total distributions to sponsors

 

General partner interest

    —     
 

 

 

 

Total distributions at minimum quarterly distribution rate

  $     
 

 

 

 

Excess of distributable cash flow over aggregate annualized minimum quarterly distribution

  $    
 

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   We define gross margin and provide a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP in “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
  (2)   Includes approximately $3 million of estimated annual incremental operation and maintenance expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, which are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
  (3)   Taxes other than income are comprised primarily of property taxes and sales and use taxes.
  (4)   Interest expense, net reflects interest expense forecasted on the borrowings detailed under “—Significant Forecast Assumptions—Financing” on a basis consistent with historical GAAP interest expense, net of interest income. We have assumed the issuance of long-term notes in the first half of 2014 to refinance our existing term loans and a portion of our Enable Oklahoma senior notes.
  (5)   SESH is a non-consolidated entity in which we own a 24.95% ownership interest. Our earnings from SESH are included on our pro forma consolidated statement of income included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because our earnings from SESH may not necessarily be reflective of the amount of cash we would expect to receive, those earnings are included in our net income but subtracted in connection with our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA. Our estimate of SESH’s expected cash contribution to us during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is included in our Adjusted EBITDA.
  (6)   Under the terms of its limited liability company agreement, SESH must distribute 100% of its available cash within 30 days following the end of each quarter to its members. Available cash is generally defined as cash on hand at the end of the applicable quarter, less any reserves determined to be appropriate by the management committee. We expect that we will receive 24.95% of the cash available for distribution from SESH for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Because we control only 24.95% of the voting interest of the management committee of SESH, we will not be able to control the determination of available cash with respect to any quarter. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We conduct a portion of our operations through joint ventures, which subject us to additional risks that could have a material adverse effect on the success of these operations, our financial position and our results of operations.”
  (7)   We define Adjusted EBITDA and provide a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
  (8)   Adjusted interest expense, net excludes the effect of the amortization of the premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes, which is the primary reason for the $10 million difference between Interest expense, net and Adjusted interest expense, net for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.
  (9)   Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our asset base, operating income or operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the construction, development or acquisition of additional pipeline, storage, gathering or processing capacity, including well connections, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our asset base, operating capacity or our operating income.
  (10)   Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) made to maintain, over the long term, our asset base, operating capacity or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures to repair, refurbish and replace pipelines, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations.
  (11)  

Demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts are related to three expiring contracts that were entered into by an affiliate of Enogex prior to the formation of the partnership to ship or store gas on third-party assets. These contracts are not core to our operations and we do not expect to realize value above the demand fees. As part of the purchase accounting adjustments at the formation of the partnership, these contracts were marked to their fair value and were recorded on the balance sheet. The remaining expected demand fees associated with these contracts are approximately $10 million for

 

73


Table of Contents
  the twelve month period ending March 31, 2015, and an estimated $3 million thereafter. Accordingly, we intend to retain approximately $13 million from the net proceeds of this offering, which we anticipate will fully fund the remaining demand fees associated with these contracts to be paid as they come due.
  (12)   Assumes that effective as of the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our general partner will grant              common units and restricted units to certain directors and executive officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan, as well as approximately              phantom units with distribution equivalent rights to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. Please read “Management—2014 Executive Compensation Program—Long Term Incentive Plan.”

 

Significant Forecast Assumptions

 

The forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of management. The forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. While the assumptions disclosed in this prospectus are not all-inclusive, the assumptions listed below are those that we believe are material to our forecasted results of operations and any assumptions not discussed below were not deemed to be material. We believe we have a reasonable objective basis for these assumptions. We believe our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to make cash distributions on our common units at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at all.

 

Segment Data

 

The following table compares certain financial data in our gathering and processing and transportation and storage business segments for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 to the pro forma period for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Pro Forma      Forecasted  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
     Twelve Months
Ending

March  31,
2015
 
     (In millions)  

Gathering and Processing

             

Segment Gross Margin

   $ 762       $ 833   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     467         513   

Transportation and Storage

             

Segment Gross Margin

   $ 562       $ 571   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     313         338   

 

(1)   Excludes allocation of $3 million of incremental costs associated with operating as a publicly traded partnership.

 

74


Table of Contents

Volume and Commodity Price Assumptions and Sensitivity Analysis

 

Volumes

 

The following table compares estimated volumes and certain operational data for our gathering and processing and transportation and storage business segments for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 to the pro forma period for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     Pro Forma      Forecasted  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
     Twelve Months
Ending
March 31,

2015
 

Gathering and Processing

             

Natural gas gathering volume (TBtu/d)

     3.6         4.0   

Plant natural gas inlet volume (TBtu/d)

     1.4         1.7   

Gross NGL production (MBbl/d)(1)

     58.7         77.3   

Gross condensate production (MBbl/d)

     3.0         3.2   

Crude oil gathered volumes (MBbl/d)(2)

             9.9   

Transportation and Storage

             

Interstate firm contracted capacity (Bcf/d)(3)(4)

     8.0         8.0   

Intrastate average deliveries (TBtu/d)

     1.6         1.6   

Average firm storage volumes (Bcf) .

     67.9         66.9   

 

(1)   Excludes condensate. Includes third party processing.
(2)   Initial operations began November 1, 2013. From November 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, actual gathered volumes were 3,100 barrels.
(3)   Excludes SESH’s approximately 1.0 Bcf/d firm contracted capacity.
(4)   Actual volumes transported per day may be less than total firm contracted capacity depending on demand.

 

The actual volume of natural gas that we gather in our gathering and processing business segment will influence whether the amount of distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is above or below our forecast. For example, if the actual volume of natural gas we gather on all of our gathering systems for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 was 10% higher or lower than our forecasted levels, that change would result in an increase or decrease to distributable cash flow of approximately $62 million, if all other assumptions are held constant.

 

Commodity Prices

 

Natural gas, crude oil and NGL prices are factors that influence whether the amount of distributable cash flow for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be above or below our forecast. Approximately $346 million, or 25%, of our total forecasted gross margin for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is directly exposed to changes in commodity prices. This compares to approximately 24% of our total gross margin for the pro forma period for the year ended December 31, 2013. Of the amount included in our forecast period, approximately $316 million is related to the realization of our expected natural gas, NGLs and condensate positions associated with our gathering and processing operations and contractual arrangements. The remaining $30 million is associated with sales of natural gas and NGLs collected under our contractual arrangements or fuel charges net of the fuel used to run our compression facilities not subject to a fuel tracker system. Our forecast does not include any material derivative contracts for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

The table below sets forth our estimates for average monthly benchmark commodity prices for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 compared to actual monthly average prices for the year ended December 31, 2013. The projected prices that we expect to realize for these commodities reflect various adjustments to the applicable transportation, quality and regional price differentials. Our forecasted commodity prices are primarily

 

75


Table of Contents

based on market prices for the applicable commodities, as adjusted to take into account third-party market analysis and management’s judgment. Based on the natural gas and NGL price assumptions below for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we expect to operate our processing assets in ethane rejection mode unless plant capabilities or plant-level economics dictate otherwise.

 

     Pro Forma     Forecasted  
     Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
    Twelve
Months
Ending
March  31,

2015
 

Natural Gas – Henry Hub ($/MMBtu)

   $ 3.65      $ 4.14   

Natural Gas Liquids Composite ($/gal)(1)

    

Mont Belvieu, Texas

   $ 0.85      $ 0.89   

Conway, Kansas

   $ 0.81      $ 0.84   

Crude Oil - WTI ($/Bbl)

   $ 96.81      $ 92.62   

 

(1)   Natural gas liquids composite based on an assumed composition of 45%, 30%, 10%, 5%, and 10% for ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline, respectively.

 

Holding all other assumptions constant, we estimate that (i) a 10.0% increase or decrease in the price of natural gas from forecasted levels would result in an increase or decrease of approximately $22 million in distributable cash flow for the forecast period and (ii) a 10.0% increase or decrease in the price of NGLs from forecasted levels, would result in an increase or decrease of approximately $11 million in distributable cash flow for the forecast period.

 

Gathering and Processing Gross Margin

 

We estimate that we will generate gross margin in our gathering and processing segment of $833 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, compared to $762 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 on a pro forma basis. The increase of $71 million in gross margin for the forecasted period as compared to the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013 is primarily attributable to increased volumes on our Anadarko system in the Greater Granite Wash, SCOOP and Mississippi Lime plays and gathering fees associated with our Bakken crude oil gathering system and commodity price improvement.

 

For the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we have estimated that approximately $517 million, or 62%, and $316 million, or 38%, of the gross margin in our gathering and processing segment will be fee-based and commodity-based, respectively. In comparison, the corresponding contribution percentages to gross margin by fee-based and commodity-based, respectively, were 61% and 39% for the year ended December 31, 2013 on a pro forma basis. The expected increase in fee-based gross margin is due to increased natural gas and crude oil gathered volumes resulting in increased gathering and compression fees and increased volumes associated with fixed-fee processing arrangements. Approximately $216 million, or 42%, of our total fee-based gathering and processing gross margin for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is expected to come from contracts containing minimum volume commitment features. Our commodity-based margin is related to the realization of our natural gas, NGL and condensate positions associated with our gathering and processing operations and associated contractual terms.

 

We estimate that the total volumes of natural gas gathered on our systems will average approximately 4 TBtu/d and the total volumes of liquids produced on our systems, including condensate, will average approximately 80.5 MBbl/d for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We estimate that natural gas gathered volumes will increase by approximately 11% during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 compared with the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013 due to an increase in producer activity in our rich gas areas that will be partially offset by declining volumes in our lean gas areas.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table compares forecasted volumes of natural gas and crude oil gathered and NGLs and condensate produced on our systems for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 to actual pro forma volumes for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Pro Forma     Forecasted  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Twelve Months
Ending
March 31,

2015
 

Natural Gas – Gathered Volumes (TBtu/d)

    

Anadarko system

     1.3        1.5   

Ark-La-Tex system

     1.3        1.6 (1) 

Arkoma system

     1.0        0.9 (2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3.6        4.0   

NGLs (MBbl/d)(3)

    

Anadarko system

     43.2        60.7   

Ark-La-Tex system

     10.8        11.9   

Arkoma system

     4.7        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     58.7        77.3   

Condensate (MBbl/d)

     3.0        3.2   

Crude Oil — Gathered Volumes (MBbl/d)

    

Williston system(4)

            9.9   

 

(1)   Gathered volumes does not include approximately 0.6 TBtu/d not expected to be delivered but for which payments would be received in order for our customers to meet minimum volume commitments.
(2)   Gathered volumes does not include approximately 0.1 TBtu/d not expected to be delivered but for which payments would be received in order for our customers to meet minimum volume commitments.
(3)   Excludes condensate.
(4)   Initial operation of the system began on November 1, 2013. From November 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, actual gathered volumes were 3,100 barrels.

 

Anadarko Basin

 

Natural gas gathered volumes on our Anadarko system are expected to average 1.5 TBtu/d for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, an increase of 15% as compared to the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. The estimated increase in volumes to be gathered and processed in this basin is primarily associated with our customers’ activity in the liquids-rich Greater Granite Wash, SCOOP and Mississippi Lime plays. Since January 2010, we have secured over 3.8 million gross acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin. We currently serve over 200 producers in this basin with total acreage dedications of over 4.7 million gross acres. In support of these long-term dedications and continued producer activity in this liquids-rich basin, we elected to expand the processing capacity on our Anadarko super header by 800 MMcf/d since January 2010. This strategic expansion was initiated to allow us to continue to provide reliable and efficient service to our customers. To date, we have installed 600 MMcf/d of that capacity and expect that we will commence operations at our 200 MMcf/d Bradley plant in the first quarter of 2015.

 

Ark-La-Tex Basin

 

Natural gas gathered volumes on our Ark-La-Tex system are expected to average 1.6 TBtu/d for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, an increase of 23% as compared to the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. We are forecasting increased volume associated with the relatively rich Cotton Valley play from

 

77


Table of Contents

increased drilling activity around our Waskom plant, as well as increased volumes due to recent drilling activity in the Haynesville shale play. Throughput on our systems in the lean Haynesville shale play is not expected to exceed our minimum volume commitments during the forecast period; therefore, we do not expect an increase in margin commensurate with the expected increase in volume. We currently serve over 110 producers and have secured over 0.7 million gross acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from future increases in drilling activity in this basin.

 

Arkoma Basin

 

Natural gas gathered volumes on our Arkoma system are expected to average 0.9 TBtu/d for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 compared to 1.0 TBtu/d for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. Volumes in this basin are primarily produced from the Fayetteville and Woodford shale plays and the traditional Arkoma basin. Throughput on our systems in the Arkoma Basin is not expected to exceed our minimum volume commitments during the forecast period. We currently serve over 220 producers and have secured 1.2 million acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin, which we believe positions us to benefit from future increases in drilling activity in this basin.

 

Williston

 

We estimate that we will gather an average of 9,880 Bbl/d of crude oil associated with our Williston system in the Bakken for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. Initial operation of this system began on November 1, 2013. Construction associated with this project is ongoing and we expect it to be fully operational in the third quarter of 2014. Total capacity on the system once fully in-service will be 19,500 Bbl/d, all of which is contracted through 2028. We executed an agreement in February 2014 to gather crude oil production through a second new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin. The new system will have a total capacity of up to 30,000 Bbl/d. We will file to seek a FERC order approving our terms of service for this project. Although we expect to receive FERC approval by the third quarter of 2014, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval. We expect the system to commence initial operations during the second quarter of 2015. For the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we have included $83 million of expansion capital expenditures for this project. We do not expect to receive any cash flows from this project until the second quarter of 2015. We estimate that the total expansion capital expenditures for this project will be $156 million.

 

Transportation and Storage Gross Margin

 

We forecast our total transportation and storage gross margin to be $571 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, compared to $562 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. Of the $571 million of total transportation and storage gross margin for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we estimate we will generate $440 million from our interstate systems and $131 million from our intrastate systems.

 

Gross margin from our transportation and storage system is substantially fee-based in nature and is generated from (i) a transportation rate charged to firm transportation capacity commitments or interruptible transportation volumes, (ii) a storage rate charged based on firm storage capacity or interruptible storage volumes and (iii) other items including net fuel collections not subject to tracker mechanisms, net gas sales and other miscellaneous items. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 86% of the transportation and storage business segment gross margin was derived from demand charges under firm contract arrangements. For the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we assume 85% of the transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from demand charges under firm contract arrangements. Our cash flows in our transportation and storage business segment are not significantly impacted by commodity price fluctuations. The limited amount of direct commodity exposure we do have is derived from sales of natural gas and NGLs collected under our contractual arrangements or fuel charges net of the fuel used to run our compression facilities not subject to a fuel tracker system. We experience a limited amount of seasonal variability related to demand for our interruptible services in which fees are dependent upon throughput. Gross

 

78


Table of Contents

margin from interruptible services contributed approximately 12% of total segment gross margin for the pro forma twelve months ended December 31, 2013. For the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we assume 9% of the transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from interruptible services.

 

We have begun to see renewed interest by producers for capacity on our systems as well as a slight recovery in recontracting rates as evidenced by expansions we expect to place into service during 2014. For example, EGT recently agreed with a producer to provide 10 years of firm transportation service that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, including the acquisition of rights-of-way and FERC approval of $30 million for construction of a pipeline lateral, provides for transportation of up to 230,000 dekatherms per day by November 1, 2015. Most of the contract volumes will be at EGT’s maximum rate. Such a rate marks an improvement from recent market conditions. Additionally, 53% of our total transportation and storage gross margin for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is expected to be derived from customers holding firm demand capacity who are users of natural gas and rely on our systems to obtain natural gas for their operations such as LDCs, power generation and industrial customers. We believe these customers will tend to renew contracts at or near their existing reserved capacity based on historical renewal patterns and their per-period requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2013 our weighted-average contract life for firm transportation volumes on our interstate and intrastate pipelines was 3.9 and 4.9 years, respectively, and 4.4 years on our firm storage contracts.

 

Interstate

 

   

EGT: For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 52% of total transportation and storage business segment gross margin was derived from demand charges under EGT’s firm contract arrangements. In the forecast period, we assume 52% of total transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from demand charges under firm EGT contract arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 96% of EGT’s capacity was under contract with an average remaining contract life of 4.1 years. Our forecast also includes increased revenues from operational synergies and expansion projects that are expected to be placed into service during the forecast period.

 

   

MRT: For the year ended December 31, 2013 on a pro forma basis, approximately 14% of total transportation and storage business segment gross margins was derived from demand charges under MRT’s firm contract arrangements. In the forecast period, we assume 15% of total transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from demand charges under firm MRT contract arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 92% of MRT’s capacity was under contract with an average remaining contract life of 3.4 years. In September 2013, the FERC approved a rate settlement with our MRT system customers and our forecast reflects the resulting higher revenues.

 

Intrastate

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 20% of our total transportation and storage business segment gross margin was generated under firm intrastate transportation and storage contract arrangements. In the forecast period, we assume 18% of our total transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from firm intrastate transportation and storage contract arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, the average remaining contract life for our intrastate transportation customers was 4.9 years. We believe that our intrastate assets are well-positioned to continue to provide a unique service offering to our customers and to benefit from the forecasted growth in our gathered volumes across the Anadarko and Arkoma basins.

 

On March 17, 2014, we executed a new transportation agreement with OG&E effective May 1, 2014, with a primary term through April 30, 2019. Following the primary term, the agreement will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides notice of termination to the other party at least 180 days prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period. The forecast includes eleven months of revenue we expect to receive under the new contract.

 

79


Table of Contents

Storage

 

Gross margin related to storage is included in the interstate and intrastate portions of our transportation and storage business segments. Our interstate and intrastate storage assets expand the range of services we can offer to our interstate and intrastate transportation customers and provide operational flexibility for our transportation systems. As reflected in the interstate and intrastate gross margin above, for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 9% of our total transportation and storage business segment gross margin was generated from firm storage capacity contracts. In the forecast period, we assume 5% of transportation and storage business segment gross margin is derived from firm storage demand charges. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 79% of our storage capacity was under firm storage capacity contracts with an average remaining contract life of 4.4 years.

 

Equity in Earnings of Equity Method Affiliates

 

We own a 24.95% interest in SESH and operate the pipeline. Subject to the terms of the master formation agreement, we have the ability to acquire CenterPoint Energy’s remaining 25.05% of SESH by 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the system had capacity to transport 1.5 Bcf/d of natural gas from Perryville, Louisiana to Gwinville, Mississippi, and 1.0 Bcf/d of natural gas to the pipeline’s end point in Alabama. As of December 31, 2013, 100% of SESH’s capacity was under contract with an average remaining contract life of 11.6 years. In the forecast period, we assume additional earnings from expansion projects.

 

Operation and Maintenance Expenses

 

Our operation and maintenance expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, lease costs, utility costs, insurance premiums, and repairs and maintenance expenses. We estimate that we will incur operation and maintenance expense of $503 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 as compared to $496 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. The increase in operation and maintenance expenses compared to 2013 is primarily driven by expected integration costs, increased costs for labor and benefits and expenses attributable to new assets placed in service, partially offset by expected synergies. The forecast and pro forma amounts above include an estimated $3 million of incremental operation and maintenance expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a separate publicly traded partnership, which are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

We estimate that our depreciation and amortization expense will be $290 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, as compared to $269 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. The expected increase is attributable to additional assets placed in service. Depreciation and amortization expense for 2013 and the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is based on consistent average depreciable asset lives and depreciation methodologies.

 

Taxes Other Than Income

 

Our taxes other than income expenses are comprised primarily of property taxes and sales and use taxes. We estimate that our taxes other than income expense will be $65 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, as compared to $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. The expected increase is primarily attributable to additional assets placed in service.

 

80


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

 

We estimate that total capital expenditures for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be $732 million, as compared to pro forma capital expenditures of $745 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. This forecast estimate is based on the following assumptions:

 

Maintenance Capital Expenditures

 

We estimate that our maintenance capital expenditures will be approximately $199 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, of which $58 million will relate to pipeline integrity and multi-year replacement projects, and $141 million will relate to other routine maintenance projects as well as integration projects, including technology integration projects. Approximately $53 million of the estimated maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 are related to our gathering and processing business segment, while the balance is related to our transportation and storage business segment. Maintenance capital expenditures were $174 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. Our estimate of maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is higher than historical maintenance capital expenditures primarily due to higher gathering and processing system maintenance associated with the growth of our systems, integration projects, planned pipeline replacement projects, and expected increases in compliance costs related to pipeline safety rules.

 

Expansion Capital Expenditures

 

We estimate that our expansion capital expenditures will be $533 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 as compared to expansion capital expenditures of $571 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. Approximately $500 million of the estimated expansion capital expenditures for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 are related to our gathering and processing business segment, while the balance is related to our transportation and storage business segment. These forecasted expansion capital expenditures are primarily comprised of the following projects:

 

   

Approximately $333 million of our forecasted expansion capital expenditures are related to the expansion of our Anadarko gathering and processing system where we expect continued volume growth associated with our long-term gathering and processing agreements in these areas. Nearly 36% of this amount is related to our Bradley Plant, which is expected to be placed into service in the first quarter of 2015. The balance of the expansion capital expenditures are associated with gathering infrastructure, such as pipeline and compression, in support of new volumes.

 

   

We expect the balance of our gathering and processing expansion capital expenditures to be spent in the forecast period across the other basins in which we operate with approximately $65 million of enhancements to our processing facilities and additional gathering infrastructure for new volumes in the Ark-La-Tex basin, $6 million of additional gathering infrastructure to accommodate the volumes from the Arkoma basin, and $96 million of crude gathering infrastructure associated with our Bakken crude gathering systems in the Williston basin.

 

   

We expect to spend approximately $33 million of expansion capital expenditures related to our transportation and storage business segment. These expenditures are associated with projects that will serve additional industrial markets or new supply. For example, EGT recently agreed with a producer to provide 10 years of firm transportation service that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, including the acquisition of rights-of-way and FERC approval of $30 million for construction of a pipeline lateral, provides for transportation of up to 230,000 dekatherms per day by November 1, 2015.

 

We have only included expansion capital expenditures in the forecast period that are associated with known or expected customer commitments. We believe that we will continue to identify new expansion capital projects and acquisition opportunities that may increase the amount of expansion capital expenditures beyond what we are currently forecasting for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

81


Table of Contents

Although we may make acquisitions during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, our forecast does not reflect any acquisitions, as we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities or, if identified, that we will be able to negotiate acceptable purchase agreements.

 

Investment in Equity Method Affiliates

 

We expect to invest approximately $6 million during the forecast period for our share of a planned expansion project at SESH. We have not included the potential impact of CenterPoint Energy’s exercising its option to contribute an additional 24.95% interest in SESH to us in May 2014. Under the master formation agreement, CenterPoint Energy has certain put rights, and we have certain call rights, exercisable with respect to CenterPoint Energy’s remaining interest in SESH. Specifically, the rights are exercisable with respect to a 24.95% interest in SESH (which may be exercised no earlier than May 2014) and a 0.1% interest in SESH (which may be exercised no earlier than May 2015). If CenterPoint Energy were to exercise its put rights or we were to exercise our call rights, CenterPoint Energy would contribute to us its 24.95% interest in SESH in exchange for              common units and its 0.1% interest in SESH in exchange for              common units. Subject to certain restrictions, if the fair market value of the contributed SESH interest is more or less than the value of the common units issued as consideration for the SESH interest, a cash payment may be required to be made by either us or CenterPoint Energy. Based on the distributions we expect to receive in respect of the additional SESH interest, we believe that the acquisition will not be dilutive to distributable cash flow during the forecast period on a per unit basis. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Formation Agreement—Acquisition of Remaining CenterPoint Energy Interest in SESH.”

 

Financing

 

We estimate that interest paid for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 will be $99 million, as compared to interest paid of $61 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2013. The primary driver of the increase in interest paid for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 versus 2013 is associated with expected higher interest rates on the $1.5 billion refinancing in 2014 described below. Our forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is based on the following significant financing assumptions:

 

   

for purposes of our forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we have assumed that the closing of this offering takes place on April 1, 2014;

 

   

we expect to have average borrowings of approximately $228 million under our $1.4 billion revolving credit facility during the forecast period. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to fund our forecasted expansion capital expenditures during the twelve months ending March 31, 2015;

 

   

we have assumed the borrowings under our revolving credit facility will bear interest at an average rate of 1.9% through March 31, 2015;

 

   

we have assumed that no commercial paper is outstanding during the forecast period under our commercial paper program;

 

   

we have assumed the issuance of $1.5 billion of long-term notes in the first half of 2014 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.6% associated with an expected refinancing of our aggregate $1.3 billion of outstanding term loans that have a weighted average interest rate of approximately 1.9%, as well as the $200 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior notes that mature in mid-2014;

 

   

we have assumed that we will have other senior notes and long-term notes payable with a face amount averaging $671 million with a weighted average cash interest rate of 4.1%; and

 

   

we expect to remain in compliance with the financial and other covenants in our credit facilities.

 

82


Table of Contents

Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors

 

Our forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is based on the following significant assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

there will not be any new federal, state or local regulation of the portions of the energy industry in which we operate, or a new interpretation of existing regulation, that will be materially adverse to our business;

 

   

there will not be any major adverse change in the portions of the midstream energy industry that we serve or in general economic conditions, including in the levels of natural gas and crude oil production and demand in the geographic areas that we serve;

 

   

there will not be any material accidents, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events with respect to our facilities or those of third parties on which we depend;

 

   

we will not make any acquisitions or other significant expansion capital expenditures (other than as described above);

 

   

there will not be a shortage of skilled labor; and

 

   

market, insurance and overall economic conditions will not change substantially.

 

83


Table of Contents

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

 

Distributions of Available Cash

 

General

 

Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter after the closing of this offering, beginning with the quarter ending                 , we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the amount of our distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through                 , based on the actual length of the period.

 

Definition of Available Cash

 

Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of that quarter:

 

   

less, the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

 

   

provide for the proper conduct of our business (including cash reserves for our future capital expenditures, future acquisitions, and anticipated future debt service requirements and refunds of collected rates reasonably likely to be refunded as a result of a settlement or hearing related to FERC rate proceedings or rate proceedings under applicable law subsequent to that quarter);

 

   

comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

 

   

provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters (provided that our general partner may not establish cash reserves for distributions if the effect of the establishment of such reserves will prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative arrearages on such common units for the current quarter);

 

   

plus, if our general partner so determines, all or any portion of the cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of such quarter.

 

The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter, but on or before the date of determination of available cash for that quarter, to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners, and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within twelve months with funds other than from additional working capital borrowings.

 

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

 

We intend to make a minimum quarterly distribution to the holders of our common units and subordinated units of $         per unit, or $         per unit on an annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and the payment of costs and expenses, including reimbursements of expenses to our general partner. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our

 

84


Table of Contents

general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the restrictions included in our credit agreements that may restrict our ability to make distributions.

 

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights

 

Our general partner owns a non-economic general partner interest in us and thus will not be entitled to distributions that we make prior to our liquidation in respect of such general partner interest. Our general partner currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $                 per unit per quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general partner or its affiliates may receive on common units or subordinated units that they own. Please read “—Incentive Distribution Rights” for additional information.

 

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

 

General

 

All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either being paid from “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” We treat distributions of available cash from operating surplus differently than distributions of available cash from capital surplus.

 

Operating Surplus

 

We define operating surplus as:

 

   

$                 million; plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined below) and the termination of hedge contracts, provided that cash receipts from the termination of a commodity hedge or interest rate hedge prior to its specified termination date shall be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such commodity hedge or interest rate hedge; plus

 

   

working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for that quarter; plus

 

   

cash distributions (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) paid in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in this offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, development, replacement, improvement or expansion of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

cash distributions (including incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) paid in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in this offering, to pay interest and related fees on debt incurred, or to pay distributions on equity issued, to finance the expansion capital expenditures referred to in the prior bullet; less

 

   

all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred or repaid within such twelve-month period with the proceeds of additional working capital borrowings; less

 

85


Table of Contents
   

any cash loss realized on disposition of an investment capital expenditure.

 

As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our operations. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $         million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating sources.

 

The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating expenditures (as described below) and thus reduce operating surplus when repayments are made. However, if working capital borrowings, which increase operating surplus, are not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, they will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowings are in fact repaid, they will not be treated as a further reduction in operating surplus because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

 

We define interim capital transactions as (i) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than working capital borrowings and items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) and sales of debt securities, (ii) issuances of equity securities, (iii) sales or other dispositions of assets, other than sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal asset retirements or replacements and (iv) capital contributions received by a group member.

 

We define operating expenditures as all of our cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of expenses of our general partner and its affiliates, director, officer and employee compensation, debt service payments, payments made in the ordinary course of business under interest rate hedge contracts and commodity hedge contracts (provided that payments made in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of its settlement or termination date specified therein will be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract and amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a rate hedge contract or a commodity hedge contract will be amortized at the life of such rate hedge contract or commodity hedge contract), maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below) and repayment of working capital borrowings; provided, however, that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

repayments of working capital borrowings where such borrowings have previously been deemed to have been repaid (as described above);

 

   

payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures;

 

   

investment capital expenditures;

 

   

payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions;

 

   

distributions to our partners;

 

   

repurchases of partnership interests (excluding repurchases we make to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans); or

 

   

any expenditures made to fund certain demand fees using a portion of the proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Capital Surplus

 

Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any distribution of available cash in excess of our cumulative operating surplus. Accordingly, except as described above, capital surplus would generally be generated by:

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of our equity and debt securities;

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of ordinary course retirement or replacement of assets; and

 

   

capital contributions received.

 

Characterization of Cash Distributions

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of this offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering and as a return of capital. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our asset base, operating income or operating capacity over the long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include the acquisition of equipment and the construction, development or acquisition of additional pipeline, storage, gathering or processing capacity, including well connections, to the extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our asset base, operating capacity or our operating income. Expansion capital expenditures include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the period from the date that we enter into a binding obligation to commence the construction, development, replacement, improvement or expansion of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such capital improvement commences commercial service and the date that such capital improvement is abandoned or disposed of.

 

Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) made to maintain, over the long term, our asset base, operating capacity or operating income. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures to repair, refurbish and replace pipelines, to maintain equipment reliability, integrity and safety and to address environmental laws and regulations. Maintenance capital expenditures are included in operating expenditures and thus will reduce operating surplus.

 

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or development of facilities that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating capacity or operating income, but that are not expected to expand our asset base, operating capacity or operating income over the long term.

 

87


Table of Contents

Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance capital purposes, investment capital purposes and/or expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.

 

Subordination Period

 

General

 

Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we define below), the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $         per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on the common units.

 

Subordination Period

 

Except as described below, the subordination period will begin on the closing date of this offering and will extend until the first business day following the distribution of available cash in respect of any quarter beginning with the quarter ending                     , that each of the following tests are met:

 

   

distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded $         per unit (the annualized minimum quarterly distribution), for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $         (the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted basis; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

 

Early Termination of Subordination Period

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will automatically terminate on the first business day following the distribution of available cash in respect of any quarter beginning with the quarter ending                     , that each of the following tests are met:

 

   

distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded $         (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) for the four-consecutive-quarter period immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below) generated during the four-consecutive-quarter period immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of (i) $         per unit (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted basis and (ii) the corresponding distributions on the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

 

88


Table of Contents

Expiration Upon Removal of the General Partner

 

In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause:

 

   

the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and automatically convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, provided (i) neither such person nor any of its affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and (ii) such person is not an affiliate of the successor general partner;

 

   

if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.

 

Expiration of the Subordination Period

 

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will thereafter participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash.

 

Adjusted Operating Surplus

 

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash established in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus for a period consists of:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the item described in the first bullet point under the caption “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; less

 

   

any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to that period; plus

 

   

any net decrease made in subsequent periods to cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to that period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods; plus

 

   

any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.

 

Cash payments by any of our customers to settle a shortfall associated with any minimum volume commitment under a gathering agreement will be operating surplus in the quarter in which they are actually received. An estimated, prorated amount of such payments, however, may be included in adjusted operating surplus by our general partner in the manner generally described below. Under our gathering agreements that include minimum volume commitments, the cash settlement of shortfalls in actual volumes associated with minimum volume commitments is settled on an annual basis at the end of the contract year to which such volume commitments relate. In order to accommodate the rolling-four quarter test associated with expiration of the subordination period (relative to any payment associated with a shortfall in any minimum volume commitment), to the extent that the actual volumes (associated with a minimum volume commitment) in a particular quarter or quarters are less than the prorated minimum volume commitment amount for such period, our general partner may add to adjusted operating surplus for such period an amount equal to such shortfall, multiplied by the then applicable gathering rate. The quarterly shortfall payment estimate would be adjusted each subsequent quarter based on the level of actual volumes for such subsequent quarter and the preceding quarters of the period that remain subject to a minimum volume commitment (as compared to the prorated volume commitment for such

 

89


Table of Contents

period). If the estimated amount of shortfall payments used by our general partner to increase adjusted operating surplus in prior quarters is more than any shortfall amount actually paid for a minimum volume commitment period as finally determined, and subordinated units remain outstanding, then adjusted operating surplus shall be adjusted in each such quarter to give effect to the actual amount of the payment as if it had been received in such quarter to cover the shortfall in such quarter. With respect to a quarter in which a shortfall amount is actually paid, adjusted operating surplus shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of quarterly shortfall payment estimates previously added by the general partner to adjusted operating surplus with respect to such minimum volume commitment period.

 

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

 

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:

 

   

first, to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

second, to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

   

third, to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each outstanding subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter, in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

The preceding discussion is based on the assumption that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

 

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:

 

   

first, to all unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter, in the manner described in “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

 

The preceding discussion is based on the assumption that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

Incentive Distribution Rights

 

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (15.0%, 25.0% and 50.0%) of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to restrictions in our partnership agreement.

 

The following discussion assumes that our general partner continues to own the incentive distribution rights.

 

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

90


Table of Contents
   

we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

then, we will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and our general partner in the following manner:

 

   

first, to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $                 per unit for that quarter (the first target distribution);

 

   

second, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $                 per unit for that quarter (the second target distribution);

 

   

third, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $                 per unit for that quarter (the third target distribution); and

 

   

thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

 

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

 

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner (through the incentive distribution rights) based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit Target Amount.” The percentage interests shown for our unitholders for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner assume that our general partner has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and that there are no arrearages on common units.

 

     Total Quarterly
Distribution Per Unit

Target Amount
   Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions
 
        Unitholders     General
Partner
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $              100.0     0.0

First Target Distribution

   up to $              100.0     0.0

Second Target Distribution

   above $         up to $              85.0     15.0

Third Target Distribution

   above $         up to $              75.0     25.0

Thereafter

   above $              50.0     50.0

 

General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

 

Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement, subject to certain conditions, to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would be set. If our general partner transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion assumes that our general partner holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made. Our general partner’s right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to our general partner are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding, if we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding such time and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed adjusted operating surplus for such quarter, respectively. If our general partner and its affiliates are not the holders of a majority of

 

91


Table of Contents

the incentive distribution rights at the time an election is made to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels, then the proposed reset will be subject to the prior written concurrence of the general partner that the conditions described above have been satisfied. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that our general partner will not receive any incentive distributions under the reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our general partner.

 

In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive distribution payments based on the target distributions prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by our general partner for the two quarters immediately preceding the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during that two-quarter period.

 

The number of common units that our general partner would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.

 

Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and the target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first, to all unitholders, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

second, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter;

 

   

third, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter; and

 

   

thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner at various cash distribution levels (i) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our partnership agreement in effect at the completion of this offering, as well as (ii) following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

        Marginal Percentage
Interest  in Distributions
     
   

Quarterly

Distribution per Unit Prior to
Reset

  Unitholders     General
Partner
   

Quarterly Distribution per Unit
Following Hypothetical Reset

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $             100.0     0.0   $        

First Target Distribution

  up to $             100.0     0.0   up to $        (1)

Second Target Distribution

  above $         up to $             85.0     15.0   above $0.     up to $0.    (2)

Third Target Distribution

  above $         up to $             75.0     25.0   above $0.     up to $0.    (3)

Thereafter

  above $     50.0     50.0   above $0.    (3)

 

  (1)   This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
  (2)   This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
  (3)   This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

 

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and our general partner, in respect of incentive distribution rights, or IDRs, based on an average of the amounts distributed for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the reset there would be                  common units outstanding and that the average distribution to each common unit would be $                 for the two consecutive non-overlapping quarters prior to the reset.

 

    

Prior to Reset

 
                 General Partner Cash
Distributions
        
    

Quarterly
Distribution per
Unit

   Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distriutions(1)
     Common
Units
     IDRs      Total      Total
Distribution
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $            $                $               $               $               $           

First Target Distribution

   up to $                       

Second Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                       

Third Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                       

Thereafter

   above $                       
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $                $               $                $               $           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes              common units and restricted units to be issued to certain directors and officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan. In addition, we have assumed that the approximately              phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that may be granted to certain key employees in connection with this offering will be treated as common units.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders and the general partner, in respect of IDRs, with respect to the quarter after the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be an additional                          common units outstanding, and that the average distribution to each common unit would be $                . The number of common units issued as a result of the reset was calculated by dividing (x) $                 as the average of the amounts received by the general partner in respect of its IDRs for the two consecutive non-overlapping quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above by (y) the average of the cash distributions made on each common unit per quarter for the two consecutive non-overlapping quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or $                .

 

    

After Reset

 
                 General Partner Cash
Distributions
    

 

 
    

Quarterly
Distribution per
Unit

   Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions(1)
     Common Units
Issued As a
Result of the
Reset
     IDRs      Total      Total
Distribution
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $            $                $               $               $               $           

First Target Distribution

   up to $                       

Second Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                       

Third Target Distribution

   above $         up to $                       

Thereafter

   above $                       
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $               $               $               $               $           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes              common units and restricted units to be issued to certain directors and officers pursuant to their compensation arrangements and our long term incentive plan. In addition, we have assumed that the approximately              phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that may be granted to certain key employees in connection with this offering will be treated as common units.

 

Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when it has received incentive distributions for the immediately preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

 

Distributions from Capital Surplus

 

How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made

 

We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first, to all unitholders, pro rata, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below under “—Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus”;

 

   

second, to the common unitholders, pro rata, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter, as if such distributions were from operating surplus.

 

The preceding discussion is based on the assumption that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

94


Table of Contents

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus

 

Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per unit is referred to as the “unrecovered initial unit price.” Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

 

Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, we will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels to zero. Then, after distributing an amount of capital surplus for each common unit equal to any unpaid arrearages of the minimum quarterly distributions on outstanding common units, we will then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50.0% being paid to the unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to the holder of our incentive distribution rights.

 

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

 

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

target distribution levels;

 

   

the unrecovered initial unit price; and

 

   

the arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

 

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level, and each subordinated unit would be split into two subordinated units. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property (including the issuance of additional units under any compensation or benefit plans).

 

In addition, if legislation is enacted or if the official interpretation of existing law is modified by a governmental authority, so that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter shall be reduced by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter (reduced by the amount of the estimated tax liability for such quarter payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation) and the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that quarter (reduced by the amount of the estimated tax liability for such quarter payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation) plus our general partner’s estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference may be accounted for in subsequent quarters.

 

95


Table of Contents

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

 

General

 

If we dissolve in accordance with our partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and our general partner, in accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

 

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.

 

Manner of Adjustments for Gain

 

The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in our partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to our partners in the following manner:

 

   

first, to our general partner to the extent of any negative balance in its capital account;

 

   

second, to the common unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

third, to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

 

   

fourth, to all common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed to the common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

fifth, 85.0% to all common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence;

 

   

sixth, 75.0% to all common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each quarter of our existence; and

 

96


Table of Contents
   

thereafter, 50.0% to all common and subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner.

 

The percentages set forth above are based on the assumption that our general partner has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the fourth bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

 

Manner of Adjustments for Losses

 

If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, after making allocations of loss to the general partner and the unitholders in a manner intended to offset in reverse order the allocations of gains that have previously been allocated, we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and unitholders in the following manner:

 

   

first, to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

 

   

second, to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

 

   

thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.

 

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

 

Adjustments to Capital Accounts

 

Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the partners’ capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. In contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the unitholders and our general partner based on their respective percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units. If we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders’ capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.

 

97


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, the selected historical financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, which is derived from the historical books and records of the partnership, the selected historical financial and operating data of Enogex, which is derived from the historical books and records of Enogex, and the pro forma financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP. On May 1, 2013 (formation), OGE Energy and ArcLight indirectly contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex to the partnership in exchange for common units and, for OGE Energy only, interests in our general partner. The transaction was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, with the partnership considered the acquirer of Enogex. Subsequent to May 1, 2013, the financial and operating data of the partnership are consolidated to reflect the acquisition of Enogex and the retention of certain assets and liabilities by CenterPoint Energy. The following tables should be read together with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the historical and unaudited pro forma and supplemental pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements, as applicable, and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The selected historical financial and operating data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the audited historical combined and consolidated financial statements of the partnership included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data of Enable Midstream Partners, LP as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from the partnership’s unaudited historical combined financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The operating data for all periods is unaudited. The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

The selected unaudited pro forma financial and operating data is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma and supplemental pro forma combined financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 assume that our formation transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred as of January 1, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data gives effect to, the following:

 

   

The acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, including (1) the incremental depreciation and amortization incurred on the fair value adjustment of Enogex’s assets, (2) adjustments to revenue and cost of sales to reflect purchase price adjustments for the recurring impact of certain loss contracts and deferred revenues and (3) a reduction to interest expense for recognition of a premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes;

 

   

A reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, and the interest expense incurred on notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy prior to May 1, 2013, which were repaid at formation;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.05 billion 3-year senior unsecured term loan facility by the partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.4 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility by the partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

A reduction for the elimination of federal and state income taxes, except for Texas state margin taxes;

 

   

A reduction in the partnership’s interest in SESH from 50% to 24.95%;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

The consummation of this offering and our issuance of                     common units to the public and the conversion of                     common units held by CenterPoint Energy and                     common units held by OGE Energy into subordinated units; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The pro forma financial data does not give effect to the estimated $3 million in incremental annual operation and maintenance expense we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. The unaudited pro forma adjustments do not give effect to any potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies from the integration of the partnership and Enogex. The pro forma financial data does not reflect adjustments for the execution of service agreements with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy upon formation since the costs under these service agreements were previously incurred by the partnership and Enogex on a similar basis. The pro forma financial data does not adjust for acquisition related costs since the partnership incurred no acquisition related costs in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income during any period presented based upon the terms in the master formation agreement. For a description of the step acquisition gain, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Pro Forma.”

 

The following tables include the financial measures of gross margin, which we use as a measure of performance, Adjusted EBITDA, which we use as a measure of performance and liquidity, and distributable cash flow, which we use as a measure of liquidity. Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We define gross margin as total revenues minus cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results. For a reconciliation of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

99


Table of Contents
    Enable Midstream Partners, LP
Historical
    Enable Midstream Partners,  LP
Pro Forma
 
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009         2013             2012      
    (In millions, except for per unit and operating data)  

Results of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 2,489      $ 952      $ 932      $ 871      $ 813      $ 3,120      $ 2,564   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    1,313        129        101        98        131        1,798        1,238   

Operation and maintenance

    429        267        263        233        242        493        446   

Depreciation and amortization

    212        106        91        77        63        269        273   

Impairments

    12                                    12          

Gain on insurance proceeds

                                              (8

Taxes other than income

    54        34        37        37        35        62        57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    469        416        440        426        342        486        558   

Interest expense

    (67     (85     (90     (83     (72     (49     (45

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

    15        31        31        29        29        12        18   

Interest income—affiliated companies

    9        21        14        9        10                 

Step acquisition gain

           136                                    136   

Other, net

                         (2     1        9        (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    426        519        395        379        310        458        663   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (1,192     203        163        155        113        4        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,618      $ 316      $ 232      $ 224      $ 197      $ 454      $ 660   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    3                                    3        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232      $ 224      $ 197      $ 451      $ 658   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to controlling interest(1)

  $ 289               
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit(1)(2)

  $ 0.74               
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per subordinated limited partner unit(1)

             
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 8,990      $     4,705      $     4,070      $     3,876      $     3,198       

Total assets

    11,232        6,482        5,796        5,463        4,534       

Long-term debt, including current portion

    2,120        1,762        1,568        1,671        1,179       

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital

    8,148        3,215        2,898        2,666        2,442       

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 648      $ 451      $ 662      $ 308      $ 306       

Investing activities

    (140     (645     (560     (800     (195    

Financing activities

    (400     194        (102     492        (111    

Other Financial Data:

             

Gross margin

  $ 1,176      $ 823      $ 831      $ 773      $ 682      $ 1,322      $     1,326   

Adjusted EBITDA

    714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 543      $ 440      $ 779      $ 837   

Distributable cash flow

            $ 541      $ 612   

Operating Data:

             

Gathered volumes—TBtu

    1,113        874        794        647        426        1,298        1,391   

Gathered volumes—TBtu/d

    3.05        2.39        2.17        1.77        1.17        3.56        3.80   

Natural gas processed volumes—TBtu

    397        73        37        57        22        524        430   

Natural gas processed volumes—TBtu/d

    1.09        0.20        0.10        0.16        0.06        1.44        1.17   

Total NGLs sold—millions of gallons/d

    1.90        0.25        0.09        0.12        0.14        2.52        2.62   

Transported volumes—TBtu

    1,608        1,378        1,596        1,704        1,610        1,803        1,962   

Transportation volumes—TBtu/d

    4.41        3.76        4.37        4.67        4.41        4.94        5.36   

Interstate firm contracted capacity—Bcf/d

    8.01        7.94        8.12        8.88        8.31        8.01        7.94   

Intrastate average deliveries—TBtu/d

    1.58                                    1.59        1.60   

 

  (1)   Historical limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP and basic and diluted earnings per unit reflect net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP subsequent to its formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, as no limited partner units were outstanding prior to this date.
  (2)   Historical basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit reflects the 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split effected on March 25, 2014.

 

100


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA, distributable cash flow and gross margin, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” The following table presents a reconciliation of (i) gross margin to revenues, (ii) Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to net income attributable to controlling interest and (iii) Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, in each case, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Enable Midstream Partners, LP
Historical
    Enable Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009         2013             2012      
     (In millions)  

Reconciliation of Gross Margin to Revenue:

              

Revenues

   $ 2,489      $ 952      $ 932      $ 871      $ 813      $  3,120      $ 2,564   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

     1,313        129        101        98        131        1,798        1,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

   $ 1,176      $ 823      $ 831      $ 773      $ 682      $ 1,322      $   1,326   

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to net
income attributable to controlling interest:

              

Net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232      $ 224      $ 197      $ 451      $ 658   

Add:

              

Depreciation and amortization expense

     212        106        91        77        63        269        273   

Interest expense, net of interest income

     58        64        76        74        62        49        45   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,192     203        163        155        113        4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 693      $ 689      $ 562      $ 530      $ 435      $ 773      $ 979   

Add:

              

Impairment

     12                                    12          

Distributions from equity method affiliates

     24        39        39        42        34        16        20   

Less:

              

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     (15     (31     (31     (29     (29     (12     (18

Gain on insurance proceeds

                                               (8

Gain on disposition

                                        (10       

Step acquisition gain

            (136                                 (136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 543      $ 440      $ 779      $ 837   

Less:

              

Adjusted interest expense, net

               (61     (55

Expansion capital expenditures

               (571     (912

Maintenance capital expenditures

               (174     (167

Incremental operation and maintenance expense of being a public entity

               (3     (3

Demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

               (10     (10

Add:

              

Borrowings to fund demand fees associated with legacy marketing business loss contracts

               10        10   

Borrowings for expansion capital expenditures

               571        912   
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributable cash flow

             $ 541      $ 612   

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities:

              

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 648      $ 451      $ 662      $ 308      $ 306       

Interest expense, net of interest income

     58        64        76        74        62       

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3                                   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,192     203        163        155        113       

Deferred income tax (expense) benefit

     1,194        (196     (176     (184     (163    

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates, net of distributions

     (9     (8     (8     (13     18       

Impairment

     12                                   

Step acquisition gain

            136                            

Gain on insurance proceeds

                   

Other non-cash items

                                       

Changes in operating working capital which (provided) used cash:

              

Accounts receivable

     86        8        (73     87        5       

Accounts payable

     (65     6        (6     (12     45       

Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities

     (42     25        (76     115        49       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

EBITDA

   $ 693      $ 689      $ 562      $ 530      $ 435       

Add:

              

Impairment

     12                                   

Distributions from equity method affiliates

     24        39        39        42        34       

Less:

              

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     (15     (31     (31     (29     (29    
              

Step acquisition gain

            (136                         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 714      $ 561      $ 570      $ 543      $ 440       

 

101


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” and the accompanying financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside our control. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur.

 

General. We were formed in May 2013 by affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight. Pursuant to a master formation agreement, the following transactions occurred in connection with our formation:

 

   

CenterPoint Energy converted CEFS into a Delaware limited partnership, which subsequently changed its name to Enable Midstream Partners, LP;

 

   

CenterPoint Energy contributed certain equity interests in its subsidiaries that conduct the remaining portions of its midstream business to Enable Midstream Partners, LP; and

 

   

OGE Energy and an indirect subsidiary of ArcLight contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex to Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

The transaction was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, with the partnership considered as the acquirer of Enogex. As a result, the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the assets, liabilities and operations of the entities comprising CenterPoint Energy’s interstate pipelines and field services reportable business segments for periods ending prior to May 1, 2013 and the consolidated assets, liabilities and operations of these entities and Enogex for periods ending on or after May 1, 2013. With respect to these historical periods, we refer to CenterPoint Energy’s Interstate Pipelines segment as our Transportation and Storage segment and CenterPoint Energy’s Field Services segment as our Gathering and Processing segment.

 

Supplemental Pro Forma Discussion. The discussion of our historical results below includes a supplemental discussion of changes in the periods reflected in our pro forma financial statements, including the pro forma adjustments described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and “Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.”

 

Overview

 

We are a large-scale, growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and develop strategically located natural gas and crude oil infrastructure assets. We serve key current and emerging production areas in the United States, including several premier, unconventional shale resource plays and local and regional end-user markets in the United States. Our assets and operations are organized into two business segments: (i) gathering and processing, which primarily provides natural gas gathering, processing and fractionation services and crude oil gathering for our producer customers, and (ii) transportation and storage, which provides interstate and intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation and storage service to natural gas producers, utilities and industrial customers. In both business segments, we generate a substantial portion of our gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements that minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.

 

Our natural gas gathering and processing assets are strategically located in four states and serve natural gas production from shale developments in some of the most productive regions of the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-

 

102


Table of Contents

La-Tex basins. These basins have experienced a strong increase in investment and drilling activity by exploration and production companies in recent years. We also own an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation of the Williston Basin that commenced initial operations in November 2013. In February 2014, we executed an agreement to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015. Our natural gas transportation and storage assets extend from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois.

 

Upon our formation in May 2013 as a limited partnership among OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, we became one of the largest midstream partnerships in the United States based on total assets. As of December 31, 2013, our portfolio of energy infrastructure assets included approximately 11,000 miles of gathering pipelines, 12 major processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity, approximately 7,900 miles of interstate pipelines (including SESH), approximately 2,300 miles of intrastate pipelines and eight storage facilities comprising 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity. We believe our scale benefits our customers by providing them with fully integrated midstream services and improved access from the wellhead to the marketplace. In addition, we believe our scale and scope will position us to be more competitive in developing new energy infrastructure assets and adding complementary services and business lines.

 

Our Operations

 

Our results are driven primarily by the volumes of natural gas that we gather, process and transport across our systems. From the year ended December 31, 2011 through the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we grew the average daily volume of gas processed on our systems by 61%. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we generated approximately 76% and 74%, respectively, of our gross margin under fee-based agreements.

 

Our footprint extends across both rich and lean natural gas and crude oil regions and we believe that our gathering and processing systems are well positioned to capture additional volumes from increased producer activity in these regions in the future.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our gathering agreements that have acreage dedications have original terms ranging from one to 15 years. These agreements generally require that production by our customers within the acreage dedication be delivered to our gathering system. As of December 31, 2013, these agreements had acreage dedications covering approximately 6.6 million gross acres with a weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years.

 

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we had minimum volume commitments in lean natural gas developments of 1.6 Bcf/d with weighted average remaining terms of over nine years. We also have an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation. Our current operations in the Bakken have a similar minimum volume commitment contract structure. Under our minimum volume commitment contracts, our customers commit to ship a minimum annual volume of natural gas or crude oil on our gathering system, or, in lieu of shipping such volumes, to pay us periodically as if that minimum amount had been shipped.

 

We generate revenue in our transportation and storage business segment primarily by charging demand fees subject to any applicable tariffs for the transportation and storage of natural gas on our system. We generate our transportation and storage gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements with a weighted average remaining contract life of over four years as of December 31, 2013. We generally do not take ownership of the natural gas that we transport and store.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table shows, on a pro forma basis, the components of our gross margin for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

     Fee-Based        
     Demand/
Commitment/
Guaranteed
Return
    Volume
Dependent
    Commodity-
Based
    Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2013

        

Gathering and Processing Segment

     23     38     39     100

Transportation and Storage Segment

     86     10     4     100

Partnership Weighted Average

     50     26     24     100

Year Ended December 31, 2012

        

Gathering and Processing Segment

     22     34     44     100

Transportation and Storage Segment

     86     12     2     100

Partnership Weighted Average

     51     23     26     100

 

How We Evaluate Our Operations

 

We use a variety of financial and operational metrics to analyze our performance. We view these metrics as important factors in evaluating our profitability and review these measurements on at least a monthly basis for consistency and trend analysis. These metrics are significant factors in assessing our operating results and profitability and include: (i) throughput volumes; (ii) gross margin; (iii) operation and maintenance expenses; (iv) Adjusted EBITDA and (v) distributable cash flow.

 

Throughput Volumes

 

The volume of natural gas that we gather, process, transport and store depends significantly on the level of production from natural gas wells connected to our systems. Aggregate production volumes are impacted by the overall amount of drilling and completion activity, as production must be maintained or increased by new drilling or other activity, because the production rate of a natural gas well declines over time. Producers’ willingness to engage in new drilling is determined by a number of factors, the most important of which are the prevailing and projected prices of natural gas and NGLs, the cost to drill and operate a well, the availability and cost of capital and environmental and government regulations. We generally expect the level of drilling to positively correlate with long-term trends in commodity prices. Similarly, production levels nationally and regionally generally tend to positively correlate with drilling activity.

 

To maintain and increase gathering throughput volumes on our systems, we must continue to contract our capacity to shippers, including producers and marketers. Our transportation and storage systems compete for customers based on the type of service a customer needs, operating flexibility, receipt and delivery points and geographic flexibility and available capacity and price. We actively monitor customer activity in the areas served by our systems to pursue new supply opportunities. To maintain and increase our transportation and storage volumes, we must continue to contract our capacity to shippers, including producers, marketers, LDCs, power generators and end-users.

 

Gross Margin

 

We view gross margin as an important performance measure of the core profitability of our business, as well as our operating performance as compared to that of other companies in our industry, without regard to financing methods, historical cost basis, capital structure or the impact of fluctuating commodity prices. We define gross margin as total revenues minus costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross margin allows us to make a meaningful comparison of the operating results between our fee-based contacts, which do not involve the purchase or sale of natural gas and/or crude oil, and our commodity-based contracts, which do. In

 

104


Table of Contents

addition, gross margin allows us to make a meaningful comparison of the results of our commodity-based activities across different commodity price environments because it measures the spread between the product sales price and cost of products sold. Please read “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

Operation and Maintenance Expenses

 

We seek to maximize the profitability of our operations by effectively managing operation and maintenance expenses. These expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, lease costs, utility costs, insurance premiums and repairs and maintenance expenses. These expenses generally remain relatively stable across broad ranges of throughput volumes but can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of activities performed during that period and the timing of these expenses. We will seek to manage our maintenance expenditures on our assets by scheduling maintenance over time to avoid significant variability in our maintenance expenditures and minimize their impact on our cash flow.

 

The current high levels of crude oil exploration, development and production activities are increasing competition for personnel and equipment. This increased competition is placing upward pressure on the prices we pay for labor, supplies and miscellaneous equipment. To the extent we are unable to procure necessary services or offset higher costs, our operating results will be negatively impacted.

 

Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow

 

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in working capital balances. Please read “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

Note About Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

Gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Revenue is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to gross margin, and net income and net cash provided by operating activities are the GAAP measures most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You should not consider gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility.

 

Management compensates for the limitations of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow as analytical tools by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow, on the one hand, and revenue, net income and net cash provided by operating activities, on the other hand, and incorporating this knowledge into its decision-making processes. We believe that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that our management uses in evaluating our operating results. For a reconciliation of gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

105


Table of Contents

Items Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results

 

Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the reasons described below.

 

Formation of Partnership. For accounting purposes, we treat the formation of our partnership on May 1, 2013 as an acquisition, with the partnership as the acquirer of Enogex. As a result, our historical results of operations for periods prior to May 1, 2013 do not include the results of operations of Enogex.

 

Operation and Maintenance Expenses. We have entered into services agreements with each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy pursuant to which they perform certain administrative services for us that are generally consistent with the level and type of services they provided to each of their respective businesses prior to our formation. These services include accounting, finance, legal, risk management, information technology and human resources. We are required to reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for their direct expenses or, where the direct expenses cannot reasonably be determined, an allocated cost as set forth in the agreements. Our reimbursement obligations are capped at amounts set forth in our annual budget. The initial term of the services agreements ends in May 2016, after which date they continue on a year-to-year basis unless terminated by us upon 90 days’ notice.

 

Historically, our general and administrative expenses included direct monthly charges for the management and operation of our logistics assets and certain expenses allocated by our sponsors for general corporate services, such as treasury, accounting and legal services. These expenses were charged or allocated to us based on conventions accepted by the regulators of OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s regulated utility assets. For additional information, please see Note 11 to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

We also expect to incur approximately $3 million of incremental annual operation and maintenance expense as a result of being a publicly traded partnership.

 

Income Tax Expenses. Prior to our formation, our assets were included in CenterPoint Energy’s consolidated federal income tax returns, which were taxed at the entity level as a C corporation. Following our formation, we are treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, with each partner being separately taxed on its share of taxable income; therefore, there is no income tax expense in our financial statements subsequent to May 1, 2013 (other than Texas state margin taxes). As a result of the conversion to a limited partnership, we recorded a one-time income tax benefit of $1.24 billion in the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Financing. Upon our formation, we entered into our $1.05 billion three-year term loan facility, the proceeds of which were used to repay $1.05 billion of intercompany indebtedness owed to CenterPoint Energy. In addition, upon our formation, we entered into a $1.4 billion five-year revolving credit facility. Initial advances under the revolving credit facility were used for general partnership purposes and to refinance the Enogex revolving credit facility, which was terminated in connection with our formation, and existing indebtedness owing by Enogex to OGE Energy as of May 1, 2013. Please read “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Cash Distributions. Following the closing of this offering, we intend to make cash distributions to our unitholders at an initial distribution rate of $        per unit per quarter ($        per unit on an annualized basis). Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute to our unitholders quarterly all of our available cash. As a result, we expect to fund future capital expenditures primarily from external sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and future issuances of equity and debt securities.

 

106


Table of Contents

General Trends and Outlook

 

We expect our business to continue to be affected by the key trends discussed below. Our expectations are based on assumptions made by us and information currently available to us. To the extent our underlying assumptions about, or interpretations of, available information prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.

 

Natural Gas Supply and Demand Dynamics

 

Natural gas continues to be a critical component of energy supply and demand in the United States. Over the long term, we believe that the prospects for continued natural gas demand are favorable and will be driven by population and economic growth, as well as the continued displacement of coal-fired electricity generation by natural gas-fired electricity generation due to the low prices of natural gas and stricter government environmental regulations on the mining and burning of coal. According to the EIA, demand for natural gas in the electric power sector is projected to increase from approximately 9.3 Tcf in 2012 to approximately 11.2 Tcf in 2040, with a portion of the growth attributable to the retirement of 50 gigawatts of coal-fired capacity by 2021. The EIA also projects that natural gas consumption in the industrial sector will be higher due to the rejuvenation of the industrial sector as it benefits from surging shale gas production that is accompanied by slow price growth, particularly from 2011 through 2019, when the price of natural gas is expected to remain below 2010 levels. However, the EIA expects growth in natural gas consumption for power generation and in the industrial sector to be partially offset by decreased usage in the residential sector. We believe that increasing consumption of natural gas will continue to drive natural gas drilling and production over the long term throughout the United States.

 

Growth in Production of U.S. Shale Plays

 

Over the past several years, there has been a fundamental shift in U.S. natural gas production towards unconventional resources, which according to the EIA include natural gas produced from shale formations, tight gas and coal beds. The emergence of unconventional natural gas plays and advancements in technology have been crucial factors that have allowed producers to efficiently extract significant volumes of natural gas from these plays, and, more recently, crude oil from shale formation plays. According to the EIA, the dual application of horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing has been the primary driver of increases in shale gas production. The development of these unconventional sources has offset declines in other, more traditional U.S. natural gas supply sources, which has helped meet growing consumption and lowered the need for imported natural gas. In fact, the EIA predicts that the U.S. will become a net exporter of natural gas starting in 2018.

 

Growth in the Williston Basin

 

In the Williston basin, the Bakken Formation is located across the Northern Great Plains in Montana and North Dakota up into Canada. According to the EIA, the Bakken region now accounts for a little over 10% of total U.S. oil production and is the fourth region (along with the Gulf of Mexico, Eagle Ford basin and Permian basin) producing more than 1,000 MBbl/d in the nation. The growth of crude oil production in the Bakken region is part of a longer-term trend in drilling efficiency gains and has led North Dakota to rank second in crude oil production in the United States, behind only Texas.

 

Interest Rates

 

Interest rates have been volatile in recent periods. If interest rates rise, our future financing costs under our revolving credit facility and any other debt instruments will increase accordingly. In addition, because our common units are yield-based securities, rising market interest rates could impact the relative attractiveness of our common units to investors, which could limit our ability to raise funds, or increase the price of raising funds, in the capital markets and may limit our ability to expand our operations or make future acquisitions.

 

107


Table of Contents

Regulatory Compliance

 

The regulation of gathering and transmission pipelines, storage and related facilities by FERC and other federal and state regulatory agencies, including the DOT, has a significant impact on our business. For example, the DOT’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, or PHMSA, has established pipeline integrity management programs that require more frequent inspections of pipeline facilities and other preventative measures, which may increase our compliance costs and increase the time it takes to obtain required permits. Additionally, increased regulation of oil and natural gas producers, including regulation associated with hydraulic fracturing, could reduce regional supply of oil and natural gas and therefore throughput on our gathering systems. For more information see “Business—Rate and Other Regulation.”

 

Results of Operations—Pro Forma

 

The discussion of the results of operations presented below covers our pro forma results of operations. These pro forma results may not be indicative of future results or of actual historical results had the transactions described therein occurred as of the dates indicated or the results of operations that might be achieved for any future periods. Please read “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” and “Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.”

 

The following table provides a summary of our results of operations on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Pro forma Year Ended December 31, 2013

   Gathering and
Processing
    Transportation
and Storage
     Eliminations     Enable
Midstream
Partners,  LP

Pro Forma
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

   $ 2,209      $ 1,447       $ (536   $ 3,120   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     1,447        885         (534     1,798   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     762        562         (2     1,322   

Operation and maintenance

     269        226         (2     493   

Depreciation and amortization

     162        107                269   

Impairment

     12                       12   

Taxes other than income

     24        38                62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 295      $ 191       $      $ 486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

   $      $ 12       $      $ 12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma Year Ended December 31, 2012

   Gathering and
Processing
    Transportation
and Storage
     Eliminations     Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP

Pro Forma
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

   $ 1,728      $ 1,141       $ (305   $ 2,564   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     991        550         (303     1,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     737        591         (2     1,326   

Operation and maintenance

     240        208         (2     446   

Depreciation and amortization

     182        91                273   

Gain on insurance proceeds

     (8                    (8

Taxes other than income

     18        39                57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 305      $ 253       $      $ 558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

   $ 5      $ 13       $      $ 18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Gathering and Processing

 

Our gathering and processing business segment reported pro forma operating income of $295 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $305 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma operating income declined $10 million primarily due to an increase in operation and maintenance expenses of $29 million, an impairment of $12 million in 2013, and a $8 million gain on insurance proceeds recognized in 2012, partially offset by an increase in pro forma gross margin of $25 million and a decrease in depreciation and amortization of $20 million as a result of the implementation of new rates during 2013.

 

Our gathering and processing business segment pro forma gross margin was $762 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $737 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma gross margin increased $25 million primarily due to the acquisition of Waskom and other acquisitions resulting in an increase to margins of $24 million and $9 million, respectively, higher gathering and processing fixed-fee volumes of $31 million, higher natural gas prices of $21 million and increased processing margins of $21 million, partially offset by a decline in customer volumes of $10 million and a $71 million decline in NGL price spreads between Conway and Mont Belvieu, and the conversion of a processing contract from keep-whole to fixed-fee.

 

Our gathering and processing business segment pro forma operation and maintenance expense was $269 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $240 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma operation and maintenance expenses increased $29 million primarily due to an increase in general and administrative expenses related to an increase in payroll related expense of $18 million to support business growth, partially due to growth from other acquisitions and an increased headcount, $5 million in contract and service expenses, higher non-capital costs of $2 million, integration costs of $2 million, increased rental expense of $1 million due to additional leased compression, and an increase in amounts charged from affiliates of $1 million.

 

The impairment charge of $12 million was a result of an impairment loss during the year ended December 31, 2013 on the assets of the Service Star business line, a component of the gathering and processing business segment that provides measurement and communication services to third parties. Upon formation as a private limited partnership on May 1, 2013, management of the partnership reassessed the long-term strategy related to Service Star. Based on forecasted future undiscounted cash flows, management has determined that the carrying value of the Service Star assets were not fully recoverable. Applying a discounted cash flow model to the property, plant and equipment and reviewing the associated materials and supplies inventory, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the partnership recognized a $12 million impairment charge, consisting of a $10 million write-down of property, plant and equipment and a $2 million write-down of materials and supplies inventory considered either excess or obsolete. We did not have any material impairment charges in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Pro forma gain on insurance proceeds related to the reimbursement costs incurred to replace the damaged train at the Cox City natural gas processed plant of $8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Pro forma Equity Earnings. Our gathering and processing business segment recorded pro forma equity income of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from its 50% interest in Waskom. This amount is included in equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other Income (Expense) caption in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Income. Beginning on August 1, 2012, financial results for Waskom are consolidated (combined) and included in pro forma operating income.

 

Transportation and Storage

 

Our transportation and storage business segment reported pro forma operating income of $191 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $253 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma

 

109


Table of Contents

operating income decreased $62 million resulting primarily from a $29 million decrease in gross margin, an $18 million increase in operation and maintenance expenses, and a $16 million increase in depreciation and amortization.

 

Our transportation and storage business segment pro forma gross margin was $562 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $591 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma gross margin decreased $29 million primarily due to a decline in gross margins attributable to lower volumes, primarily due to lower price differentials, which negatively impacted margins on ancillary services through a $9 million reduction in balancing services, a $3 million reduction in liquid sales, a $7 million reduction to margins on off-system transportation revenues, a $4 million decline in interruptible transportation fees, and a $5 million reduction to storage demand fees. Additionally, gross margin included a storage gas loss of $3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. These decreases were partially offset by continued improvements to gross margin of $7 million due to the impact of the 10-year agreements, entered into in 2010, with natural gas distribution affiliates of CenterPoint Energy.

 

Our transportation and storage business segment pro forma operation and maintenance expense was $226 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $208 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma operation and maintenance expenses increased $18 million primarily due to integration costs of $6 million, a litigation settlement of $5 million, an increase in contracting services of $4 million and an increase in corporate service costs provided by affiliates of $3 million.

 

Our transportation and storage business segment pro forma depreciation and amortization expense was $107 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $91 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Pro forma depreciation and amortization increased $16 million due to increased depreciation expense of $6 million from the implementation of rates from a depreciation study related to the Enogex assets, additional assets in-service resulting in an increase of $5 million and the implementation of MRT’s rate case settlement of $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Pro forma Equity Earnings. Our transportation and storage business segment reported pro forma equity income of $12 million and $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, from our pro forma 24.95% interest in SESH. These amounts are included in equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other Income (Expense) caption in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Income.

 

Combined Pro Forma Information

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (In millions)  

Operating Income

   $ 486      $ 558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

    

Interest expense

     (49     (45

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     12        18   

Step acquisition gain

            136   

Other, net

     9        (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

     (28     105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

     458        663   

Income tax expense

     4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 454      $ 660   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 451      $ 658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

We reported pro forma net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP of $451 million and $658 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease of $207 million was primarily attributable to a decline in pro forma operating income (discussed by segment above) of $72 million, the pro forma step acquisition gain incurred in the year ended December 31, 2012 on the acquisition of the previously outstanding 50% interest in Waskom of $136 million, and a decline in equity in earnings of equity method affiliates of $6 million attributable to the acquisition and consolidation (combination) of Waskom in August 2012. These decreases were partially offset by a pre-tax gain of $10 million, included in the Other, net caption in the Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Condensed Combined Income, recognized in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the sale of gathering assets on the Texas portion of Enogex’s system.

 

Historical Results of Operations—Annual Periods

 

Historical Year Ended December 31, 2013

  Gathering  and
Processing
    Transportation
and Storage
    Eliminations     Enable
Midstream
Partners,  LP

Historical
 
    (In millions)  

Revenues

  $ 1,740      $ 1,149      $ (400   $ 2,489   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  $ 1,075        636        (398     1,313   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

    665        513        (2     1,176   

Operation and maintenance

    222        209        (2     429   

Depreciation and amortization

    117        95               212   

Impairment

    12                      12   

Taxes other than income

    20        34               54   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  $ 294      $ 175      $      $ 469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

  $      $ 15      $      $ 15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Historical Year Ended December 31, 2012

   Gathering and
Processing
     Transportation
and Storage
     Eliminations     Enable
Midstream
Partners,  LP

Historical
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

   $ 502       $ 502       $ (52   $ 952   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     124         55         (50     129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     378         447         (2     823   

Operation and maintenance

     114         155         (2     267   

Depreciation and amortization

     50         56                106   

Taxes other than income

     5         29                34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 209       $ 207       $      $ 416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

   $ 5       $ 26       $      $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Historical Year Ended December 31, 2011

   Gathering and
Processing
     Transportation
and Storage
     Eliminations     Enable
Midstream
Partners,  LP

Historical
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

   $ 415       $ 553       $ (36   $ 932   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     70         65         (34     101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     345         488         (2     831   

Operation and maintenance

     111         154         (2     263   

Depreciation and amortization

     37         54                91   

Taxes other than income

     5         32                37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 192       $ 248       $      $ 440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

   $ 10       $ 21       $      $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Gathering and Processing

 

2013 Compared to 2012. Our gathering and processing business segment reported operating income of $294 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $209 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Operating income increased $85 million primarily from increased margins of $287 million, partially offset by an increase in other operation and maintenance expenses of $108 million, an increase in depreciation and amortization of $67 million, a $12 million impairment of Service Star, and taxes other than income of $15 million. Gross margin increased $287 million primarily due to the acquisitions of Enogex, Waskom, and other facilities, resulting in an increase to margins of $242 million, $24 million and $9 million, respectively, or an aggregate $275 million increase attributable to acquisitions, higher natural gas prices of $21 million, partially offset by a decline in customers of $10 million. Other operation and maintenance expenses increased $108 million primarily due to the acquisition of Enogex LLC, which contributed $96 million to other operation and maintenance expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase also reflects a $10 million increase in general and administrative expenses, payroll expenses and benefits to support growth as well as a $2 million increase in contract and service expenses. Depreciation and amortization increased $67 million primarily due to the additional assets in service from the acquisition of Enogex LLC, which resulted in an increase of $55 million, as well as a $12 million increase as a result of asset additions in the year ended December 31, 2013. Taxes other than income increased $15 million due to increased ad valorem taxes as a result of the acquisition of Enogex LLC and other asset additions of $7 million and $4 million, respectively, as well as a $2 million sales and use tax adjustment related to 2012.

 

2012 Compared to 2011. Our gathering and processing business segment reported operating income of $209 million for 2012 compared to $192 million for 2011. Operating income increased $17 million primarily from increased margins of $33 million due to gathering projects in the Haynesville shale, including revenues from throughput guarantees, growth in gathering services and retained natural gas volumes of $36 million, and acquisitions completed in 2012 of $34 million, partially offset by lower commodity prices of $28 million on sales of retained natural gas and a decline in processing revenues of $2 million and other contract revenue of $4 million. Operating income also increased $3 million due to the acquisition of the outstanding 50% interest in Waskom on July 31, 2012, which resulted in our consolidation (combination) of our 100% interest in Waskom, higher operation and maintenance expenses of $3 million and increased depreciation expense of $13 million attributable to additional in-service assets. Prior to August 2012, our 50% interest in Waskom was reported under equity in earnings of equity method affiliates.

 

Equity Earnings. Our gathering and processing business segment recorded equity income of $-0-, $5 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, from its 50% interest in Waskom. These amounts are included in equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other Income (Expense) caption in the Statements of Combined and Consolidated Income. Beginning on August 1, 2012, financial results for Waskom are consolidated (combined) and included in operating income.

 

Transportation and Storage

 

2013 compared to 2012. Our transportation and storage business segment reported operating income of $175 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $207 million in the year ended 2012. Operating income decreased $32 million primarily resulting from an increase of $54 million in other operation and maintenance expenses, a $39 million increase in depreciation and amortization, and a $5 million increase in taxes other than income. The decrease in operating income was partially offset by an increase in gross margin of $66 million. Gross margin increased $66 million primarily due to the acquisition of Enogex LLC, which contributed $84 million to gross margin, and our 10-year agreement with a natural gas distribution affiliate, entered into in 2010, which contributed to an increase in gross margin by $7 million in the year ended December 2013. These increases were partially offset by a decline in gross margin attributable to lower volumes and lower price differentials, which negatively impacted margins on ancillary services by $15 million and off-system transportation revenues of $8 million. Other operation and maintenance expenses increased $54 million primarily due to the acquisition of Enogex LLC, which contributed $38 million of other operation and maintenance expenses and $6 million in integration costs in the year ended December 31, 2013. The increases in other

 

112


Table of Contents

operation and maintenance expenses also reflect a litigation settlement of $5 million and an increase in corporate service costs provided by affiliates of $4 million (excluding $1 million increase in corporate service costs incurred by Enable Oklahoma) recognized in the year ended December 31, 2013. Depreciation and amortization increased $39 million primarily due to the additional assets in service from the acquisition of Enogex LLC, which resulted in an increase of $32 million. Additionally, depreciation and amortization increased $4 million due to MRT’s rate case settlement true-up as well as an additional $3 million related to asset additions in the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

2012 Compared to 2011. Our transportation and storage business segment reported operating income of $207 million for 2012 compared to $248 million for 2011. Operating income decreased $41 million primarily due to lower margins resulting from a backhaul contract that expired in 2011 for $16 million, a reduction in compressor efficiency of $8 million on the Carthage to Perryville pipeline due to lower volumes, lower off-system transportation revenues of $8 million, lower seasonal and market-sensitive transportation contracts of $7 million and a decline in margin on ancillary services of $7 million. The margin declines were partially offset by the effects of the 10-year agreements with natural gas distribution affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, which we restructured in 2010 and increased gross margin by $5 million in 2012. In addition to the lower margins, operating income decreased due to higher operation and maintenance expenses of $1 million and higher depreciation and amortization expenses of $2 million due to additional in-service assets, offset by lower taxes other than income taxes of $3 million primarily related to a decline in sales and use taxes.

 

Equity Earnings. Our transportation and storage business segment recorded equity in earnings of equity method affiliates of $15 million, $26 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, from our interest in SESH. The 2013 decrease in equity earnings compared to 2012 was a result of the partnership distributing a 25.05% interest in SESH to CenterPoint Energy, subject to future acquisition by the partnership through put and call options. The 2012 increase in equity earnings primarily resulted from restructuring and extending a long-term agreement with an anchor shipper at the end of 2011.

 

These amounts are included in equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other Income (Expense) caption in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

Combined and Consolidated Annual Historical Information

 

     Historical Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      
     (In millions)  

Operating Income

   $ 469      $ 416      $ 440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

      

Interest expense (including affiliated companies)

     (67     (85     (90

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     15        31        31   

Interest income—affiliated companies

     9        21        14   

Step acquisition gain

            136          

Other, net

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (43     103        (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

     426        519        395   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,192     203        163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,618        316        232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

2013 compared to 2012

 

Net Income. We reported net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP of $1,615 million and $316 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $1,299 million is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Enogex LLC on May 1, 2013 ($74 million), a positive impact from income taxes of $1,395 million, and a decrease in interest expense of $18 million (excluding impact of interest on debt acquired with Enogex LLC) offset by a decrease in equity earnings of equity method affiliates of $16 million and a decrease in interest income of $12 million as a result of a reduction in notes receivable in the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, we recorded a step acquisition gain of $136 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 attributed to the acquisition of the outstanding 50% interest in Waskom.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $18 million primarily due to lower interest rates on the new term loan and revolving credit facilities which were effective May 1, 2013, offset by an increase in borrowings (excluding the impact of debt acquired with Enogex LLC) and in interest expense incurred on the debt assumed with the acquisition of Enogex LLC of $15 million.

 

Income Tax Expense. Effective May 2013, we converted to a limited partnership and our earnings were no longer subject to income taxes (other than Texas state margin taxes). As a result of the conversion to a partnership, we recognized our outstanding current income tax liabilities and deferred income tax asset and liabilities by recording a provision for income tax benefit equal to $1,192 million. Consequently, the Statement of Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income does not include an income tax provision for income earned on or after May 1, 2013 (other than Texas state margin taxes).

 

2012 Compared to 2011

 

Net Income. We reported net income of $316 million for 2012 compared to $232 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in net income of $84 million was primarily due to a $136 million step acquisition gain related to the acquisition of an additional 50% interest in Waskom, a $5 million decrease in interest expense due to lower levels of debt and a $7 million increase in interest income due to an increase in notes receivable—affiliated companies in 2012. These increases were partially offset by a $24 million decline in operating income (discussed by business segment above) and an increase of $40 million in income tax expense.

 

Income Tax Expense. We reported an effective tax rate of 39.1% for 2012 compared to 41.3% for the same period in 2011. The decrease in the effective tax rate of 2.2% was due primarily to a $3 million reduction in state income taxes on an increase of $124 million in income before income taxes.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Following the closing of this offering we expect our sources of liquidity to include:

 

   

cash generated from operations;

 

   

retained proceeds of this offering;

 

   

borrowings under our revolving credit facility;

 

   

proceeds of commercial paper issuances; and

 

   

issuances of debt and equity securities.

 

We believe that the cash generated from these sources will be sufficient to allow us to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units and meet our requirements for working capital and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.

 

114


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements

 

The midstream business is capital intensive and can require significant investment to maintain and upgrade existing operations, connect new wells to the system, organically grow into new areas and comply with environmental and safety regulations. Going forward, our capital requirements will consist of the following:

 

   

maintenance capital expenditures, which are cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) made to maintain, over the long term, our asset base, operating capacity or operating income; and

 

   

expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will increase our asset base, operating income or operating capacity over the long term.

 

As more completely discussed in “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Significant Forecast Assumptions—Capital Expenditures,” for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015, we estimate that our maintenance and expansion capital expenditures will total approximately $649 million. Our future expansion capital expenditures may vary significantly from period to period based on the investment opportunities available to us. We expect to fund future capital expenditures from cash flow generated from our operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility or new debt offerings or the issuance of additional partnership units.

 

Distributions

 

We intend to pay a quarterly distribution at an initial rate of $         per unit, which equates to an aggregate distribution of $         million per quarter, or $         million on an annualized basis, based on the number of common and subordinated units anticipated to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering and phantom units with distribution equivalent rights that may be granted in connection with this offering to certain key employees that provide services for us pursuant to our long term incentive plan. We do not have a legal obligation to make distributions except as provided in our partnership agreement.

 

In determining the amount of distributable cash flow, the board of directors of our general partner will determine the amount of cash reserves to set aside for our operations, including reserves for future working capital, maintenance capital expenditures, expansion capital expenditures, acquisitions and other matters, which will impact the amount of cash we are able to distribute to our unitholders. However, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and issuances of debt and equity securities, as well as cash reserves, to fund our expansion capital expenditures including acquisitions. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally and are unwilling to establish cash reserves to fund future expansions, our distributable cash flow will not significantly increase. In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, we may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any expansion capital expenditures including acquisitions, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or in the terms of our revolving credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units.

 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

On May 1, 2013, we entered into a $1.4 billion, five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (revolving credit facility). As of December 31, 2013, there was $333 million in principal advances and $2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility. As of February 28, 2014, there was $2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility and no advances under the revolving credit facility. However, as discussed below, commercial paper borrowings effectively reduce our borrowing capacity under this revolving credit facility. At February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program.

 

115


Table of Contents

Outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and/or an alternate base rate, at our election, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on our applicable credit ratings. As of December 31, 2013, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 1.625% based on our credit ratings. In addition, the revolving credit facility requires us to pay a fee on unused commitments. The commitment fee is based on our applicable credit rating from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and Fitch, Inc. As of December 31, 2013, the commitment fee under the revolving credit facility was 0.25% per annum based on our credit ratings.

 

Advances under the revolving credit facility are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the accuracy in all material respects of certain representations and warranties and the absence of any default or event of default. Initial advances under the revolving credit facility were used for general partnership purposes and to refinance the Enogex revolving credit facility, which was terminated in connection with our formation, and existing indebtedness owing by Enogex to OGE Energy as of May 1, 2013.

 

The revolving credit facility contains a financial covenant requiring us to maintain a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated EBITDA as defined under the revolving credit facility as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00; provided that, for a certain period of time following the consummation by us or certain of our subsidiaries of any one or more related acquisitions with a purchase price of at least $50 million in the aggregate, the consolidated funded debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each such fiscal quarter during such period would be permitted to be up to 5.50 to 1.00.

 

The revolving credit facility also contains covenants that restrict us and certain subsidiaries in respect of, among other things, mergers and consolidations, sales of all or substantially all assets, incurrence of subsidiary indebtedness, incurrence of liens, transactions with affiliates, designation of subsidiaries as Excluded Subsidiaries (as defined in the revolving credit facility), restricted payments, changes in the nature of their respective businesses and entering into certain restrictive agreements. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of certain defaults, including, among others, payment defaults on such facility, breach of representations, warranties and covenants, acceleration of indebtedness (other than intercompany) of $100 million or more in the aggregate, change of control, nonpayment of uninsured money judgments in excess of $100 million, and the occurrence of certain ERISA and bankruptcy events, subject where applicable to specified cure periods.

 

Commercial Paper Program

 

We commenced a commercial paper program in January 2014, pursuant to which we are authorized to issue up to $1.4 billion of commercial paper. The commercial paper program is supported by our revolving credit facility, and outstanding commercial paper effectively reduces our borrowing capacity thereunder. As of February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program. Any reduction in our credit ratings could prevent us from accessing the commercial paper markets.

 

Term Loan Facility

 

On May 1, 2013, we entered into a $1.05 billion three-year senior unsecured term loan facility (term loan facility), the proceeds of which were used to repay $1.05 billion of intercompany indebtedness owed to CenterPoint Energy. We amended our term loan facility in January 2014 to facilitate the issuance of commercial paper. A wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy has guaranteed collection of our obligations under the term loan facility, which guarantee is subordinated to all senior debt of such wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy.

 

Outstanding borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest at LIBOR and/or an alternate base rate, at our election, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on our applicable credit ratings. As of December 31, 2013, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the term loan facility was 1.625% based on our credit ratings.

 

116


Table of Contents

The term loan facility contains a financial covenant requiring us to maintain a consolidated funded debt to EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00; provided that, for a certain period of time following the consummation by us or certain of our subsidiaries of any one or more related acquisitions with a purchase price of at least $50 million in the aggregate, the consolidated funded debt to EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each such fiscal quarter during such period would be permitted to be up to 5.50 to 1.00.

 

The term loan facility contains covenants that restrict us and certain subsidiaries in respect of, among other things, mergers and consolidations, sales of all or substantially all assets, incurrence of subsidiary indebtedness, incurrence of liens, transactions with affiliates, designation of subsidiaries as Excluded Subsidiaries (as defined in the term loan facility), restricted payments, changes in the nature of their respective businesses and entering into certain restrictive agreements. Borrowings under the term loan facility are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of certain defaults, including, among others, payment defaults on such facility, breach of representations, warranties and covenants, acceleration of indebtedness (other than intercompany) of $100 million or more in the aggregate, change of control, nonpayment of uninsured money judgments in excess of $100 million, and the occurrence of certain ERISA and bankruptcy events, subject where applicable to specified cure periods.

 

Promissory Notes Payable to Sponsor

 

Certain of the entities contributed to us by CenterPoint Energy on May 1, 2013 were obligated on approximately $363 million of indebtedness owed to a wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy. As of December 31, 2013, the $363 million notes payable—affiliated companies bear an annual interest rate of 2.10% to 2.45% and are scheduled to mature in 2017.

 

Enable Oklahoma Term Loan

 

Effective May 1, 2013 upon the acquisition of Enogex, our debt includes a $250 million variable rate term loan (Enable Oklahoma term loan).

 

Outstanding borrowings under the Enable Oklahoma term loan bear interest at LIBOR and/or an alternate base rate, at our election, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on Enable Oklahoma’s applicable credit ratings. As of December 31, 2013, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the term loan facility was 1.50%.

 

The Enable Oklahoma term loan contains a financial covenant requiring Enable Oklahoma to maintain a consolidated funded debt to EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00; provided that, for a certain period of time following the consummation by Enable Oklahoma or certain of its subsidiaries of any one or more related acquisitions with a purchase price of at least $25 million in the aggregate, the consolidated funded debt to EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each such fiscal quarter during such period is permitted to be up to 5.50 to 1.00.

 

The Enable Oklahoma term loan contains covenants that restrict Enable Oklahoma and certain of its subsidiaries in respect of, among other things, mergers and consolidations, sales of all or substantially all assets, incurrence of subsidiary indebtedness, incurrence of liens, transactions with affiliates, designation of subsidiaries as Excluded Subsidiaries (as defined in the Enable Oklahoma term loan), restricted payments, changes in the nature of their respective businesses and entering into certain restrictive agreements. The Enable Oklahoma term loan is subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of certain defaults, including, among others, payment defaults on such facility, breach of representations, warranties and covenants, acceleration of indebtedness (other than intercompany) of $65 million or more in the aggregate, change of control, nonpayment of uninsured money judgments in excess of $65 million, and the occurrence of certain ERISA and bankruptcy events, subject where applicable to specified cure periods.

 

117


Table of Contents

Enable Oklahoma Senior Notes

 

Effective May 1, 2013 upon the acquisition of Enogex, our debt includes $200 million of 6.875% senior notes due July 2014 and $250 million of 6.25% senior notes due March 2020 (collectively, the Enable Oklahoma senior notes).

 

Contractual Obligations

 

In the ordinary course of business we enter into various contractual obligations for varying terms and amounts. The following table includes our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2013 and our best estimate of the period in which the obligation will be settled:

 

     2014-2015      2016-2017      After 2017      Total  
     (In millions)  

Maturities of long-term debt(1)

   $ 450       $ 1,050       $ 583       $ 2,083   

Notes payable—affiliated companies(2)

             363                 363   

Noncancellable operating leases

     12         3                 15   

Other purchase obligations and commitments

     15         1                 16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 477       $ 1,417       $ 583       $ 2,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Estimated contractual interest payments associated with long-term debt are $103 million, $57 million and $37 million in 2014 through 2015, 2016 through 2017 and after 2017, respectively. The revolving credit facility, term loan facility and Enable Oklahoma term loan estimated contractual interest payments are calculated utilizing the respective variable interest rates as of December 31, 2013.
  (2)   Estimated contractual interest payments associated with notes payable—affiliated companies are $15 million, $15 million and $-0- in 2014 through 2015, 2016 through 2017 and after 2017, respectively.

 

Customer Concentration

 

We rely on certain key natural gas producer customers for a significant portion of our natural gas and NGLs supply. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our top ten natural gas producer customers accounted for approximately 75% of our gathered volumes. These customers include affiliates of Encana, Shell, Exxon, Chesapeake, Apache, Continental, QEP, Devon, BP and Samson.

 

We rely on certain key utilities for a significant portion of our transportation and storage demand. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our top transportation and storage customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon.

 

Our sources of liquidity have historically included cash generated from operations, our equity investments and our contributions by CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

 

Working Capital

 

Working capital is the difference in our current assets and our current liabilities. Working capital is an indication of liquidity and potential need for short-term funding. The change in our working capital requirements are driven generally by changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable, commodity prices, credit extended to, and the timing of collections from, customers, and the level and timing of spending for maintenance and expansion activity. As of December 31, 2013, we had a working capital deficit of $171 million due primarily to $200 million of the current portion of long-term debt due July 2014, excluding the premiums on senior notes, that we expect to repay in 2014 upon refinancing. We utilize the commercial paper program and revolving credit facility to manage the timing of cash flows and fund short-term working capital deficits.

 

118


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 

The following tables reflect cash flows for the applicable periods:

 

     Year ended
December  31,
 
     2013     2012     2011  
    

(In millions)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 648      $ 451      $ 662   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (140     (645     (560

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (400     194        (102

 

Operating Activities

 

The increase of $197 million, or 44%, in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to:

 

   

the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, which added $326 million in gross margin and $134 million in operation and maintenance expenses during the year ended December 31, 2013; and

 

   

excluding the acquisition of Enogex:

 

   

higher Gathering and Processing gross margin of $44 million;

 

   

lower Transportation and Storage gross margin of $17 million;

 

   

integration costs of $8 million, higher payroll related expenses of $11 million and higher contracts and services expenses of $6 million, all within operation and maintenance expenses; and

 

   

the impact of the timing of payments and receipts on changes in assets and liabilities.

 

The decrease of $211 million, or 32%, in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to:

 

   

higher gathering and processing gross margin of $33 million;

 

   

lower transportation and storage gross margin of $41 million;

 

   

higher operation and maintenance expenses of $4 million; and

 

   

the impact of the timing of payments and receipts on changes in assets and liabilities.

 

Investing Activities

 

The increase of $505 million, or 78%, in net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to:

 

   

flat gathering and processing capital expenditures, including acquisitions of $360 million in 2012;

 

   

higher transportation and storage capital expenditures of $10 million; and

 

   

the receipt of $514 million on notes receivable—affiliated companies.

 

The increase of $85 million, or 15%, in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to:

 

   

higher gathering and processing capital expenditures of $182 million;

 

   

higher transportation and storage capital expenditures of $34 million; and

 

   

the payment of $142 million on notes receivable—affiliated companies.

 

119


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

 

The decrease of $594 million in net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to:

 

   

the net cash used in financing activities of $217 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from the financing transactions associated with our formation and the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, compared to net cash provided from notes payable—affiliated companies of $194 million for the year ended December 31, 2012; and

 

   

the distribution of $183 million to limited partners in the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

The increase of $296 million in net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to:

 

   

the issuance of $363 million in long-term notes payable—affiliated companies; and

 

   

a decrease in short-term notes payable—affiliated companies of $67 million.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Credit Risk

 

We are exposed to certain credit risks relating to our ongoing business operations. Credit risk includes the risk that counterparties that owe us money or energy will breach their obligations. If the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, we may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements. In that event, our financial results could be adversely affected and the partnership could incur losses. We examine the creditworthiness of third party customers to whom we extend credit and manage our exposure to credit risk through credit analysis, credit approval, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for certain transactions, we may request letters of credit, prepayments or guarantees.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including volatility in commodity prices and interest rates.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

While we generate a substantial portion of our gross margin pursuant to long-term, fee-based contracts that include minimum volume commitment and/or demand fees, we are also exposed to changes in the prices for natural gas and NGLs at various market hubs. Our commodity-based margin is related to the realization of our natural gas, NGL and condensate commodity positions associated with the operations and contractual terms of our gathering and processing arrangements as well as fuel charges net of the fuel used to operate our system that is not otherwise subject to a fuel tracker system.

 

Based on our forecasted volumes, prices and contractual arrangements, we estimate approximately $346 million, or 25%, of our total gross margin for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 is directly exposed to changes in commodity prices. Holding all other assumptions constant, we estimate that (i) a 10% increase or decrease in the price of natural gas from forecasted levels would result in an increase or decrease, respectively, of approximately $22 million in net income for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 and (ii) a 10% increase or decrease in the price of NGLs from forecasted levels would result in an increase or decrease, respectively, of approximately $11 million in net income for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

We have not entered into any material derivative contracts to manage our exposure to commodity price risk for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015 or thereafter.

 

120


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

 

We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our indebtedness associated with our revolving credit facility and the refinancing of our existing term loans. The credit markets have recently experienced historical lows in interest rates. It is possible that interest rates could continue to rise from these low levels in the future, which would cause our financing costs on floating rate credit facilities and future debt offerings to be higher than current levels. Based upon the balance of revolving credit facility and existing term loans as of December 31, 2013, a hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rates of 1.0% would have increased or decreased annual interest charges under these agreements by approximately $20 million.

 

Impact of Seasonality

 

While the results of our gathering and processing segment are not materially affected by seasonality, from time-to-time our operations can be impacted by inclement weather. Our transportation and storage segment experiences seasonal impacts associated with storage spreads, basis spreads on market-based pipelines, power plant demand and local distribution company customer demand.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our financial statements and the related notes thereto contain information that is pertinent to Management’s Discussion and Analysis. In preparing our financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Changes to these assumptions and estimates could have a material effect on the partnership’s financial statements. However, the partnership believes it has taken reasonable, but conservative, positions where assumptions and estimates are used in order to minimize the negative financial impact to the partnership that could result if actual results vary from the assumptions and estimates. In management’s opinion, the areas of the partnership where the most significant judgment is exercised for all partnership business segments includes the determination of impairment estimates of long-lived assets (including intangible assets) and goodwill, valuation of revenues, natural gas purchases, valuation of assets, depreciable lives of property, plant and equipment and amortization methodologies related to intangible assets and commitments and contingencies. The selection, application and disclosure of the following critical accounting estimates have been discussed with the partnership’s board of directors. The partnership discusses its significant accounting policies, including those that do not require management to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates, in Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Assessing Impairment of Long-lived assets (including Intangible Assets) and Goodwill

 

The partnership assesses its long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances require an analysis of the recoverability of an asset’s carrying amount. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of long-lived assets and intangible assets shall include only the future cash flows (cash inflows less associated cash outflows) that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The fair value of these assets is based on third-party evaluations, prices for similar assets, historical data and projected cash flows. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the expected future net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of any recognized impairment is based on the estimated fair value of the asset subject to impairment compared to the carrying amount of such asset. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the partnership recorded a $12 million impairment on the Service Star business line, a component of our gathering and processing business segment. The partnership recorded no other material impairments in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

 

The partnership assesses its goodwill for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. The partnership tested its goodwill for impairment on

 

121


Table of Contents

May 1, 2013 upon formation and following formation intends to begin testing annually on October 1. The partnership utilizes the market or income approaches to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, also giving consideration to the alternative cost approach. Under the market approach, historical and current year forecasted cash flows are multiplied by a market multiple to determine fair value. Under the income approach, anticipated cash flows over a period of years plus a terminal value are discounted to present value using appropriate discount rates. The partnership performs its goodwill impairment testing one level below the Transportation and Storage and Gathering and Processing business segment at the operating segment level.

 

Because quoted market prices for the partnership’s reporting units are not available, management must apply judgment in determining the estimated fair value of reporting units for purposes of performing the goodwill impairment test, when necessary. Management considered observable transactions in the market, as well as trading multiples and cost of capital for peers, to determine appropriate multiples and discount rates to apply against historical and forecasted cash flows. A lower fair value estimate in the future for any of the partnership’s reporting units could result in a goodwill impairment. Factors that could trigger a lower fair value estimate include sustained price declines, throughput declines, cost increases, regulatory or political environment changes, and other changes in market conditions such as decreased prices in market-based transactions for similar assets. Based on the partnership’s most recent goodwill impairment test, management concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit and none of the reporting units was at risk of failing step one of the impairment test. The partnership recorded no impairments of goodwill in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

Revenues

 

Revenues for gathering, processing, transportation and storage services for the partnership are recorded each month based on the current month’s estimated volumes, contracted prices (considering current commodity prices), historical seasonal fluctuations and any known adjustments. The estimates are reversed in the following month and customers are billed on actual volumes and contracted prices. Gas sales are calculated on current-month nominations and contracted prices. Revenues associated with the production of NGLs are estimated based on current-month estimated production and contracted prices. These amounts are reversed in the following month and the customers are billed on actual production and contracted prices. Estimated revenues are reflected in Accounts Receivable on the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Revenues on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The partnership recognizes revenue from natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage services to third parties as services are provided. Revenue associated with NGLs is recognized when the production is sold.

 

The partnership records deferred revenue when it receives consideration from a third party before achieving certain criteria that must be met for revenue to be recognized in accordance with GAAP. The partnership has $9 million and $-0- of deferred revenues on the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Natural Gas Purchases

 

Estimates for gas purchases are based on estimated volumes and contracted purchase prices. Estimated gas purchases are included in Accounts Payable on the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Cost of Goods Sold, excluding depreciation and amortization on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Valuation of Assets

 

The application of business combination and impairment accounting requires the partnership to use significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities. The acquisition

 

122


Table of Contents

method of accounting for business combinations requires the partnership to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to allocate the proper amount of the purchase price consideration between goodwill and the assets that are depreciated and amortized. The partnership records intangible assets separately from goodwill and amortizes intangible assets with finite lives over their estimated useful life as determined by management. The partnership does not amortize goodwill but instead annually assesses goodwill for impairment.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2013, the partnership completed acquisitions accounted for as business combinations as discussed in Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of these acquisitions, the partnership has engaged the services of third-party valuation experts to assist it in determining the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities, including goodwill; however, the ultimate determination of those values is the responsibility of the partnership’s management. The partnership bases its estimates on assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. These valuations require the use of management’s assumptions, which would not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that may occur.

 

Depreciable Lives of Property, Plant and Equipment and Amortization Methodologies Related to Intangible Assets

 

The computation of depreciation expense requires judgment regarding the estimated useful lives and salvage value of assets at the time the assets are placed in service. As circumstances warrant, useful lives are adjusted when changes in planned use, changes in estimated production lives of affiliated natural gas basins or other factors indicate that a different life would be more appropriate. Such changes could materially impact future depreciation expense. Changes in useful lives that do not result in the impairment of an asset are recognized prospectively. The computation of amortization expense on intangible assets requires judgment regarding the amortization method used. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the partnership is confronted with issues or events that may result in a contingent liability. These generally relate to lawsuits or claims made by third parties, including governmental agencies. When appropriate, management consults with legal counsel and other appropriate experts to assess the claim. If, in management’s opinion, the partnership has incurred a probable loss as set forth by GAAP, an estimate is made of the loss and the appropriate accounting entries are reflected in the partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Except as disclosed otherwise in this Form S-1, the partnership believes that any reasonably possible losses in excess of accrued amounts arising out of pending or threatened lawsuits or claims would not be quantitatively material to its financial statements and would not have a material adverse effect on the partnership’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 12 of Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements and under “Business—Legal Proceedings” for a discussion of the partnership’s commitments and contingencies.

 

123


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

General

 

We provide gathering and processing and transportation and storage services to producers and users of natural gas. We own an emerging crude oil gathering business and are constructing additional crude oil gathering assets to provide gathering and processing services to producers and users of crude oil. The market we serve, which begins at the point of production and extends to the end-user customer, is commonly referred to as the “midstream” market.

 

Natural Gas Industry Overview

 

The midstream natural gas industry is the link between the exploration and production of natural gas from the wellhead or lease and the delivery of the natural gas and its other components either to end-use markets, such as power generators and industrial consumers, or to LDCs, that make delivery to small commercial, industrial and residential consumers. Companies within this industry create value at various stages along the natural gas value chain by gathering natural gas from producers at the wellhead, processing and separating the hydrocarbons from impurities and into lean gas (primarily methane) and NGLs and then routing the separated lean gas and NGL streams for delivery to end-markets or to the next intermediate stage of the value chain.

 

A significant portion of natural gas produced at the wellhead contains NGLs. Natural gas produced in association with crude oil typically contains higher concentrations of NGLs than natural gas produced from gas wells. This rich natural gas is generally not acceptable for transportation in the nation’s transmission pipeline system or for residential or commercial use. Processing plants extract the NGLs, leaving residual lean gas that meets transmission pipeline quality specifications for ultimate consumption. Furthermore, processing plants produce marketable NGLs, which, on an energy equivalent basis, typically have a greater economic value as a raw material for petrochemicals and motor gasolines than as a component of the natural gas stream.

 

Our gathering and processing operations provide gathering and processing of natural gas from Mid-Continent basins and then flow that gas into our transportation and storage systems. Our transportation and storage operations deliver and store gas from Mid-Continent producing basins to a range of customers, including LDCs and electric utilities in nine states, including Oklahoma, Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Illinois and Florida.

 

The following diagram illustrates the groups of assets commonly found along the natural gas value chain:

 

LOGO

 

124


Table of Contents

Crude Oil Industry Overview

 

Refined petroleum products, such as jet fuel, gasoline and distillate fuel oil, are all sources of energy derived from crude oil. The diagram below depicts the segments of the crude oil value chain:

 

LOGO

 

Natural Gas Midstream Services

 

The services provided by us and other midstream natural gas companies are generally classified into the categories described below.

 

Gathering

 

At the initial stages of the midstream value chain, a network of typically small diameter pipelines known as gathering systems directly connect to wellheads, pad sites or other receipt points in the production area. These gathering systems transport natural gas from the wellhead to downstream pipelines or a central location for treating and processing. A large gathering system may involve thousands of miles of gathering lines connected to thousands of wells. Gathering systems are typically designed to be highly flexible to allow gathering of natural gas at different pressures and scalable to allow for additional production and well connections without significant incremental capital expenditures. A by-product of the gathering process is the recovery of condensate liquids, which are sold on the open market.

 

Compression

 

Gathering systems are operated at pressures intended to enable the maximum amount of production to be gathered from connected wells. Through a mechanical process known as compression, volumes of natural gas at a given pressure are compressed to a sufficiently higher pressure, thereby allowing those volumes to be delivered into a higher pressure downstream pipeline to be brought to market. Since wells produce at progressively lower field pressures as they age, it becomes necessary to add additional compression over time to maintain throughput across the gathering system.

 

Treating and Dehydration

 

Treating and dehydration involves the removal of impurities such as water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen and hydrogen sulfide that may be present when natural gas is produced at the wellhead. These impurities must be removed for the natural gas to meet the specifications for transportation on long-haul intrastate and interstate pipelines. Moreover, end users cannot consume and will not purchase natural gas with a high level of these

 

125


Table of Contents

impurities. To meet downstream pipeline and end user natural gas quality standards, the natural gas is dehydrated to remove water and is chemically treated to separate the impurities from the natural gas stream.

 

Processing

 

Once the impurities are removed, pipeline-quality residue gas is separated from NGLs. Most rich natural gas is not suitable for long-haul pipeline transportation or commercial use and must be processed to remove the heavier hydrocarbon components. The removal and separation of hydrocarbons during processing is possible because of the differences in physical properties between the components of the raw gas stream. There are four basic types of natural gas processing methods: cryogenic expansion, lean oil absorption, straight refrigeration and dry bed absorption. Cryogenic expansion represents the latest generation of processing, incorporating extremely low temperatures and high pressures to provide the best processing and most economical extraction.

 

Natural gas is processed not only to remove heavier hydrocarbon components that would interfere with pipeline transportation or the end use of the natural gas, but also to separate from the natural gas those hydrocarbon liquids that could have a higher value as NGLs than as natural gas. The principal component of residue gas is methane, although some lesser amount of entrained ethane typically remains. In some cases, processors have the option to leave ethane in the gas stream or to recover ethane from the gas stream, depending on ethane’s value relative to natural gas. The processor’s ability to “reject” ethane varies depending on the downstream pipeline’s quality specifications. The residue gas is sold to industrial, commercial and residential customers and electric utilities. We refer to the price of NGLs in relation to the price of natural gas as the “fractionation spread.”

 

Fractionation

 

The mixture of NGLs that results from natural gas processing is generally comprised of the following five components: ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane and natural gasoline. This mixture is often referred to as y-grade or raw-make NGL. Fractionation is the process by which this mixture is separated into the NGL components prior to their sale to various petrochemical and other industrial end users. Fractionation is accomplished by controlling the temperature of the stream of mixed liquids to take advantage of the difference in the boiling points of separate products.

 

Transportation and Storage

 

Once the raw natural gas has been treated or processed and the raw NGL mix fractionated into individual NGL components, the natural gas and NGL components are stored, transported and marketed to end-use markets. The U.S. natural gas pipeline grid transports natural gas from producing regions to customers, such as LDCs, industrial users and electric generation facilities. The concentration of natural gas production in a few regions of the United States generally requires transportation pipelines to transport gas not only within a state but also across state borders to meet national demand. Many pipeline systems have storage capacity connected to the pipeline network, ideally but not necessarily near major market centers, to help meet seasonal demand to manage daily supply-demand shifts on the network.

 

Interstate pipelines carry natural gas in interstate commerce and are subject to FERC regulation on (1) the rates charged for their services, (2) the terms and conditions of their services, and (3) the location, construction and abandonment of their facilities. Intrastate pipelines transport natural gas within a particular state and are typically not subject to plenary FERC regulation, but may be regulated by state agencies or commissions.

 

Natural gas storage plays a vital role in maintaining the reliability of gas available for deliveries. Natural gas is typically stored in underground storage facilities, including salt dome caverns and depleted reservoirs. Storage facilities are utilized by (1) pipelines, to manage temporary imbalances in operations, (2) natural gas end-users, such as LDCs, to manage the seasonality and variability of demand and to satisfy future natural gas needs and (3) independent natural gas marketing and trading companies in connection with the execution of their trading strategies.

 

126


Table of Contents

Crude Oil Gathering

 

Pipeline transportation is generally the lowest cost method for shipping crude oil and transports about two-thirds of the petroleum shipped in the United States. Crude oil pipelines transport oil from the wellhead to logistics hubs and/or refineries. Common carrier pipelines have published tariffs that are regulated by the FERC or state authorities. Pipelines not engaged in the interstate transportation of crude may also be proprietary or leased entirely to a single customer. Crude oil gathering assets generally consist of a network of smaller diameter pipelines that are connected directly to the well site or central receipt points delivering into larger diameter trunk lines. Logistic hubs like Cushing, Oklahoma provide storage and connections to other pipeline systems and modes of transportation, such as barges, railroads and trucks. Trucking complements pipeline gathering systems by gathering crude oil from operators at remote wellhead locations not served by pipeline gathering systems. Trucking is generally limited to low volume, short haul movements because trucking costs escalate sharply with distance, making trucking the most expensive mode of crude oil transportation.

 

Barges and railroads provide additional transportation capabilities for shipping crude oil between gathering storage systems, pipelines, terminals and storage centers and end-users. Barge transportation is typically a cost-efficient mode of transportation that allows for the ability to transport large volumes of crude oil over long distances.

 

Competition in the crude oil gathering industry is typically regional and based on proximity to crude oil producers, as well as access to attractive delivery points. Overall demand for gathering services in a particular area is generally driven by crude oil producer activity in the area.

 

Contractual Arrangements

 

Midstream natural gas and crude oil services, other than transportation and storage, are usually provided under contractual arrangements that vary in the amount of commodity price risk they carry. Three typical types of contracts are described below.

 

   

Fee-Based Arrangements. Under fee-based arrangements, the service provider typically receives a fee for each unit of natural gas gathered and compressed at the wellhead and an additional fee per unit of natural gas treated or processed at its facility. This fee is directly related to the volume of natural gas that flows through the gatherer’s or processor’s systems and is not directly dependent on commodity prices. Similarly, under fee-based crude oil arrangements, the service provider typically receives a fee tied to an applicable volumetric throughput tariff rate for each unit of crude oil gathered. As a result, the service provider bears no direct commodity price risk exposure. A sustained decline in commodity prices could, however, result in a decline in volumes and, thus, a decrease in the gatherer’s or processor’s fee revenues. These arrangements provide minimal, if any, upside in higher commodity price environments.

 

   

Percent-of-Proceeds and Percent-of-Liquids Arrangements. Under these arrangements, the processor generally gathers raw natural gas from producers at the wellhead, transports the gas through its gathering system, processes the gas and sells the processed gas and/or NGLs at prices based on published index prices. These arrangements provide upside in high commodity price environments, but result in lower margins in low commodity price environments. The price paid to producers is based on an agreed percentage of the actual proceeds of the sale of processed natural gas, NGLs or both or the expected proceeds based on an index price. We refer to contracts in which the processor shares in specified percentages of the proceeds from the sale of natural gas and NGLs as percent-of-proceeds arrangements, and contracts in which the processor receives proceeds from the sale of a percentage of the NGLs or the NGLs themselves as compensation for processing services as percent-of-liquids arrangements. Under percent-of-proceeds arrangements, the processor’s margin correlates directly with the prices of natural gas and NGLs. Under percent-of-liquids arrangements, the processor’s margin correlates directly with the prices of NGLs.

 

127


Table of Contents
   

Keep-Whole Arrangements. Under these arrangements, the processor processes raw natural gas to extract NGLs and pays to the producer the gas equivalent Btu value of raw natural gas received from the producer in the form of either processed gas or its cash equivalent. The processor is generally entitled to retain the processed NGLs and to sell them for its own account. Accordingly, the processor’s margin is a function of the difference between the value of the NGLs produced and the cost of the processed gas used to replace the gas equivalent Btu value of those NGLs. The profitability of these arrangements is subject not only to the commodity price risk of natural gas and NGL, but also to the price of natural gas relative to NGL prices. These arrangements can provide large profit margins in favorable commodity price environments, but also can be subject to losses if the cost of natural gas exceeds the value of its thermal equivalent of NGLs. In order to mitigate the downside risk to the processor associated with the price spread between natural gas and NGLs, several companies, including us, introduced a fee that stipulates a minimum amount to be paid to the processor if the market for downstream liquids is lower than the gas equivalent Btu value of the gas that is removed from the stream and that must be paid by the producer.

 

There are two levels of service provisions commonly utilized in contracts for the transportation and storage of natural gas. Each level of service governs the availability of capacity on the service provider’s system for a specific customer and the priority of movement of a specific customer’s products relative to other customers, especially in the event that total customer demand for services exceeds available system capacity.

 

   

Firm. Firm service requires the reservation of pipeline capacity by a customer between certain receipt and delivery points. Firm customers generally pay a “demand” or “capacity reservation” fee based on the amount of capacity being reserved, regardless of whether the capacity is used, plus a usage fee based on the amount of natural gas transported. Firm storage contracts involve the reservation of a specific amount of storage capacity, including injection and withdrawal rights, and generally include a capacity reservation charge based on the amount of capacity being reserved plus an injection and/or withdrawal fee.

 

   

Interruptible. Interruptible service is typically short-term in nature and is generally used by customers that either do not need firm service or have been unable to contract for firm service. These customers pay a fee only for the volume of gas actually transported or stored. The obligation to provide this service is limited to available capacity not otherwise used by firm customers, and as such, customers receiving services under interruptible contracts are not assured capacity on the pipeline or at the storage facility.

 

U.S. Natural Gas Fundamentals

 

As indicated in the charts shown below, U.S. natural gas production and overall U.S. energy demand are expected to grow in the coming decades. Population is a large determinant of energy consumption through its influence on demand for travel, housing, consumer goods and services. The U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, anticipates the total U.S. population will increase by approximately 21% from 2012 to 2040. Another important contributor to energy consumption is the industrial sector, with total consumption in this sector expected to grow to approximately 38.3 quadrillion Btu in 2040 compared to 30.5 quadrillion Btu in 2012, according to the EIA. According to the EIA, energy use is only projected to grow by approximately 12% from 2012 to 2040, and energy use per capita is expected to decline by approximately 8% over the same period. A review of other supply and demand elements follows.

 

Natural gas is a key component of energy consumption within the United States. According to the EIA, annual consumption of natural gas in the United States increased from approximately 24.9 quadrillion Btu in 2011 to approximately 26.2 quadrillion Btu in 2012. According to the EIA, natural gas consumption represented approximately 28% of total energy consumption in 2012, and the EIA projects that this percentage will increase to approximately 30% by 2040. The charts shown below illustrate energy consumption by fuel source in 2012 and expected energy consumption by fuel source in 2040.

 

128


Table of Contents

Energy Consumption by Fuel Source

 

LOGO

 

Source: EIA, Annual Energy Outlook 2014 Early Release Overview (December 2013).

 

The EIA expects that the growth of natural gas consumption relative to other fuel sources will be primarily driven by the use of natural gas electricity generation. According to the EIA, demand for natural gas in the electric power sector is projected to increase from approximately 9.3 Tcf in 2012 to approximately 11.2 Tcf in 2040, with a portion of the growth attributable to the retirement of 50 gigawatts of coal-fired capacity by 2021. The EIA also projects that natural gas consumption in the industrial sector will be higher due to the rejuvenation of the industrial sector as it benefits from surging shale gas production that is accompanied by slow price growth, particularly from 2011 through 2019, when the price of natural gas is expected to remain below 2010 levels. However, the EIA expects growth in natural gas consumption for power generation and in the industrial sector to be partially offset by decreased usage in the residential sector.

 

U.S. Primary Energy Consumption by Fuel, 1980—2040

 

LOGO

 

Source: EIA, Annual Energy Outlook 2014 Early Release Overview (December 2013).

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Domestic natural gas consumption today is satisfied primarily by production from onshore and offshore production in the lower 48 states, and is supplemented by production from historically declining pipeline imports from Canada, imports of LNG from foreign sources, and some Alaskan production.

 

In order to maintain current levels of U.S. natural gas supply and to meet the projected increase in demand, new sources of natural gas must continue to be developed to support consumption rates. Over the past several years, there has been a fundamental shift in U.S. natural gas production towards unconventional resources, which according to the EIA include natural gas produced from shale formations, tight gas and coal beds. The emergence of unconventional natural gas plays and advancements in technology have been crucial factors that have allowed producers to efficiently extract significant volumes of natural gas from these plays. According to the EIA, the dual application of horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing has been the primary driver of increases in shale gas production. As indicated by the diagram below, the development of these unconventional sources has offset declines in other, more traditional U.S. natural gas supply sources, which has helped meet growing consumption and lowered the need for imported natural gas. In fact, the EIA predicts that the United States will become a net exporter of natural gas starting in 2018.

 

As indicated by EIA forecasts shown in the diagram below, as the depletion of conventional onshore and offshore resources continues, natural gas from unconventional resource plays is forecasted to fill the void and continue to gain market share from higher-cost sources of natural gas. In fact, the EIA estimates that natural gas production from the major shale formations will provide the majority of the growth in domestically produced natural gas supply in coming years, increasing to approximately 50% in 2040 as compared with 34% in 2011. According to the EIA, shale gas will be the largest contributor to natural gas production growth. Tight gas and coal bed methane production will increase; however, the total composition of production from tight gas and coal bed methane will decline slightly.

 

U.S. Dry Natural Gas Production by Source, 1990—2040

 

LOGO

 

Source: EIA, Annual Energy Outlook 2013 (Early Release Overview).

 

Overview of Areas of Operation

 

Our natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage assets and our crude oil gathering and processing assets are strategically located in four basins. We operate within multiple plays within these basins. These basins and plays are summarized below.

 

130


Table of Contents

Anadarko Basin

 

The Anadarko basin is located across Western Oklahoma, southwestern Kansas, the northeastern part of the Texas Panhandle and the southeastern corner of Colorado. The Anadarko basin covers approximately 50,000 square miles. According to the U.S. Geological Survey, the basin has produced 2.3 billion barrels of oil and more than 65.5 Tcf of natural gas from 200,000 wells in its various formations. The Anadarko basin has recently been the focus of increased exploration activity. Horizontal drilling and multistate fracturing have resulted in the basin experiencing growth in oil and condensate production.

 

   

Cana Woodford Shale: The Cana Woodford Shale (also known as the Anadarko Woodford) is found at depths ranging from 11,500 to 14,500 feet across Oklahoma. It is an extension of the Woodford Shale found in the Arkoma basin and produces rich gas from deeper formations. Operators have targeted the Woodford with horizontal laterals and multi-stage completions. As gas prices have fallen, operators have responded by moving rigs from the Arkoma basin Woodford in the east, which produces very lean gas, to southern zones of the Cana Woodford that have shown significant liquids content.

 

   

Granite Wash: The Granite Wash Play spans an estimated 4,800 square miles across western Oklahoma and the north-eastern Texas Panhandle and is located at depths of 11,000 to 15,400 feet. Operators have drilled vertical wells in this part of the Anadarko basin for years. Production from the Granite Wash play in western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle dates back to the 1940s. Horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have increased recovery factors significantly in recent years.

 

   

Mississippi Lime: The Mississippi Lime play is located across Northern Oklahoma and Central and Northwestern Kansas. The formation has a relatively shallow depth, ranging from 3,000 to 6,000 feet. The Mississippian is a highly permeable oil play that is being developed by horizontal drilling.

 

   

South Central Oklahoma Oil Province (the SCOOP): The SCOOP has a higher component of black oil than the northwest Cana Woodford. It covers much of four counties in south-central Oklahoma. The rock is an oil-rich portion of the Woodford Shale that lies beneath oil fields tapped by some of the state’s biggest producers.

 

   

Tonkawa/Cleveland Sands: The Tonkawa and Cleveland Sands are shallow, oil-rich prospects that have recently seen an increase in drilling activity. The Cleveland formation was discovered in the mid 1950s and covers approximately 650 square miles. The Cleveland is a fine-grained, tight-gas formation that was initially developed using vertical wells. However, horizontal drilling has increased in the Cleveland as producers seek to maximize the production potential of the wells.

 

Ark-La-Tex Basin

 

The Ark-La-Tex basin is a mature, long-lived and prolific hydrocarbon producing province that produces oil and gas from several reservoirs and a variety of trap types. The basin has been a long-time target of conventional oil producers. As a result of technological advances, operators have recently begun exploring deeper into the more shale-like rock, which is contiguous across the basin. There are multiple oil-bearing targets within the basin.

 

   

Haynesville/Lower Bossier Shale: The Haynesville/Bossier Shale is located in east Texas and western Louisiana and is found at intervals greater than 10,000 feet below the surface. The shale interval in east Texas is known as the Lower Bossier, and the shale interval in western Louisiana is referred to as the Haynesville. These formations are of a type once considered too costly to explore. However, in 2008, newer technology and processes led to increased activity as energy exploration companies began to lease property in preparation for possible drilling and production.

 

   

Cotton Valley: The Cotton Valley formation is a tight gas play in northeast Texas and northwest Louisiana located just above the Haynesville/Bossier Shale. It consists of sandstone, limestone and shale. The depth of the Cotton Valley formation is roughly 7,800 to 10,000 feet. Although it is mainly a natural gas play, some oil has been produced in parts of the play.

 

131


Table of Contents

Arkoma Basin

 

Located in west-central Arkansas and southeastern Oklahoma, the Arkoma basin is a historically prolific, largely gas-prone basin. The basin encompasses an area of approximately 33,800 square miles. The successful development of unconventional plays in the Arkoma basin is largely driven by the application of horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracture stimulation techniques to shale gas and tight gas plays.

 

   

Fayetteville Shale: The Fayetteville Shale is situated in northern Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma and is located at depths of 1,000 to 7,000 feet. The total area for the Fayetteville shale play is 9,000 square miles. Horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing techniques made this play economical.

 

Williston Basin

 

According to the U.S. Department of Energy, the Williston Basin has seen strong production growth driven by the implementation of methods such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. The basin spans eastern Montana, North Dakota and northwestern South Dakota in the United States and southern Saskatchewan and Manitoba in Canada. The Williston basin is approximately 300,000 square miles.

 

   

Bakken Shale Formation: The Bakken shale formation is located across approximately 200,000 square miles of eastern Montana and North Dakota in the United States and southern Saskatchewan and Manitoba in Canada. The Bakken shale formation is an unconventional “continuous-type” oil resource, according to the EIA. In recent years, the success of the Bakken shale formation can be attributed to new drilling and completions technology. According to the EIA, North Dakota is now the nation’s second largest oil-producing state. Furthermore, the region now accounts for a little over 10% of total U.S. oil production according to the EIA. As reported in by the EIA, the Bakken continues to grow, and producers in North Dakota’s Bakken shale formation increased oil output to a record 1,045 MBbl/d by February 2014.

 

132


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a large-scale, growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and develop strategically located natural gas and crude oil infrastructure assets. We serve key current and emerging production areas in the United States, including several premier, unconventional shale resource plays and local and regional end-user markets in the United States. Our assets and operations are organized into two business segments: (i) gathering and processing, which primarily provides natural gas gathering, processing and fractionation services and crude oil gathering for our producer customers, and (ii) transportation and storage, which provides interstate and intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation and storage service to natural gas producers, utilities and industrial customers. In both business segments, we generate a substantial portion of our gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements that minimize our direct exposure to commodity price fluctuations.

 

Our natural gas gathering and processing assets are strategically located in four states and serve natural gas production from shale developments in some of the most productive regions of the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. These basins have experienced a strong increase in investment and drilling activity by exploration and production companies in recent years. We also own an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation of the Williston Basin that commenced initial operations in November 2013. In February 2014, we executed an agreement to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015. Our natural gas transportation and storage assets extend from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois.

 

Upon our formation in May 2013 as a limited partnership among OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, we became one of the largest midstream partnerships in the United States based on total assets. As of December 31, 2013, our portfolio of energy infrastructure assets included approximately 11,000 miles of gathering pipelines, 12 major processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity, approximately 7,900 miles of interstate pipelines (including SESH), approximately 2,300 miles of intrastate pipelines and eight storage facilities comprising 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity. We believe our scale benefits our customers by providing them with fully integrated midstream services and improved access from the wellhead to the marketplace. In addition, we believe our scale and scope will position us to be more competitive in developing new energy infrastructure assets and adding complementary services and business lines.

 

From the year ended December 31, 2011 through the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we grew the volume of gas processed on our systems by 61%. We expect to continue to grow our business by providing midstream services to our customers’ rapidly growing upstream development projects. We expect our customers’ activity in the basins in which we operate to result in higher throughput on our systems and additional organic growth opportunities to expand the capacity and utilization of our assets. We also expect to grow our business and distributable cash flow by developing new energy infrastructure projects to support new and existing customers as they expand beyond our current footprint, as well as through third-party acquisitions. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, on a pro forma basis, we invested $798 million, $912 million and $571 million, respectively, in expansion capital expenditures. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures will be $533 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

We believe that our contractual arrangements provide a strong platform to support established operations and future organic growth. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 76% of our gross margin was generated from contracts that are fee-based, and approximately 50% of our gross margin was attributable to firm contracts or contracts with minimum volume commitment features.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we generated $1,322 million of gross margin, $779 million of Adjusted EBITDA and $454 million of net income. Gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA are non-

 

133


Table of Contents

GAAP financial measures. For definitions of gross margin and Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, please read “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

Gathering and Processing. We provide gathering, processing, treating, compression, dehydration and NGL fractionation for natural gas producers. Our gathering and processing assets are strategically located in established and actively developing basins in the United States and are interconnected with our interstate and intrastate pipelines and with third-party pipelines, which provides our customers with the benefits of a flexible and efficient transportation and storage system. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top customers by volumes gathered were affiliates of Encana, Shell, Exxon, Chesapeake, Apache, Continental, QEP, Devon, BP and Samson.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our gathering and processing assets on a pro forma basis as of or for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Asset/Basin

   Length
(miles)
     Compression
(Horsepower)
     Average
Gathering
Volume
(TBtu/d)
     Number of
Processing
Plants
     Processing
Capacity
(MMcf/d)
     NGLs
Produced

(Bbl/d)
     Gross Acreage
Dedications
(in millions)
 

Anadarko Basin

     6,729         477,462         1.3         9         1,445         43,233         4.7   

Arkoma Basin

     2,676         137,928         1.0         1         60         4,686         1.2   

Ark-La-Tex Basin(1)

     1,639         182,892         1.3         2         545         10,814         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,044         798,282         3.6         12         2,050         58,733         6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Ark-La-Tex basin assets also include 14,500 Bbl/d of fractionation capacity and 6,300 Bbl/d of ethane pipeline capacity, which are not listed in the table.

 

Six of our processing plants in the Anadarko basin are interconnected via our large-diameter, rich gas gathering system in western Oklahoma, which spans 18 counties and has approximately 1.2 Bcf/d of processing capacity. Our 4.7 million gross acres of acreage dedications in the Anadarko basin area are served by this system, which we refer to as our “super-header” system. We have configured this system to optimize the flow of natural gas and the utilization of the processing plants connected to it, which we believe provides us with strategic growth opportunities. We have made investments to expand the super-header system, including our newest plant located in Custer County, Oklahoma (the McClure Plant) that was placed in service in December 2013. The McClure Plant increased our natural gas processing capacity in the basin by over 15%, providing an additional 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity. We expect to continue to grow the capacity of the super-header system through the planned addition of another new cryogenic processing plant and related gathering pipelines. This plant, which will be located in Grady County, Oklahoma (the Bradley Plant), will provide an additional 200 MMcf/d of processing capacity and is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2015.

 

We believe our contract structures provide us with stable cash flows in our major operating basins. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we generated 61% and 56%, respectively, of our gathering and processing gross margin under long-term, fee-based agreements, and of this fee-based margin, approximately 38% and 40%, respectively, was attributable to gathering and processing contracts containing minimum volume commitment features. Under our minimum volume commitment contracts, our customers commit to ship a minimum annual volume of natural gas on our gathering system, or, in lieu of shipping such volumes, to pay us periodically as if that minimum amount had been shipped. As of December 31, 2013, we had minimum volume commitments in lean natural gas developments of 1.6 Bcf/d with a weighted average remaining term of over nine years. We also have an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation. Our current operations in the Bakken have a similar minimum volume commitment contract structure that we believe will provide us with an additional source of stable cash flows. Under our acreage dedication contracts, our customers are generally required to deliver all of their production within the dedicated area to our gathering system over the period of the contract. As of December 31, 2013, we had acreage dedications in rich natural gas developments covering

 

134


Table of Contents

more than 5.7 million acres that generally have long lived reserves with a weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years. As of December 31, 2013, our gathering and processing contracts for our top ten natural gas producer customers, which accounted for approximately 75% of our gathered volumes for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, had a volume-weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our gathering and processing business segment generated $762 million of gross margin and $467 million of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Transportation and Storage. Our natural gas transportation and storage business segment consists of our interstate pipelines, our intrastate pipelines and our storage assets. We provide pipeline takeaway capacity for natural gas producers from supply basins to market hubs and critical natural gas supply for industrial end users and utilities, such as LDCs and power generators. Our interstate pipeline system, including SESH, includes approximately 7,900 miles of transportation pipelines and extends from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois. Our eight storage facilities in Oklahoma, Louisiana and Illinois have 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity and strategically complement our pipeline systems.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our transportation and storage assets as of December 31, 2013:

 

Asset

   Length
(miles)
     Capacity   Total Firm
Contracted
Capacity

(Bcf/d)
     Average
Throughput
Volume
(Tbtu/d)
    Percent of
Capacity
under
Firm
Contracts
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Firm
Contract
Life

(years)
 

Interstate Transportation(1)

    
7,880
  
     8.4 Bcf/d    
8.0
  
    
3.5
(2) 
   
95

   
3.9
  

Intrastate Transportation

     2,304         1.9 Bcf/d(3)             1.6               4.9   

Storage

             86.5 Bcf     67.9                79     4.4   

 

  (1)   Except with respect to length, this information does not include amounts for SESH. SESH is a non-consolidated entity in which we own a 24.95% ownership interest.

 

  (2)   Actual volumes transported per day may be less than total firm contracted capacity based on demand.

 

  (3)   This represents the maximum single day receipts on the intrastate systems. Our Oklahoma intrastate pipeline system is a web-like configuration with multidirectional flow capabilities between numerous receipt and delivery points, which limits our ability to determine an overall system capacity. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the peak daily throughput was 1.9 TBtu or, on a volumetric basis, 1.9 Bcf/d.

 

We generate revenue primarily by charging demand fees pursuant to applicable tariffs for the transportation and storage of natural gas on our system. On a pro forma basis, we generated 96% of our transportation and storage gross margin under fee-based agreements with a weighted average remaining contract life of over four years as of December 31, 2013. Demand-based margin for this period represented 89% of the fee-based margin, on a pro forma basis. We generally do not take ownership of the natural gas that we transport and store.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our top customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon. Our transportation and storage assets were designed and built to serve affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy and AEP and are competitively positioned to serve other large natural gas and electric utility companies, such as Ameren and Entergy.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our transportation and storage business segment generated $562 million of gross margin and $313 million of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

135


Table of Contents

Business Strategies

 

Our primary business objective is to practice operational excellence and to grow our business responsibly, enabling us to increase the amount of cash distributions we make to our unitholders over time while maintaining our financial stability. We intend to accomplish this objective by executing the strategies listed below:

 

   

Capitalize on Organic Growth Opportunities Associated with Our Strategically Located Assets. We own and operate assets servicing four of the largest basins in the United States, including some of the most productive shale developments in these basins. We believe current high levels of natural gas and crude oil exploration, development and production activities within our areas of operation present significant opportunities for organic growth and increasing throughput on our system. Over 200 drilling rigs were deployed in our areas of gas gathering operation as of December 31, 2013, which represents a 12% increase over December 2012. As a result of this expanding activity, we are constructing an additional processing facility in Oklahoma that is expected to provide an additional 200 MMcf/d in processing capacity. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, there were 97 drilling rigs operating in Dunn and McKenzie counties in North Dakota in the Williston Basin, where we are currently operating a crude oil gathering system, as well as 64 drilling rigs operating in Williams and Mountrail counties, North Dakota, in the Williston Basin, where we have entered into an agreement to construct a second crude oil gathering system. We are evaluating other expansion opportunities to further enhance our existing systems.

 

   

Continue to Minimize Direct Commodity Price Exposure Through Long-Term, Fee-Based Contracts. We continually seek ways to minimize our exposure to commodity price risk, and we believe that our focus on fee-based revenues reduces our direct commodity price exposure and is essential to maintaining stable cash flows and increasing our quarterly distributions over time. Since 2009, we have focused on increasing the percentage of long-term, fee-based contracts with our customers. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, 76% and 75%, respectively, of our gross margin was generated from fee-based contracts. As we grow, we intend to maintain our focus on long-term, fee-based contracts.

 

   

Maintain Strong Customer Relationships to Attract New Volumes and Expand Beyond Our Existing Asset Footprint and Business Lines. We plan to grow our business through our strong relationships with existing customers. We believe that we have built a strong and loyal customer base through exemplary customer service and reliable project execution. We have invested in multiple organic growth projects in support of our existing and new customers. For example, in 2012, an existing customer invited us to participate in the construction of a gas gathering system in the Ark-La-Tex basin, and in 2013, a second customer invited us to develop a crude oil gathering system in the Williston basin. In addition, in February 2014, we executed another agreement with this second customer to gather additional crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015. We expect to maintain and build relationships with key producers and suppliers to continue to attract new volumes and expansion opportunities.

 

   

Grow Through Accretive Acquisitions and Disciplined Development. We plan to pursue accretive acquisitions of complementary assets that provide attractive potential returns in new operating regions or midstream business lines. From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we have invested approximately $639 million in acquisitions of new assets (including our Waskom processing plant, Cordillera gathering system and Amoruso gathering system) and investments in joint ventures (including SESH), and we have invested an additional $179 million in expansion capital associated with these projects. We also have the ability to acquire CenterPoint Energy’s remaining 25.05% interest in SESH by 2015. We will continue to analyze acquisition opportunities using disciplined financial and operating practices, including a process for evaluating and managing risks to cash distributions.

 

   

Leverage the Scale of Our Existing Assets to Realize Significant Synergies. Given the complementary features of our assets, we expect operating synergies from the interconnection and optimization of our

 

136


Table of Contents
 

systems to increase our cash flows over time. We expect to achieve operational and commercial synergies of $15.6 million through March 31, 2015, net of integration costs, and we expect additional synergies over time as we create a combined midstream service platform and are able to offer new and existing customers new and more efficient services.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business strategies successfully because of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Significant Capability, Scale and Stability of Our Diversified Midstream Business. With over $11 billion in assets as of December 31, 2013 across ten states and multiple midstream business lines, we have an enhanced ability to provide customers with access to diverse services and end markets. We have approximately 11,000 miles of gathering pipelines and 12 major processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity spanning the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. Our natural gas processing plants produced 58.7 MBbl/d of NGLs, on a pro forma basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013, making us one of the largest producers of NGLs in the United States. Our network of interstate and intrastate pipelines covers approximately 7,900 miles (including SESH) and 2,300 miles, respectively, and is complemented by our 86.5 Bcf of storage capacity. We believe our size, scale and stability are competitive strengths and enhance our ability to provide reliable and increasing cash flows to our unitholders.

 

   

Strategically Located Assets that Provide a Strong Platform for Growth and Operational Flexibility to Our Customers. Our assets are strategically configured in and around four of the most prominent natural gas and crude oil producing basins in the country and support a diversified midstream business that we believe will deliver reliable distributions and steady growth to our unitholders. Our assets transport natural gas to delivery points across the United States through 97 interconnects as of December 31, 2013. A portion of our system also serves local natural gas demand at LDCs, natural gas-fired power plants and industrial load in the regions in which we operate. We believe that our assets provide operational flexibility and delivery options for producers transporting natural gas from a mix of rich and lean natural gas plays to multiple market hubs within our region. Our assets also provide outlets for suppliers from other regions seeking to provide natural gas to on-system markets that we serve. We believe that our competitors would require significant capital expenditures to provide comparable services to these customers, providing us with a significant competitive advantage as demand for natural gas grows over time.

 

   

Strong Relationships with a Large and Diverse Customer Base. We serve a broad range of customers across both of our business segments, and many of our customers rely on us for multiple midstream services. We believe that our track record of executing large infrastructure projects and meeting target in-service dates has allowed us to build a reputation as a reliable operator that provides high-quality services and focuses on the needs of our customers. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top gathering and processing customers by volumes gathered were affiliates of Encana, Shell, Exxon, Chesapeake, Apache, Continental, QEP, Devon, BP and Samson and our top transportation and storage customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon. We believe that our relationships and reputation will continue to create opportunities with new and existing customers.

 

   

Stable Cash Flows as a Result of Fee-Based Revenues Under Long-Term Contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we generated approximately 76% and 74%, respectively, of our gross margin from fee-based contracts, primarily with creditworthy counterparties. We believe that our long-term, fee-based contracts, many of which include minimum volume commitments and/or acreage dedications, minimize our commodity price exposure and enhance the predictability of our financial performance.

 

137


Table of Contents
   

Strong and Flexible Capital Structure. We have a disciplined financial policy and maintain a strong and flexible capital structure to allow us to execute our identified growth projects and acquisitions even in challenging market environments. On May 1, 2013, we entered into our $1.4 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility. As of January 2014, we have the ability to issue up to $1.4 billion in commercial paper, subject to available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and market conditions, to manage the timing of cash flows and fund short-term working capital deficits. We believe our strong credit profile, including our investment-grade credit ratings, and the liquidity provided by our revolving credit facility give us a significant advantage over many of our competitors that may be more limited in their access to capital to pursue organic growth and acquisition opportunities.

 

   

Experienced Management Team and Key Operational Personnel with a Proven Record of Asset Operation, Acquisition, Construction, Development and Integration Expertise. Our management team has an average of over 25 years of experience in the energy industry in operating, acquiring, constructing, developing and integrating midstream assets, and understands the service requirements of our customers. Our management team has established strong relationships with producers, marketers and other end-users of natural gas throughout the U.S. upstream and midstream industries, which we believe will be beneficial to us in pursuing acquisition and organic expansion opportunities. We also employ skilled engineering, construction and operations teams that have significant experience in designing, constructing and operating large midstream energy projects.

 

Our Sponsors

 

OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are aligned with us to grow our distributions. Following the completion of this offering, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will retain a significant interest in us through their approximate             % and             % limited partner interests in us, respectively. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will each own 50% of the management rights of our general partner, which holds all of our incentive distribution rights. In addition, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy own 60% and 40%, respectively, of the economic rights in our general partner.

 

OGE Energy (NYSE: OGE) is the parent company of OG&E, a regulated electric utility serving approximately 805,000 customers in a service territory spanning 30,000 square miles in Oklahoma and western Arkansas. OG&E furnishes retail electric service in 268 communities and their contiguous rural and suburban areas. OG&E’s service area includes Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and Fort Smith, Arkansas, the second largest city in that state. Of the 268 communities that OG&E serves, 242 are located in Oklahoma and 26 are located in Arkansas. As of December 31, 2013, OGE Energy had total assets of $9.1 billion and a market capitalization of $6.7 billion.

 

CenterPoint Energy (NYSE: CNP) is a public utility holding company whose indirect wholly owned subsidiaries include (i) CenterPoint Energy Houston Electric, LLC, which provides electric transmission and distribution services to retail electric providers serving over two million metered customers in a 5,000-square-mile area of the Texas Gulf Coast that has a population of approximately six million people and includes the city of Houston; and (ii) CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., which owns and operates natural gas distribution systems serving more than three million customers in six states, including customers in the metropolitan areas of Houston, Texas; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Little Rock, Arkansas; Shreveport, Louisiana; Biloxi, Mississippi; and Lawton, Oklahoma. As of December 31, 2013, CenterPoint Energy had total assets of $21.9 billion and a market capitalization of $9.9 billion.

 

Our sponsors are also significant customers of our transportation and storage business segment and continue to own and operate a substantial portfolio of energy assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 4% of our total gross margin was derived from contracts servicing electric

 

138


Table of Contents

power generation with OGE Energy. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 7% of our total gross margin was derived from contracts servicing LDCs owned by CenterPoint Energy.

 

Our sponsors entered into a number of agreements in connection with our formation. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a detailed description of these agreements, as well as other agreements affecting us and our sponsors. Although we believe our relationships with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are positive attributes, there can be no assurance that we will benefit from these relationships.

 

Our Assets and Operations

 

Our assets and operations are organized into two business segments: gathering and processing and transportation and storage.

 

Gathering and Processing

 

LOGO

 

General. We own and operate approximately 11,000 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines in the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins with approximately 798,000 horsepower of compression and 12 natural gas processing plants with approximately 2.1 Bcf/d of processing capacity as of December 31, 2013. We provide gathering, compression, treating, dehydration, processing and NGL fractionation for producers who are active in the areas in which we operate. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our assets gathered an average of approximately 3.6 TBtu/d of natural gas. In addition, we have the capacity to treat up to 1.9 Bcf/d of natural gas and process up to 2.1 Bcf/d of natural gas. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we processed

 

139


Table of Contents

approximately 1.44 TBtu/d of natural gas and produced approximately 58.7 MBbl/d of NGLs. We also have an emerging crude oil gathering business and are currently constructing additional crude oil gathering assets in the Bakken shale formation, principally located in the Williston basin, that commenced initial operations in November 2013. In addition, in February 2014, we executed an agreement to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin that is expected to commence operations in the second quarter of 2015.

 

We serve some of the most prolific shale developments in the country through our operations in the following basins:

 

   

Anadarko Basin (Oklahoma, Texas Panhandle). We currently operate in the liquids-rich Granite Wash, Cleveland, Tonkawa, Cana Woodford, SCOOP and Mississippi Lime plays. As of December 31, 2013, our assets include approximately 6,700 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines and nine natural gas processing plants. We also have one processing plant under construction that will add 200 MMcf/d of processing capacity. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, this system had average daily gathered throughput of approximately 1.3 TBtu/d of natural gas and produced 43,233 Bbl/d of NGLs. We have secured 4.7 million gross acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin. The majority of these arrangements are fee-based with long-term acreage dedications. These contracts provide for gathering and compression services, which are typically fee-based, and processing services under fee-based, percent-of-liquids or percent-of-proceeds structures.

 

   

In the Greater Granite Wash area, we currently serve over 97 producers and have approximately 2.7 million gross acres dedicated through long-term contracts. These contracts provide for gathering and compression services, which are typically fee-based, and processing services under fee-based, percent-of-liquids or percent-of-proceeds structures.

 

   

In the Cana/Woodford Shale area we currently serve 119 producers and have over 1.1 million gross acres dedicated through long-term contracts. These contracts are long-term and provide for processing of rich gas via fee-based and fee-enhanced percent-of-proceeds structures. This area consists of the Northwest Cana area, which is generally considered a lean gas area, and the SCOOP, which is generally considered a rich gas area. In June 2012, we entered into a contract with a producer that covers over 0.5 million gross acres across portions of seven counties in the SCOOP area of the Cana/Woodford. This contract is long-term and structured as a fee-enhanced percent-of-proceeds contract.

 

   

We have recently expanded into the Mississippi Lime area of northern Oklahoma with 0.4 million gross acres dedicated.

 

   

Arkoma Basin (Oklahoma, Arkansas). In Oklahoma, we operate in the rich and lean gas areas of the western portion of the Arkoma basin. In Arkansas, we operate in the eastern Arkoma and the Fayetteville shale play. As of December 31, 2013, our assets include approximately 2,700 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines and one natural gas processing plant. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, this system had average daily gathered throughput of approximately 1.0 TBtu/d of natural gas and produced 4,686 Bbl/d of NGLs. We currently serve over 220 producers in these areas and have secured over 1.2 million acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin. Additionally, in the lean gas area of the Fayetteville shale we have secured contracts that are volume-based, providing certainty of minimum revenues in time periods when natural gas prices are depressed.

 

   

Ark-La-Tex Basin (Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas). We operate primarily in the Haynesville, Cotton Valley and the lower Bossier shale plays. As of December 31, 2013, our assets include approximately 1,600 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines, two natural gas processing plants, an NGL fractionation facility and approximately 40 miles of ethane pipelines. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, this system had average daily gathered throughput of approximately 1.3 TBtu/d of natural gas and produced 10,814 Bbl/d of NGLs. We currently serve over 110 producers in these areas and have secured over 0.7 million gross acres dedicated via long-term contracts in this basin. Additionally, in the lean gas area of the Haynesville shale we have secured contracts that are volume-based, providing certainty of minimum revenues in periods of time when natural gas prices are depressed.

 

140


Table of Contents
   

Williston (North Dakota). We have recently expanded our service offerings with a long-term, minimum volume commitment agreement with an affiliate of Exxon to provide crude oil gathering in the Bakken shale formation, principally in the Williston basin, along with water transportation and other complementary services. In November 2013, we commenced initial operations on a new crude oil gathering pipeline system in North Dakota’s oil-rich Bakken shale formation, and we expect to place additional related assets in service in 2014. The gathering system, located in Dunn and McKenzie Counties in North Dakota, has a planned capacity of up to 19,500 barrels per day, all of which is contracted through September 2028. In February 2014, we executed an agreement with an affiliate of Exxon to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Williston Basin and provide water transportation and other complementary services. The new system, located in Williams and Mountrail counties in North Dakota, will have a total capacity of up to 30,000 Bbl/d. We will file to seek a FERC order approving our terms of service for this project. Although we expect to receive FERC approval by the third quarter of 2014, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval. We expect the system to commence initial operations during the second quarter of 2015.

 

We believe that our assets are strategically positioned to provide customers with access to preferred pipelines and premium markets. We also believe our businesses are positioned to capture new growth opportunities, such as crude oil production and NGL services, in our existing areas of operation and new areas across the United States.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our processing system consisted of 12 plants located in the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. The assets serving the Anadarko basin consist of nine processing plants, six of which are interconnected through our super-header system, and are configured to facilitate the flow of natural gas from western Oklahoma and the Wheeler County area in the Texas Panhandle to the Cox City, Thomas, Calumet, South Canadian or Wheeler processing plants. The McClure Plant, which is located in Custer County, Oklahoma (the McClure Plant), was placed in service in December 2013 and increased our natural gas processing capacity in the basin by over 15%, providing an additional 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity. We are currently constructing a cryogenic processing facility (the Bradley Plant) connected to our super-header system in Grady County, Oklahoma, which is expected to add 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity and is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2015. This flexible gathering system is intended to allow us to optimize the economics of our natural gas processing and to improve system utilization and reliability. The plant in the Arkoma basin serves the rich gas western portion of the area. The two plants in the Ark-La-Tex basin serve the Haynesville, Cotton Valley and the lower Bossier plays.

 

141


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our natural gas processing plants as of or for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Processing Plant

   Year
Installed
  Type of Plant    Average
Daily Inlet
Volumes
(MMcf)
     Inlet
Capacity
(MMcf)
     NGL
Production
Capacity
(Bbl/d)(1)
 

Anadarko

             

Bradley

   2015(2)   Cryogenic              200         28,000   

McClure(3)

   2013   Cryogenic              200         22,000   

Wheeler

   2012   Cryogenic      186         200         22,000   

South Canadian

   2011   Cryogenic      180         200         26,000   

Clinton

   2009   Cryogenic      105         120         14,000   

Roger Mills(4)

   2008   Refrigeration      27         100           

Canute

   1996   Cryogenic      48         60         4,300   

Cox City

   1994   Cryogenic      164         180         14,500   

Thomas

   1981   Cryogenic      79         135         9,900   

Calumet

   1969   Lean Oil      59         250         8,000   

Ark-La-Tex

             

Sligo(5)

   2004   Refrigeration      47         225         1,400   

Waskom

   1940(6)   Cryogenic      227         320         14,500   

Arkoma

             

Wetumka

   1983   Cryogenic      38         60         5,000   
       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

          1,160         2,250         169,600   

 

  (1)   Excludes condensate capacity.
  (2)   The Bradley Plant is under construction and estimated to be in service in the first quarter of 2015.
  (3)   The McClure Plant was placed into service in December 2013. Accordingly, no average daily inlet volumes are shown.
  (4)   All of our processing plants are located on properties that are owned by us except for Roger Mills, which is located on property that is leased.
  (5)   Average daily inlet volumes and inlet capacity includes 12 MMcf/d related to a separate cryogenic unit.
  (6)   A processing plant has been in operation on the Waskom plant site since 1940. The Waskom plant was upgraded to cryogenic in 1995.

 

Off-System Delivery Points. Our gathering lines interconnect with both our interstate and intrastate pipelines, as well as other interstate and intrastate pipelines, including the ETC Tiger, Acadian, Texas Eastern Transmission, Gulf South, Gulf Crossing, Panhandle Eastern, ANR, NGPL and Northern Natural pipelines. These connections provide producers with access to a diverse set of natural gas market hubs.

 

A significant amount of our NGLs are delivered into third-party pipelines and transported to Conway, Kansas or Mont Belvieu, Texas, where the NGLs are sold under contract or on the spot market. We sell the remaining NGLs as propane at the tailgate of three of our processing plants into local markets. Additionally, at our Waskom processing plant, we sell propane, butane and natural gasoline to local markets, and we operate a fractionator and an ethane pipeline and sell ethane to a single customer.

 

The natural gas that remains after processing is primarily taken in-kind by the producer customers into our pipelines for redelivery either to on-system customers, such as electric generation facilities and other end-users, or into downstream interstate pipelines. NGLs are typically sold to NGL marketers and end-users, and condensate liquid production is typically sold to marketers and refineries.

 

Customers. We generate revenues from several of the largest and most active producers in the basins in which we operate. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top gathering and processing

 

142


Table of Contents

customers by volumes gathered were affiliates of Encana, Shell, Exxon, Chesapeake, Apache, Continental, QEP, Devon, BP and Samson. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our top ten natural gas producer customers accounted for approximately 75% of our gathered volumes.

 

Contracts. We derive revenue pursuant to a variety of arrangements, including fee-based, percent-of-proceeds, percent-of-liquids and keep-whole arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, 61% of our gathering and processing gross margin is generated under long-term, fee-based contracts.

 

The remaining 39% of margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 came from commodity-based contracts, such as percent-of-proceeds, percent-of-liquids or keep-whole arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, contracts generating 38% of our fee-based percentage had minimum volume commitments with remaining terms ranging from five to 14 years. Under a minimum volume commitment, a customer commits to ship a minimum volume of natural gas over a period of time on our gathering system, or, in lieu of shipping such volumes, to pay as if that minimum amount had been shipped and the sale of commodities gathered through the operation of our gathering business.

 

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, our agreements also have acreage dedications with original terms ranging up to 15 years, which generally require that production by our customers within the acreage dedication be delivered to our gathering system. As of December 31, 2013, our gathering agreements had acreage dedications of 6.6 million gross acres with a volume weighted average remaining term of approximately nine years.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our processing contracts for the periods indicated below, on a pro forma basis.

 

     Processing Arrangements  
     Fee-Based     Percent-of-
Proceeds/
Percent-of-
Liquids
    Keep-
Whole
 

Year ended December 31, 2013

     48     45     7

Year ended December 31, 2012

     38     44     18

Year ended December 31, 2011

     39     39     22

Year ended December 31, 2010

     38     35     27

 

We have the ability to enhance gross margin generated from our gathering and processing contracts through the use of multiple processing plant locations and our processing super-header. Our large diameter, rich gas gathering pipelines in western Oklahoma are configured to allow natural gas from western Oklahoma and the Wheeler County area in the Texas Panhandle to flow to the Cox City, Thomas, Calumet, South Canadian, Wheeler or McClure processing plants and to maximize margins from our contracts by choosing the most economical operational configuration given the market conditions at the time, including ethane rejection scenarios.

 

Competition. Competition to gather and process natural gas is primarily a function of gathering rate, processing value, system reliability, fuel rate, system run time, construction cycle time and prices at the wellhead. We believe that we are well positioned to compete on these bases. Our gathering and processing systems compete with gatherers and processors of all types and sizes, including those affiliated with various producers, other major pipeline companies and various independent midstream entities. Our primary competitors are master limited partnerships who are active in the regions where we operate. In the process of selling NGLs, we compete against other natural gas processors extracting and selling NGLs.

 

143


Table of Contents

Growth Opportunities for Gathering and Processing Business Segment

 

Over the past several years we have initiated multiple organic growth projects, investing heavily in the expansion of our gathering and processing footprint, primarily in the rich gas Anadarko and Arkoma basins. Since January 2011, on a pro forma basis, we have invested over $2.3 billion in total gathering and processing infrastructure in order to capture natural gas resulting from the surge in drilling. Our spending has been influenced by several recent producer trends and other current market conditions, including the shift in focus to rich gas plays and crude oil plays across the basins we serve. We believe that this increased interest in crude oil plays with significant associated natural gas, together with increased demand for water transportation and other complementary transportation services, will offer attractive opportunities to expand our gathering footprint and to broaden our service offerings.

 

The following is a summary of our recent and planned growth activities by basin:

 

Anadarko Basin

 

LOGO

 

We are primarily focused on gathering and processing expansions on the west side of our gathering system (Oklahoma and Texas) to support producer drilling, primarily in the Greater Granite Wash area (which includes the Granite Wash, Tonkawa, Marmaton and Cleveland Sands plays), the Cana/Woodford Shale area (which includes the SCOOP) and the Mississippi Lime plays.

 

We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in the Anadarko basin will be approximately $333 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We believe we are well-positioned to capture incremental third-party volumes and additional acreage dedications. We have an extensive gathering and processing system coupled with an expansive transportation and storage system that together provides customers with superior access to capacity and pricing for their product.

 

144


Table of Contents

Greater Granite Wash

 

We believe drilling in the Greater Granite Wash area will remain robust due to drilling economics in the rich gas plays and the crude oil plays that produce rich associated gas. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in this area will be approximately $102 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

To support volume growth in this area we constructed a cryogenic processing plant (the McClure Plant) in Custer County, Oklahoma, which added 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity. This plant is connected to our super-header system and was placed in service on December 30, 2013.

 

Cana/Woodford Shale

 

We believe drilling in the Cana/Woodford Shale area will remain robust due to drilling economics in the rich gas plays and the crude oil plays that produce rich associated gas. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in this area will be approximately $228 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. To support volume growth in this area we are currently constructing an additional cryogenic processing plant (the Bradley Plant) in Grady County, Oklahoma, which is expected to add 200 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity. This plant will be connected to our super-header system and is expected to be in service by the first quarter of 2015.

 

Mississippi Lime

 

We recently converted a 65 mile 24-inch pipeline to rich gas gathering service, which connects the Mississippi Lime area to our super-header system. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in this area will be approximately $3 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Arkoma Basin

 

In the Arkoma basin we are primarily focused on the Western Arkoma (rich and lean Woodford) and the Eastern Arkoma (lean Woodford and the Fayetteville shale). We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in the Aroma basin will be approximately $6 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015.

 

Ark-La-Tex Basin

 

In the Ark-La-Tex basin we are primarily focused on the relatively rich gas areas of the Haynesville, Bossier and Cotton Valley plays. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures in the Ark-La-Tex basin will be approximately $65 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. The Waskom plant is capable of processing approximately 320 MMcf/d of natural gas, and includes NGL railcar loading capabilities. The gathering assets owned by Waskom are capable of gathering approximately 75 MMcf/d of natural gas.

 

Williston Basin

 

In November 2013, we commenced initial operations on a new crude oil gathering pipeline system in North Dakota’s oil-rich Bakken shale formation, and we expect to place additional related assets in service in 2014. We expect that our expansion capital expenditures associated with this project will be $13 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2015. We provide crude oil gathering service, water transportation and other complementary transportation services over a gathering system in Dunn and McKenzie counties in North Dakota with a capacity of up to 19,500 barrels per day.

 

In addition, we executed an agreement in February 2014 to gather crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering system in the Bakken shale formation and provide water transportation and other complementary services. The new system will have a total capacity of up to 30,000 Bbl/d. We will file to seek a FERC order

 

145


Table of Contents

approving our terms of service for this project. Although we expect to receive FERC approval by the third quarter of 2014, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval. We expect the system to commence initial operations during the second quarter of 2015. In our forecast, we have included $83 million as expansion capital expenditures for this project, but we do not expect to receive any cash flows from this project during the forecast period. We estimate that the total expansion capital expenditures for this project will be $156 million.

 

We believe these projects position us to expand our emerging crude oil gathering business and allow us to compete for additional third-party volumes in the Bakken as well as in other oil-rich shale plays.

 

Transportation and Storage

 

We provide fee-based interstate and intrastate transportation and storage services across nine states. We own and operate approximately 7,900 miles (including SESH) of interstate transportation pipelines with average firm contracted capacity of 8.0 Bcf/d (excluding SESH) for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. In addition, we own and operate approximately 2,300 miles of intrastate transportation pipelines with average aggregate throughput of 1.6 Tbtu/d for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis.

 

We also own and operate eight natural gas storage facilities with approximately 86.5 Bcf of aggregate capacity and approximately 1.9 Bcf/d of aggregate daily deliverability as of December 31, 2013. In addition, we own a 8% contractual interest in Gulf South’s Bistineau storage facility located in Bienville Parish, Louisiana, with 8.0 Bcf of capacity and 100 MMcf/d of deliverability as of December 31, 2013. Additionally, we lease 3.5 Bcf of high deliverability salt dome storage capacity from Cardinal in the Perryville and Arcadia natural gas storage fields. Our storage operations are located in Louisiana, Oklahoma and Illinois.

 

Both our intrastate and interstate storage facilities benefit customers by providing a full suite of storage services including no notice, load-following storage services and pipeline balancing. Our storage revenues are 100% fee-based and are derived from both firm and interruptible contacts. These contracts are often combined with transportation agreements to provide an overall solution for our customers. Our intrastate storage assets offer both fee-based firm and interruptible storage services. Interstate storage services offered by our intrastate storage facilities are provided at market-based rates under Section 311 of the NGPA pursuant to terms and conditions specified in our statements of operating conditions.

 

We divide our transportation and storage assets into three categories: (1) interstate pipelines, (2) intrastate pipelines, and (3) storage. Our interstate pipelines consist of EGT, MRT and a minority interest in the SESH pipeline. Our intrastate pipelines include the Enable Oklahoma Intrastate Pipelines and the Enable Illinois Intrastate Transmission Company, which is operated commercially in conjunction with MRT.

 

146


Table of Contents

Our transportation and storage assets were designed and built, and are competitively positioned, to serve large natural gas and electric utility companies in our areas of operation. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2013, our top customers by gross margin were affiliates of CenterPoint Energy, Laclede, OGE Energy, AEP and Exxon. We are also well positioned to serve other current utility customers such as Ameren and Entergy. Our EGT and MRT pipelines connect to our SESH pipeline in Perryville, Louisiana, where we perform our Perryville Hub™ services, which provides access to Gulf Coast natural gas supplies and to natural gas-consuming markets in the Southeast, Northeast and Midwestern United States.

 

LOGO

 

Interstate Pipelines

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our interstate pipeline assets as of December 31, 2013:

 

Interstate Pipelines(1)

 

Asset

   Length
(miles)
     Compression
(Horsepower)
     Average
Throughput
(Tbtu/d)
     Capacity
(Bcf/d)
     Storage
Capacity
(Bcf)
 

EGT

     5,972         359,391         2.8         6.6         30.5   

MRT

     1,634         118,912         0.8         1.8         32.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,606         478,303         3.6         8.4         62.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Excludes SESH, which is accounted for as an equity investment and described under “—Other Assets” below.

 

147


Table of Contents

EGT

 

LOGO

 

General. EGT is a 5,972-mile interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation and storage services to customers principally in the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins in Oklahoma, Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana and Kansas. The system could transport 6.6 Bcf/d of natural gas as of December 31, 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we transported an average of approximately 2.8 and 3.1 Tbtu/d, respectively, on this system. The system has pipeline diameters ranging from two to 42 inches and has 27 compressor stations. The system also had 30.5 Bcf of natural gas storage capacity as of December 31, 2013.

 

Off-System Delivery Points. Shippers on EGT have the ability to access almost every major natural gas-consuming market east of the Mississippi River. These include the growing Southeast power generation sector via SESH, as well as the ANR, SONAT, Tennessee Gas, Texas Gas, Texas Eastern, Gulf South, Trunkline, Columbia Gas and Midcontinent Express (MEP) pipelines, which are interconnected with EGT at Perryville, Louisiana, which includes consuming markets in the Northeast and Midwest United States by utilizing our Perryville Hub™ services.

 

Customers. The primary customers for our EGT system are the local gas distribution divisions of CenterPoint Energy, gas producers who hold contracts for their Barnett and Haynesville shale production, gas-fired power generators and other industrial and local third-party distribution companies. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 28% of EGT’s total operating gross margin was attributable to services provided to subsidiaries of CenterPoint Energy. EGT’s customers are primarily located in Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas.

 

148


Table of Contents

Contracts. EGT’s services are typically provided under firm storage and transportation agreements. For both the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 52% of total transportation and storage business segment gross margins were derived from demand charges under EGT’s firm contract arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 96% of EGT’s capacity was under contract with an average remaining contract life of 4.1 years. The primary terms of EGT’s firm transportation and storage contracts with CenterPoint Energy will expire in 2018.

 

EGT established maximum rates for interstate transportation and storage services on its system as required by the FERC, though EGT is authorized to enter into negotiated rate and discounted rate agreements with customers. In October 2012, we initiated a process with EGT’s customers to reach an agreed-upon rate, or settlement rate, that will allow us to recover on the increased costs associated with maintaining a safe and reliable system. If an agreement between EGT and its customers is reached, EGT will submit the settlement agreement to FERC for approval. Should these discussions fail, we will consider filing with the FERC for a general rate increase in 2014 in which we will need to support the requested rates in an administrative proceeding. EGT is under no obligation to initiate a rate proceeding by a date certain.

 

Storage. EGT’s storage assets include two underground natural gas storage facilities in Oklahoma and one underground natural gas storage facility in Louisiana, which operate at a combined capacity of 30.5 Bcf with 774 MMcf/d of aggregate maximum withdrawal capacity as of December 31, 2013.

 

MRT

 

 

LOGO

 

149


Table of Contents

General. MRT is a 1,634-mile interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation and storage services principally in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Missouri and Illinois. This system provides market access for producers from the Haynesville and Fayetteville shale plays. The system could transport 1.8 Bcf/d of natural gas as of December 31, 2013. During both the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, we transported an average of approximately 0.8 TBtu/d on this system. The system has pipeline diameters ranging from two to 26 inches and has 17 compressor stations. The system also had 32.0 Bcf of natural gas storage capacity as of December 31, 2013.

 

Delivery Points. MRT’s primary delivery points are to LDCs and industrial markets in the St. Louis market area. MRT’s shippers access natural gas at Perryville, Louisiana and East Texas markets and, via EGT interconnects, the Mid-Continent.

 

Customers. MRT derives a significant portion of its gross margin from an affiliate of Laclede, the local natural gas distribution company serving the St. Louis market area, which comprised 53% of MRT’s gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis. MRT’s other customers include subsidiaries of Ameren and subsidiaries of CenterPoint Energy and other industrial companies. MRT’s customers are primarily located in Arkansas, Illinois and Missouri.

 

Contracts. MRT’s services to its customers are typically provided under firm storage and transportation agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, approximately 14% and 12%, respectively, of total transportation and storage business segment gross margins were derived from demand charges under MRT’s firm contract arrangements. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 92% of MRT’s capacity was under contract with an average remaining contract life of 3.4 years. MRT’s firm transportation and storage contracts with Laclede were recently extended and are scheduled to expire in 2015 and 2016.

 

We made a rate filing with the FERC pursuant to Section 4 of the Natural Gas Act in which we requested an annual cost of service of $104 million (an increase of approximately $47 million above the annual cost of service underlying the current FERC approved maximum rates for MRT’s pipeline). On July 30, 2013, MRT filed with the FERC an uncontested Stipulation and Agreement and Offer of Settlement, resolving all issues in the rate case. The settlement specifies few particulars, other than setting an annual overall cost-of-service for MRT of $84 million and increasing the depreciation rates for certain asset classes. In September 2013, the FERC approved the settlement. Although the settlement became effective November 1, 2013, the settlement rates are effective as of March 1, 2013. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2013, MRT made refunds to certain of its customers totaling approximately $5.9 million, which had previously been reserved.

 

Storage. MRT’s storage assets include two underground natural gas storage facilities in Louisiana and one underground natural gas storage facility in Illinois, which operate at a combined capacity of 32.0 Bcf with 576 MMcf/d of aggregate maximum withdrawal capacity as of December 31, 2013.

 

150


Table of Contents

Other Assets

 

LOGO

 

SESH is a 274-mile interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation and pipeline services. We own a 24.95% interest in SESH and operate the pipeline. We have the ability to acquire CenterPoint Energy’s remaining 25.05% of SESH by 2015. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Formation Agreement—Acquisition of Remaining CenterPoint Energy Interest in SESH.” The remaining 50% of SESH is owned by affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp, who are responsible for the pipeline’s back office and marketing operations.

 

The SESH pipeline runs from Perryville, Louisiana to southeastern Alabama near the Gulf Coast, where most of the gas transported by the pipeline is transported by third-party pipelines to companies generating electricity for the Florida power market. As of December 31, 2013, the system could transport 1.5 Bcf/d of natural gas from Perryville to Gwinville, Mississippi, and 1.0 Bcf/d of natural gas to the pipeline’s end point in Alabama. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a pro forma basis, an average of approximately 0.9 Bcf/d and 1.0 Bcf/d was transported on this system. The system has pipeline diameters ranging from 16 to 42 inches and has 3 compressor stations.

 

The SESH pipeline has 11 interconnections with existing natural gas pipelines and access to three high deliverability storage facilities: Mississippi Hub Storage, Petal Gas Storage and Southern Pines Energy Center.

 

The primary customers for the SESH pipeline are companies that generate electricity using natural gas in the Florida market area. The rates charged by SESH for interstate transportation services are regulated by the FERC. Service on SESH is largely provided under long-term, negotiated rate agreements with customers.

 

151


Table of Contents

Competition

 

Our interstate pipelines compete with other interstate and intrastate pipelines. The principal elements of competition among pipelines are rates, terms of service, and flexibility and reliability of service.

 

Intrastate Pipelines

 

LOGO

 

General. Our intrastate pipelines consist of approximately 2,300 miles of intrastate transportation pipeline system in Oklahoma with 1.6 Tbtu/d of average daily throughput for the year ended December 31, 2013 on a pro forma basis and approximately 20 miles of intrastate transportation pipeline in Illinois. Our intrastate systems deliver natural gas to interstate and intrastate pipelines and end users primarily connected to the systems from the Arkoma and Anadarko basins, including growth activity in the Cana Woodford, Granite Wash, Cleveland, Tonkawa, SCOOP and Mississippi Lime shale plays in western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle.

 

Delivery Points. Our intrastate pipelines are connected to our EGT system and 12 third-party natural gas pipelines and have 62 interconnect points. These third-party natural gas pipelines include ANR Pipeline, El Paso Natural Gas Pipeline, Gulf Crossing Pipeline Company LLC, MEP, Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America, Northern Natural Gas Company, ONEOK Gas Transmission, Ozark Gas Transmission, L.L.C., Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line, Postrock KPC Pipeline, LLC, Southern Star Central Gas Pipeline (formerly Williams Central) and Western Farmers Electric Cooperative. In addition, our intrastate pipelines are connected to 36 end-user customers, including 15 natural gas-fired electric generation facilities in Oklahoma.

 

Customers. Our major transportation customers are OG&E, our affiliate, and Public Service Company of Oklahoma, an affiliate of AEP (PSO), the two largest electric utilities in Oklahoma. We provide gas transmission delivery services to all of OG&E’s and PSO’s natural gas-fired electric generation facilities in Oklahoma under

 

152


Table of Contents

firm intrastate transportation contracts. Customer demand for natural gas on our system is usually greater during the summer, primarily due to demand by natural gas-fired electric generation facilities to serve residential and commercial electricity requirements.

 

Contracts. The intrastate pipelines provide fee-based firm and interruptible transportation services on both an intrastate basis and, pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA, on an interstate basis. Transportation services are offered under Section 311 of the NGPA pursuant to terms and conditions specified in our statement of operating conditions for natural gas transportation. We derive a substantial portion of our transportation gross margins from firm transportation services subject to reservation charges. To the extent pipeline capacity is not needed for such firm transportation services and contracted capacity, we offer interruptible transportation services.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, approximately 20% of our total transportation and storage business segment gross margins were derived from demand charges under firm contract arrangements for our intrastate pipelines. Our contracts with PSO and OG&E provide for a monthly demand charge plus variable transportation charges including fuel. The stated term of the PSO contract expired January 1, 2013, but the contract remains in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other party at least six months prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period. Because neither party provided notice of termination six months prior to January 1, 2014, the PSO contract will remain in effect at least through January 1, 2015. The stated term of the OG&E contract expired April 30, 2009, but the contract remained in effect from year to year thereafter. On January 31, 2014, in anticipation of entering into a new, five-year term contract, OG&E provided written notice of termination of the contract, effective April 30, 2014. On March 17, 2014, we executed a new transportation agreement with OG&E effective May 1, 2014, with a primary term through April 30, 2019. Following the primary term, the agreement will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides notice of termination to the other party at least 180 days prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period.

 

Storage. Our intrastate storage assets include two underground natural gas storage facilities in Oklahoma, which operate at a combined capacity of 24 Bcf with 650 MMcf/d of aggregate maximum withdrawal capacity as of December 31, 2013.

 

Competition

 

Our intrastate pipeline system competes with numerous interstate and intrastate pipelines, including several of the interconnected pipelines discussed above, and storage facilities in providing transportation services for natural gas. The principal elements of competition are rates, terms of services, flexibility and reliability of service. Natural gas-fired electric generation facilities contribute their highest value when they have the capability to provide load following service to the customer (i.e., the ability of the generation facility to regulate generation to respond to and meet the instantaneous changes in customer demand for electricity). While the physical characteristics of natural gas-fired electric generation facilities are known to provide quick start-up, on-line functionality and the ability to efficiently provide varying levels of electric generation relative to other forms of generation, a key part of their effectiveness is contingent upon having access to an integrated pipeline and storage system that can respond quickly to meet their corresponding fluctuating fuel needs. We believe that we are well positioned to compete for the needs of these generators due to the ability of our transportation and storage assets to provide no-notice load following service.

 

Growth Opportunities for Transportation and Storage Business Segment

 

Our transportation systems are well-positioned to grow as environmental concerns drive the conversion of more coal-fired power generation to natural gas. We believe our system is also well-positioned to transport additional volumes of natural gas as regional premiums to benchmark prices, known as basis spreads, become more favorable. In addition, we expect the significant growth in the Oklahoma producing areas will provide growth

 

153


Table of Contents

opportunities for our entire transportation and storage systems as producers look for options to deliver their natural gas to market. The Perryville Hub is an integral part of our customer service offerings and provides a pathway to the important southeast power generation and industrial markets as well as the high-demand northeast markets.

 

Over the past several years, we have initiated multiple organic growth projects to increase capacity across our system, including expansions related to our expanding gathering and processing operations.

 

We believe that throughput on our EGT system will continue to grow due to increasing production in rich gas plays such as the Cana Woodford, Granite Wash, Mississippi Lime and East Texas/Cotton Valley plays. In the forecast period, we plan to invest $29 million of expansion capital in order to construct additional pipeline laterals to this system to accommodate this increasing production.

 

We believe that throughput on the SESH pipeline will continue to grow due to increasing demand for natural gas across the southeastern United States. In order to expand throughput, we expect to spend approximately $6 million on growth projects during the forecast period, which we expect to place into service in the second half of 2014. This amount represents our share of the forecasted expansion capital for the joint venture.

 

Rate and Other Regulation

 

Federal, state, and local regulation of pipeline gathering and transportation services may affect certain aspects of our business and the market for our products and services.

 

Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline Regulation

 

Our interstate pipeline systems—EGT, MRT, and SESH—are subject to regulation by FERC under the NGA and are considered natural gas companies. Natural gas companies may not charge rates that have been determined to be unjust or unreasonable by the FERC. In addition, the FERC prohibits natural gas companies from unduly preferring or unreasonably discriminating against any person with respect to pipeline rates or terms and conditions of service. FERC authority over natural gas companies that provide natural gas pipeline transportation services in interstate commerce includes:

 

   

rates, operating terms, conditions of service and service contracts;

 

   

certification and construction of new facilities or expansion of existing facilities;

 

   

extension or abandonment of services and facilities;

 

   

maintenance of accounts and records;

 

   

acquisition and disposition of facilities;

 

   

initiation and discontinuation of services;

 

   

depreciation and amortization policies;

 

   

conduct and relationship with certain affiliates;

 

   

market manipulation in connection with interstate natural gas sales, purchases or transportation; and

 

   

various other matters.

 

Under the NGA, the rates for service on interstate facilities must be just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory. Generally, the maximum filed recourse rates for interstate pipelines are based on the pipeline’s cost of service including recovery of and a return on the pipeline’s actual prudent investment cost. Key determinants in the ratemaking process are costs of providing service, allowed rate of return, volume throughput and contractual capacity commitment assumptions. Our interstate pipelines business operations may be affected

 

154


Table of Contents

by changes in the demand for natural gas, the available supply and relative price of natural gas in the Mid-continent and Gulf Coast natural gas supply regions and general economic conditions.

 

Tariff changes can only be implemented upon approval by the FERC. Two primary methods are available for changing the rates, terms and conditions of service of an interstate natural gas pipeline. Under the first method, the pipeline voluntarily seeks a tariff change by making a tariff filing with the FERC justifying the proposed tariff change and providing notice, generally 30 days, to the appropriate parties. FERC will provide notice to the public through publication of the notice in the Federal Register. If the FERC determines that a proposed change is just and reasonable, the FERC will accept the proposed change and the pipeline will implement such a change in its tariff, normally 30 days after filing. However, if the FERC determines that a proposed change may not be just and reasonable then the FERC may suspend such a change for up to five months beyond the date on which the change would otherwise go into effect and set the matter for an administrative hearing. Subsequent to any suspension period ordered by the FERC, the proposed change may be placed into effect by the company, pending final FERC approval. In most cases, a proposed rate increase is placed into effect before a final FERC determination on such rate increase, and the proposed increase is collected subject to refund (plus interest). Under the second method, the FERC may, on its own motion or based on a complaint, initiate a proceeding seeking to compel the company to change its rates, terms and/or conditions of service. If the FERC determines that the existing rates, terms and/or conditions of service are unjust, unreasonable, unduly discriminatory or preferential, then any rate reduction or change that it orders generally will be effective prospectively from the date of the FERC order requiring this change.

 

Market Behavior Rules; Posting and Reporting Requirements

 

On August 8, 2005, Congress enacted the EPAct of 2005. Among other matters, the EPAct of 2005 amended the NGA to add an anti-manipulation provision that makes it unlawful for any entity to engage in prohibited behavior in contravention of rules and regulation to be prescribed by the FERC and, furthermore, provides the FERC with additional civil penalty authority. On January 19, 2006, the FERC issued Order No. 670, a rule implementing the anti-manipulation provisions of the EPAct of 2005. The rules make it unlawful for any entity, directly or indirectly in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC or the purchase or sale of transportation services subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC, to (1) use or employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; (2) to make any untrue statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the statements not misleading; or (3) to engage in any act or practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. The anti-manipulation rules apply to interstate gas pipelines and storage companies and intrastate gas pipelines and storage companies that provide interstate services, such as Section 311 service, as well as otherwise non-jurisdictional entities to the extent the activities are conducted “in connection with” gas sales, purchases or transportation subject to FERC jurisdiction. The anti-manipulation rules do not apply to activities that relate only to intrastate or other non-jurisdictional sales or gathering to the extent such transactions do not have a “nexus” to jurisdictional transactions. The EPAct of 2005 also amends the NGA and the NGPA to give the FERC authority to impose civil penalties for violations of these statutes and FERC’s regulations, rules, and orders, up to $1 million per day per violation for violations occurring after August 8, 2005. In connection with this enhanced civil penalty authority, the FERC issued a revised policy statement on enforcement to provide guidance regarding the enforcement of the statutes, orders, rules and regulations it administers, including factors to be considered in determining the appropriate enforcement action to be taken. Should we fail to comply with all applicable FERC-administered statutes, rules, regulations and orders, we could be subject to substantial penalties and fines. In addition, the CFTC is directed under the Commodities Exchange Act, or CEA, to prevent price manipulations for the commodity and futures markets, including the energy futures markets. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and other authority, the CFTC has adopted anti-market manipulation regulations that prohibit fraud and price manipulation in the commodity and futures markets. The CFTC also has statutory authority to seek civil penalties of up to the greater of $1 million or triple the monetary gain to the violator for violations of the anti-market manipulation sections of the CEA.

 

155


Table of Contents

The EPAct of 2005 also added Section 23 to the NGA, authorizing the FERC to facilitate price transparency in markets for the sale or transportation of physical natural gas in interstate commerce. In 2007, the FERC took steps to enhance its market oversight and monitoring of the natural gas industry by issuing several rulemaking orders designed to promote gas price transparency and to prevent market manipulation. In December 2007, the FERC issued a final rule on the annual natural gas transaction reporting requirements, as amended by subsequent order on rehearing, or Order No. 704. Order No. 704 requires buyers and sellers of annual quantities of natural gas of 2,200,000 MMBtu or more, including entities not otherwise subject to the FERC’s jurisdiction, to provide by May 1 of each year an annual report to the FERC describing their aggregate volumes of natural gas purchased or sold at wholesale in the prior calendar year to the extent such transactions utilize, contribute to or may contribute to the formation of price indices. Order No. 704 also requires market participants to indicate whether they report prices to any index publishers and, if so, whether their reporting complies with the FERC’s policy statement on price reporting. In June 2010, the FERC issued the last of its three orders on rehearing and clarification further clarifying its requirements.

 

In May 2010, the FERC issued Order No. 735, which requires intrastate pipelines providing transportation services under Section 311 of the NGPA and Hinshaw pipelines operating under Section 1(c) of the NGA to report on a quarterly basis more detailed information and storage transaction information, including: rates charged by the pipeline under each contract; receipt and delivery points and zones or segments covered by each contract; the quantity of natural gas the shipper is entitled to transport, store, or deliver; the duration of the contract; and whether there is an affiliate relationship between the pipeline and the shipper. Order No. 735 further requires that such information must be supplied through a new electronic reporting system and will be posted on the FERC’s website, and that such quarterly reports may not contain information redacted as privileged. The FERC promulgated this rule after determining that such transactional information would help shippers make more informed purchasing decisions and would improve the ability of both shippers and the FERC to monitor actual transactions for evidence of market power or undue discrimination. Order No. 735 also extends the FERC’s periodic review of the rates charged by the subject pipelines from three to five years. Order No. 735 became effective on April 1, 2011. In December 2010, the FERC issued Order No. 735-A. In Order No. 735-A, the FERC generally reaffirmed Order No. 735 requiring Section 311 and “Hinshaw” pipelines to report on a quarterly basis storage and transportation transactions containing specific information for each transaction, aggregated by contract.

 

On November 15, 2012, the FERC issued a Notice of Inquiry seeking public comment on the issue of whether to amend its regulations under the natural gas market transparency provisions of Section 23 of the NGA, as adopted by EPAct of 2005, to consider the extent to which quarterly reporting of every natural gas transaction within the FERC’s NGA jurisdiction that entails physical delivery for the next day or next month would provide useful information for improving natural gas market transparency. On July 9, 2013, the FERC provided notice that it was making a data request of certain natural gas marketers to better assess the reporting requirements. FERC has not yet issued an order.

 

Intrastate Natural Gas Pipeline and Storage Regulation

 

Our transmission lines are subject to state regulation of rates and terms of service. In Oklahoma, our intrastate pipeline system is subject to regulation by the Oklahoma Corporation Commission, or the OCC. Oklahoma has a non-discriminatory access requirement, which is subject to a complaint-based review. In Illinois, our intrastate pipeline system is subject to regulation by the Illinois Commerce Commission.

 

Intrastate natural gas transportation is largely regulated by the state in which the transportation takes place. An intrastate natural gas pipeline system may transport natural gas in interstate commerce provided that the rates, terms, and conditions of such transportation service comply with FERC regulation and Section 311 of the NGPA and Part 284 of the FERC’s regulations. The NGPA regulates, among other things, the provision of transportation and storage services by an intrastate natural gas pipeline on behalf of an interstate natural gas pipeline or a LDC served by an interstate natural gas pipeline. Under Section 311, rates charged for transportation must be fair and

 

156


Table of Contents

equitable, and amounts collected in excess of fair and equitable rates are subject to refund with interest. The rates under Section 311 are maximum rates and we may negotiate contractual rates at or below such maximum rates. Rates for service pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA are generally subject to review and approval by FERC at least once every five years. Should the FERC determine not to authorize rates equal to or greater than our currently approved Section 311 rates, our business may be adversely affected.

 

Failure to observe the service limitations applicable to transportation services provided under Section 311, failure to comply with the rates approved by FERC for Section 311 service, or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of service established in the pipeline’s FERC-approved Statement of Operating Conditions could result in the assertion of federal NGA jurisdiction by FERC and/or the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as described in the “—Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline Regulation” section above.

 

The transportation rates charged by Enable Oklahoma Intrastate Transmission, LLC for natural gas transportation in interstate commerce on intrastate pipelines are subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC under Section 311 of the NGPA. Enable Oklahoma currently has two zones under its Section 311 transportation rate structure—an East Zone and a West Zone. Enable Oklahoma historically offered only interruptible Section 311 service in both zones. Enable Oklahoma began to offer firm Section 311 service in the East Zone on April 1, 2009 and in the West Zone on March 1, 2011. For Section 311 service, Enable Oklahoma may charge up to its maximum established zonal East and West interruptible transportation rates for interruptible transportation in one zone or cumulative maximum rates for transportation in both zones. Enable Oklahoma may charge up to its maximum established firm rate for firm Section 311 transportation in its East and West Zones. Finally, Enable Oklahoma may charge the applicable fixed zonal fuel percentage(s) for the fuel used in transporting natural gas under Section 311 on our system. The fuel percentages are the same for firm and interruptible Section 311 services.

 

We also have a pipeline in Illinois that is subject to regulation by the Illinois Commerce Commission as a so-called “Hinshaw pipeline.” Under Section 1(c) of the NGA, a Hinshaw pipeline is exempt from FERC’s NGA regulation if its operations are within a single state, if any gas received from interstate sources is received within the state and if its service is regulated by the state commission. A Hinshaw pipeline may, and our Illinois pipeline does, provide services in interstate commerce pursuant to limited jurisdiction certificate authority under Section 284.224(c) of FERC’s regulations, thereby subjecting itself to the same type of limited FERC jurisdiction imposed on intrastate pipelines engaged in Section 311 service.

 

Our intrastate storage assets at the Wetumka Storage Field offer both fee-based firm and interruptible storage services under Section 311 of the NGPA pursuant to terms and conditions specified in our statement of operating conditions for gas storage at market-based rates. Our intrastate Stuart Storage Field currently is used exclusively to provide intrastate storage service, even though FERC previously authorized the use of that storage facility for Section 311 interstate service.

 

Natural Gas Gathering Pipeline Regulation

 

Section 1(b) of the NGA exempts natural gas gathering facilities from the jurisdiction of the FERC. Although the FERC has not made formal determinations with respect to all of our facilities we consider to be gathering facilities, we believe that our natural gas pipelines meet the traditional tests that the FERC has used to determine that a pipeline is a gathering pipeline and is therefore not subject to FERC jurisdiction. The distinction between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services, however, has been the subject of substantial litigation, and the FERC determines whether facilities are gathering facilities on a case-by-case basis, so the classification and regulation of our gathering facilities is subject to change based on future determinations by the FERC, the courts or Congress. If the FERC were to consider the status of an individual facility and determine that the facility and/or services provided by it are not exempt from FERC regulation under the NGA and that the facility provides interstate service, the rates for, and terms and conditions of, services provided by such facility would be subject to regulation by the FERC under the NGA or the NGPA. Such

 

157


Table of Contents

regulation could decrease revenue, increase operating costs, and, depending upon the facility in question, could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if any of our facilities were found to have provided services or otherwise operated in violation of the NGA or NGPA, this could result in the imposition of civil penalties as well as a requirement to disgorge charges collected for such service in excess of the rate established by the FERC.

 

States may regulate gathering pipelines. State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, requirements prohibiting undue discrimination, and in some instances complaint-based rate regulation. Our gathering operations may be subject to ratable take and common purchaser statutes in the states in which they operate. The ratable take statutes generally require gatherers to take, without undue discrimination, natural gas production that may be tendered to the gatherer for handling. Similarly, common purchaser statutes generally require gatherers to purchase without undue discrimination as to source of supply or producer. These statutes are designed to prohibit discrimination in favor of one producer over another producer or one source of supply over another source of supply. These statutes have the effect of restricting our right as an owner of gathering facilities to decide with whom we contract to purchase or transport natural gas.

 

Oklahoma and Texas have each adopted a form of complaint-based regulation of gathering operations that generally allows natural gas producers and shippers to file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to natural gas gathering open access and rate discrimination. Texas has also adopted a complaint based regulation, known as the lost and unaccounted for gas bill, which gives the Texas Railroad Commission the authority to issue orders for purposes of preventing waste in specific situations. To date, neither the gathering regulations nor the lost and unaccounted for gas bill have had a significant impact on our operations in Oklahoma or Texas. However, we cannot predict what effect, if any, either of these regulations might have on its gathering operations in Oklahoma or Texas in the future.

 

Our gathering operations could be adversely affected should they be subject in the future to the application of state or federal regulation of rates and services. Our gathering operations could also be subject to additional safety and operational regulations relating to the design, construction, testing, operation, replacement and maintenance of gathering facilities. Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are considered or adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such changes might have on its operations, but the industry could be required to incur additional capital expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative and regulatory changes.

 

Sales of Natural Gas

 

The price at which we buy and sell natural gas currently is not subject to federal regulation and, for the most part, is not subject to state regulation. However, as noted above, with regard to our physical purchases and sales of these energy commodities, and any related hedging activities that we undertake, we are required to observe anti-market manipulation laws and related regulations enforced by the FERC and/or the CFTC. Should we violate the anti-market manipulation laws and regulations, we could also be subject to related third party damage claims by, among others, market participants, sellers, royalty owners and taxing authorities.

 

Our sales of natural gas are affected by the availability, terms and cost of pipeline transportation. As noted above, the price and terms of access to pipeline transportation are subject to extensive federal and state regulation. FERC is continually proposing and implementing new rules and regulations affecting those segments of the natural gas industry, most notably interstate natural gas transmission companies that remain subject to FERC jurisdiction. These initiatives also may affect the intrastate transportation of natural gas under certain circumstances. The stated purpose of many of these regulatory changes is to promote competition among the various sectors of the natural gas industry. We cannot predict the ultimate impact of these regulatory changes to our natural gas marketing operations.

 

158


Table of Contents

Crude Oil Gathering Regulation

 

Crude oil gathering pipelines that provide interstate transportation service may be regulated as a common carrier by the FERC under the ICA, the Energy Policy Act of 1992, and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. The ICA and FERC regulations require that rates for interstate service pipelines that transport crude oil and refined petroleum products (collectively referred to as “petroleum pipelines”) and certain other liquids, be just and reasonable and are to be non-discriminatory or not confer any undue preference upon any shipper. FERC regulations also require interstate common carrier petroleum pipelines to file with the FERC and publicly post tariffs stating their interstate transportation rates and terms and conditions of service. Under the ICA, the FERC or interested persons may challenge existing or changed rates or services. The FERC is authorized to investigate such charges and may suspend the effectiveness of a new rate for up to seven months. A successful rate challenge could result in a common carrier paying refunds together with interest for the period that the rate was in effect. The FERC may also order a pipeline to change its rates, and may require a common carrier to pay shippers reparations for damages sustained for a period up to two years prior to the filing of a complaint.

 

If our rate levels were investigated by the FERC, the inquiry could result in a comparison of our rates to those charged by others or to an investigation of our costs, including:

 

   

the overall cost of service, including operating costs and overhead;

 

   

the allocation of overhead and other administrative and general expenses to the regulated entity;

 

   

the appropriate capital structure to be utilized in calculating rates;

 

   

the appropriate rate of return on equity and interest rates on debt;

 

   

the rate base, including the proper starting rate base;

 

   

the throughput underlying the rate; and

 

   

the proper allowance for federal and state income taxes.

 

For some time now, the FERC has been issuing regulatory assurances that necessarily balance the anti-discrimination and undue preference requirements of common carriage with the expectations of investors in new and expanding petroleum pipelines. There is an inherent tension between the requirements imposed upon a common carrier and the need for owners of petroleum pipelines to be able to enter into long-term, firm contracts with shippers willing to make the commitments which underpin such large capital investments. For example, the FERC has found that shipper contract rates are not per se violations of the duty of non-discrimination, provided that such rates are available to all similarly-situated shippers. In the same vein, the FERC has approved varying term commitments with tiered rate discounts on the basis that committed shippers were not similarly situated with uncommitted shippers and further that different types of committed shippers were not similarly situated with each other if their commitment level materially differed. The FERC has also found that shippers making certain commitments to the pipeline can take advantage of priority or firm service, which is service that is not subject to typical capacity allocation requirements, so long as any interested shipper has an equal opportunity to make such a commitment to the carrier. The FERC’s solution has been to allow carriers to hold an “open season” prior to the in-service date of pipeline, during which time interested shippers can make commitments to the proposed pipeline project. Throughput commitments from interested shippers during an open season can be for firm service or for non-firm service. Typically, such an open season is for a 30-day period, must be publicly announced, and culminates in interested parties entering into transportation agreements with the carrier. Under FERC precedent, a carrier typically may reserve up to 90% of available capacity for the provision of firm service to shippers making a commitment. At least 10% of capacity ordinarily is reserved for “walk-up” shippers.

 

Under the ICA, the FERC does not have authority over the siting of oil transportation assets nor over the abandonment of facilities or services. Accordingly, no approval from the FERC is necessary prior to placing a new petroleum pipeline project in operation. However, the FERC highly encourages carriers to file a Petition for

 

159


Table of Contents

Declaratory Order (PDO) to seek regulatory assurances for key terms of service offered during an open season. As long as the shippers on our Bakken crude oil gathering system move oil in interstate commerce, our crude oil gathering system will not be regulated by the North Dakota Public Service Commission.

 

Safety and Health Regulation

 

Certain of our facilities are subject to pipeline safety regulations. PHMSA regulates safety requirements in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of jurisdictional natural gas and hazardous liquid pipeline facilities. All natural gas transmission facilities, such as our interstate natural gas pipelines, are subject to PHMSA’s pipeline safety regulations, but natural gas gathering pipelines are subject to the pipeline safety regulations only to the extent they are classified as regulated gathering pipelines. In addition, several NGL pipeline facilities and crude oil pipeline facilities are regulated as hazardous liquids pipelines. Currently, each such NGL or crude oil facility is excepted from many of the requirements of PHMSA’s regulations applicable to hazardous liquids pipelines based on the facility’s location, product transported, and/or the low stress level at which it operates.

 

Pursuant to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, or NGPSA, and the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, or HLPSA, as amended by the Pipeline Safety Act of 1992, or PSA, the Accountable Pipeline Safety and Partnership Act of 1996, or APSA, the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, or PSIA, the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006, or the PIPES Act, and the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011, or the 2011 Pipeline Safety Act, the DOT, through PHMSA, regulates pipeline safety and integrity. The NGPSA regulates safety requirements in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of gas pipeline facilities, while the PSIA establishes mandatory inspections for all U.S. oil and natural gas transmission pipelines in high-consequence areas, or HCAs.

 

NGL and crude oil pipelines are subject to regulation by PHMSA under the HLPSA which requires PHMSA to develop, prescribe, and enforce minimum federal safety standards for the transportation of hazardous liquids by pipeline, and comparable state statutes with respect to design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of pipeline facilities. HLPSA covers petroleum and petroleum products, including NGLs and condensate, and requires any entity that owns or operates pipeline facilities to comply with such regulations, to permit access to and copying of records and to file certain reports and provide information as required by the United States Secretary of Transportation. These regulations include potential fines and penalties for violations. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with these HLPSA regulations. The PSA added the environment to the list of statutory factors that must be considered in establishing safety standards for hazardous liquid pipelines, established safety standards for certain “regulated gathering lines,” and mandated that regulations be issued to establish criteria for operators to use in identifying and inspecting pipelines located in HCAs, defined as those areas that are unusually sensitive to environmental damage, that cross a navigable waterway, or that have a high population density. In 1996, Congress enacted the APSA, which limited the operator identification requirement to operators of pipelines that cross a waterway where a substantial likelihood of commercial navigation exists, required that certain areas where a pipeline rupture would likely cause permanent or long-term environmental damage be considered in determining whether an area is unusually sensitive to environmental damage, and mandated that regulations be issued for the qualification and testing of certain pipeline personnel. In the PIPES Act, Congress required mandatory inspections for certain U.S. crude oil and natural gas transmission pipelines in HCAs and mandated that regulations be issued for low-stress hazardous liquid pipelines and pipeline control room management.

 

PHMSA has developed regulations that require natural gas pipeline operators to implement integrity management programs, including more frequent inspections and other measures to ensure pipeline safety in HCAs. The regulations require operators, including us, to:

 

   

perform ongoing assessments of pipeline integrity;

 

   

identify and characterize applicable threats to pipeline segments that could impact an HCA;

 

160


Table of Contents
   

improve data collection, integration and analysis;

 

   

repair and remediate pipelines as necessary; and

 

   

implement preventive and mitigating actions.

 

Although many of our pipeline facilities fall within a class that is currently not subject to these integrity management requirements, we may incur significant costs and liabilities associated with repair, remediation, preventive or mitigating measures associated with our non-exempt pipelines. In 2012, we incurred $32 million of capital expenditures and operating costs for pipeline integrity management. We currently estimate that we will incur capital expenditures and operating costs of between $425 million and $450 million from 2013 to 2017 in connection with pipeline integrity management to complete the testing required by existing DOT regulations and their state counterparts. The estimated capital expenditures and operating costs include our estimates for the assessment, remediation and prevention or other mitigation that may be determined to be necessary. At this time, we cannot predict the ultimate costs of our integrity management program and compliance with these regulations because those costs will depend on the number and extent of any repairs found to be necessary and the degree to which newly proposed pipeline safety regulations may apply to our pipeline systems. We will continue to assess, remediate and maintain the integrity of our pipelines. The results of these activities could cause us to incur significant and unanticipated capital and operating expenditures for repairs or upgrades deemed necessary to ensure the continued safe and reliable operations of our pipelines. Additionally, should we fail to comply with DOT or comparable state regulations, we could be subject to penalties and fines. If future DOT pipeline integrity management regulations were to require that we expand our integrity managements program to currently unregulated pipelines, including gathering lines, our costs associated with compliance may have a material effect on our operations.

 

The 2011 Pipeline Safety Act reauthorizes funding for federal pipeline safety programs, increases penalties for safety violations, establishes additional safety requirements for newly constructed pipelines, and requires studies of certain safety issues that could result in the adoption of new regulatory requirements for existing pipelines. The 2011 Pipeline Safety Act, among other things, increases the maximum civil penalty for pipeline safety violations and directs the Secretary of Transportation to promulgate rules or standards relating to expanded integrity management requirements, automatic or remote-controlled valve use, excess flow valve use, leak detection system installation and testing to confirm the material strength of pipe operating above 30% of specified minimum yield strength in HCAs. Effective October 25, 2013, PHMSA adopted new rules increasing the maximum administrative civil penalties for violations of the pipeline safety laws and regulations after January 3, 2012 to $0.2 million per violation per day, with a maximum of $2 million for a related series of violations. PHMSA recently issued a final rule applying safety regulations to certain rural low-stress hazardous liquid pipelines that were not covered previously by some of its safety regulations. PHMSA also published advance notice of proposed rulemakings to solicit comments on the need for changes to its natural gas and liquid pipeline safety regulations, including changes to those rules that would apply to gathering lines and removal of an exemption for natural gas pipelines installed before 1970. In May 2012, PHMSA published an advisory bulletin stating that operators of gas and hazardous liquid pipeline facilities should verify records relating to operating specifications for maximum allowable operating pressure, MAOP, for gas pipelines and maximum operating pressure, or MOP, for hazardous liquid pipelines. For natural gas transmission pipelines located within Class 3 and Class 4 locations or in Class 1 and Class 2 locations in HCAs, PHMSA modified its annual report form to require operators to report the number of verified miles of pipeline on their systems. This report was due and filed in June 2013. No MOP reporting requirements were imposed on operators of hazardous liquid pipeline for the 2012 calendar year reports. Our current practice is to continually monitor and update our records with respect to MAOP of our gas pipelines. Future PHMSA rulemakings and/or industry commitments could have a material impact on our operations.

 

While we cannot predict the outcome of legislative or regulatory initiatives, such legislative and regulatory changes could have a material effect on our operations, particularly through more stringent and comprehensive safety regulations (such as integrity management requirements) to pipelines and gathering lines not previously

 

161


Table of Contents

subject to such requirements. While we expect any legislative or regulatory changes will provide sufficient time to come into compliance with the new requirements, the costs associated with compliance may have a material effect on our operations.

 

States are preempted by federal law from imposing pipeline safety standards below the minimum federal standards established by DOT, but they may establish more rigorous standards for intrastate gas and hazardous liquids pipelines. State agencies may also assume responsibility for enforcing intrastate pipeline regulations as a cooperating agency. In practice, states vary considerably in their authority and capacity to address pipeline safety. In the state of Oklahoma, the OCC’s Transportation Division, acting through the Pipeline Safety Department, administers the OCC’s intrastate regulatory program to assure the safe transportation of natural gas, petroleum and other hazardous materials by pipeline. The OCC develops regulations and other approaches to assure safety in design, construction, testing, operation, maintenance and emergency response to pipeline facilities. The OCC derives its authority over intrastate pipeline operations through state statutes and certification agreements with the DOT. A similar regime for safety regulation is in place in Texas and is administered by the Texas Railroad Commission. Our natural gas transmission and DOT regulated gathering pipelines have ongoing inspection and compliance programs designed to keep the facilities in compliance with pipeline safety and pollution control requirements.

 

We have incorporated all existing requirements into our programs by the required regulatory deadlines, and are continually incorporating the new requirements into procedures and budgets. We expect to incur increasing regulatory compliance costs, based on the intensification of the regulatory environment and forecasted changes to regulations as outlined above. In addition to regulatory changes, costs may be incurred when there is an accidental release of a commodity transported by our system, or a regulatory inspection identifies a deficiency in our required programs.

 

In addition to these pipeline safety requirements, we are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and comparable state statutes, whose purpose is to protect the safety and health of workers, both generally and within the pipeline industry. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the Federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. We are also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals. These regulations apply to any process which involves a chemical at or above the specified thresholds or any process which involves flammable liquid or gas, pressurized tanks, caverns and wells in excess of 10,000 pounds at various locations. We have an internal program of inspection designed to monitor and enforce compliance with worker safety and health requirements. We believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to worker safety and health.

 

The Department of Homeland Security Appropriation Act of 2007 requires the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, to issue regulations establishing risk-based performance standards for the security of chemical and industrial facilities, including oil and gas facilities that are deemed to present “high levels of security risk.” The DHS issued an interim final rule in April 2007 regarding risk-based performance standards to be attained pursuant to this act and, on November 20, 2007, further issued an Appendix A to the interim rules that establish chemicals of interest and their respective threshold quantities that will trigger compliance with these interim rules. Covered facilities that are determined by DHS to pose a high level of security risk will be required to prepare and submit Security Vulnerability Assessments and Site Security Plans as well as comply with other regulatory requirements, including those regarding inspections, audits, recordkeeping, and protection of chemical-terrorism vulnerability information.

 

While we are not currently subject to governmental standards for the protection of computer-based systems and technology from cyber threats and attacks, proposals to establish such standards are being considered by the

 

162


Table of Contents

U.S. Congress and by U.S. Executive Branch departments and agencies, including the Department of Homeland Security, and we may become subject to such standards in the future. We have systems in place to monitor and address the risk of cyber-security breaches in our business, operations and control environments. We routinely review and update those systems as the nature of that risk requires. We are not aware of any cyber-security breach affecting any of our business, operations or control environments. A significant cyber-attack could have a material effect on our operations and those of our customers.

 

Environmental Matters

 

General

 

Our activities are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental protection including the discharge of materials into the environment. These laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business activities in many ways, such as restricting the way we can handle or dispose of our wastes, requiring remedial action to mitigate pollution conditions that may be caused by our operations or that are attributable to former operators, regulating future construction activities to mitigate harm to threatened or endangered species and requiring the installation and operation of pollution control equipment. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with current federal, state and local environmental standards.

 

Environmental regulation can increase the cost of planning, design, initial installation and operation of our facilities and has the potential to restrict or delay our operations and development projects, particularly pipeline projects. Historically, our total expenditures for environmental control measures and for remediation have not been significant in relation to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. We believe, however, that it is reasonably likely that the trend in environmental legislation and regulations will continue towards more restrictive standards. Compliance with these standards is expected to increase the cost of conducting business.

 

Our routine environmental expenses for 2013 for technical support, fees, sampling, testing and other similar items were approximately $9 million. Reciprocating internal combustion engines maximum achievable control technology (RICE MACT) and greenhouse gases (GHG) expenses for 2013 were approximately $4 million. Routine expenses for 2014 to 2016 are expected to average $10 million per year, and RICE MACT and GHG costs are expected to average $3 million per year over the same timeframe. Costs for incidental environmental activities, such as permitting as part capital projects and waste disposal, are included in routine capital and operating expenses. Management continues to evaluate our compliance with existing and proposed environmental legislation and regulations and implement appropriate environmental programs in a competitive market.

 

Air

 

Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (CAA), and comparable state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations regulate emissions of air pollutants from various industrial sources, including natural gas processing plants and compressor stations, and also impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. Such laws and regulations may require that we obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce air emissions or result in the increase of existing air emissions (including greenhouse gas emissions as discussed below), obtain and strictly comply with air permits containing various emissions and operational limitations or install emission control equipment. We likely will be required to incur certain capital expenditures in the future for air pollution control equipment and technology in connection with obtaining and maintaining operating permits and approvals for air emissions.

 

Climate Change

 

More stringent laws and regulations relating to climate change and GHGs may be adopted in the future and could cause us to incur material expenses in complying with them. Both houses of Congress have actively

 

163


Table of Contents

considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, but no legislation has passed. In the absence of comprehensive federal legislation on GHG emission control, the EPA has adopted rules under the CAA to regulate GHGs as pollutants under the CAA. The EPA has adopted the Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Title V Greenhouse Gas Tailoring Rule (Tailoring Rule), which phases in permitting requirements for stationary sources of GHGs, beginning January 2, 2011. This rule “tailors” these permitting programs to apply to certain stationary sources of GHG emissions in a multi-step process, with the largest sources first subject to permitting. Our operations are subject to these permitting requirements, and if additional changes or other similar requirements are enacted, our facilities could be subject to significant additional costs to control our emissions and comply with regulatory requirements. Several states have passed laws, adopted regulations or undertaken regulatory initiatives to reduce the emission of GHGs, primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, Kansas, Missouri, Illinois, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, North Dakota and Texas are not among them. If legislation or regulations are passed at the federal or state levels in the future requiring mandatory reductions of carbon dioxide and other GHGs on our facilities, this could result in significant additional compliance costs that would affect the our future financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In 2009, the EPA adopted a comprehensive national system for reporting emissions of carbon dioxide and other GHGs produced by major sources in the United States known as the Greenhouse Gas Mandatory Reporting Rule. The reporting requirements apply to large direct emitters of greenhouse gases with emissions equal to or greater than a threshold of 25,000 metric tons per year which included certain of our facilities. On November 30, 2010, the EPA published a final rule expanding its existing GHG emissions reporting rule published in 2009 to include natural gas processing, transmission, storage and distribution activities. Beginning in September of 2012 with 2011 data, certain midstream facilities are now required to submit annual reports of GHG emissions to the EPA.

 

The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs to reduce emissions of GHGs could require us to incur increased operating costs, such as costs to purchase and operate emissions control systems, to acquire emissions allowances or comply with new regulatory or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming, and thereby reduce demand for, the natural gas we gather, treat and transport. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce emissions of GHGs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

 

NEPA provides for regulatory review in connection with certain projects that involve federal lands or require certain actions by federal agencies, which implicates a number of other laws and regulations such as the Endangered Species Act, Migratory Bird Treaty Act, Rivers and Harbors Act, Clean Water Act, Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act and National Historic Preservation Act. The NEPA review process can be lengthy and subjective and can cause delays in projects. Some of our projects that require NEPA review are related to pipeline integrity. Ineffective implementation of this process could cause significant impacts to commercial and compliance projects.

 

Endangered Species

 

Certain federal laws, including the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Endangered Species Act, provide special protection to certain designated species. These laws and any state equivalents provide for significant civil and criminal penalties for unpermitted activities that result in harm to or harassment of certain protected animals and plants, including damage to their habitats. If such species are located in an area in which we conduct operations, or if additional species in those areas become subject to protection, our operations and development projects, particularly pipeline projects, could be restricted or delayed, or we could be required to implement expensive mitigation measures. Moreover, as a result of a settlement approved by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia in September 2011, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife

 

164


Table of Contents

Service is required to make a determination on listing of more than 250 species as endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act, or ESA, by no later than completion of the agency’s 2017 fiscal year. The designation of previously unprotected species as threatened or endangered in areas where underlying property operations are conducted could cause us to incur increased costs arising from species protection measures or could result in limitations on our customer’s exploration and production activities that could have an adverse impact on demand for our services. Portions of the basins we serve are designated as critical or suitable habitat for endangered species. If additional portions of the basins we serve were designated as critical or suitable habitat for endangered species, it could adversely impact the cost of operating our systems and of constructing new facilities. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws providing special protection to designated species.

 

Hazardous Substances and Waste

 

Our operations are subject to federal and state environmental laws and regulations relating to the management and release of hazardous substances, solid and hazardous wastes, and petroleum hydrocarbons. For instance, our operations are subject to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA or Superfund) and comparable state cleanup laws that impose liability, without regard to the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover the costs they incur from the responsible classes of persons. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. Because we utilize various products and generate wastes that are considered hazardous substances for purposes of CERCLA, we could be subject to liability for the costs of cleaning up and restoring sites where those substances have been released to the environment. At this time, it is not anticipated that any associated liability will cause a significant impact to us.

 

Our operations also generate solid and hazardous wastes that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as well as comparable state laws. While RCRA regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes detailed requirements for the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste. RCRA currently exempts many natural gas gathering and field processing wastes from classification as hazardous waste. However, it is possible that these wastes, which could include wastes currently generated during our operations, will in the future be designated as “hazardous wastes” and therefore be subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Such changes to the law could have an impact on our capital expenditures and operating expenses. Further, these RCRA-exempt oil and gas exploration and production wastes may still be regulated under state law or RCRA’s less stringent solid waste requirements. The transportation of natural gas in pipelines may also generate some hazardous wastes that are subject to RCRA or a comparable state law regime.

 

Water

 

Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Water Act and analogous state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations impose detailed requirements and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into state and federal waters. The discharge of pollutants, including discharges resulting from a spill or leak, is prohibited unless authorized by a permit or other agency approval. In addition, the federal Clean Water Act and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. These permits may require us to monitor and sample the storm water runoff from some of our facilities. The federal Clean Water Act and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit discharges of dredged and fill material in wetlands and other waters of the United States unless

 

165


Table of Contents

authorized by an appropriately issued permit. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure requirements of federal laws require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of regulated waters in the event of a hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with many of these requirements.

 

The primary federal law related to oil spill liability is the Oil Pollution Act (the OPA) which amends and augments oil spill provisions of the Clean Water Act and imposes certain duties and liabilities on certain “responsible parties” related to the prevention of oil spills and damages resulting from such spills in or threatening United States waters or adjoining shorelines. A liable “responsible party” includes the owner or operator of a facility, vessel or pipeline that is a source of an oil discharge or that poses the substantial threat of discharge, or in the case of offshore facilities, the lessee or permittee of the area in which a discharging facility is located. OPA assigns joint and several liability, without regard to fault, to each liable party for oil removal costs and a variety of public and private damages. Although defenses exist to the liability imposed by OPA, they are limited. In the event of an oil discharge or substantial threat of discharge, we may be liable for costs and damages.

 

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons from tight formations. The process involves the injection of water, sand and a small percentage of chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production. The process is regulated by state agencies, typically the state’s oil and gas commission. A number of federal agencies, including the EPA and the U.S. Department of Energy, are analyzing, or have been requested to review, a variety of environmental issues associated with hydraulic fracturing. In addition, some states have adopted, and other states are considering adopting, regulations that could impose more stringent disclosure and/or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing are adopted, such laws could make it more difficult or costly for our customers to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations. Restrictions on hydraulic fracturing could also reduce the volume of natural gas that our customers produce, and could thereby adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

 

For a further discussion regarding contingencies relating to environmental laws and regulations, see Note 12 to Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 1,900 individuals were providing services to us as seconded employees by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, and other individuals were providing services to us pursuant to services agreements with OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. We did not have any direct employees as of December 31, 2013. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Employee Agreements” for a description of the agreements governing these relationships.

 

Properties

 

Our real property falls into two categories: (i) parcels that we own in fee and (ii) parcels in which our interest derives from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of such land for our operations. Certain of our processing plants and related facilities are located on land we own in fee title, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to these lands. The remainder of the land on which our plants and related facilities are located is held by us pursuant to ground leases between us, or our subsidiaries, as lessee, and the fee owner of the lands, as lessors. We, or our predecessors, have leased these lands for many years without any material challenge known to us relating to the title to the land upon which the assets are located, and we believe that we have satisfactory leasehold estates to such lands. We have no knowledge of any challenge to the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement, right-of-way,

 

166


Table of Contents

permit or license held by us or to our title to any material lease, easement, right-of-way, permit or lease, and we believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our material leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits and licenses.

 

Record title to some of our assets may reflect names of prior owners until we have made the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which such assets are located. Title to some of our assets may be subject to encumbrances. We believe that none of such encumbrances should materially detract from the value of our properties or our interest in those properties or should materially interfere with our use of them in the operation of our business. Substantially all of our pipelines are constructed on rights-of-way granted by the apparent owners of record of the properties. Lands over which pipeline rights-of-way have been obtained may be subject to prior liens that have not been subordinated to the rights-of-way grants.

 

We currently occupy 134,219 square feet of office space at One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102 under a lease that expires March 31, 2017. Although we may require additional office space as our business expands, we believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future. In addition to our executive offices, we own numerous facilities throughout our service territory that support our operations. These facilities include, but are not limited to, district offices, fleet and equipment service facilities, compressor station facilities, operation support and other properties.

 

During the three years ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, our gross property, plant and equipment (excluding construction work in progress) additions were $3 billion and gross retirements were $242 million. These additions were provided by cash generated from operations, short-term borrowings (through a combination of bank borrowings and commercial paper), long-term borrowings and permanent financings. The additions during this three-year period amounted to 32% of gross property, plant and equipment (excluding construction work in progress) at December 31, 2013.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the normal course of business, we are confronted with issues or events that may result in a contingent liability. These generally relate to lawsuits or claims made by third parties, including governmental agencies. When appropriate, management consults with legal counsel and other appropriate experts to assess the claim. If, in management’s opinion, we have incurred a probable loss as set forth by GAAP, an estimate is made of the loss and the appropriate accounting entries are reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements. At the present time, based on currently available information, we believe that any reasonably possible losses in excess of accrued amounts arising out of pending or threatened lawsuits or claims would not be quantitatively material to our financial statements and would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

167


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Management of Enable Midstream Partners, LP

 

Our general partner will manage our operations and activities on our behalf through its directors and officers. Our general partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to re-election in the future. The directors of our general partner will oversee our operations. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the directors of our general partner, who will all be appointed by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operations. However, our general partner owes a duty to our unitholders. Our general partner will be liable, as general partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are made expressly non-recourse to it. Our general partner therefore may cause us to incur indebtedness or other obligations that are non-recourse to it.

 

The board of directors of our general partner is comprised of five directors. We intend to increase the size of the board of directors to six members upon the completion of this offering and to seven members within 90 days of the date of this prospectus. We intend to further increase the size of the board of directors to eight directors within twelve months of the date of this prospectus. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy have each appointed two members to the board of directors of our general partner, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy jointly appointed an independent director, and our President and Chief Executive Officer will join the board upon the completion of this offering. The remaining directors will be chosen by unanimous vote of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. When the size of the board increases to seven directors, we will have two directors who are independent as defined under the independence standards established by the NYSE. When the size of the board increases to eight directors, we will have three directors who are independent under such standards. The NYSE does not require a publicly traded limited partnership like us to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or to establish a compensation or a nominating and corporate governance committee. We are, however, required to have an audit committee of at least three members who meet the independence and experience tests established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act within twelve months of the date our common units are first traded on the NYSE.

 

Within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will appoint a second independent member to the board of directors of our general partner. OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will appoint a third independent director within twelve months of the date of this prospectus.

 

In identifying and evaluating candidates as possible director-nominees of our general partner, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will assess the experience and personal characteristics of the possible nominee against the following individual qualifications, which OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy may modify from time to time:

 

   

possesses appropriate skills and professional experience;

 

   

has a reputation for integrity and other qualities;

 

   

possesses expertise, including industry knowledge, determined in the context of the needs of the board of directors of our general partner;

 

   

has experience in positions with a high degree of responsibility;

 

   

is a leader in the organizations with which he or she is affiliated;

 

   

is diverse in terms of geography, gender, ethnicity and age;

 

   

has the time, energy, interest and willingness to serve as a member of the board of directors of our general partner; and

 

   

meets such standards of independence and financial knowledge as may be required or desirable.

 

168


Table of Contents

The officers of our general partner will manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. We will also utilize a significant number of employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy to operate our business and provide us with general and administrative services pursuant to seconding agreements and services agreements. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Directors and Executive Officers of Enable GP, LLC

 

The following table shows information regarding the current directors and executive officers of Enable GP, LLC. Directors are elected for one-year terms. The business address of each of the directors and officers is listed below.

 

Name

   Age   

Position with Enable GP, LLC

Scott M. Prochazka(1)

   47   

Director and Interim Chairman

Gary L. Whitlock(1)

   64   

Director

Peter B. Delaney(2)

   59   

Director

Sean Trauschke(2)

   46   

Director

Peter H. Kind(3)

   57   

Director

Lynn L. Bourdon, III(1)(3)

   52   

Director Nominee and President and Chief Executive Officer(4)

Rodney J. Sailor(3)(5)

   55   

Chief Financial Officer

Stephen E. Merrill(3)

   49   

Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer

E. Keith Mitchell(3)

   51   

Chief Operating Officer

R. Poe Reed(1)

   58   

Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer

Mark C. Schroeder(1)

   57   

General Counsel

 

  (1)   1111 Louisiana Street, Houston, Texas 77002
  (2)   321 North Harvey, P.O. Box 321, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73101
  (3)   One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102
  (4)   Mr. Bourdon will assume a position on the board of directors of our general partner upon completion of this offering.
  (5)   Mr. Sailor will be appointed as Chief Financial Officer of our general partner effective April 1, 2014.

 

Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors of our general partner. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Scott M. Prochazka has been a director of our general partner since November 2013. Mr. Prochazka has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of CenterPoint Energy since August 1, 2012. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Division President, Electric Operations of CenterPoint Energy from May 2011 through July 2012; as Division Senior Vice President, Electric Operations of CenterPoint Energy’s wholly owned subsidiary, CenterPoint Energy Houston Electric, LLC, from February 2009 to May 2011; as Division Senior Vice President Regional Operations of CenterPoint Energy’s wholly owned subsidiary, CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., from February 2008 to February 2009; and as Division Vice President, Customer Service Operations, from October 2006 to February 2008. We believe Mr. Prochazka’s extensive knowledge of the industry and us, our operations and people, gained in his years of service with CenterPoint Energy in positions of increasing responsibility provides the board with valuable experience.

 

Gary L. Whitlock has been a director of our general partner since May 2013. From May 1, 2013 to December 11, 2013, he served as Acting Chief Financial Officer of our general partner. He has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CenterPoint Energy since September 2002. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Delivery Group of Reliant Energy from July 2001 to

 

169


Table of Contents

September 2002. Mr. Whitlock served as the Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Dow AgroSciences, a subsidiary of The Dow Chemical Company, from 1998 to 2001. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of KiOR, Inc. We believe Mr. Whitlock’s energy industry and financial experience provides the board of directors with valuable experience in our financial and accounting matters.

 

Peter B. Delaney has been a director of our general partner since May 2013 and will serve as chairman of the board of our general partner effective May 1, 2014. Mr. Delaney is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of OGE Energy and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of OG&E. From December 2011 to July 2013, Mr. Delaney was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E. From January 2011 to December 2011, Mr. Delaney was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E. From September 2007 to December 2010, Mr. Delaney was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E. From January 2007 to September 2007, Mr. Delaney was President and Chief Operating Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E. From 2004 to January 2007, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Delaney was Executive Vice President, Finance and Strategic Planning for OGE Energy and served from 2002 to 2013 as the Chief Executive Officer of Enogex LLC. Mr. Delaney is a member of the Board of Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. Mr. Delaney has been a director of OGE Energy and OG&E since January 2007. We believe his extensive knowledge of the industry and us, our operations and people, gained with OGE Energy and its affiliates in positions of increasing responsibility provides the board with valuable experience.

 

Sean Trauschke has been a director of our general partner since May 2013. From May 1, 2013 to December 11, 2013, he served as Acting Chief Financial Officer of our general partner. Mr. Trauschke has been the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of OGE Energy and OG&E since 2009 and President of OG&E since July 2013. He was Chief Financial Officer of Enogex Holdings from 2010 to 2013 and Chief Financial Officer of Enogex LLC from 2009 to 2013. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Trauschke was the Senior Vice President—Investor Relations and Financial Planning of Duke Energy. We believe Mr. Trauschke’s energy industry and financial experience provides the board of directors with valuable experience in our financial and accounting matters.

 

Peter H. Kind has been a director of our general partner since February 2014. Mr. Kind is executive director of Energy Infrastructure Advocates LLC, an independent financial and strategic advisory firm. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Kind was a Senior Managing Director of Macquarie Capital, an investment banking firm. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. Kind was a Managing Director of Bank of America Securities. We believe Mr. Kind’s more than 30 years of experience providing corporate and investment banking services to the utility and energy industries provides the board of directors with valuable experience in financial and capital markets matters. Mr. Kind, a CPA, also has experience in the audit of large public energy companies.

 

Lynn L. Bourdon, III was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of our general partner effective February 1, 2014. Mr. Bourdon will assume a position on the board of directors of our general partner upon completion of this offering. Mr. Bourdon was Group Senior Vice President, NGL, Natural Gas Marketing, Petrochemical and Marine Services of the general partner of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. from April 2012 until January 2014 and Senior Vice President (Supply & Marketing) from 2004 to April 2012. Mr. Bourdon has also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer with Orion Refining Corporation, as a Partner in En*Vantage, Inc., as Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations for PG&E Gas Transmission and as Vice President, NGL Marketing & Development at its predecessor company, Valero Energy Corporation. Earlier in his career, Mr. Bourdon served 12 years with Dow Chemical Company in the engineering, business and commercial areas. We believe that Mr. Bourdon’s substantial prior experience as an executive officer of companies engaged in energy-related businesses, together with his service as the President and Chief Executive Officer of our general partner, will provide the board with valuable insight.

 

Rodney J. Sailor was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of our general partner effective April 1, 2014. Mr. Sailor previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of WPX Energy, Inc. from December 2011 until March 2014. Prior to that, he served as Vice President and Treasurer of the Williams

 

170


Table of Contents

Companies, Inc. from 2005 to 2011. From 1985 to 2005, Mr. Sailor served in various capacities, including finance, accounting and business development roles for The Williams Companies, Inc. Mr. Sailor was a director of Williams Partners GP LLC, the general partner of Williams Partners L.P., from October 2007 to February 2010. Mr. Sailor served as a director of Apco Oil and Gas International Inc. from September 2006 until March 2014, and as Chief Financial Officer of Apco from December 2012 until March 2014.

 

Stephen E. Merrill was appointed as Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer of our general partner in December 2013. Mr. Merrill has been the Chief Operating Officer of Enogex LLC since 2011. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Merrill was the Vice President–Human Resources of OGE Energy Corp. and OG&E and was the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enogex LLC from 2008 to 2009.

 

E. Keith Mitchell has been the Chief Operating Officer of our general partner since July 2013. From 2011 to August 2013, Mr. Mitchell was President and Chief Operating Officer of Enogex Holdings and President of Enogex LLC. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Mitchell was Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Enogex LLC.

 

R. Poe Reed was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of our general partner in December 2013. From May 2013 to December 2013, Mr. Reed was Senior Vice President—Pipeline Commercial Operations of our general partner. From 2011 to May 2013, he was Senior Vice President—Pipeline Commercial Operations of CenterPoint Energy. From 2005 to 2011, he was Vice President Gas and NGL Marketing for DCP Midstream.

 

Mark C. Schroeder has been the General Counsel of our general partner since July 2013. Mr. Schroeder has worked in CenterPoint Energy’s legal department for 10 years. From 2003 to 2011, Mr. Schroeder was general counsel of CenterPoint Energy’s midstream business unit. He also worked for El Paso Energy.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Scott M. Prochazka currently serves as the chairman of the board of our general partner. Peter B. Delaney will serve as chairman of the board of our general partner effective May 1, 2014. The term of Mr. Delaney will expire on May 1, 2015, at which time CenterPoint Energy will have the right to appoint the next chairman. Under the limited liability company agreement of our general partner, the right to appoint the chairman of the board of our general partner will rotate between OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy every two years. Although the board of directors of our general partner has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of chairman of the board and chief executive officer, we do not expect these positions to be occupied by the same individual due to the rotating chairmanship provision in the general partner’s limited liability company agreement. Members of the board of directors of our general partner are appointed by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy. Accordingly, unlike holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business or governance, subject in all cases to any specific unitholder rights contained in our partnership agreement.

 

Board Role in Risk Oversight

 

Our corporate governance guidelines will provide that the board of directors of our general partner is responsible for reviewing the process for assessing the major risks facing us and the options for their mitigation. This responsibility will be largely satisfied by the audit committee, which is responsible for reviewing and discussing with management and our registered public accounting firm our major risk exposures and the policies management has implemented to monitor such exposures, including our financial risk exposures and risk management policies.

 

171


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Audit Committee

 

Peter H. Kind, Gary L. Whitlock and Sean Trauschke will serve as the initial members of the audit committee. Peter H. Kind will meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. Peter H. Kind meets the Exchange Act definition of an audit committee financial expert.

 

Within 90 days of the date our common units are first traded on the NYSE, our general partner will replace one of the non-independent directors on our audit committee with an independent director, and within twelve months of the date our common units are first traded on the NYSE, our general partner will have an audit committee comprised of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The audit committee will assist the board of directors of our general partner in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate policies and controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting firm, approve all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof and pre-approve any non-audit services to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit committee.

 

Conflicts Committee

 

When formed, at least two independent members of the board of directors of our general partner will serve on our conflicts committee. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of any conflict of interest referred to it by our general partner is in our best interests. There is no requirement that our general partner seek the approval of the conflicts committee for the resolution of any conflict. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of our general partner or directors, officers or employees of its affiliates, may not hold an ownership interest in the general partner or its affiliates other than common units or awards under any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan implemented by the general partner or the partnership, and must meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee in good faith will be deemed to be approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. Any unitholder challenging any matter approved by the conflicts committee will have the burden of proving that the members of the conflicts committee did not believe that the matter was in the best interests of our partnership. Moreover, any acts taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinions of experts such as legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants and investment bankers, where our general partner (or any members of the board of directors of our general partner including any member of the conflicts committee) reasonably believes the advice or opinion to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith.

 

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

 

Our general partner will not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership; however, our general partner will be reimbursed by us for (i) all salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any employee of the general partner that manages our business and (ii) all overhead and general and administrative expenses allocable to us that are incurred by the general partner. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us.

 

172


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

 

The officers or employees of our general partner or of either of our sponsors who also serve as directors of our general partner will not receive additional compensation for their service as a director of our general partner. Directors of our general partner who are not officers or employees of our general partner or of either of our sponsors, or “independent directors,” will receive compensation as described below. In addition, independent directors will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or its committees. Each director will be indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

 

Each of our general partner’s independent directors will receive an annual compensation package, which is initially expected to consist of $70,000 in annual cash compensation and $80,000 in equity-based awards. In addition, independent directors who chair the Audit and Conflicts committees will receive an additional $15,000 in cash compensation.

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Except for our President and Chief Executive Officer, who is employed by us effective February 1, 2014, and our Chief Financial Officer, who will be employed by us effective April 1, 2014, all of our executive officers and other personnel necessary for our business to function are employed and compensated by OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, to whom we reimburse certain costs pursuant to the terms of transitional seconding agreements or transitional services agreements with each. Under the seconding agreements, we are required to reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for certain employment-related costs, including base salary and short and long-term compensation costs and OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s share of costs related to taxes, insurance and other benefit matters. Under the services agreements, we are required to reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for their direct expenses or, where the direct expenses cannot reasonably be determined, an allocated cost as set forth in the agreements. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreements” and “—Employee Agreements.” The officers of our general partner (excluding our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer), as well as the employees of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy who provide services to us, may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, respectively, including plans that may be established in the future.

 

Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bourdon, is employed by us. We expect that Mr. Bourdon will join the board of directors of our general partner upon the completion of this offering. The board of directors of our general partner, excluding Mr. Bourdon, has ultimate decision-making authority with respect to Mr. Bourdon’s compensation. Our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Sailor, will be employed by us, and the board of directors of our general partner, including Mr. Bourdon, will have ultimate decision-making authority with respect to Mr. Sailor’s compensation.

 

For 2013, responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for executive officers of our general partner employed by OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy resided with OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy and their committees, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of the transitional seconding agreements or transitional services agreements. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Employee Agreements” and “—Services Agreements.”

 

In this section, we describe and discuss the principles and policies used in setting the compensation of our Chief Operating Officer (who, as of December 31, 2013, was our principal executive officer), Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer and our General Counsel, whom we collectively refer to as our “named executive officers.” The board of directors of our general partner appointed our President and Chief Executive Officer effective February 1, 2014. We are not providing detailed compensation information with respect to our two former Acting Chief Financial Officers, Mr. Whitlock and Mr. Trauschke, or our General Counsel, Mr. Schroeder, each of whom provided services in 2013 to us pursuant to the services agreements. Amounts allocated to us by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for the services provided by these individuals

 

173


Table of Contents

were based on an allocation of overhead and other costs of the services provided. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Services Agreements.” Effective March 1, 2014, Mr. Schroeder began to provide services to us under our transitional seconding agreement with CenterPoint Energy.

 

On or prior to December 31, 2014, we will provide offers of employment to those seconded employees that we determine to hire, including those we determine to hire as executive officers of our general partner. Until those seconded employees become our employees, we expect that they will be compensated in a manner similar to the compensation of the executive and non-executive officers of OGE Energy, in the case of current employees of OGE Energy, and CenterPoint Energy, in the case of current employees of CenterPoint Energy.

 

The following discussion relating to compensation paid to named executive officers of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy is based on information provided to us by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and does not purport to be a complete discussion and analysis of OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s executive compensation philosophy and practices. OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s compensation policies with respect to their other executive officers are generally consistent with the policies discussed below.

 

OGE Energy’s Compensation Philosophy

 

General

 

OGE Energy’s compensation committee administers its executive compensation program, which is premised on two basic principles. First, overall compensation levels must be sufficiently competitive to attract and retain talented leaders. At the same time, OGE Energy believes that compensation should be set at reasonable and responsible levels, consistent with its continuing focus on controlling costs. Second, the executive compensation program should be substantially performance-based and should align the interests of executives with those of shareholders.

 

Three key components of OGE Energy’s executive compensation program are salary, annual incentive awards under its Annual Incentive Plan and long-term incentive awards under its Stock Incentive Plan. Salaries are a critical element of executive compensation because they provide executives with a base level of monthly income. OGE Energy’s compensation committee’s intent in setting salaries is to pay competitive rates based on an individual’s responsibilities, experience and level of performance. The annual and long-term incentive awards of an executive’s compensation are directly linked to performance. Payouts of these portions of an executive’s compensation are placed at risk and require the accomplishment of specific results that are designed to benefit OGE Energy and its shareholders, both in the long and short term.

 

Base Salary

 

The base salaries for executive officers are designed to be competitive with a predetermined peer group. For Messrs. Mitchell and Merrill, the relevant peer group consisted of the following 16 natural gas midstream companies:

 

Access Midstream Partners, LP

   Genesis Energy, L.P.

Atlas Pipeline Partners, LP

   Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P.

Boardwalk Pipeline Partners LP

   MarkWest Energy Partners LP

Buckeye Partners LP

   NuStar Energy L.P.

Copano Energy, L.L.C.

   ONEOK Partners, L.P.

Crosstex Energy, L.P.

   Regency Energy Partners LP

DCP Midstream Partners, LP

   Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P.

El Paso Pipeline Partners LP

   Targa Resources Partners LP

 

Base salaries of executive officers were determined based primarily on an individual’s annual performance evaluation, using as a guideline the salaries at the median of the range for executives with similar duties in the peer group. The salaries of executive officers for 2013 were determined in November 2012. The 2013 base salary amounts and percentage increase approved by the OGE Energy compensation committee in November 2012

 

174


Table of Contents

were as follows: Mr. Mitchell, $365,706, 6.0 percent increase; and Mr. Merrill, $325,000, 6.0 percent increase. These salaries were below the median of an executive with similar duties in the peer group.

 

Annual Incentive Compensation

 

Annual incentive awards with respect to performance were made under OGE Energy’s Annual Incentive Plan, which provides executive officers with annual incentive awards, the payment of which is dependent entirely on the achievement of OGE Energy’s performance goals that were established by its compensation committee.

 

The amount of the award for each executive officer is expressed as a percentage of salary (the “targeted amount”), with the officer having the ability, depending upon achievement of OGE Energy’s performance goals, to receive from 0 percent to 150 percent of such targeted amount.

 

For 2013, the targeted amount for Mr. Mitchell was 85 percent of his 2013 salary and for Mr. Merrill was 70 percent of his 2013 salary. These targeted amounts expressed as a percentage of salary were within 5 percent of the median of the level of such award granted to a comparable executive in peer group.

 

As noted above, potential payouts of targeted amounts are dependent entirely on achievement of OGE Energy performance goals set by the OGE Energy compensation committee. For Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill, the performance goals for 2013 initially were based 20 percent on an Enogex safety target and 80 percent on a consolidated earnings target for Enogex Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, which automatically converted to being based on the OGE Energy consolidated earnings target when Enogex and its subsidiaries were combined with the midstream natural gas businesses and certain related businesses of CenterPoint Energy to form us.

 

For each performance goal, the OGE Energy compensation committee established a minimum level of performance (below which no payout would be made), a target level of performance (at which a 100 percent payout would be made) and a maximum level of performance (at or above which a 150 percent payout would be made). The following table shows the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance for the performance goals set in 2013, (as adjusted for the 2013 stock split), the actual level of performance, as calculated pursuant to the terms of the awards, and the percentage payout of the targeted amount based on the actual level of performance and as authorized by the OGE Energy compensation committee:

 

    Minimum   Target   Maximum   Actual
Performance
  %
Payout

Consolidated Earnings Target

  $1.68/share   $1.75/share   $1.83/share   $1.96/share   150%

Safety Targets

    Recordable Incident
Rate
    Recordable Incident
Rate
 

Enogex (Combined Enogex & Enogex Energy Resources LLC)

  0.44   0.28   0   0.4   63%

 

Calculations of the OGE Energy consolidated earnings target were derived from the amounts reported in OGE Energy’s 2013 financial statements, with the consolidated earnings target being OGE Energy’s reported consolidated diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) from continuing operations. The safety targets consisted of recordable incident rates, which are derived from the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 standards for reportable injuries. At the time of setting these performance goals, the OGE Energy compensation committee specifically authorized various exceptions to be used in calculating the achievement of these performance goals, including, for example, the exclusion of any increases or decreases in revenues or expenses in excess of $5 million from the enactment after February 15, 2013 of any new Federal or state law, the exclusion of any increases or decreases in revenues or expenses from any change in accounting principles occurring during 2013 and the exclusion of certain net gains or losses in 2013 from the sale, other disposition or impairment of any business. OGE Energy believes that those exceptions, which were set by the OGE Energy compensation committee at the same time the 2013 performance goals were set in February 2013, were appropriate as they represented items that were outside OGE Energy’s control, that were one-time events or that are not indicative of

 

175


Table of Contents

OGE Energy’s operating performance. The percentage of the targeted amount that an executive officer ultimately received based on corporate performance was subject to being decreased, but not increased, at the discretion of the OGE Energy compensation committee. For 2013, based on the level of achievement, the OGE Energy compensation committee approved payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan to Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill representing 113 and 93 percent, respectively, of their earned base salaries and 132 percent of their targeted amounts. Payouts are in cash and the amounts paid are reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

 

Long-term incentive awards also are made under OGE Energy’s Stock Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: stock options, SARs, restricted stock and performance units; however, OGE Energy’s compensation committee has not granted stock options or SARs since 2004 and has no intention to issue stock options or SARs in the foreseeable future. OGE Energy’s compensation committee sets a targeted amount of long-term incentive compensation to be awarded each executive officer, which amount is expressed as a percentage of the individual’s base salary that is approved by OGE Energy’s compensation committee, with the officer having the ability, depending upon achievement of OGE Energy’s performance goals, to receive from 0 to 200 percent of such targeted amount. For 2013, the targeted amount of long-term incentive compensation for Mr. Mitchell was 165 percent of his approved 2013 base salary and for Mr. Merrill was 120 percent of his approved 2013 base salary. These targeted amounts were either at or below the median of the level of such award granted to an executive in the peer group.

 

OGE Energy’s compensation committee makes annual awards of long-term compensation to executive officers solely in the form of performance units with payout of the performance units being dependent on achievement of OGE Energy’s performance goals set by the compensation committee. For the award of performance units in 2013 to Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill, the OGE Energy compensation committee initially made 50 percent of the awarded performance units dependent on the level of achievement of the relative total shareholder return of OGE Energy’s common stock over a three-year period compared to a peer group and payout of the remaining 50 percent of the awarded performance units dependent on the growth in Enogex’s EBITDA over the next three years compared to a growth target set by the OGE Energy compensation committee. The awards were subject to the condition that, upon completion of our formation transaction, the EBITDA performance goal would immediately change to being based on the OGE Energy total shareholder return performance goal and the EPS performance goal.

 

Performance Units Based on Total Shareholder Return Performance Goal. The terms of 75 percent of the performance units granted in 2013 entitle the officer to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted depending upon OGE Energy’s total shareholder return over a three-year period (defined as share price increase (decrease) since December 31, 2012 plus dividends paid, divided by share price at December 31, 2012) measured against the total shareholder return for such period of a peer group selected by the OGE Energy compensation committee. The peer group for measuring OGE Energy’s total shareholder return performance consists of 61 utility holding companies and gas and electric utilities in the Standard & Poor’s 1500 Utilities Sector Index. At the end of the three-year period (i.e., December 31, 2015), the terms of these performance units provide for payout of 100 percent of the performance units initially granted if OGE Energy’s total shareholder return is at the 50th percentile of the peer group, with higher payouts for performance above the 50th percentile up to 200 percent of the performance units granted if OGE Energy’s total shareholder return is at or above the 90th percentile of the peer group. The terms of these performance units provide for payouts of less than 100 percent of the performance units granted if the Company’s total shareholder return is below the 50th percentile of the peer group, with no payout for performance below the 35th percentile.

 

Performance Units Based on EPS Performance Goal. For the remaining 25 percent of performance units, the officer is entitled to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted depending upon the growth in OGE Energy’s EPS over the three-year period ending December 31, 2015. The growth in the EPS for these officers will be measured from $1.79 per share (as adjusted for the 2013 stock split) earned in 2012

 

176


Table of Contents

from continuing operations, against the earnings growth target of 4.5 percent per year set by the OGE Energy compensation committee for such period. At the end of the three-year period (i.e., December 31, 2015), the terms of these performance units provide for payout of 100 percent of the performance units initially granted if the rate of growth of OGE Energy’s EPS during such period is at the earnings growth target, with higher payouts for growth rates in excess of the earnings growth target up to 200 percent for growth rates at or above 7.0 percent per year and for payout of less than 100 percent for growth rates below the earnings growth target, with no payouts for growth rates below 2.5 percent per year. OGE Energy’s earnings growth rate is calculated on a point-to-point basis by dividing by one-third the percentage increase in OGE Energy’s EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the benchmark of $1.79 (as adjusted for the 2013 stock split).

 

Other Benefits

 

OGE Energy also provides a basic benefits package generally to all employees, which includes health, disability and life insurance.

 

CenterPoint Energy’s Compensation Philosophy

 

General

 

CenterPoint Energy tries to provide compensation that is competitive, both in total level and in individual components, with the companies it believes are its peers and other likely competitors for executive talent. By competitive, it means that total compensation and each element of compensation corresponds to a market-determined range. CenterPoint Energy targets the market median (50th percentile) for each major element of compensation because it believes the market median is a generally accepted benchmark of external competitiveness.

 

To help ensure market-based levels of compensation, CenterPoint Energy measures the major elements of compensation annually for a position against available data for similar positions in other companies. The salary level and short term and long term incentive target percentages are based on market data for the officer’s position. Compensation levels can vary compared to the market due to a variety of factors such as experience, scope of responsibilities, tenure and individual performance. CenterPoint Energy also motivates its executives to achieve individual and business performance objectives by varying their compensation in accordance with the success of its businesses. Actual compensation in a given year will vary based on CenterPoint Energy’s performance, and to a lesser extent, on qualitative appraisals of individual performance.

 

Base Salary

 

Base salary is the foundation of total compensation. Base salary recognizes the job being performed and the value of that job in the competitive market. Base salary must be sufficient to attract and retain the executive talent necessary for CenterPoint Energy’s continued success and provides an element of compensation that is not at risk in order to avoid fluctuations in compensation that could distract executives from the performance of their responsibilities. CenterPoint Energy’s intent is that base salary for most senior executives will be positioned near the 50th percentile of base salaries in the peer group and published compensation surveys.

 

Short Term Incentives

 

CenterPoint Energy’s short term incentive plan provides an annual cash award that is designed to link each employee’s annual compensation to the achievement of annual performance objectives for CenterPoint Energy and the individual’s business unit, as well as to recognize the employee’s performance during the year. The target for each employee is expressed as a percentage of base salary earned during the year.

 

CenterPoint Energy’s compensation committee determines short term incentive targets by taking into account the market analysis performed annually by its consultant as described above and recommendations from the chief executive officer for officers other than himself. The achievement of the performance objectives

 

177


Table of Contents

approved by the compensation committee determines the funding of the short term incentive plan for the year. The compensation committee establishes and approves the specific performance objectives based on possible objectives included in the short term incentive plan. Performance objectives are based on company and business unit financial and operational factors determined to be critical to achieving CenterPoint Energy’s desired business plans. Performance objectives are designed to reflect goals and objectives to be accomplished over a 12-month measurement period; therefore, incentive opportunities under the plan are not impacted by compensation amounts earned in prior years.

 

Long Term Incentives

 

CenterPoint Energy provides a long term incentive plan in which each of its executive officers and certain other management-level employees participate. Its long term incentive plan is designed to reward participants for sustained improvements in CenterPoint Energy’s financial performance and increases in the value of its common stock and dividends over an extended period.

 

The compensation committee authorizes grants annually at a regularly scheduled meeting during the first quarter of the year. Grants can be made from a variety of award types authorized under its long term incentive plan. In recent years, CenterPoint Energy has emphasized performance-based shares. CenterPoint Energy has also granted restricted stock unit awards, which it sometimes refers to as “stock awards”, which vest based on continued service over a three-year period and the achievement of a performance goal based on the level of dividends declared over the vesting period. Over a period of years, if CenterPoint Energy achieves expected business performance, it expects that the long term incentive plan should pay out at target levels.

 

Other Benefits

 

CenterPoint Energy also provides a basic benefits package generally to all employees, which includes health, disability and life insurance.

 

2014 Executive Compensation Program

 

For 2014 the board of directors of our general partner has responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions for the executive officers of our general partner who are seconded to us and for incentive compensation decisions for our general counsel, subject to the approval of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable. For 2014, the board of directors of our general partner determined the following with respect to our compensation program:

 

   

approved the compensation arrangements of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of our general partner, which are further described below;

 

   

approved increases in base salary and incentive compensation targets, which are further described below; and

 

   

adopted a long term incentive plan and a short term incentive plan for officers, directors and employees of our general partner, each of which are further described below.

 

Compensation of our Executive Officers

 

CEO and CFO Compensation

 

Mr. Bourdon will receive an annual base salary of $600,000 and signing bonus of $2,000,000. Mr. Sailor will receive an annual base salary of $450,000 and signing bonus of $125,000. Each will also be eligible to participate in the short term incentive plan and long term incentive plan. Under the short term incentive plan, each of Mr. Bourdon’s and Mr. Sailor’s target award level for 2014 will equal 100% of his annual base salary and a payout ranging from 0% to 150% of the target based on the level of achievement of performance goals to be established by the board of directors of our general partner. Under the long term incentive plan, Mr. Bourdon’s and Mr. Sailor’s annual target incentive levels for 2014 will equal 300% and 200%, respectively, of such executive’s annual base salary. The 2014 awards will (i) be in the form of performance-based and time-

 

178


Table of Contents

based awards, with the performance-based awards providing a payout of 0% to 200% of target based on the level of achievement of performance goals established by the board of directors of our general partner and (ii) vest on the third anniversary of the award date.

 

Mr. Bourdon will receive a grant of common units under the long term incentive plan in 2014 equal to $1,800,000 divided by the initial offering price to the public of our common units. Mr. Bourdon’s and Mr. Sailor’s short term incentive plan and long term incentive plan target award levels for future years will be based on peer surveys and goals established by the board of directors of our general partner (Mr. Bourdon will not participate in the establishment of his goals).

 

Mr. Bourdon and Mr. Sailor will also receive an award of common units valued at $3,000,000 and $500,000, respectively, upon the completion of this offering, which will vest on the fourth anniversary of the completion of this offering (the “IPO Unit Grant”). This award will be forfeited in its entirety if: (i) the executive is not employed by the Partnership on the first anniversary of his employment date other than because of a death, disability, change in control or good reason; (ii) we terminate the executive’s employment for cause prior to the vesting date; or (iii) the executive voluntarily terminates his employment other than for retirement or for good reason prior to the vesting date. In the event we terminate the executive’s employment, other than for cause, after the first anniversary of his employment date, a portion of this award will vest upon his termination date based upon the number of months during the four-year vesting period that he is employed by the Partnership, but in no event less than 50% of the IPO Unit Grant amount.

 

In order to compensate each executive for forfeiting compensation from a prior employer, he will be eligible to receive awards of restricted common units based upon the initial public price of our common units in the amount of, for Mr. Bourdon, $3,000,000 on August 1, 2014 and $1,500,000 on each of February 1, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and, for Mr. Sailor, $1,250,000 on March 1, 2015 and $1,500,000 on March 1, 2016 (each, an “Additional Payment Unit Grant”). Such Additional Payment Unit Grant awards will vest subject to the executive’s continuous employment with us through the applicable dates described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) we terminate the executive’s employment without cause, (ii) the executive voluntarily terminates his employment for good reason, or (iii) the executive’s employment terminates due to his death or disability prior to a vesting date of any Additional Payment Unit Grant, any such unvested amount as of the date of his termination will be paid on the applicable vesting date. If we terminate the executive’s employment for cause or if he voluntarily terminates his employment other than for good reason, any remaining portion of the Additional Payment Unit Grant that has not vested will be forfeited.

 

For purposes of this discussion, “good reason” means our failure to maintain the executive in the position he occupied upon his employment with our general partner or its successor entity, a significant adverse change in his authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties, or our failure to perform our obligations with respect to the executive’s compensation arrangement and, for Mr. Bourdon, his involuntary relocation and for Mr. Sailor, his relocation of his principal office by more than 50 miles within two years following a change in control; termination “for cause” means gross negligence in the performance of duties, conviction of a felony, or intentional misconduct that results in substantial injury to the Partnership.

 

Each of Mr. Bourdon and Mr. Sailor will be offered a severance agreement, which will provide a cash payment upon his involuntary termination, and a change in control agreement, which will provide a cash severance of 2.99 times his annual base salary and short term incentive amounts.

 

Mr. Bourdon and Mr. Sailor will also be eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including a medical benefits plan and a 401(k) plan, when they are established. Until they are established, Mr. Bourdon and Mr. Sailor will receive similar benefits from a third-party provider pursuant to an agreement between us and the third party. As a result, each executive will be a co-employee of a third-party provider.

 

Mr. Bourdon’s and Mr. Sailor’s compensation package resulted from negotiations between the respective individuals and the board of directors of our general partner, which reviewed market surveys and other data in connection with the negotiations.

 

179


Table of Contents

Other Executive Compensation

 

In February 2014, the board of directors of our general partner:

 

   

reviewed and approved increases to the base salaries of Messrs. Mitchell, Merrill, Reed and Schroeder as set forth in the table below; and

 

   

reviewed and approved the short term and long term incentive targets (expressed as a percentage of base salary earned during the year) set forth in the table below.

 

Name

  

Base Salary

   Short Term
Incentive Target
    Long Term
Incentive Target
 

E. Keith Mitchell

   $400,000 (increase of 9.3%)      90     195

Stephen E. Merrill

   $350,000 (increase of 7.7%)      70     125

R. Poe Reed

  

$340,000

(increase of 17.6%)

     70     125

Mark C. Schroeder

  

$300,000

(increase of 4.9%)

     50     100

 

Please see “—Long Term Incentive Plan” and “—Short Term Incentive Plan” for a discussion of awards that may be granted under these plans. It is expected that long term incentive awards will be made to our named executive officers in the form of performance units.

 

Our named executive officers will also be eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including a medical benefits plan and a 401(k) plan, when they are established. Until they are established, our named executive officers will receive similar benefits from OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan

 

Our general partner has adopted the Enable Midstream Partners, LP Long Term Incentive Plan for officers, directors and employees of us, our general partner or their affiliates, including any individual who provides services to us or our general partner as seconded employees, and any consultants, affiliates of our general partner or other individuals who perform services for us. We may issue our executive officers long term equity based awards under the plan, which awards will be intended to compensate the officers based on the performance of our common units and their continued employment during the vesting period, as well as align their long term interests with those of our unitholders. We will be responsible for the cost of awards granted under the long term incentive plan.

 

The long term incentive plan will consist of the following components: phantom units, performance units, appreciations rights, restricted units, option rights, cash incentive awards, distribution equivalent rights or other unit-based awards and unit awards. The purpose of awards under the long term incentive plan is to provide additional incentive compensation to employees providing services to us, and to align the economic interests of such employees with the interests of our unitholders. The long term incentive plan will limit the number of units that may be delivered pursuant to vested awards to 13,100,000 common units, subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of unit splits and similar events. Common units cancelled, forfeited, expired or cash settled will be available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The plan will be administered by the board of directors of our general partner or a committee thereof. For purposes hereof, we refer to the administrator of the plan as the committee.

 

The committee may terminate or amend the long term incentive plan at any time with respect to any units for which a grant has not yet been made. The committee also has the right to alter or amend the long term incentive plan or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of units that may be

 

180


Table of Contents

granted subject to the requirements of the exchange upon which the common units are listed at that time. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would be adverse to the participant without the consent of the participant. The plan will expire on the termination of the plan by the committee.

 

Option Rights

 

The long term incentive plan will permit the grant of option rights covering common units. The plan administrator may make grants containing such terms as the plan administrator shall determine. Option rights must have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the common units on the date of the grant. In general, option rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the committee and the term of the unit option will not exceed 10 years.

 

Appreciation Rights

 

The long term incentive plan will permit the grant of unit appreciation rights. An appreciation right is an award that, upon exercise, entitles the participant to receive a percentage, not to exceed 100 percent, of the excess of the fair market value of a common unit on the exercise date over the exercise price established for the unit appreciation right. Such excess will be paid in cash or common units. The plan administrator may make grants of unit appreciation rights in tandem with option rights or free-standing appreciation rights containing such terms as the plan administrator shall determine. Appreciation rights must have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the common units on the date of grant. In general, unit appreciation rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the committee and the term of the appreciation right will not exceed 10 years.

 

Restricted Units

 

A restricted unit is a common unit that vests over a period of time and during that time is subject to forfeiture. The committee may make grants of restricted units containing such terms as it shall determine, including the period over which restricted units will vest. The committee, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial or other performance objectives. Quarterly distributions either may be paid during the vesting period or may be deferred until and paid contingent upon satisfying any applicable vesting conditions, as the committee may determine. The relevant award agreements may require that distributions be deferred and reinvested in additional restricted units subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the restricted unit.

 

Phantom Units

 

A phantom unit entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the discretion of the committee, cash equivalent to the value of a common unit, or a combination thereof. The committee may make grants of phantom units under the plan containing such terms as the committee shall determine, including the period over which phantom units granted will vest. The committee, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial or other performance objectives.

 

Cash Incentive Awards and Performance Units

 

The long term incentive plan will permit the grant of cash incentive awards and performance units. The committee may make grants of cash incentive awards and performance units containing such terms as it shall determine, including the period over which such units will vest and the performance measures that will apply to such award. Cash incentive awards and performance units may be paid in cash, units, restricted units or any combination thereof.

 

Distribution Equivalent Rights

 

The long term incentive plan will permit the grant of distribution equivalent rights, or DERs, with respect to phantom unit awards or performance unit awards under the long term incentive plan. DERs entitle the participant

 

181


Table of Contents

to receive cash equal to the amount of any cash distributions made by us with respect to a common unit during the period the right is outstanding. Payment of a DER on phantom units either may be paid during the vesting period or may be deferred and paid subject to the same vesting terms as the award to which it relates.

 

Other Awards

 

The long term incentive plan will permit the grant of other unit-based awards, which are awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on common units or factors that may influence the value of such units, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities. Upon vesting, the award may be paid in common units, cash or a combination thereof, as provided in the grant agreement.

 

Change in Control; Termination of Service

 

If the committee so provides in the award agreement, certain awards under the long term incentive plan may vest and/or become exercisable, as applicable, upon a “change of control” (as defined in the long term incentive plan). The consequences of the termination of a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement or membership on the board of directors will be determined by the committee in the terms of the relevant award agreement.

 

Source of Units

 

Common units to be delivered pursuant to awards under the long term incentive plan may be common units acquired by our general partner in the open market, from any other person, directly from us or any combination of the foregoing. If we issue new common units upon the grant, vesting or payment of awards under the long term incentive plan, the total number of common units outstanding will increase.

 

Short Term Incentive Plan

 

Our general partner has adopted the Enable Midstream Partners, LP Short Term Incentive Plan for officers, directors and employees of our general partner or its affiliates, including any individual who provides services to us or our general partner as seconded employees. The purpose of the short term incentive plan is to encourage a high level of performance through the establishment of predetermined entity, business unit and/or individual goals, the attainment of which will require a high degree of competence and diligence on the part of those employees selected to participate, and which will be beneficial to us and our unitholders. We will be responsible for the cost of awards granted under the short term incentive plan to be adopted by us. The following description reflects the terms that are currently expected to be included in the short term incentive plan.

 

The short term incentive plan will be administered by the board of directors of our general partner or a committee thereof. For purposes hereof, we refer to the administrator of the plan as the committee. The board of directors of our general partner may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the short term incentive plan for the purpose of meeting or addressing any changes in legal requirements or for any other purpose permitted by law, except that no amendment or alteration that would adversely affect the rights of any participant under any award previously granted to such participant may be made without the consent of such participant.

 

The committee will select the employees who will be participants for each plan year and will determine the terms and conditions of awards for such participants. All or part of an award may be subject to conditions established by the committee, which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service, achievement of specific individual and/or business objectives, increases in specified indices, attainment of specified growth rates and other measurements of performance or safety.

 

The committee has sole and absolute authority and discretion to determine whether an award shall be paid. Payment will be made in cash no later than March 15 of the year following the plan year and may be subject to any restrictions the committee may determine.

 

182


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Tables

 

The following tables provide information regarding the portion of compensation allocated to us for our Chief Operating Officer and Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer for the period ended December 31, 2013. Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill devoted substantially all of their time to us following our formation on May 1, 2013.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and
Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)(1)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(3)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
    Total
($)
 
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

E.K. Mitchell,

    2013      $ 243,804      $     —      $ 353,900      $     —      $ 274,584      $      $ 9,722      $ 882,010   

Chief Operating Officer of Enable GP, LLC(5)

                 

S.E. Merrill,

    2013      $ 216,667      $      $ 228,695      $      $ 200,959      $ 3,418      $ 15,190      $ 664,929   

Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer of Enable GP, LLC (6)

                 

 

  (1) Amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value amount of OGE Energy equity-based performance units granted in 2013. The grant date fair value amount is based on a probable value of these awards, or target value, of 100 percent payout. All performance units are subject to a three-year performance period. The terms of (i) 75 percent of the performance units entitle such officer to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted depending upon OGE Energy’s total shareholder return over a three-year period measured against the total shareholder return for such period by a peer group selected by the OGE Energy compensation committee and (ii) 25 percent of the performance units entitle such officer to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted based on the growth in OGE Energy’s EPS measured against an earnings growth target set by the OGE Energy compensation committee for such period. The assumptions used in the valuation are discussed in Note 7 to the OGE Energy Consolidated Financial Statements included in OGE Energy’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. Assuming achievement of the performance goals at the maximum level, the grant date fair value of the performance units granted in 2013 and included in this column would be $707,800 for Mr. Mitchell and $457,390 for Mr. Merrill.
  (2) Amounts in this column reflect payments under the OGE Energy Annual Incentive Plan.
  (3) Amounts in this column reflect the actuarial increase in the present value of the officer’s benefits under all pension plans established by OGE Energy determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in Note 13 to OGE Energy’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in OGE Energy’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, and includes amounts which the officer may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested.
  (4) Amounts in this column for 2013 reflect: (i) for Mr. Mitchell, $8,177 (401(k) Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan) and $1,245 (insurance premiums); and (ii) for Mr. Merrill, $14,055 (401(k) Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan) and $1,135 (insurance premiums). A significant portion of the insurance premiums reported for each of these individuals is for life insurance policies and such premiums are recovered by OGE Energy (and allocated to us) from the proceeds of the policies. Amounts shown as 401(k) Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan represent OGE Energy contributions allocated to us for the individual under those plans. Amounts in this column exclude the value of any perquisites as the amounts were less than $10,000 in 2013.
  (5) Mr. Mitchell was named Chief Operating Officer of Enable GP, LLC in July 2013. He also has served as President of Enogex Holdings LLC and Enogex LLC (now known as Enable Oklahoma Intrastate Transmission LLC) since September 2011.
  (6) Mr. Merrill was named Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer of Enable GP, LLC in December 2013. He also has served as the Chief Operating Officer of Enogex LLC (now known as Enable Oklahoma Intrastate Transmission LLC) since December 5, 2011.
 

 

183


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2013

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)(1)
 
          Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
                         
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)     (k)     (l)  

E.K. Mitchell

    2/26/13        0      $ 207,233      $ 310,850              N/A        N/A        N/A     
    2/26/13              0        13,560        27,120            $ 353,900   

S.E. Merrill

    2/26/13        0      $ 151,667      $ 227,500              N/A        N/A        N/A     
    2/26/13              0        8,763        17,525            $ 228,695   

 

  (1) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value based on a probable value of these awards, or target value, of 100 percent payout.

 

Amounts in columns (c), (d) and (e) of the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2013 above represent the minimum, target and maximum amounts that would be payable pursuant to the 2013 annual incentive awards made under the OGE Energy Annual Incentive Plan. The amount that each executive officer received was dependent upon performance against a consolidated earnings target and an Enogex safety target. For each performance measure, the OGE Energy compensation committee established a minimum level of performance (below which no payout would be made), a target level of performance (at which a 100 percent payout would be made) and a maximum level of performance (at or above which a 150 percent payout would be made). The percentage of the targeted amount that an executive officer ultimately received based on corporate performance was subject to being decreased, but not increased, at the discretion of the OGE Energy compensation committee. For 2013, payouts of these annual incentive awards were made in cash and are reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Amounts in columns (f), (g) and (h) above represent awards of performance units under OGE Energy’s Stock Incentive Plan. All payouts of such performance units will be made in shares of OGE Energy common stock. The terms of 75 percent of the performance units granted in 2013 entitle the officer to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted depending upon OGE Energy’s total shareholder return over a three-year period (defined as share price increase (decrease) since December 31, 2012 plus dividends paid, divided by share price at December 31, 2012) measured against the total shareholder return for such period of a peer group consisting of 61 utility holding companies and gas and electric utilities in the Standard & Poor’s 1500 Utilities Sector Index. At the end of the three-year period (i.e., December 31, 2015), the terms of these performance units provide for payout of 100 percent of the performance units initially granted if OGE Energy’s total shareholder return is at the 50th percentile of the peer group, with higher payouts for performance above the 50th percentile up to 200 percent of the performance units granted if OGE Energy’s total shareholder return is at or above the 90th percentile of the peer group. The terms of these performance units provide for payouts of less than 100 percent of the performance units granted if OGE Energy’s total shareholder return is below the 50th percentile of the peer group, with no payout for performance below the 35th percentile.

 

For the remaining 25 percent of performance units granted in 2013, such officer is entitled to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted depending upon the growth in OGE Energy’s earnings per share (“EPS”) over the three-year period ending December 31, 2015. The growth in the EPS for these officers will be measured from $1.79 per share (as adjusted for the 2013 stock split) earned in 2012 from continuing operations, against an earnings growth target (4.5 percent per year) set by the OGE Energy compensation committee for such period. At the end of the three-year period (i.e., December 31, 2015), the terms of these performance units provide for payout of 100 percent of the performance units initially granted if the rate of growth of OGE Energy’s EPS during such period is at the earnings growth target, with higher payouts for growth

 

184


Table of Contents

rates in excess of the earnings growth target up to 200 percent for growth rates at or above 7.0 percent per year and for payout of less than 100 percent for growth rates below the earnings growth target, with no payouts for growth rates below 2.5 percent per year. OGE Energy’s earnings growth rate is calculated on a point-to-point basis by dividing by one-third the percentage increase in OGE Energy’s EPS for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the benchmark of $1.79 (as adjusted for the 2013 stock split).

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-End Table

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#)(1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)(2)
 
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

E.K. Mitchell

                         N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        36,160         (3   $ 1,225,824   
                  19,764         (4   $ 670,015   

S.E. Merrill

                         N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        23,367         (3   $ 792,141   
                  13,009         (4   $ 441,001   

 

  (1) The number of units is based on achieving maximum performance resulting in payout of 200 percent of target. Each performance unit will be payable, if earned, in one share of OGE Energy common stock.
  (2) Values were calculated based on a $33.90 closing price of OGE Energy’s common stock, as reported on the NYSE at December 31, 2013.
  (3) These amounts represent the portion of the performance units allocated to us for the performance period January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015.
  (4) These amounts represent the portion of the performance units allocated to us for the performance period January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014.

 

2013 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares Acquired on
Exercise (#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
     Number of
Shares Acquired on
Vesting (#)(1)
     Value Realized
on Vesting (1)($)
 
(a)    (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

E. K. Mitchell

           $         —         5,252       $ 178,038   

S.E. Merrill

           $         3,658       $ 123,994   

 

  (1) Reflects value of payout of OGE Energy performance units awarded in January 2011, 75 percent of whose payout was dependent on the achievement of a performance goal based on OGE Energy total shareholder return for the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and 25 percent was dependent on the achievement of a performance goal based on annual growth in OGE Energy EPS over the same period. Awards were all paid out in shares of OGE Energy common stock.

 

185


Table of Contents

2013 Pension Benefits Table

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of Years
Credited Service (#)(1)
     Present
Value of Accumulated
Benefit ($)(2)
     Payments
During Last Fiscal Year ($)
 
(a)    (b)    (c)      (d)      (e)  

E.K. Mitchell

   Qualified Plan      19.08       $ 691,969       $     —   
   Restoration Plan      19.08       $ 656,613       $   

S.E. Merrill

   Qualified Plan      6.33       $ 82,657       $   
   Restoration Plan      6.33       $ 35,530       $   

 

  (1) Generally, a participant’s years of credited service are based on his or her years of employment with OGE Energy.
  (2) Amounts in this column reflect the present value of the officer’s benefits under all pension plans established by OGE Energy determined using interest rate and mortality rate assumptions consistent with those used in Note 13 to OGE Energy’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in OGE Energy’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, and includes amounts which the officer may not currently be entitled to receive because such amounts are not vested. Amounts in this column represent the officer’s aggregate present value of accumulated benefit, not just the portion allocated to us.

 

Retirement benefits under the OGE Energy pension plan are payable to participants upon normal retirement (at or after age 65) or early retirement (at or after attaining age 55 and completing five or more years of service), to former employees of OGE Energy after reaching retirement age (or, if elected, following termination) who have completed three or more years of service before terminating their employment and to participants after reaching retirement age (or, if elected, following termination) upon total and permanent disability. The benefits payable under the OGE Energy pension plan are subject to maximum limitations under the Code. Should benefits for a participant exceed the permissible limits of the Code or should the participant defer compensation to OGE Energy’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan discussed below, the OGE Energy restoration of retirement income plan will provide benefits through a lump-sum distribution following retirement as provided in such restoration of retirement income plan, which benefits shall be actuarially equivalent to the amounts that would have been, but cannot be, payable to such participant annually under the OGE Energy pension plan because of the Code limits or deferrals to the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

 

2013 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(1)
     Aggregate Earnings
(Loss)
in Last FY (2) ($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance
at Last FYE
($)(2)
 
(a)    (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)      (f)  

E.K. Mitchell

   $ 40,124       $ 6,217       $ 87,479       $     —       $ 703,673   

S.E. Merrill

   $ 7,073       $ 5,240       $ 22,628       $       $ 140,743   

 

  (1) All executive and registrant contributions in the last fiscal year are reported as compensation to such executive officer in the Summary Compensation Table. The specific aggregate amount reported for E.K. Mitchell is $46,341 and for S.E. Merrill is $12,313.
  (2) Represents aggregate amount, not just the portion allocated to us.

 

OGE Energy provides a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which is intended to be an unfunded plan. The plan’s primary purpose is to provide a tax-deferred capital accumulation vehicle for a select group of management, highly compensated employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors of OGE Energy and to supplement such employees’ 401(k) Plan contributions as well as offering this plan to be

 

186


Table of Contents

competitive in the marketplace. Eligible employees who enroll in the plan have the following deferral options: (i) eligible employees may elect to defer up to a maximum of 70 percent of base salary and 100 percent of annual bonus awards or (ii) eligible employees may elect a deferral percentage of base salary and bonus awards based on the deferral percentage elected for a year under the 401(k) Plan with such deferrals to start when maximum deferrals to the qualified 401(k) Plan have been made because of limitations in that plan. Eligible directors who enroll in the plan may elect to defer up to a maximum of 100 percent of directors’ meeting fees and annual retainers.

 

OGE Energy matches employee (but not non-employee director) deferrals to make up for any match lost in the 401(k) Plan because of deferrals to the deferred compensation plan, and to allow for a match that would have been made under the 401(k) Plan on that portion of either the first six percent of total compensation or the first five percent of total compensation, depending on the option the participant elected under the choice provided to eligible employees in the qualified 401(k) Plan discussed above, deferred that exceeds the limits allowed in the 401(k) Plan. Matching credits vest based on years of service, with full vesting after three years or, if earlier, on retirement, disability, death, a change in control of OGE Energy or termination of the plan.

 

Deferrals, plus any match by OGE Energy, are credited to a recordkeeping account in the participant’s name. Earnings on the deferrals are indexed to the assumed investment funds selected by the participant.

 

Normally, payments under the deferred compensation plan begin within one year after retirement. For these purposes, normal retirement age is 65 and the minimum age to qualify for early retirement is age 55 with at least five years of service. Benefits will be paid, at the election of the participant, either in a lump sum or a stream of annual payments for up to 15 years, or a combination thereof. Participants whose employment terminates before they qualify for retirement will receive their vested account balance in one lump sum following termination as provided in the plan. Participants also will be entitled to pre- and post-retirement survivor benefits. If the participant dies while in employment before retirement, his or her beneficiary will receive a payment of the account balance plus a supplemental survivor benefit equal to two times the total amount of base salary and bonuses deferred under the plan. If the participant dies following retirement, his or her beneficiary will continue to receive the remaining vested account balance. Additionally, eligible surviving spouses will be entitled to a lifetime survivor annuity payable annually. The amount of the annuity is based on 50 percent of the participant’s account balance at retirement, the spouse’s age and actuarial assumptions established by OGE Energy’s Benefits Committee.

 

At any time prior to retirement, a participant may withdraw all or part of amounts attributable to his or her vested account balance under the deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2004, subject to a penalty of 10 percent of the amount withdrawn. In addition, at the time of the initial deferral election, a participant may elect to receive one or more in-service distributions on specified dates without penalty. Hardship withdrawals, without penalty, of amounts attributable to a participant’s vested account balance as of December 31, 2004 may also be permitted at the discretion of OGE Energy’s Benefits Committee.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

 

OGE Energy has entered into change of control agreements with Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill that will become effective upon a change of control of OGE Energy (as defined in such agreements) only if Mr. Mitchell or Mr. Merrill is then employed by OGE Energy or one of its affiliates (not including us). The change of control agreements are considered to be double trigger agreements because payment will only be made following a change of control and termination of employment.

 

Under the agreements, the officer is to remain an employee for a three-year period following a change of control of OGE Energy. During this three-year period following a change of control, the officer is entitled to (i) an annual base salary in an amount at least equal to his base salary prior to the change of control, (ii) an annual bonus in an amount at least equal to his highest bonus in the three years prior to the change of control and

 

187


Table of Contents

(iii) continued participation in the incentive, savings, retirement and welfare benefit plans. The officer also is entitled to payment of expenses and provision of fringe benefits to the extent paid or provided to (i) such officer prior to the change of control or (ii) if more favorable, other peer executives of OGE Energy.

 

If an executive officer’s employment is terminated by OGE Energy “without cause” following a change of control, the executive officer is entitled to the following payments: (i) all accrued and unpaid compensation and a prorated annual bonus and (ii) a severance payment equal to 2.99 times the sum of such officer’s (a) annual base salary and (b) highest recent annual bonus. The officer is entitled to receive such amounts in a lump-sum payment within 30 days of termination, although if the officer is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), payment of the prorated bonus and severance payment will be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the officer’s termination (or earlier death). The officer also is entitled to continued welfare benefits for three years and outplacement services. If these payments and benefits, when taken together with any other payments to the officer, would result in the imposition of the excise tax on excess parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, then the severance benefits will be reduced to the extent where no excise tax would be payable if such reduction results in a greater after-tax payment to the officer.

 

Assuming that a change of control had occurred, that Messrs. Mitchell and Merrill were terminated on December 31, 2013 and that the price of OGE Energy’s Common Stock was $33.90 (the closing price on December 31, 2013), then Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill would have been entitled to a lump sum severance payment of $2,427,509 and $1,947,800, respectively. For these purposes, it is assumed that the payments would not result in the imposition of the excise tax on excess parachute payments, which if triggered, could result in a reduction of the foregoing amounts. Messrs. Mitchell and Merrill would also be entitled to outplacement services, valued at $50,000 each, and continued welfare benefits for three years at a value of $34,000 each. For these purposes we have assumed that health care costs will increase at the rate of six percent per year. They also would be entitled to the retirement benefits they would otherwise be entitled to receive as set forth in the 2013 Pension Benefits Table. Finally, matching credits under the nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan would vest and they would be entitled to the benefits set forth in the 2013 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table.

 

In addition, pursuant to the terms of OGE Energy’s incentive compensation plans, upon a change of control of OGE Energy, all performance units will vest and be paid out immediately in cash as if the applicable performance goals had been satisfied at target levels; and any annual incentive award outstanding for the year in which the participant’s termination occurs for any reason, other than cause, within 24 months after the change of control will be paid in cash at target level on a prorated basis. Assuming that a change of control occurred on December 31, 2013 and that the price of the Company’s Common Stock (and the change of control price) was $33.90 (the closing price on December 31, 2013), then Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill would have been entitled to a lump sum payment for performance unit awards of $1,292,539 and $842,483, respectively. In addition, they would have received the same payout of the earned annual incentive compensation for 2013 that is set forth in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table and the same payout of long-term compensation for the performance units whose three-year performance period ended December 31, 2013 as reflected in the Stock Awards—Value Realized on Vesting column in the 2013 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table. The reason for the same payouts is that the individual would have been employed throughout the entire performance period for the awards.

 

Retention and Severance Agreements

 

In November 2013, an affiliate of OGE Energy entered into a retention agreement with Mr. Mitchell. Pursuant to the terms of the retention agreement, Mr. Mitchell will be entitled to receive a retention benefit of $500,000 if he (A) is continuously employed by OGE Holdings, us, our general partner or an affiliate of us or our general partner (a Successor Employer) as of January 2, 2016, (B) is terminated by OGE Holdings or a Successor Employer without cause (as defined therein) prior to January 2, 2016 or (C) ceases to be employed by OGE Holdings or a Successor Employer prior to January 2, 2016 due to his death or disability (as defined therein) (in each case, the Vesting Date). If Mr. Mitchell’s employment is terminated prior to the Vesting Date (i) by OGE

 

188


Table of Contents

Holdings or a Successor Employer for cause or (ii) by Mr. Mitchell other than due to death or disability, then Mr. Mitchell will not be entitled to receive the retention benefit. The retention benefit is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other accrued or vested or earned compensation, rights, options or benefits payable under any retirement plan, bonus, savings or other compensation plan, stock incentive plan, life insurance plan, health plan, or disability plan or any amounts otherwise payable to Mr. Mitchell under the severance plan discussed below.

 

Our sponsors have adopted severance plans for certain of their officers, including Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill, whose employment has been seconded to us or our general partner. Under the terms of the plans, if a participant’s employment with the applicable sponsor and its affiliates, including us and our general partner, is terminated for reasons other than death, disability (as defined therein) or cause (as defined therein) prior to December 31, 2014, such participant is entitled, subject to limited exceptions, to severance benefits.

 

If the terminated participant has not received an offer from the applicable sponsor or any affiliate of comparable employment (as defined therein) or comparable employment with relocation (as defined therein) as of his or her termination date such participant will be entitled to a lump-sum cash severance benefit in an amount equal to (i) 52 weeks of the participant’s weekly compensation plus (ii) such participant’s target award under such sponsor’s short-term incentive plan.

 

A terminated participant who receives and declines an offer of comparable employment from the applicable sponsor or an affiliate of the applicable sponsor as of his or her termination date will not receive any benefits under the severance plan. If the terminated participant has received and declined an offer from the applicable sponsor or any affiliate of comparable employment with relocation as of his or her termination date such participant shall be entitled to a lump sum cash severance benefit in an amount equal to (i) two (2) weeks of the participant’s weekly compensation multiplied by the number of full years of service credited to the participant as of his or her termination date, provided that such cash severance benefit shall not be less than 12 weeks of the participant’s weekly compensation nor more than 36 weeks of the participant’s weekly compensation and (ii) such participant’s target award under the applicable sponsor’s short term incentive plans, if any, based upon the participant’s actual eligible earnings through the participant’s termination date.

 

The participant also is entitled to continued medical, dental and vision benefits (provided that such participant is eligible for and timely elects continuation of coverage in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) for the applicable period required by COBRA). A participant who has not received an offer from the applicable sponsor or any affiliate of comparable employment or comparable employment with relocation as of his or her termination date will be entitled to receive outplacement services, not to exceed a maximum of nine months, provided the participant initiates such services within 60 days of his or her termination date.

 

Lump-sum cash severance payments under the plan will be made within 60 days of the date of termination, provided the participant has timely returned an executed waiver and release. Assuming that Messrs. Mitchell and Merrill were terminated on December 31, 2013 and did not receive an offer from OGE Energy or any affiliate of comparable employment or comparable employment with relocation, then Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill would have been entitle to lump sum severance payments under the severance plan of $710,850 and $577,500, respectively. Assuming that Messrs. Mitchell and Merrill were terminated on December 31, 2013 and received an offer from OGE Energy or any affiliate of comparable employment with relocation which they declined, then Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Merrill would have been entitle to lump sum severance payments under the severance plan of $587,773 and $308,269, respectively.

 

189


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING UNITHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units that will be owned upon the consummation of this offering by:

 

   

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the units;

 

   

all of the directors and director nominees of our general partner;

 

   

each executive officer of our general partner;

 

   

all directors, director nominees and executive officers of our general partner as a group; and

 

   

the selling unitholder (ArcLight).

 

The amounts and percentage of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

Percentage of common units, subordinated units and total units to be beneficially owned after this offering is based on                  common units and                  subordinated units outstanding.

 

ArcLight has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional common units and will sell such common units only to the extent such option is exercised. ArcLight may be deemed under federal securities laws to be an underwriter with respect to the common units it may sell in connection with this offering.

 

190


Table of Contents
    Common Units
Beneficially Owned
Before Offering
  Number of
Common Units
Offered if the
Underwriters’
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Common Units
is Exercised in
Full
  Subordinated Units
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
  Common Units and
Subordinated Units
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
(Assuming No
Exercise of the
Underwriters’
Option to Purchase
Additional
Common Units)(1)
  Common Units and
Subordinated Units
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
(Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option to Purchase
Additional Common
Units is
Exercised in Full)(1)

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage

OGE Energy Corp.(2)

321 North Harvey
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73101

                 

CenterPoint Energy, Inc.(3)

1111 Louisiana

Houston, Texas 77002

                 

ArcLight Capital Partners, LLC(4)

200 Clarendon Street, 55th Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02117

                 

Scott M. Prochazka

                 

Gary L. Whitlock

                 

Peter B. Delaney

                 

Sean Trauschke

                 

Peter H. Kind

                 

Lynn L. Bourdon, III

                 

Rodney J. Sailor

                 

Stephen E. Merrill

                 

E. Keith Mitchell

                 

R. Poe Reed

                 

Mark C. Schroeder

                 

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

                 

 

  *   Less than 1%.
  (1)   Does not include common units that may be purchased in the directed unit program or phantom units that may be granted under our long-term incentive plan.
  (2)   OGE Energy Corp. owns all of the outstanding membership interests in OGE Enogex Holdings LLC, which is the record holder of the common units and subordinated units. OGE Energy Corp. is the beneficial owner of all common and subordinated units held by OGE Enogex Holdings LLC.
  (3)   CenterPoint Energy, Inc. indirectly owns all of the outstanding equity interests in CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., which is the record holder of the common units and subordinated units. CenterPoint Energy, Inc. is the beneficial owner of all common and subordinated units held by CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp.
  (4)   ArcLight owns all of the outstanding membership interests in Enogex Holdings LLC and Bronco Midstream Infrastructure, LLC, which are the record holders of the common units. ArcLight Capital Partners, LLC is the investment adviser of ArcLight and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all common held by Enogex Holdings LLC.

 

191


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

After this offering, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy collectively will own our general partner and          common units and          subordinated units representing an aggregate         % limited partner interest in us. ArcLight also will own          common units representing a         % limited partner interest in us (or a         % limited partner interest if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is exercised in full). In addition, our general partner will own a non-economic general partner interest in us and the incentive distribution rights.

 

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates

 

The following information summarizes the distributions and payments made or to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, may not equal the distributions and payments that would result from arm’s-length negotiations.

 

Formation Stage

 

The aggregate consideration received by our general partner and its affiliates for the contribution of certain assets and liabilities to us:

 

   

338,491,630 common units after giving effect to the reverse unit split;

 

   

a non-economic general partner interest;

 

   

all of the incentive distribution rights; and

 

   

repayment of $1.05 billion of intercompany indebtedness owed by us to CenterPoint Energy with the proceeds of our term loan facility.

 

In connection with this offering,                      of CenterPoint Energy’s common units and                      of OGE Energy’s common units will be converted into subordinated units.

 

Operational Stage

 

Distributions of Available Cash to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates. We will generally make cash distributions to unitholders pro rata, including affiliates of our general partner as holders of an aggregate of             common units and all of the subordinated units. In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, our general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 50.0% of the distributions above the highest target level.

 

Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates. Pursuant to the services agreements, we will reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and their respective affiliates for the payment of certain operating expenses and for the provision of various general and administrative services for our benefit. Please see “—Services Agreements.”

 

Our general partner and its affiliates will be entitled to reimbursement for any other expenses they incur on our behalf and any other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to us or reasonably incurred by our general partner and its affiliates in connection with operating our business to the extent not otherwise covered by the services agreements. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine any such expenses that are allocable to us in good faith.

 

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner. If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its incentive distribution rights will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”

 

192


Table of Contents

Liquidation Stage

 

Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions according to their particular capital account balances.

 

Agreements Governing the Offering Transactions

 

We have entered into various documents and agreements with our sponsors and ArcLight related to our formation. Some of these agreements are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, are not and may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Because some of these agreements relate to formation transactions that, by their nature, would not occur in a third-party situation, it is not possible to determine what the differences would be in the terms of these transactions when compared to the terms of transactions with an unaffiliated third party. We believe the terms of these agreements to be comparable to the terms of agreements used in similarly structured transactions.

 

Master Formation Agreement

 

Pursuant to a master formation agreement among (i) ArcLight, (ii) CenterPoint Energy and (iii) OGE Energy:

 

   

CEFS was converted into a Delaware limited partnership that became Enable Midstream Partners, LP;

 

   

CenterPoint Energy indirectly contributed to CEFS, CenterPoint Energy’s equity interests in each of CenterPoint Energy Gas Transmission Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CenterPoint Energy—Mississippi River Transmission, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, certain of its other midstream subsidiaries and a 24.95% interests in SESH; and

 

   

OGE Energy and ArcLight indirectly contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex to Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

As consideration for these assets and agreements, we issued 110,982,805 common units (28.456% of our limited partner interests) to an affiliate of OGE Energy, 227,508,825 common units (58.333% of our limited partner interests) to an affiliate of CenterPoint Energy and 51,527,730 common units (13.212% of our limited partner interests) to ArcLight after giving effect to the reverse unit split. In connection with this offering,                  of CenterPoint Energy’s common units and                  of OGE Energy’s common units will be converted into subordinated units. We also issued incentive distribution rights to Enable GP, and 40% of such incentive distribution rights were allocated to CenterPoint Energy and 60% of such incentive distribution rights were allocated to OGE Energy. CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy were each allocated 50% of Enable GP’s management units.

 

Acquisition of Remaining CenterPoint Energy Interest in SESH

 

CenterPoint Energy owns a 25.05% interest in SESH. The remaining 24.95% and 50.0% ownership interests are held by us and affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp, respectively. Under the master formation agreement, CenterPoint Energy has certain put rights, and we have certain call rights, exercisable with respect to the aggregate 25.05% interest in SESH retained by CenterPoint Energy. Specifically, the rights are exercisable with respect to a 24.95% interest in SESH (which may be exercised no earlier than May 2014) and a 0.1% interest in SESH (which may be exercised no earlier than May 2015). Under the put and call rights, CenterPoint Energy would contribute to us its interest in SESH at a price equal to the fair market value of the interest at the time the put right or call right is exercised. If CenterPoint Energy were to exercise its put rights or we were to exercise our call rights, CenterPoint Energy would contribute to us its 24.95% interest in SESH in exchange for                  common units and its 0.1% interest in SESH in exchange for                  common units. At the time of the entrance into the master formation agreement, the value of the 24.95% interest and 0.1% interest in SESH was determined to be $161.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Subject to certain restrictions, if the fair market

 

193


Table of Contents

value of the contributed SESH interest is more or less than the value contemplated in the master formation agreement, a cash payment may be required to be made by either us or CenterPoint Energy in order to ensure that the value of the total consideration paid by us equals the fair market value of the contributed SESH interest. Specifically, if the fair market value of the contributed SESH interest is greater than $161.7 million or $0.6 million, as applicable, we will pay to CenterPoint Energy an amount of cash equal to the difference, provided that the amount of cash paid by us will not exceed an amount that would result in a reduction in the amount of our distributable cash per unit on a pro forma basis for the acquisition of the contributed SESH interest. Conversely, if the fair market value of the contributed SESH interest is less than $161.7 million or $0.6 million, as applicable, CenterPoint Energy will pay to us an amount of cash equal to the difference, provided that the amount of cash paid by CenterPoint Energy will not exceed an amount that would result in an increase in the amount of our distributable cash per unit on a pro forma basis for the acquisition of the contributed SESH interest.

 

Our rights in connection with the interest in SESH retained by CenterPoint Energy, including with respect to the determination of fair market value of the SESH interest, will be exercised by the directors of our general partner appointed by OGE Energy. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Under certain circumstances, affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp will have the right to purchase an ownership interest in SESH at fair market value.”

 

Services Agreements

 

We have entered into services agreements with each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy pursuant to which they perform certain administrative services for us that are generally consistent with the level and type of services they provided to each of their respective businesses prior to our formation. These services include accounting, finance, legal, risk management, information technology and human resources. We are required to reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for their direct expenses or, where the direct expenses cannot reasonably be determined, an allocated cost as set forth in the agreements. Unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of our general partner, our reimbursement obligations are capped at amounts set forth in our annual budget. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we reimbursed $28 million and $38 million to OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, respectively, pursuant to the services agreements. The initial term of the services agreements ends in May 2016, after which date they continue on a year-to-year basis unless terminated by us upon 90 days’ notice. We may terminate each services agreement, or the provision of any services thereunder, upon approval by the board of directors of our general partner and 180 days’ notice to OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable.

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

We have entered into an omnibus agreement with OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight that addresses competition and indemnification matters.

 

Competition

 

Subject to the exceptions described below, each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy is required to hold or otherwise conduct all of its respective midstream operations located within the United States through us. This requirement will cease to apply to both OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy as soon as either OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy ceases to hold any interest in our general partner or at least 20% of our common units. “Midstream operations” generally means, subject to certain exceptions, the gathering, compression, treatment, processing, blending, transportation, storage, isomerization and fractionation of crude oil and natural gas, its associated production water and enhanced recovery materials such as carbon dioxide, and its respective constituents and the following products: methane, NGLs (Y-grade, ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline), condensate, and refined products and distillates (gasoline, refined product blendstocks, olefins, naphtha, aviation fuels, diesel, heating oil, kerosene, jet fuels, fuel oil, residual fuel oil, heavy oil, bunker fuel, cokes, and asphalts), to the extent such activities are located within the United States.

 

194


Table of Contents

If OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy intends to cease using the assets of such restricted business within 12 months of the acquisition of such business, then the restrictions discussed immediately above do not apply; provided, however, that OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable, must notify us following completion of such acquisition.

 

In addition, if OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy acquires any assets or equity of any person engaged in midstream operations with such midstream operations having a value in excess of $50 million (or $100 million in the aggregate with such party’s other acquired midstream operations that have not been offered to us), the acquiring party will be required to offer to us the opportunity to acquire such assets or equity for such value; however, the acquiring party will not be obligated to offer any such assets or equity to us if the acquiring party intends to cease using them in midstream operations within 12 months of their acquisition. If we do not exercise this option then the acquiring party will be free to retain and operate such midstream operations; however, if the fair market value of such midstream operations is greater than 66 2/3% of the fair market value of all of the assets being acquired in such transaction, then the acquiring party must use commercially reasonable efforts to dispose of such midstream operations within 24 months from the date on which our option to purchase has expired.

 

Indemnification

 

Under the omnibus agreement, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are obligated to indemnify us for specified breaches of representations and warranties in the master formation agreement pursuant to which we were formed related to:

 

   

their authority to enter into the transactions that formed us and the capitalization of the entities contributed to us;

 

   

permits related to the operation of the assets contributed to us;

 

   

compliance with environmental laws;

 

   

title to properties and rights of way;

 

   

the tax classification of the entities contributed to us;

 

   

indemnified taxes; and

 

   

events and conditions associated with their ownership and operation of the contributed assets.

 

An affiliate of ArcLight is obligated to indemnify us with respect to the first bullet point above and shares an indemnification obligation with OGE Energy with respect to the sixth and seventh bullet points above.

 

OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s maximum liability for this indemnification obligation with respect to permit, environmental and title representations will not exceed $250 million, and neither OGE Energy nor CenterPoint Energy will have any obligation under this indemnification until our aggregate indemnifiable losses exceed $25 million.

 

OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s indemnification obligations will survive (i) for permit matters until May 1, 2014, (ii) for environmental and title and rights of way matters until May 1, 2016 and (iii) for tax classification matters and indemnified taxes until 30 days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. Indemnification for authority and capitalization matters survives indefinitely.

 

Names and Insignia and Other Matters

 

The omnibus agreement also addresses our use of certain names and insignia. We have agreed not to use or otherwise exploit any service marks, trade names, logos or similar property including the words “CenterPoint Energy,” “OGE” or “Enogex.” We have also agreed, prior to May 1, 2014, to use commercially reasonable efforts to remove such names and insignia from our assets.

 

195


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

 

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we entered into with affiliates of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, those affiliates have specified demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the registration and sale of their common units. In particular, beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, affiliates of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will each have the right to cause us to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC covering the offering and sale of their common units. At any time following the time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, ArcLight will have the right to cause us to prepare and file a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC covering the offering and sale of its common units. We are not obligated to effect more than (i) three such demand registrations for OGE Energy and CenterPoint combined, or (ii) two such demand registrations (and no more than one in any twelve-month period) for ArcLight. If we propose to file a registration statement (other than pursuant to a demand registration discussed above, or other than for an employee benefit plan), OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and/or ArcLight may request to “piggyback” onto such registration statement in order to offer and sell their common units. We have agreed to pay all registration expenses in connection with such demand and piggyback registrations. Registration expenses do not include underwriters’ compensation, stock transfer taxes or counsel fees. We have also agreed to pay reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Enogex Holdings, LLC in connection with our initial public offering registration; provided, however, that such fees shall not exceed $250,000 if our initial public offering occurs on or before December 31, 2013, which amount shall increase by $25,000 per quarter (and partial quarter) after such date until our initial public offering occurs. In addition, Enogex Holdings, LLC retains the right to be involved in the planning and negotiating of the terms of our initial public offering, provided that Enogex Holdings, LLC holds a certain percentage of our common units.

 

Employee Agreements

 

We have entered into an employee transition agreement with OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and a transitional seconding agreement with each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, pursuant to which they have agreed to second certain of their employees to us. Each of the seconded employees works full time for us and our subsidiaries but remains employed by OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. We are required to reimburse OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy for certain employment-related costs, including base salary and short and long-term compensation costs and CenterPoint Energy’s and OGE Energy’s share of costs related to taxes, insurance and other benefit matters. On or prior to December 31, 2014, we will provide offers of employment to those seconded employees that we determine to hire. As of December 31, 2013 all of the individuals providing services to us were doing so as seconded employees by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy or pursuant to services agreements with OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, and we did not have any direct employees.

 

Tax Sharing Agreements

 

We have entered into a tax sharing agreement with OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and Enable GP pursuant to which we have agreed to reimburse them for state income and franchise taxes attributable to our activity (including the activities of our direct and indirect subsidiaries) that is reported on their state income or franchise tax returns filed on a combined or unitary basis. Our general partner is responsible for determining whether OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy is required to include our activities on a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return. Reimbursements under the agreement equal the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would be required to pay if we were to file a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return separate from OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. We are required to pay the reimbursement within 90 days of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy filing the combined or unitary tax return on which our activity is included, subject to certain prepayment provisions.

 

196


Table of Contents

Contracts with Affiliates

 

Transportation and Storage Agreement with OG&E

 

Our current contract with OG&E provides for no-notice load-following transportation services and storage services. The stated term of the OG&E contract expired April 30, 2009, but the contract remained in effect from year to year thereafter. On January 31, 2014, in anticipation of entering into a new, five-year term contract, OG&E provided written notice of termination of the contract, effective April 30, 2014. On March 17, 2014, we executed a new transportation agreement with OG&E effective May 1, 2014, with a primary term through April 30, 2019. Following the primary term, the agreement will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides notice of termination to the other party at least 180 days prior to the commencement of the succeeding annual period. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we recorded revenues from OG&E of $35 million for transportation services and $13 million for natural gas storage services.

 

Transportation and Storage Agreements with CenterPoint Energy

 

EGT provides the following services to CenterPoint Energy’s LDCs in Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Northeast Texas: (1) firm transportation with seasonal contract demand, (2) firm storage, (3) no notice transportation with associated storage, and (4) maximum rate firm transportation. The first three services are in effect through March 31, 2021, and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter unless either party provides 180 days’ written notice prior to the contract termination date. The maximum rate firm transportation is in effect, through March 31, 2015, but will extend for an additional three-year term unless either party provides 180 days written notice prior to the contract termination date.

 

MRT’s current firm transportation and firm storage agreements with CenterPoint Energy are in effect through May 15, 2018, but will continue year to year thereafter unless either party provides twelve months’ written notice prior to the contract termination date.

 

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, revenues from our firm interstate natural gas transportation and storage contracts attributable to CenterPoint Energy were $108 million.

 

Gas Sales and Purchases with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy

 

From time to time, we sell natural gas volumes to affiliates of CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy or purchase natural gas volumes from affiliates of CenterPoint Energy through a combination of forward, monthly and daily transactions. We enter into these physical natural gas transactions in the normal course of business based upon relevant market prices. In the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we recorded revenues of $72 million from gas sales to CenterPoint Energy, cost of goods sold of $5 million from gas purchases from CenterPoint Energy and revenues of $21 million from gas sales to OGE Energy.

 

Hedging Transactions with OGE Energy

 

On July 1, 2009, OGE Energy and Enogex entered into hedging transactions to offset natural gas long positions at Enogex with short natural gas exposures at OGE Energy resulting from the cost of generation associated with a wholesale power sales contract. These transactions, which are based upon market rates, are for approximately 50,000 MMBtu per month from August 2009 to December 2013. These transactions are reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income beginning on May 1, 2013. In the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis, we recorded revenues of $2 million from hedging transactions with OGE Energy.

 

197


Table of Contents

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

 

The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a related party transactions policy in connection with the closing of this offering that will provide that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee will review on at least a quarterly basis all related person transactions that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. In the event that the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee considers ratification of a related person transaction and determines not to so ratify, the related party transactions policy will provide that our management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction.

 

The related party transactions policy will provide that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a related person transaction, the board of directors of our general partner or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available, including (if applicable) but not limited to: (1) whether there is an appropriate business justification for the transaction; (2) the benefits that accrue to us as a result of the transaction; (3) the terms available to unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions; (4) the impact of the transaction on a director’s independence (in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director or an immediate family member of a director is a partner, shareholder, member or executive officer); (5) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (6) whether it is a single transaction or a series of ongoing, related transactions; and (7) whether entering into the transaction would be consistent with the code of business conduct and ethics.

 

The related party transactions policy described above will be adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as a result the transactions described above were not reviewed under such policy.

 

198


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner has a duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to us and our limited partners. The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership. Pursuant to these provisions, our partnership agreement contains various provisions replacing the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing the duties of the general partner and the methods for resolving conflicts of interest. Our partnership agreement also specifically defines the remedies available to limited partners for actions taken that, without these defined liability standards, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law.

 

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any other partner, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our general partner may seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner. There is no requirement that our general partner seek the approval of the conflicts committee for the resolution of any conflict, and, under our partnership agreement, our general partner may decide to seek such approval or resolve a conflict of interest in any other way permitted by our partnership agreement, as described below, in its sole discretion. Our general partner will decide whether to refer the matter to the conflicts committee on a case-by-case basis. An independent third party is not required to evaluate the fairness of the resolution.

 

Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners if the resolution of the conflict is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee;

 

   

approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates;

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

 

If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and our general partner’s board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third or fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership challenging such determination, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to subjectively believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership or meets the specified standard, for example, a transaction on terms no less favorable to the partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties. Please read “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Conflicts Committee” for information about the conflicts committee of our general partner’s board of directors.

 

199


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

 

Neither Our Partnership Agreement Nor any Other Agreement Requires OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy to Pursue a Business Strategy that Favors us or Utilizes our Assets or Dictates what Markets to Pursue or Grow. OGE Energy’s and CenterPoint Energy’s Respective Directors and Officers have a Fiduciary Duty to Make these Decisions in the Best Interests of their Respective Companies, which may be Contrary to Our Interests.

 

Because some of the officers and directors of our general partner are also directors and/or officers of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, such directors and officers have fiduciary duties to their respective companies that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable, or which otherwise are not in our best interests.

 

Contracts Between us, on the One Hand, and Our General Partner and Its Affiliates, on the Other Hand, are not and will not be the Result of Arm’s-Length Negotiations.

 

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our partnership agreement generally provides that any affiliated transaction, such as an agreement, contract or arrangement between us and our general partner and its affiliates that does not receive unitholder or conflicts committee approval, must be determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be:

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

“fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

 

Our general partner and its affiliates have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner and its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. There is no obligation of our general partner and its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

 

Our General Partner’s Affiliates may Compete with us and Neither Our General Partner Nor Its Affiliates have any Obligation to Present Business Opportunities to us.

 

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner is restricted from engaging in any business activities other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. However, except as provided in the omnibus agreement, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy and certain of their affiliates are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might directly compete with us. Under the omnibus agreement, OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and their affiliates have agreed to hold or otherwise conduct all of their respective midstream operations located within the United States through us. This requirement will cease to apply to both OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy as soon as either CenterPoint Energy or OGE Energy ceases to hold any interest in our general partner or at least 20% of our common units, and does not apply in certain other circumstances. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.” In addition, under our partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not apply to the general partner and its affiliates. As a result, neither the general partner nor any of its affiliates have any obligation to present business opportunities to us.

 

Our General Partner is Allowed to Take into Account the Interests of Parties Other Than Us, Such as OGE Energy or Centerpoint Energy, in Resolving Conflicts of Interest.

 

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that permissibly modify and reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement

 

200


Table of Contents

permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner or otherwise, free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to us and our unitholders, including any duty to act in the best interests of us or our unitholders, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, which means that a court will enforce the reasonable expectations of the partners where the language in the partnership agreement does not provide for a clear course of action. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its individual capacity include the allocation of corporate opportunities among us and our affiliates (subject to the terms of the omnibus agreement), the exercise of its limited call right or its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, whether to reset target distribution levels, whether to transfer the incentive distribution rights or any units it owns to a third party and whether or not to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.

 

We Rely on Officers and Employees of Our General Partner and its Affiliates.

 

Affiliates of our general partner conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we have no economic interest. There could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to our general partner.

 

Some of the officers and directors of our general partner are also officers and/or directors of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy. These individuals will devote such portion of their productive time to our business and affairs as is required to manage and conduct our operations. These individuals may also be required to devote time to the affairs of OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, as applicable, or their subsidiaries. Our non-executive directors devote as much time as is necessary to prepare for and attend board of directors and committee meetings.

 

Our Partnership Agreement Replaces the Fiduciary Duties that Would Otherwise be Owed by our General Partner with Contractual Standards Governing its Duties and Limits Our General Partner’s Liabilities and the Remedies Available to Our Unitholders for Actions that, Without the Limitations, Might Constitute Breaches of Fiduciary Duty Under Applicable Delaware Law.

 

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our limited partners for actions that might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under applicable Delaware law. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

   

permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner;

 

   

provides that our general partner shall not have any liability to us or our limited partners for decisions made in its capacity so long as such decisions are made in good faith;

 

   

generally provides that in a situation involving a transaction with an affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our public common unitholders or the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest is either on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or is “fair and reasonable” to us, considering the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us, then it will be presumed that in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or us challenging such decision,

 

201


Table of Contents
 

the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption; and

 

   

provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its officers or directors, as the cases may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal.

 

By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder will be deemed to have agreed to become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.

 

Except in Limited Circumstances, Our General Partner has the Power and Authority to Conduct Our Business Without Unitholder Approval.

 

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for equity interests of the partnership and the incurring of any other obligations;

 

   

the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets;

 

   

the acquisition, disposition or exchange of certain of our assets;

 

   

the encumbrance or hypothecation of any or all of our assets;

 

   

the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;

 

   

the distribution of cash held by the partnership;

 

   

the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

   

the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our partners and indemnitees;

 

   

the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other entities;

 

   

the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

 

   

the indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

   

the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our equity interests, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our equity interests; and

 

   

the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

 

Please read “The Partnership Agreement” for information regarding the voting rights of unitholders.

 

202


Table of Contents

Actions Taken by Our General Partner May Affect the Amount of Cash Available to Pay Distributions to Unitholders or Accelerate the Right to Convert Subordinated Units.

 

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

 

   

amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

cash expenditures;

 

   

borrowings;

 

   

issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

 

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to convert into common units.

 

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, equal to $         million, which would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating surplus or capital surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive distributions rights. All of these actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units.

 

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

 

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

 

Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates, but may not lend funds to our general partner or its affiliates.

 

We Reimburse Our General Partner and its Affiliates for Expenses.

 

We reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates.”

 

Our General Partner Intends to Limit its Liability Regarding Our Obligations.

 

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the other party to such agreements has recourse only to our assets and not against our general partner or its assets or any affiliate of our general partner or its assets. Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to limit its or our liability, even if we could have obtained terms that are more favorable without the limitation on liability.

 

203


Table of Contents

Common Units are Subject to Our General Partner’s Limited Call Right.

 

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in the partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us free of any liability or obligation to us or our partners. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

Limited Partners have no Right to Enforce Obligations of Our General Partner and its Affiliates Under Agreements With Us.

 

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, will not grant to the limited partners, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

 

We may Choose not to Retain Separate Counsel, Accountants or Others for Ourselves or for the Holders of Common Units.

 

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may also perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other hand, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

 

Our General Partner may Elect to Cause us to Issue Common Units to it in Connection with a Resetting of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distribution Levels Related to Our General Partner’s Incentive Distribution Rights Without the Approval of the Conflicts Committee of Our General Partner or Our Unitholders. This may Result in Lower Distributions to Our Common Unitholders in Certain Situations.

 

Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding, it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (50.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed the adjusted operating surplus for such quarter, respectively, to reset the initial minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters prior to the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount. We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that our general partner could exercise this reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general partner expects that we will experience declines in our aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are entitled to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution payments based on target distribution levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our general partner in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to our general partner incentive distribution rights. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

204


Table of Contents

Duties of the General Partner

 

The Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand, restrict or eliminate the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

 

Pursuant to these provisions, our partnership agreement contains various provisions replacing the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be owed by our general partner with contractual standards governing the duties of our general partner and the methods for resolving conflicts of interest. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that otherwise might be prohibited or restricted by state-law fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors of our general partner has fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial both to its owners, OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, as well as to our limited partners. Without these provisions, the general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interests would be restricted. These provisions benefit our general partner by enabling it to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action. These provisions also strengthen the ability of our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These provisions represent a detriment to the limited partners, however, because they restrict the remedies available to limited partners for actions that, without those provisions, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicted interests. The following is a summary of:

 

   

the fiduciary duties imposed on general partners of a limited partnership by the Delaware Act in the absence of partnership agreement provisions to the contrary;

 

   

the contractual duties of our general partner contained in our partnership agreement that replace the fiduciary duties referenced in the preceding bullet that would otherwise be imposed by Delaware law on our general partner; and

 

   

certain rights and remedies of limited partners contained in our partnership agreement and the Delaware Act.

 

Delaware law fiduciary duty standards

   Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership to use that amount of care that an ordinarily careful and prudent person would use in similar circumstances and to consider all material information reasonably available in making business decisions. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present unless such transaction were entirely fair to the partnership. Our partnership agreement modifies these standards as described below.

Partnership agreement modified standards

   Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. Section 7.9 of our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith,” meaning that it subjectively believed that the

 

205


Table of Contents
   decision was in our best interests, and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held under applicable Delaware law.
   Section 7.9 of our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the public common unitholders or the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be determined by the board of directors of our general partner to be:
  

•     on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

  

•     “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

   If our general partner does not seek approval from the public common unitholders or the conflicts committee and the board of directors of our general partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors of our general partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership challenging such determination, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held. In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner, its affiliates and their officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or, our limited partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that such person acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was criminal.
Rights and remedies of limited partners    The Delaware Act favors the principles of freedom of contract and enforceability of partnership agreements and allows the partnership agreement to contain terms governing the rights of the unitholders. The rights of our unitholders, including voting and approval rights and the ability of the partnership to issue additional units, are governed by the terms of our partnership agreement. Please read

 

206


Table of Contents
  

“The Partnership Agreement.” As to remedies of unitholders, the

Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has wrongfully refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary duties, if any, or of the partnership agreement. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.

 

A transferee of or other person acquiring a common unit will be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.” This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner to sign our partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

 

Under the partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors and managers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. If you have questions regarding the duties of our general partner please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

207


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

 

The Units

 

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Duties

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association will serve as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following that must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a common unitholder; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

 

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

 

Resignation or Removal

 

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

 

Transfer of Common Units

 

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected in our register and such limited partner becomes the record holder of the common units so transferred. Each transferee:

 

   

will become bound and will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement;

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into our partnership agreement; and

 

   

makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering

 

all with or without executing our partnership agreement.

 

208


Table of Contents

We are entitled to treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner in the event such nominee is the record holder of such common unit. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

 

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfers of securities. Until a common unit has been transferred on our register, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations. Certain transfers of our units by OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy are subject to rights of first offer and rights of first refusal. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Transfer of General Partner Interests.”

 

209


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

 

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions of available cash, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions”;

 

   

with regard to the duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties”;

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units”; and

 

   

with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Organization and Duration

 

Our partnership was formed as a limited liability company on December 31, 2010. Our general partner and CenterPoint Energy caused the partnership to be converted from a limited liability company to a limited partnership and adopted the partnership agreement on May 1, 2013. The partnership will have a perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement.

 

Purpose

 

Our purpose under the partnership agreement is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that our general partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

 

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of gathering, processing, transporting and storing natural gas and the gathering of crude oil, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in the best interests of us or the limited partners, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Our general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

 

Capital Contributions

 

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.”

 

210


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

 

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the matters specified below. Matters requiring the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the outstanding subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units.

 

In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in the best interests of us or the limited partners, other than the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in certain circumstances. Please read “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Issuance of additional units

   No approval right.

Amendment of the partnership agreement

   Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

   Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “—Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”

Dissolution of our partnership

   Unit majority. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution.”

Continuation of our business upon dissolution

   Unit majority. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution.”

Withdrawal of the general partner

   Under most circumstances, the approval of unitholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to                 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”

Removal of the general partner

   Not less than 75% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”

Transfer of the general partner interest

   Our general partner may transfer any or all of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders but must obtain prior approval of all members of the board of directors. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interests.”

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

   Our general partner may transfer any or all of the incentive distribution rights without a vote of our unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Reset of incentive distribution levels

   No unitholder approval required.

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

   No unitholder approval required. Please see “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

 

211


Table of Contents

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

 

Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

   

asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including a fiduciary duty) owed by any director, officer, or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act; or

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine

 

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or such other Delaware courts) in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or similar governing documents have been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our partnership agreement to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

 

Limited Liability

 

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that it otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our partnership agreement, its liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital it is obligated to contribute to us for its common units plus its share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement;

 

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither the partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

 

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their limited partner interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining

 

212


Table of Contents

the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the non-recourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to it at the time it became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

 

Our subsidiaries conduct business in several states and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a limited partner or member of our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which our operating subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

 

Limitations on the liability of limited partners or members for the obligations of a limited partnership or limited liability company have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our limited partner interest in our operating company or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

 

Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

 

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

 

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

 

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries of equity interests, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

 

Each affiliate of our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those interests to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of such person, including such interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The other holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

 

213


Table of Contents

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

 

General

 

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in the best interests of us or the limited partners, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

 

Prohibited Amendments

 

No amendment may be made that would:

 

   

enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless it is deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

 

   

enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

 

The provisions of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in any of the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately             % of the outstanding common and subordinated units.

 

No Unitholder Approval

 

Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

   

a change in our name, the location of our principal office, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

   

the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

   

a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and any other changes that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of such change;

 

   

an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the U.S. Department of Labor;

 

214


Table of Contents
   

an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests;

 

   

any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

 

   

an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

 

   

any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, in connection with our conduct of activities permitted by our partnership agreement;

 

   

conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

 

   

any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

 

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:

 

   

do not adversely affect in any material respect the limited partners considered as a whole or any particular class of partnership interests as compared to other classes of partnership interests;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests (including the division of any class or classes of outstanding units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequence within such class of units) or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed or admitted to trading;

 

   

are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement; or

 

   

are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

 

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

 

Amendments to our partnership agreement that require unitholder approval will require the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that an amendment will not affect the limited liability of any limited partner under Delaware law. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain such an opinion.

 

In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of partnership interests in relation to other classes of partnership interests will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of partnership interests so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the percentage of units required to take any action, other than to remove our general partner or call a meeting of unitholders, must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to remove our general partner must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than 90% of outstanding units. Any

 

215


Table of Contents

amendment that would increase the percentage of units required to call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute at least a majority of the outstanding units.

 

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

 

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in the best interest of us or the limited partners, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

In addition, the partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our general partner may also sell any or all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger with another limited liability entity without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in an amendment to the partnership agreement requiring unitholder approval, each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction, and the partnership interests to be issued by us in such merger do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership interests immediately prior to the transaction.

 

If the conditions specified in the partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters and the general partner determines that the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and the general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in the partnership agreement. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under the partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

 

Termination and Dissolution

 

We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved and terminated under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

   

the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

   

there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

 

   

the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal followed by approval and admission of a successor.

 

216


Table of Contents

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

 

   

the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner; and

 

   

neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.

 

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

 

Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

 

Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner

 

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to              without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after             , our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than the general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits the general partner to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interests” and “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

 

Upon voluntary withdrawal of our general partner by giving written notice to the other partners, the holders of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree to continue our business by appointing a successor general partner. Please see “—Termination and Dissolution.”

 

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units voting as a separate class, and subordinated units, voting as a separate class. The ownership of more than 25% of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates would give them the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately     % of the outstanding common and subordinated units.

 

217


Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

   

the subordination period will end, and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

 

   

any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests as of the effective date of its removal.

 

In the event of removal of a general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of a general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where a general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner and its incentive distribution rights for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

 

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner will become a limited partner and its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units pursuant to a valuation of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

 

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

 

Transfer of General Partner Interests

 

Our general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest without the approval of our unitholders, but any such transfer requires the approval of all members of the board of directors. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume, among other things, the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement, and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

 

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

 

OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy and their subsidiaries may sell or transfer all or part of their membership interest in our general partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders; provided that each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy have rights of first offer and rights of first refusal with respect to proposed sales by the other party of all, but not less than all, of such party’s membership interest to a third party. Sales or transfers of membership interests in our general partner to anyone other than certain affiliates prior to May 1, 2016 are prohibited by our general partner’s limited liability company agreement.

 

218


Table of Contents

Transfer of Common or Subordinated Units by Sponsors

 

Each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy has a right of first offer and a right of first refusal with respect to proposed sales by the other party of 5% or more of such party’s common units or subordinated units.

 

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

 

At any time, our general partner may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders. If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by our general partner or its affiliates, the holder of incentive distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments to the partnership agreement and other matters that our general partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the subordinated units, prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class, and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement. The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units, depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such four quarters.

 

Change of Management Provisions

 

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Enable GP, LLC as our general partner or otherwise change our management. If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group who are notified by our general partner that they will not lose their voting rights or to any person or group who acquires the units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner.

 

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

   

the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

 

   

any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner units and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests as of the effective date of its removal.

 

Limited Call Right

 

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 90% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of such class

 

219


Table of Contents

held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days’ notice. If our general partner and its affiliates reduce their ownership percentage to below 70% of the outstanding units, the ownership threshold to exercise the call right will be permanently reduced to 80%. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

 

   

the highest cash price paid by either of our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

 

   

the current market price calculated in accordance with our partnership agreement as of the date three business days before the date the notice is mailed.

 

As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Disposition of Common Units.” At the closing of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will own approximately     % of our common units and all of our subordinated units. At the end of the subordination period (which could occur as early as within the quarter ending                 ), assuming no additional issuances of common units by us (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated units), affiliates of our general partner will own approximately     % of our outstanding common units and therefore would not be able to exercise the call right at that time.

 

Meetings; Voting

 

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

 

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or, if authorized by our general partner, without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting where all limited partners were present and voted. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called represented in person or by proxy will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

 

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to its percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, a direct transferee of our general partner and its affiliates or a transferee of such direct transferee who is notified by our general partner that it will not lose its voting rights, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and its nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units as a single class.

 

220


Table of Contents

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

 

Status as Limited Partner

 

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our register. Except as described under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

 

Ineligible Holders; Redemption

 

Under our partnership agreement, an “Eligible Holder” is a limited partner whose (a) federal income tax status is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged by us on assets that are subject to regulation by FERC or an analogous regulatory body and (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which we have an interest, in each case as determined by our general partner with the advice of counsel.

 

If at any time our general partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that one or more limited partners are not Eligible Holders (any such limited partner, an Ineligible Holder), then our general partner may request any limited partner to furnish to the general partner an executed certification or other information about his federal income tax status and/or nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner fails to furnish such certification or other requested information within 30 days (or such other period as the general partner may determine) after a request for such certification or other information, or our general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner is not an Eligible Holder, the limited partner may be treated as an Ineligible Holder. An Ineligible Holder does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.

 

Furthermore, we have the right to redeem all of the common and subordinated units of any holder that our general partner concludes is an Ineligible Holder or fails to furnish the information requested by our general partner. The redemption price in the event of such redemption for each unit held by such unitholder will be the current market price of such unit (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption). The redemption price will be paid, as determined by our general partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note. Any such promissory note will bear interest at the rate of 5.0% annually and be payable in three equal annual installments of principal and accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

 

Indemnification

 

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

   

our general partner;

 

   

any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was a director, officer, managing member, manager, general partner, fiduciary or trustee of our subsidiaries, us or any entity set forth in the preceding three bullet points;

 

   

any person who is or was serving as director, officer, managing member, manager, general partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or any of our subsidiaries at the request of our general partner or any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;

 

221


Table of Contents
   

solely with respect to matters occurring prior to the closing of this offering, ArcLight and its members, partners, directors and officers; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

 

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, our general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We will purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against such liabilities under our partnership agreement.

 

Reimbursement of Expenses

 

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. These payments and expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any person who is an employee of our general partner and manages our business and affairs and overhead and general and administrative expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. The general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

 

Books and Reports

 

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

 

We will mail or make available to record holders of common units, within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also mail or make available summary financial information within 50 days after the close of each quarter.

 

We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.

 

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

 

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

 

   

a current list of the name and last known address of each record holder;

 

   

copies of our partnership agreement and our certificate of limited partnership and all amendments thereto; and

 

   

certain information regarding the status of our business and financial condition.

 

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner in good faith believes is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential. Our partnership agreement limits the right to information that a limited partner would otherwise have under Delaware law.

 

222


Table of Contents

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

After the sale of the common units offered hereby, CenterPoint Energy will hold an aggregate of                      common units and                      subordinated units, OGE Energy will hold an aggregate of                      common units and                      subordinated units, and ArcLight will hold an aggregate of                      common units (or                      common units if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is exercised in full). All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop. As explained above under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement,” affiliates of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight have specified demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the common units they own.

 

All of the common units and subordinated units held by CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight are subject to the lock-up restrictions described below and under the heading “Underwriting.” The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

 

Rule 144

 

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. None of the directors or officers of our general partner own any common units prior to this offering; however, they may purchase common units through the directed unit program or otherwise. Please read “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program.” Assuming all of the units reserved for issuance under the directed unit program are sold to participants in the program,                      common units will be held by persons who have contractually agreed not to sell such units for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Additionally, any common units owned by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1.0% of the total number of the securities outstanding; and

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

 

Our Partnership Agreement

 

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of partnership interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity interests would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we entered into with affiliates of OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and ArcLight, those affiliates have specified demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the

 

223


Table of Contents

registration and sale of their common units. In particular, beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, affiliates of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy will each have the right to cause us to prepare and file a registration statement with the SEC covering the offering and sale of their common units. At any time following the time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, ArcLight will have the right to cause us to prepare and file a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC covering the offering and sale of its common units. We are not obligated to effect more than (i) three such demand registrations for OGE Energy and CenterPoint combined, or (ii) two such demand registrations (and no more than one in any twelve-month period) for ArcLight. If we propose to file a registration statement (other than pursuant to a demand registration discussed above, or other than for an employee benefit plan), OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy and/or ArcLight may request to “piggyback” onto such registration statement in order to offer and sell their common units.

 

In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against certain liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts. Our affiliates may also sell their units or other partnership interests in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws and the lock-up agreement described below and under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy, ArcLight, our general partner and the directors and executive officers of our general partner as well as all participants in the directed unit program have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or offer to sell any common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. For a description of these lock-up provisions, please read “Underwriting.”

 

224


Table of Contents

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

This section is a summary of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P., counsel to our general partner and us, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Enable Midstream Partners, LP and our operating subsidiaries.

 

The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or our unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, partnerships and entities treated like partnerships for federal income tax purposes, nonresident aliens, U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions, tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons (including, without limitation, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and non-U.S. persons eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with the United States), IRAs, real estate investment trusts (REITs), employee benefit plans or mutual funds, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, U.S. persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, persons holding their units as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction, and persons deemed to sell their units under the constructive sale provisions of the Code. In addition, the discussion only comments, to a limited extent, on state, and does not comment on local, or foreign, tax consequences. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common units.

 

All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.

 

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Baker Botts L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in distributable cash flow and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

 

For the reasons described below, Baker Botts L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales”); (ii) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and (iii) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election” and “—Uniformity of Units”).

 

225


Table of Contents

Partnership Status

 

A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Pursuant to Code Section 731, distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in his partnership interest.

 

Section 7704 of the Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90.0% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the transportation, storage, processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and other products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than         % of our current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and our general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Baker Botts L.L.P. is of the opinion that at least 90.0% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.

 

No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. on such matters. It is the opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. that, based upon the Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below that:

 

   

We will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; and

 

   

Each of our operating subsidiaries will be disregarded as an entity separate from us or will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

In rendering its opinion, Baker Botts L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Baker Botts L.L.P. has relied include, without limitation:

 

   

Neither we nor the operating subsidiaries has elected or will elect to be treated as a corporation; and

 

   

For every taxable year, more than 90.0% of our gross income has been and will be income of the type that Baker Botts L.L.P. has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.

 

We believe that these representations have been true in the past and expect that these representations will continue to be true in the future.

 

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

 

226


Table of Contents

If we were taxed as a corporation for federal income tax purposes in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 301, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.

 

The discussion below is based on Baker Botts L.L.P.’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 

Limited Partner Status

 

Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of Enable Midstream Partners, LP will be treated as partners of Enable Midstream Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of Enable Midstream Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes.

 

A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Treatment of Short Sales.”

 

Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of holding common units in Enable Midstream Partners, LP. The references to “unitholders” in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in Enable Midstream Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes.

 

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

 

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

 

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections,” we will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. The income we allocate to unitholders will generally be taxable as ordinary income. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

 

Treatment of Distributions

 

Pursuant to Code Section 731, distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in an amount in excess of a unitholder’s tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “—Disposition of Common Units” below. Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the

 

227


Table of Contents

general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a unitholder’s “at-risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, Section 465 of the Code requires the recapture of any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “—Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

 

A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities under Section 752 of the Code, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recapture, depletion recapture and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” each as defined in the Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, the unitholder will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of (i) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (ii) the unitholder’s tax basis for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

 

Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions

 

We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those common units from the date of closing of this offering through the record date for distributions for the period ending             , will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that period that will be         % or less of the cash distributed with respect to that period. However, the ratio of taxable income to distributions for any single year in the projection period may be higher or lower. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations will approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual ratio of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the common units. For example, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser of common units in this offering will be higher, and perhaps substantially higher, than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:

 

   

gross income from operations exceeds the amount required to make minimum quarterly distributions on all units, yet we only distribute the minimum quarterly distributions on all units; or

 

   

we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds of this offering in a manner that does not produce substantial additional deductions during the period described above, such as to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.

 

Basis of Common Units

 

A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his common units will be determined under Sections 722, 742 and 752 of the Code and will generally equal the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased under Section 705 of the Code by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his

 

228


Table of Contents

share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner to the extent of the general partner’s “net value,” as defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 752 of the Code, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

 

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

 

Under Sections 704 and 465 of the Code, the deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder, estate, trust, or corporate unitholder (if more than 50.0% of the value of the corporate unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations) to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A common unitholder subject to these limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholder’s tax basis in his common units. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.

 

In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment. A unitholder’s at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.

 

In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations of Code Section 469 generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally defined as trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or a unitholder’s investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.

 

A unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.

 

Limitations on Interest Deductions

 

Section 163 of the Code generally limits the deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

   

interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

 

   

our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

 

229


Table of Contents
   

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

 

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or (if applicable) qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated in Notice 88-75, 1988-2 C.B. 386, that the net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

 

Entity-Level Collections

 

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

 

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

 

In general, under Section 704 of the Code, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated units, or incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of those distributions. If we have a net loss, that loss will be allocated first to our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts as adjusted for certain items in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations and, second, to our general partner.

 

Section 704(c) of the Code requires us to assign each asset contributed to us in connection with this offering a “book” basis equal to the fair market value of the asset at the time of this offering. Purchasers of units in this offering are entitled to calculate tax depreciation and amortization deductions and other relevant tax items with respect to our assets based upon that “book” basis, which effectively puts purchasers in this offering in the same position as if our assets had a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of this offering. In this context, we use the term “book” as that term is used in Treasury regulations under Section 704 of the Code. The “book” basis assigned to our assets for this purpose may not be the same as the book value of our property for financial reporting purposes.

 

Upon any issuance of units by us after this offering, rules similar to those of Section 704(c) described above will apply for the benefit of recipients of units in that later issuance. This may have the effect of decreasing the amount of our tax depreciation or amortization deductions thereafter allocated to purchasers of units in this offering or of requiring purchasers of units in this offering to thereafter recognize “remedial income” rather than depreciation and amortization deductions.

 

In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the

 

230


Table of Contents

recognition of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

 

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required under the Section 704(c) principles described above, will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has “substantial economic effect.” In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

 

   

his relative contributions to us;

 

   

the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;

 

   

the interests of all the partners in cash flows; and

 

   

the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.

 

Baker Botts L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “—Section 754 Election,” “—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” and “—Uniformity of Units,” allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect under Section 704 of the Code for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

 

Treatment of Short Sales

 

A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

 

   

any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder;

 

   

any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable; and

 

   

all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.

 

Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on the issue relating to partnership interests, Baker Botts L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units. The IRS has previously announced in the preamble to certain temporary regulations, 53 Fed. Reg. 34488-01, 1988-2 C.B. 346, that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

 

Alternative Minimum Tax

 

Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26.0% on the first $182,500 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28.0% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.

 

231


Table of Contents

Tax Rates

 

The highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than twelve months) of individuals currently are 39.6% and 20.0%, respectively. These rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

 

Section 1411 of the Code imposes a 3.8% Medicare tax on certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

 

Section 754 Election

 

We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS unless there is a constructive termination of the partnership. Please read “—Disposition of Common Units—Constructive Termination.” The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets, or inside basis, under Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does not apply with respect to a person who purchases common units directly from us, including a purchaser of units in this offering. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, the inside basis in our assets with respect to a unitholder will be considered to have two components: (i) his share of our tax basis in our assets, or common basis, and (ii) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

 

The timing of deductions attributable to a Section 743(b) adjustment to our common basis will depend upon a number of factors, including the nature of the assets to which the adjustment is allocable, the extent to which the adjustment offsets any Section 704(c) type gain or loss with respect to an asset and certain elections we make as to the manner in which we apply Section 704(c) principles with respect to an asset with respect to which the adjustment is allocable. Please read “—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.” The timing of these deductions may affect the uniformity of our units. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.”

 

A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.

 

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed

 

232


Table of Contents

altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

 

Tax Treatment of Operations

 

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

 

We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “—Disposition of Common Units—Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

 

Initial Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

 

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. Under Section 704 of the Code, the federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to (i) this offering will be borne by our general partner and its affiliates, and (ii) any other offering will be borne by our general partner and all of our unitholders as of that time. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

 

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the extent available, that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Part or all of the goodwill, going concern value and other intangible assets we acquire in connection with this offering may not produce any amortization deductions because of the application of the anti-churning restrictions of Section 197 of the Code. Please read “—Uniformity of Units.” Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Code.

 

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules under Section 1245 or Section 1250 of the Code and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

 

The costs we incur in selling our units (called syndication expenses) must be capitalized under Section 709 of the Code and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

 

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

 

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to

 

233


Table of Contents

time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

 

Disposition of Common Units

 

Recognition of Gain or Loss

 

Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

 

Prior distributions from us that in the aggregate were in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit and, therefore, decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.

 

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20.0%. However, a portion of this gain or loss, which will likely be substantial, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or to “inventory items” we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income each year, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.

 

The IRS ruled in Rev. Rul. 84-53,1984-1 C.B. 159, that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in his entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

 

234


Table of Contents

Section 1259 of the Code can affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

 

   

a short sale;

 

   

an offsetting notional principal contract; or

 

   

a futures or forward contract;

 

in each case, with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

 

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

 

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees

 

In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

 

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations as there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 706 of the Code that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have adopted. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Baker Botts L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferor and transferee unitholders because the issue has not been finally resolved by the IRS or the courts. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor and transferee unitholders, as well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

 

A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for any quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to the month of sale but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

 

235


Table of Contents

Notification Requirements

 

A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required by regulations under Section 6050K of the Code to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is also generally required under Section 743 of the Code to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a sale may lead to the imposition of penalties under Section 6723 of the Code. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

 

Constructive Termination

 

We will be considered under Section 708 of the Code to have terminated our tax partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of our interests that, in the aggregate, constitute 50.0% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, OGE Energy, CenterPoint and ArcLight will in the aggregate indirectly own more than 50.0% of the total interests in our capital and profits. Therefore, transfers and transfers deemed to occur for tax purposes by OGE Energy, CenterPoint or ArcLight of all or a portion of their respective interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. For purposes of measuring whether the 50.0% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same interest are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1 if the relief discussed below is not available) for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all common unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination. The IRS has recently announced in an Industry Director Communication, LMSB-04-0210-006, a relief procedure whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and the IRS grants such relief, among other things, the partnership will only have to provide one Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax years.

 

Uniformity of Units

 

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. Any non-uniformity could have an impact upon the value of our units. The timing of deductions attributable to Section 743(b) adjustments to the common basis of our assets with respect to persons purchasing units from another unitholder may affect the uniformity of our units. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Section 754 Election.”

 

For example, some types of depreciable assets are not subject to the typical rules governing depreciation (under Section 168 of the Code) or amortization (under Section 197 of the Code). If we were to acquire any assets of that type, the timing of a unit purchaser’s deductions with respect to Section 743(b) adjustments to the common basis of those assets might differ depending upon when and to whom the unit he purchased was originally issued. We do not currently expect to acquire any assets of that type. However, if we were to acquire a material amount of assets of that type, we intend to adopt tax positions as to those assets that will not result in

 

236


Table of Contents

any such lack of uniformity. Any such tax positions taken by us might result in allocations to some unitholders of smaller depreciation deductions than they would otherwise be entitled to receive. Baker Botts L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to those types of tax positions. Moreover, the IRS might challenge those tax positions. If we took such a tax position and the IRS successfully challenged the position, the uniformity of our units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of our units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “—Disposition of Common Units—Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

 

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

 

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below to a limited extent, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

 

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax under Section 511 of the Code on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to it. Please read “Investment in Enable Midstream Partners, LP by Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered under Section 875 of the Code to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, we will withhold at the highest applicable effective tax rate from cash distributions made quarterly to foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

 

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax under Section 884 of the Code at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

 

A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Under Rev. Rul. 91-32, 1991-1 C.B. 107, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a foreign unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign common unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5.0% of our common units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50.0% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the common units or the five-year period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than 50.0% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future. Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

 

237


Table of Contents

Administrative Matters

 

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

 

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Baker Botts L.L.P. can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.

 

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

 

Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities under Section 6221 of the Code for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. Our partnership agreement names our general partner as our Tax Matters Partner.

 

The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1.0% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1.0% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.

 

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS pursuant to Section 6222 of the Code identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

 

Additional Withholding Requirements

 

Under recently enacted legislation, the relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold 30.0% of any interest, dividends and other fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income from sources within the United States (FDAP Income) or gross proceeds from the sale of any property of a type which can produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States paid to (i) a foreign financial institution (for which purposes includes, among other entities, foreign broker-dealers, clearing organizations, investment companies, hedge funds and certain other investment entities) unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its U.S. accountholders and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity that is a beneficial owner of the payment unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements or otherwise qualifies for an exemption

 

238


Table of Contents

from this withholding. These rules will generally apply to payments of FDAP Income which are made after June 30, 2014, and to payments of relevant gross proceeds which are made after December 31, 2016. Non-U.S. and U.S. unitholders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common units.

 

Nominee Reporting

 

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required under Section 6031 of the Code to furnish to us:

 

   

the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

 

   

a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:

 

   

a person that is not a U.S. person;

 

   

a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

 

   

a tax-exempt entity;

 

   

the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

 

   

specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

 

Brokers and financial institutions are required under Section 6031 of the Code to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per calendar year, is imposed by Section 6722 of the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

 

Accuracy-Related Penalties

 

An additional tax equal to 20.0% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed under Section 6662 of the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.

 

For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10.0% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

 

   

for which there is, or was, “substantial authority”; or

 

   

as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that position are disclosed on the return.

 

If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” which we do not believe includes us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.

 

239


Table of Contents

A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150.0% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis, (b) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Section 482 of the Code is 200.0% or more (or 50.0% or less) of the amount determined under Code Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or (c) the net Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10.0% of the taxpayer’s gross receipts.

 

No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 200.0% or more than the correct valuation or certain other thresholds are met, the penalty imposed increases to 40.0%. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.

 

In addition, the 20.0% accuracy-related penalty also applies to any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased to 40.0%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.

 

Reportable Transactions

 

If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required under Treasury regulations under Section 6011 of the Code and related provisions to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of 6 successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “—Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”

 

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:

 

   

accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “—Accuracy-Related Penalties”;

 

   

for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability; and

 

   

in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

 

We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”

 

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

 

In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. We currently do business or own property in several states, most of which impose personal income taxes on individuals. Most of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also own property or do business in other states in the future that impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. A unitholder may be required to file income tax returns

 

240


Table of Contents

and to pay income taxes in many of these jurisdictions in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

 

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as U.S. federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Baker Botts L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.

 

241


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT IN ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA. restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, and provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, Similar Laws). For these purposes, the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or individual retirement accounts or annuities, or IRAs, established or maintained by an employer or employee organization and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts, and arrangements. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

 

   

whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

   

whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws; and

 

   

whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material Federal Income Tax Consequences—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors”; and

 

   

whether making such an investment will comply with the delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable Similar Laws.

 

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan or IRA.

 

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to the plan unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

 

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that the general partner would also be a fiduciary of such plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code, ERISA, and any other applicable Similar Laws.

 

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

 

(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities (i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws);

 

(2) the entity is an “operating company” (i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries); or

 

242


Table of Contents

(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest (disregarding certain interests held by our general partner, its affiliates, and certain other persons) is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above, and IRAs that are subject to ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

With respect to an investment in our common units, we believe that our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (1) and (2) above.

 

The foregoing discussion of issues arising for employee benefit plan investments under ERISA, the Code, and applicable Similar Laws is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive, nor should it be construed as legal advice. Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA, the Code and other Similar Laws in light of the complexity of these rules and the serious penalties that may be imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

 

243


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of common units indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Common Units

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the common units subject to their acceptance of the common units from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common units offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common units offered by this prospectus if any such common units are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the common units covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the common units directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at that price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per common unit. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $         per common unit to other dealers. After the initial offering of the common units, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

ArcLight, as selling unitholder, has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                  additional common units at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the common units offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional common units as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of common units listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

244


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per unit and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling unitholder. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              common units.

 

            Total  
     Per
Common
Units
     No Exercise      Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling unitholder

   $         $         $     

 

We will pay an aggregate structuring fee of $             million to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.

 

The estimated other offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $             million.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of common units offered by them.

 

We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE under the symbol “ENBL,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

We, CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy, ArcLight, our general partner and the directors and executive officers of our general partner have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, and subject to specified exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common units or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any common units or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common units;

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common units.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of common units to the underwriters;

 

   

the issuance by us of common units in connection with CenterPoint Energy’s contribution to us of its interest in SESH pursuant to certain put and call rights;

 

   

the issuance by us of common units upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

245


Table of Contents
   

any common units, options to purchase common units or other equity incentive awards, in each case issued or granted pursuant to our long term incentive plan or other existing employee benefit plans of the partnership referred to in the prospectus and the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 related thereto; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of common units, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common units during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common units may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

 

If:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period or provide notification to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC of any earnings release or material news or material event that may give rise to an extension of the initial restricted period,

 

then the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common units and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common units, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common units. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in the common units for their own account. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the common units, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common units in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common units in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common units in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the common units above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We, the selling unitholder and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, views the common units offered under this prospectus as interests in a direct participation program, this offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA conduct rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for quotation on a national securities exchange.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other services for us and our general partner, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of each of the underwriters is a lender under our revolving credit facility and will, in that capacity, receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering through any repayment of borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility. For a description of our revolving credit facility, please read “Management’s Discussion and

 

246


Table of Contents

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility.” In addition, affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are lenders under our term loan facility.

 

Furthermore, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, enter into arms-length transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments of the partnership. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of common units to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to the underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

We cannot assure you that the prices at which the common units will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common units will develop and continue after this offering.

 

Directed Unit Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common units offered hereby for our directors, officers and seconded employees. If purchased by these persons, these common units will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of common units available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved common units. Any reserved common units which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other common units offered hereby.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any common units may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common units may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

247


Table of Contents
  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common units shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common units in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any common units, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the common units in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common units in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Hong Kong

 

The common units may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common units may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

248


Table of Contents

Where the common units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire common unit capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, common units, debentures and units of common units and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common units under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The common units have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any common units, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Switzerland

 

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. Our common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering. We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006 (CISA). Accordingly, our common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. Our common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

 

Germany

 

This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz), the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment Act (Investmentgesetz). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht–BaFin) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this document and any other document relating to the offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of our common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2, no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f, paragraph 2, no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2, paragraph 11, sentence 2, no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

 

249


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by Baker Botts L.L.P., Houston, Texas, and Jones Day, Chicago, Illinois. Certain tax matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Baker Botts L.L.P. Certain legal matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.

 

EXPERTS

 

The combined and consolidated financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (previously named CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC) and subsidiaries, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the preparation of the combined and consolidated financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP from the historical accounting records maintained by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated financial statements of Enogex LLC, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets and statements of capitalization as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in member’s interest for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-l regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered by this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the Securities Act. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

The SEC maintains a website on the Internet at www.sec.gov. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website and can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the NYSE Euronext, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities

 

250


Table of Contents

maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Our website on the Internet is located at www.enablemidstream.com, and we will make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements and furnish or make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as “could,” “will,” “should,” “may,” “assume,” “forecast,” “position,” “predict,” “strategy,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “budget,” “potential,” or “continue,” and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include our expectations of plans, strategies, objectives, growth and anticipated financial and operational performance, including revenue projections, capital expenditures and tax position. Forward-looking statements can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed.

 

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We believe that we have chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, when considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Those risk factors and other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially from those disclosed in any forward-looking statement. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

changes in general economic conditions;

 

   

competitive conditions in our industry;

 

   

actions taken by our customers and competitors;

 

   

the demand for natural gas, NGLs, crude oil and midstream services;

 

   

our ability to successfully implement our business plan;

 

   

our ability to complete internal growth projects on time and on budget;

 

   

the price and availability of debt and equity financing;

 

   

operating hazards and other risks incidental to transporting, storing and gathering crude oil and refined products;

 

   

natural disasters, weather-related delays, casualty losses and other matters beyond our control;

 

   

interest rates;

 

   

labor relations;

 

251


Table of Contents
   

large customer defaults;

 

   

changes in the availability and cost of capital;

 

   

changes in tax status;

 

   

the effects of existing and future laws and governmental regulations;

 

   

changes in insurance markets impacting costs and the level and types of coverage available;

 

   

the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices;

 

   

the suspension, reduction or termination of our customers’ obligations under our commercial agreements;

 

   

disruptions due to equipment interruption or failure at our facilities, or third-party facilities on which our business is dependent;

 

   

the effects of future litigation; and

 

   

other factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

252


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

     F-2   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2013

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

     F-5   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

     F-6   

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Introduction to Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

     F-9   

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2012

     F-11   

Notes to Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

     F-12   

AUDITED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-15   

Audited Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-16   

Audited Combined and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-17   

Audited Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-18   

Audited Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-19   

Audited Combined and Consolidated Statements of Parent Net Equity and Partners’ Capital for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-20   

Notes to Audited Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-21   

ENOGEX LLC

  

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Glossary of Terms

     F-48   

Audited Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-50   

Audited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011and 2010

     F-51   

Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-52   

Audited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-53   

Audited Consolidated Statements of Capitalization as at December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-55   

Audited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Interest for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-56   

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-57   

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-99   

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March  31, 2013 and 2012

     F-101   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-102   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March  31, 2013 and 2012

     F-103   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-104   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members Interest

     F-106   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-107   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

INTRODUCTION TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (Partnership) for the year ended December 31, 2013 should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, as well as the Partnership’s historical combined and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, (i) the formation of the Partnership as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 is considered a contribution by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. (CenterPoint Energy) and is reflected at CenterPoint Energy’s historical cost as of May 1, 2013 and (ii) the Partnership is deemed to have acquired Enogex LLC (Enogex) on May 1, 2013.

 

The pro forma adjustments, as discussed in detail in Note 2—Pro forma adjustments, only give effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the transactions; (2) factually supportable; and (3) expected to have a continuing effect on the consolidated results of the Partnership. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the contemplated transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied on the pro forma condensed combined financial information. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data gives effect to, the following:

 

   

The acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, including (1) the incremental depreciation and amortization incurred on the fair value adjustment of Enogex’s assets, (2) adjustments to revenue and cost of sales to reflect purchase price adjustments for the recurring impact of certain loss contracts and deferred revenues and (3) a reduction to interest expense for recognition of a premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes;

 

   

A reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, and the interest expense incurred on notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy Corp. (OGE Energy) prior to May 1, 2013, which were repaid at formation;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.05 billion 3-year senior unsecured loan facility (Term Loan Facility) by the Partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.4 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (Revolving Credit Facility) by the Partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

A reduction for the elimination of federal and state income taxes, except for Texas state margin taxes;

 

   

A reduction in the Partnership’s interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC (SESH) from 50% to 24.95% as of May 1, 2013;

 

   

The consummation of this offering and our issuance of common units to the public and the conversion of common units held by CenterPoint Energy and common units held by OGE Energy into subordinated units; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

The pro forma financial data does not give effect to the approximately $3 million in incremental annual operation and maintenance expense we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded partnership. The unaudited pro forma adjustments do not give effect to any potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies from the integration of the Partnership and Enogex. The pro forma financial data does not reflect adjustments for

 

F-2


Table of Contents

the execution of service agreements with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy upon formation since the costs under these service agreements were previously incurred by the Partnership and Enogex on a similar basis. The pro forma financial data do not adjust for acquisition related costs since the Partnership incurred no acquisition related costs in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Income Statement based upon the terms in the master formation agreement.

 

The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income gives effect to the acquisition of Enogex, notes payable repayments, reduction to historical interest expense, reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Facility, reduction of federal and state income taxes and reduction of the Partnership’s interest in SESH as if the transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred on January 1, 2013. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet gives effect to consummation of the Partnership’s initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as if the transaction occurred on December 31, 2013.

 

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes and do not purport to present the Partnership’s or Enogex’s actual results of operations as if the transactions described above had occurred as of the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes and are not indicative of what the financial position might have been or what results of operations might have been achieved had the transactions described above closed as of the dates indicated or the financial position or results of operations that might be achieved for any future periods.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

     Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Historical
    Enogex

Historical

    Pro Forma

Adjustments

    Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
     (In millions, except per unit data)  

Revenues

   $ 2,489      $ 630      $ 1  A    $ 3,120   

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

     1,313        489        (4 )A      1,798   

Operating Expenses:

        

Operation and maintenance

     429        64               493   

Depreciation and amortization

     212        37        20  A      269   

Impairment

     12                      12   

Taxes other than income

     54        8               62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     707        109        20        836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     469        32        (15     486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

        

Interest expense

     (67     (10     31  B      (49
         2  B   
         (7 )C   
         (1 )D   
         3  A   

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     15               (3 )F      12   

Interest income—affiliated companies

     9               (9 )B        

Other, net

            9               9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

     (43     (1     16        (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before Income Taxes

     426        31        1        458   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,192            1,196  E      4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     1,618        31        (1,195     454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3                      3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 1,615      $ 31      $ (1,195   $ 451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP (Note 1)

   $ 289         
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit (Note 1)

   $ 0.74         
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per subordinated limited partner unit (Note 1)

        
        

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2013

 

     Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Historical
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
     (In millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 108       $      G    $            

Accounts receivable, net

     306                306   

Accounts receivable—affiliated companies

     28                28   

Notes receivable—affiliated companies

                      

Inventory

     83                83   

Gas Imbalances

     10                10   

Other current assets

     14                14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     549        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     8,990                8,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

     383                383   

Goodwill, net

     1,068                1,068   

Investment in equity method affiliates

     198                198   

Regulatory Assets, net

     3                3   

Other

     41                41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     1,693                1,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 11,232       $           $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 400       $      $ 400   

Accounts payable—affiliated companies

     40                40   

Current portion of long-term debt

     204                204   

Taxes accrued

     20                20   

Gas Imbalances

     13                13   

Other current liabilities

     43                43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     720                720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated deferred income taxes, net

     8                8   

Notes payable—affiliated companies

     363                363   

Regulatory liabilities

     16                16   

Other liabilities

     28                28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

     415                415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     1,916               G   

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital

     8,148               G   

Noncontrolling interest

     33                33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Partners’ Capital

     8,181        

Total Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

   $ 11,232       $      $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the historical combined and consolidated financial statements of the Partnership. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income gives effect to the acquisition of Enogex, notes payable repayments, reduction to historical interest expense, reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, entry into the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, reduction of federal and state income taxes and reduction of the Partnership’s interest in SESH as if the transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred on January 1, 2013. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet gives effect to the consummation of the Partnership’s initial public offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as if the transaction occurred on December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include the historical financial information of the Partnership and Enogex. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination. Because of certain related-party relationships and transactions, these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that could have existed or results of operations that could have occurred if the Partnership had entered into similar arrangements with non-affiliated entities.

 

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include a statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2013 and a Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was derived from the respective historical audited combined and consolidated statement of income of the Partnership and the historical unaudited consolidated statement of income for Enogex for the four months ended April 30, 2013. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013 was derived from the historical audited consolidated balance sheet of the Partnership as of December 31, 2013.

 

Historical limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP and basic and diluted earnings per unit reflect net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP subsequent to its formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, as no limited partner units were outstanding prior to this date.

 

Historical basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit reflects the 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split effected on March 25, 2014.

 

Certain amounts in Enogex’s historical consolidated statements of income have been reclassified to conform the presentation.

 

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments

 

(A)   This adjustment reflects the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition, the Partnership recognized adjustments to the historical net book value of Enogex’s assets and liabilities that are expected to have a continuing effect on results as follows:

 

Revenue. As a result of the purchase price allocation, certain customer-based intangible assets historically amortized against revenues were written off and historically deferred revenues were not assigned value unless subject to future performance obligations. The impact of removing the historical amortization and the historical recognition of deferred revenues at May 1, 2013 results in a net increase to revenue of $1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Cost of Goods Sold, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, liabilities were established for long-term loss contracts. The impact of recognizing these liabilities at May 1, 2013 results in a reduction to cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, of $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, property, plant and equipment, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at their fair value, resulting in additional depreciation and amortization expense. The impact of the step-up on depreciation expense is $20 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Interest Expense. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes were re-measured at fair value, resulting in the recognition of a premium of $46 million. Historically recognized deferred charges and discounts or premiums were assigned no fair value. The pro forma impact of the amortization of the premium, less the historical recognition of the premium, discount and deferred charges on interest expense, net of historical capitalized interest, is $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(B)   This adjustment reflects the settlement on May 1, 2013 of certain notes receivable—affiliated companies and notes payable—affiliated companies with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, historically held by the Partnership and Enogex, respectively:

 

  1)   Reduction to notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy of $479 million bearing variable interest of approximately 4.8%. The reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest income of $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

  2)   Reduction to short-term notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy of $753 million bearing variable interest of approximately 4.8% and long-term notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint of $646 million bearing fixed interest of 6.3%. This reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest expense of $31 million incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

  3)   Reduction to short-term notes payable—affiliated companies to OGE Energy bearing variable interest of approximately 2.1%. This reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest expense of $2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(C)   This adjustment reflects the entrance into the $1.05 billion Term Loan Facility on May 1, 2013 bearing variable interest of approximately 1.794%: this issuance results in an increase in interest expense of $7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on the Term Loan Facility and net of annual historical amounts capitalized for the allowance for funds used during construction of $1 million.

 

The incremental interest expense on the Term Loan Facility is calculated using the 1 month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at December 31, 2013 plus 1.625%. A change in the borrowing rate of 1/8 percent would have an impact of approximately $1 million on the pro forma annual interest expense on the Term Loan Facility for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(D)   This adjustment reflects the entrance into the Revolving Credit Facility on May 1, 2013 bearing variable interest of approximately 1.794% replacing the short-term note payable—affiliated companies to OGE Energy: this issuance results in an increase in interest expense of $1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

The incremental interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility is calculated using the 1 month LIBOR at December 31, 2013 plus 1.625%. A change in the borrowing rate of 1/8 percent would have an impact of less than $1 million on the pro forma interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(E)  

This adjustment eliminates the income tax benefit of $1.24 billion reported in the historical results of the Partnership during the year ended December 31, 2013 that does not continue upon formation of the

 

F-7


Table of Contents
  Partnership, which is a pass through entity for income tax purposes. Upon conversion to a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s earnings are no longer subject to income tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. As a result of the conversion to a limited partnership, all outstanding current income assets and tax liabilities and the deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording an income tax benefit of $1.24 billion. The pro forma adjustment to income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 above removes the historical benefit of $1.24 billion recognized for the Partnership’s conversion to a limited partnership since this is a one-time benefit that does not impact future continuing operations.

 

Enogex’s historical earnings were taxable at the individual partner level, and as such, its historical results did not have any balances or activity associated with income taxes (other than Texas state margin taxes).

 

(F)   This adjustment reflects the distribution of a 25.05% interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC (SESH) to CenterPoint Energy in connection with the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013. Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership held a 50.0% interest in SESH and, through this interest, historically recognized $7 million Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates for SESH during the year ending December 31, 2013.

 

The 25.05% interest in SESH distributed to CenterPoint Energy results in a pro forma reduction to earnings of equity method affiliates of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(G)   This adjustment reflects the assumed gross proceeds to the Partnership for the sale of             common units at an initial public price of $         per common unit, offset by the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and a structuring fee of an aggregate $         million, together with estimated other offering expenses of $         million, for a total of $         million.

 

(3) Pro Forma Earnings Per Limited Partner Unit

 

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit is calculated by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income by the common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of this offering. Pro forma net income is calculated assuming that the pro forma cash distributions are equal to the pro forma net income attributable to the Partnership.

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31,
2013
 

Net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 451   

Less general partner interest in net income

  
  

 

 

 

Limited partner interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $     
  

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common units

  

Net income allocable to subordinated units

  
  

 

 

 

Limited partner interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of outstanding limited partner units

  

Common units

  

Subordinated units

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit

  

Common units

   $     

Subordinated units

   $     

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

INTRODUCTION TO UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL PRO

FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (Partnership) for the year ended December 31, 2012 should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, as well as the Partnership’s historical combined and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, (i) the formation of the Partnership as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 is considered a contribution by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. (CenterPoint Energy) and is reflected at CenterPoint Energy’s historical cost as of May 1, 2013 and (ii) the Partnership is deemed to have acquired Enogex LLC (Enogex) on May 1, 2013. The supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared to provide the basis for comparison in management’s discussion and analysis of the pro forma results of operations.

 

The pro forma adjustments, as discussed in detail in Note 2—Pro forma adjustments, only give effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the transactions; (2) factually supportable; and (3) expected to have a continuing effect on the consolidated results of the Partnership. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the contemplated transactions and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied on the pro forma condensed combined financial information. These transactions include, and the pro forma financial data gives effect to, the following:

 

   

The acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, including (1) the incremental depreciation and amortization incurred on the fair value adjustment of Enogex’s assets, (2) adjustments to revenue and cost of sales to reflect purchase price adjustments for the recurring impact of certain loss contracts and deferred revenues and (3) a reduction to interest expense for recognition of a premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes;

 

   

A reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, and the interest expense incurred on notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy Corp. (OGE Energy) prior to May 1, 2013, which were repaid at formation;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.05 billion 3-year senior unsecured loan facility (Term Loan Facility) by the Partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

The entrance into a $1.4 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (Revolving Credit Facility) by the Partnership and the incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related thereto;

 

   

A reduction for the elimination of federal and state income taxes, except for Texas state margin taxes;

 

   

A reduction in the Partnership’s interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC (SESH) from 50% to 24.95% as of May 1, 2013;

 

   

The consummation of this offering and our issuance of common units to the public and the conversion of common units of CenterPoint Energy and common units of OGE Energy into subordinated units; and

 

   

The application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

The supplemental pro forma financial data does not give effect to the approximately $3 million in incremental annual operation and maintenance expense we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded

 

F-9


Table of Contents

partnership. The unaudited pro forma adjustments do not give effect to any potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies from the integration of the Partnership and Enogex. The pro forma financial data does not reflect adjustments for the execution of service agreements with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy upon formation since the costs under these service agreements were previously incurred by the Partnership and Enogex on a similar basis. The pro forma financial data do not adjust for acquisition related costs since the Partnership incurred no acquisition related costs in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Income Statement based upon the terms in the master formation agreement.

 

The Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income gives effect to the acquisition of Enogex, notes payable repayments, reduction to historical interest expense, reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Facility, reduction of federal and state income taxes and reduction of the Partnership’s interest in SESH as if the transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred on January 1, 2012.

 

The accompanying unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes and do not purport to present the Partnership’s or Enogex’s actual results of operations as if the transactions described above had occurred as of the dates indicated. The unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes and are not indicative of what the financial position might have been or what results of operations might have been achieved had the transactions described above closed as of the dates indicated or the financial position or results of operations that might be achieved for any future periods.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Historical
    Enogex
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Pro Forma
 
     (In millions, except per unit data)        

Revenues

   $ 952      $ 1,609      $ 3 A    $ 2,564   

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

     129        1,120        (11 )A      1,238   

Operating Expenses:

        

Operation and maintenance

     267        179               446   

Depreciation and amortization

     106        109        58 A      273   

Gain on insurance proceeds

            (8            (8

Taxes other than income

     34        23               57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     407        303        58        768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     416        186        (44     558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

        

Interest expense

     (85     (32     80 B       (45
         4 B   
         (19 )C   
         (3 )D   
         10 A   

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

     31               (13 )F      18   

Interest income—affiliated companies

     21               (21 )B        

Step acquisition gain

     136                      136   

Other, net

            (4            (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

     103        (36     38        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before Income Taxes

     519        150        (6     663   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     203               (200 )E      3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     316        150        194        660   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

            2               2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 316      $ 148      $ 194      $ 658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per common limited partner unit

        
        

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per subordinated limited partner unit

        
        

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the historical combined and consolidated financial statements of the Partnership. The Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income gives effect to the acquisition of Enogex, notes payable repayments, reduction to historical interest expense, reduction in the historical interest income received on the notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy, which were paid off at formation, entry into the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, reduction of federal and state income taxes and reduction of the Partnership’s interest in SESH as if the transactions and this offering, with respect to unit and per unit information, occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements include the historical financial information of the Partnership and Enogex. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination. Because of certain related-party relationships and transactions, these unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that could have existed or results of operations that could have occurred if the Partnership had entered into similar arrangements with non-affiliated entities.

 

The accompanying unaudited supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial statements include a statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was derived from the respective historical audited combined statement of income of the Partnership and the audited consolidated statement of income for Enogex for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Certain amounts in Enogex’s historical consolidated statements of income have been reclassified to conform presentation.

 

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments

 

(A)

This adjustment reflects the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition, the Partnership recognized adjustments to the historical net book value of Enogex’s assets and liabilities that are expected to have a continuing effect on results as follows:

 

Revenue. As a result of the purchase price allocation, certain customer-based intangible assets historically amortized against revenue were written off and historically deferred revenues were not assigned value unless subject to future performance obligations. The impact of removing the historical amortization and the historical recognition of deferred revenues at May 1, 2013 results in a net increase to revenue of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Cost of Goods Sold, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, liabilities were established for long-term loss contracts. The impact of recognizing these liabilities at May 1, 2013 results in a reduction to cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, of $11 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, property, plant and equipment, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at their fair value, resulting in additional depreciation and amortization expense. The impact of the step-up on depreciation expense is $58 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Interest Expense. As a result of applying purchase accounting to the acquisition of Enogex, Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes were re-measured at fair value, resulting in the recognition of a premium of $46 million.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Historically recognized deferred charges and discounts or premiums were assigned no fair value. The pro forma impact of the amortization of the premium, less the historical recognition of the premium, discount and deferred charges on interest expense, net of historical capitalized interest, is $10 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(B)

This adjustment reflects the settlement on May 1, 2013 of certain notes receivable—affiliated companies and notes payable—affiliated companies with CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, historically held by the Partnership and Enogex, respectively:

 

  1)   Reduction to notes receivable—affiliated companies from CenterPoint Energy of $479 million bearing variable interest of approximately 4.8%. The reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest income of $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  2)   Reduction to short-term notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy of $753 million bearing variable interest of approximately 4.8% and long-term notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint of $646 million bearing fixed interest of 6.3%. This reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest expense of $80 million incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  3)   Reduction to short-term notes payable—affiliated companies to OGE Energy bearing variable interest of approximately 2.1%. This reduction results in the elimination of the historical affiliated interest expense of $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(C)

This adjustment reflects the entrance into the $1.05 billion Term Loan Facility on May 1, 2013 bearing variable interest of approximately 1.794%: this issuance results in an increase in interest expense of $19 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on the Term Loan Facility and net of annual historical amounts capitalized for the allowance for funds used during construction of $2 million.

 

The incremental interest expense on the Term Loan Facility is calculated using the 1 month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at December 31, 2013 plus 1.625%. A change in the borrowing rate of 1/8 percent would have an impact of approximately $1 million on the pro forma annual interest expense on the Term Loan Facility for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(D)

This adjustment reflects the entrance into the Revolving Credit Facility on May 1, 2013 bearing variable interest of approximately 1.794% replacing the short-term note payable—affiliated companies to OGE

Energy: this issuance results in an increase in interest expense of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, including amortization of deferred financing costs incurred on the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

The incremental interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility is calculated using the 1 month LIBOR at December 31, 2013 plus 1.625%. A change in the borrowing rate of 1/8 percent would have an impact of less than $1 million on the pro forma interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(E)

This adjustment eliminates the income tax expense of $200 million reported in the historical results of the Partnership during the year ended December 31, 2012, that does not continue upon formation of the Partnership, which is a pass through entity for income tax purposes. Upon conversion to a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s earnings are no longer subject to income tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. As a result of the conversion to a limited partnership, all outstanding current income assets and tax liabilities and the deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording an income tax benefit of $1.24 billion.

 

Enogex’s historical earnings were taxable at the individual partner level, and as such, its historical results did not have any balances or activity associated with income taxes (other than Texas state margin taxes).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

(F)

This adjustment reflects the distribution of a 25.05% interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC (SESH) to CenterPoint Energy in connection with the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013. Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership held a 50.0% interest in SESH and, through this interest, historically recognized $26 million Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates for SESH during the year ending December 31, 2012.

 

The 25.05% interest in SESH distributed to CenterPoint Energy results in a pro forma reduction to earnings of equity method affiliates of $13 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(3) Pro Forma Earnings Per Limited Partner Unit

 

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit is calculated by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income by the common and subordinated units expected to be outstanding at the closing of this offering. Pro forma net income is calculated assuming that the pro forma cash distributions are equal to the pro forma net income attributable to the Partnership.

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31,
2012
 

Net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 658   

Less general partner interest in net income

  

Limited partner interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $     
  

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common units

  

Net income allocable to subordinated units

  
  

 

 

 

Limited partner interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of outstanding limited partner units

  

Common units

  

Subordinated units

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit

  

Common units

   $     

Subordinated units

   $     

 

F-14


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Members of

Enable Midstream Partners, LP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

 

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated balance sheets of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (previously named CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC) and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined and consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and parent net equity and partners’ capital for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such combined and consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enable Midstream Partners, LP and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined and consolidated financial statements, the combined and consolidated financial statements have been prepared from the historical accounting records maintained by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the Partnership until May 1, 2013 and may not necessarily be indicative of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows that would have existed had the Partnership operated as a separate and unaffiliated company until the Partnership formation on May 1, 2013. All of the Partnership’s combined entities were under common control and management for the periods presented until May 1, 2013. Beginning on May 1, 2013, the Partnership consolidated Enogex LLC and all previously combined entities.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined and consolidated financial statements, the accompanying financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the reverse unit split described in Note 1.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Houston, Texas

February 21, 2014

(March 25, 2014 as to the Reverse Unit Split described in Note 1)

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
        2013             2012             2011      
    (In millions, except per unit data)  

Revenues (including revenues from affiliates (Note 11))

  $ 2,489      $ 952      $ 932   

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding depreciation and amortization (including expenses from affiliates (Note 11))

    1,313        129        101   

Operating Expenses:

     

Operation and maintenance (including expenses from affiliates (Note 11))

    429        267        263   

Depreciation and amortization

    212        106        91   

Impairment

    12                 

Taxes other than income taxes

    54        34        37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

    707        407        391   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

    469        416        440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense):

   

Interest expense (including expenses from affiliates (Note 11))

    (67     (85     (90

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates

    15        31        31   

Interest income—affiliated companies

    9        21        14   

Step acquisition gain

           136          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (43     103        (45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

    426        519        395   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (1,192     203        163   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 1,618      $ 316      $ 232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    3                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  $ 1,615      $ 316      $ 232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP (Note 1)

  $ 289                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of outstanding limited partner units (Note 1)

    390                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit (Note 1)

  $ 0.74                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     (In millions)  

Net income

   $ 1,618       $ 316       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,618       $ 316       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 1,615       $ 316       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012      
     (In millions)  
ASSETS      

Current Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 108       $   

Accounts receivable

     306         78   

Accounts receivable—affiliated companies

     28         25   

Notes receivable—affiliated companies

             479   

Inventory

     83         57   

Taxes receivable

             45   

Deferred income tax assets

             31   

Gas imbalances

     10           

Other current assets

     14         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     549         739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment:

     

Property, plant and equipment

     9,655         5,175   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     665         470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     8,990         4,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Assets:

  

Intangible assets, net

     383           

Goodwill

     1,068         629   

Investment in equity method affiliates

     198         405   

Other

     44         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

     1,693         1,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 11,232       $ 6,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL      

Current Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 400       $ 83   

Accounts payable—affiliated companies

     40         28   

Current portion of long-term debt

     204           

Notes payable—affiliated companies

             753   

Taxes accrued

     20         25   

Gas imbalances

     13         7   

Other

     43         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     720         922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Liabilities:

  

Accumulated deferred income taxes, net

     8         1,272   

Notes payable—affiliated companies

     363         1,009   

Benefit obligations

             21   

Regulatory liabilities

     16         16   

Other

     28         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

     415         2,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

     1,916           

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

     

Partners’ Capital:

     

Partners’ Capital

     8,148         3,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

             (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital

     8,148         3,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

     33         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Partners’ Capital

     8,181         3,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

   $ 11,232       $ 6,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In millions)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 1,618      $ 316      $ 232   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     212        106        91   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,194     196        176   

Impairments

     12                 

Step acquisition gain

            (136       

Gain on sale/retirement of assets

     2                 

Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates, net of distributions

     9        8        8   

Changes in other assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     (81     (9     45   

Accounts receivable—affiliated companies

     (4     1        28   

Inventory

     (6     2        13   

Taxes receivable

     19        (1     13   

Other current assets

     15        (3     10   

Other assets

     (1            3   

Accounts payable

     62        (3     7   

Accounts payable—affiliated companies

     3        (3     (1

Taxes accrued

            (19     21   

Other current liabilities

     (2     (4     (3

Other liabilities

     (18            19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     648        451        662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Capital expenditures, net of acquisitions

     (573     (202     (346

Acquisitions, net of cash

            (360       

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable—affiliated companies

     434        (77     (219

Investment in equity method affiliates

            (5     (13

Other, net

     (1     (1     18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (140     (645     (560
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     1,046                 

Proceeds from line of credit

     1,126                 

Repayment of line of credit

     (754              

Increase (decrease) notes payable—affiliated companies

     (1,542     194        (102

Repayment of advance with affiliated companies

     (136              

Capital contributions from partners

     43                 

Distribution to partners

     (183              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (400     194        (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     108                 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of the Year

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of the Year

   $ 108      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash Payments:

      

Interest, net of capitalized interest

   $ 65      $ 85      $ 90   

Income taxes (refunds), net

     (9     26        (67

Non-cash transactions:

      

Accounts payable related to capital expenditures

   $ 43      $ 37      $ 31   

Acquisition of Enogex (Note 3)

     3,788                 

 

See Notes to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP PARENT NET EQUITY AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

 

    Partners’
Capital
    Parent Net
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total Enable
Midstream
Partners, LP
Partners’
Capital
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Partners’
Capital
 
    Units     Value     Value     Value     Value     Value     Value  
    (In millions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

         $      $ 2,672      $ (6   $ 2,666      $ 6      $ 2,672   

Net income

                  232               232               232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

         $        $ 2,904      $ (6   $ 2,898      $ 6      $ 2,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

                  316               316               316   

Net transfers from parent

                  1               1               1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

         $      $ 3,221      $ (6   $ 3,215      $ 6      $ 3,221   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

                  1,326               1,326               1,326   

Contributions from (Distributions to) CenterPoint Energy prior to formation (Note 1)

        (295     6        (289            (289
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of April 30, 2013

         $      $ 4,252      $      $ 4,252      $ 6      $ 4,258   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion to a limited partnership.

    227        4,252        (4,252                            

Issuance of units upon acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013 (Note 3)

    163        3,788                      3,788        26      $ 3,814   

Net income

           289                      289        3        292   

Distributions to Partners

           (181                   (181     (2     (183
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    390      $ 8,148      $      $      $ 8,148      $ 33      $ 8,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

NOTES TO THE COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Organization

 

Enable Midstream Partners, LP (Partnership) is a private limited partnership formed on May 1, 2013 by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. (CenterPoint Energy), OGE Energy Corp. (OGE Energy) and affiliates of ArcLight Capital Partners, LLC (ArcLight), pursuant to the terms of the Master Formation Agreement dated March 14, 2013 (MFA). The Partnership is a large-scale, growth-oriented limited partnership formed to own, operate and develop strategically located natural gas and crude oil infrastructure assets. The Partnership’s assets and operations are organized into two business segments: (i) Gathering and Processing, which primarily provides natural gas and crude oil gathering, processing and fractionation services for our producer customers, and (ii) Transportation and Storage, which provides interstate and intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation and storage service to natural gas producers, utilities and industrial customers. The natural gas gathering and processing assets are strategically located in four states and serve natural gas production in the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins. This segment also includes an emerging crude oil gathering business in the Bakken shale formation, principally located in the Williston basin. The natural gas transportation and storage assets extend from western Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle to Alabama and from Louisiana to Illinois.

 

As of December 31, 2013, CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and ArcLight hold approximately 58.3%, 28.5% and 13.2%, respectively, of the limited partner interests in the Partnership. The general partner of the Partnership is Enable GP, LLC (General Partner). The limited partner interests of the Partnership have limited voting rights on matters affecting the business. As such, limited partners do not have rights to elect the Partnership’s General Partner on an annual or continuing basis and may not remove the Partnership’s General Partner without at least 75% vote by all unitholders, including all units held by the Partnership’s limited partners, and General Partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.

 

The Partnership is controlled equally by CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, who each have 50% of the management rights of the General Partner. The General Partner was established by CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy to govern the Partnership and has no other operating activities. The General Partner is governed by a board made up of an equal number of representatives designated by each of CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, along with board members CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy mutually agree to appoint. Based on the 50/50 management ownership, with neither company having control, effective May 1, 2013, CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy deconsolidated their interests in the Partnership and Enogex LLC (Enogex), respectively. Effective July 30, 2013, the name of Enogex was changed to Enable Oklahoma Intrastate Transmission, LLC (Enable Oklahoma).

 

CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy also own a 40% and 60% interest, respectively, in the incentive distribution rights held by the General Partner. In addition, for a period of time prior to an initial public offering, ArcLight will have protective approval rights over certain material activities of the Partnership, including material increases in capital expenditures and certain equity issuances, entering into transactions with related parties and acquiring, pledging or disposing of certain material assets.

 

Upon conversion to a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s earnings are no longer subject to income tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. As a result of the conversion to a partnership immediately prior to formation, CenterPoint Energy assumed all outstanding current income tax liabilities and the Partnership derecognized the deferred income tax assets and liabilities by recording an income tax benefit of $1.24 billion. Consequently, the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income do not include an income tax provision on income earned on or after May 1, 2013 (other than Texas state margin taxes). See Note 13 for further discussion of the Partnership’s income taxes.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Prior to May 1, 2013, the financial statements of the Partnership include Enable Gas Transmission, LLC (EGT), Enable Mississippi River Transmission, LLC (MRT), and the non-rate regulated natural gas gathering, processing and treating operations (consisting of CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC and its subsidiaries), which were under common control by CenterPoint Energy, and a 50% interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC (SESH). On May 1, 2013, CenterPoint Energy converted CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary into a Delaware limited partnership, which subsequently changed its name to Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

As discussed in Note 1 under “Enable Midstream Partners, LP Parent Net Equity and Partners’ Capital,” through the Partnership formation on May 1, 2013, CenterPoint Energy retained certain assets and liabilities and related balances in accumulated other comprehensive loss, historically held by the Partnership, such as certain intercompany notes payable to CenterPoint Energy and benefit plan obligations. Additionally, the Partnership distributed a 25.05% interest in SESH to CenterPoint Energy, subject to future acquisition by the Partnership through put and call options discussed in Note 7. On May 1, 2013, OGE Energy and ArcLight indirectly contributed 100% of the equity interests in Enogex to the Partnership in exchange for limited partner interests and, for OGE Energy only, interests in the General Partner. The Partnership concluded that the Partnership formation on May 1, 2013 was considered a business combination, and for accounting purposes, the Partnership was the acquirer of Enogex. Subsequent to May 1, 2013, the financial statements of the Partnership are consolidated to reflect the acquisition of Enogex, and the remaining 24.95% interest in SESH. See Note 3 for further discussion of the acquisition of Enogex.

 

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013, the Partnership holds a 50% ownership interest in Atoka Midstream LLC (Atoka). As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership consolidated Atoka in its Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements as Enable Oklahoma acted as the managing member of Atoka and had control over the operations of Atoka.

 

On November 26, 2013, the Partnership filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for a proposed initial public offering of its common units, representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the Offering). At the date of these financial statements, the registration statement relating to the Offering is not effective. The completion of the Offering is subject to numerous conditions and no assurances can be made that it will be successfully completed. The securities offered under the registration statement may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement becomes effective. The information contained in these financial statements with respect to the Offering shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Partnership have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, (i) the formation of the Partnership is considered a contribution of real estate by CenterPoint Energy and is reflected at CenterPoint Energy’s historical cost as of May 1, 2013 and (ii) the Partnership acquired Enogex on May 1, 2013.

 

These combined and consolidated financial statements have been prepared from the historical accounting records maintained by CenterPoint Energy for the Partnership until May 1, 2013 and may not necessarily be indicative of the condition that would have existed or the results of operations if the Partnership had been operated as a separate and unaffiliated entity. All of Partnership’s combined entities were under common control and management for the periods presented until May 1, 2013, and all intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in combination and consolidation, as applicable. Beginning on May 1, 2013, the Partnership consolidated Enogex and all previously combined entities of the Partnership.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

These combined and consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement disclosures reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations for the respective periods.

 

For a description of the Partnership’s reportable business segments, see Note 14.

 

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Parent Net Equity and Partners’ Capital

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, Enable Midstream Partners, LP Parent Net Equity on the Combined Balance Sheet represents the investment of CenterPoint Energy in the Partnership. On April 30, 2013 immediately prior to formation of the limited partnership, while under common control, CenterPoint Energy completed equity transactions with the Partnership, whereby CenterPoint Energy made a cash contribution to the Partnership and retained certain assets and liabilities previously held by the Partnership, all of which were deemed to be transfers of net assets not constituting a transfer of a business, as follows:

 

     Amounts retained prior to
May 1, 2013
 
     (In millions)  

Contributions from (Distributions to) CenterPoint Energy

  

Cash

   $ 40   

Pension and postretirement plans

     22   

Deferred financing cost

     6   

Investment in 25.05% of SESH (see Note 7)

     (197

Increase in Notes payable—affiliated companies (see Note 11)

     (143

Decrease in Notes receivable—affiliated companies (see Note 11)

     (45

Income tax obligations, net

     28   
  

 

 

 

Net distributions to CenterPoint Energy prior to formation

   $ (289
  

 

 

 

 

Effective May 1, 2013, Enable Midstream Partners, LP Partners’ Capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheet represents the net amount of capital, accumulated net income, contributions and distributions affecting the investments of CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy, and ArcLight in the Partnership. On August 14, 2013 and November 14, 2013, the Partnership distributed $61 million and $120 million to the unitholders of record as of July 1, 2013 and October 1, 2013, respectively.

 

Earnings per Limited Partner Unit

 

Earnings per limited partner unit is calculated by dividing the limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP by the weighted average number of limited partner units outstanding. Earnings per limited partner unit assumes that cash distributions are equal to the limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP. Limited partners’ interest in net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP reflects net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP subsequent to its formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, as no limited partner units were outstanding prior to this date. The 6,322,457 and 25,341 limited partner units that may be issued in connection with acquiring the additional 24.95% and 0.10% interests in SESH, respectively, as discussed in Note 7, are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per limited partner unit as the impact of the potential transactions is anti-dilutive.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Revenues

 

Revenues for gathering, processing, transportation and storage services for the Partnership are recorded each month based on the current month’s estimated volumes, contracted prices (considering current commodity prices), historical seasonal fluctuations and any known adjustments. The estimates are reversed in the following month and customers are billed on actual volumes and contracted prices. Gas sales are calculated on current- month nominations and contracted prices. Revenues associated with the production of NGLs are estimated based on current-month estimated production and contracted prices. These amounts are reversed in the following month and the customers are billed on actual production and contracted prices. Estimated revenues are reflected in Accounts Receivable or Accounts Receivable—affiliated companies, as appropriate, on the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Revenues on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The Partnership recognizes revenue from natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage services to third parties as services are provided. Revenue associated with NGLs is recognized when the production is sold. The partnership records deferred revenue when it receives consideration from a third party before achieving certain criteria that must be met for revenue to be recognized in accordance with GAAP. The Partnership has $9 million and $-0- million of deferred revenues on the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Partnership relies on certain key natural gas producer customers for a significant portion of natural gas and NGLs supply. The Partnership relies on certain key utilities for a significant portion of transportation and storage demand. The Partnership depends on third-party facilities to transport and fractionate NGLs that it delivers to third parties at the inlet of their facilities. Additionally for the year ended December 31, 2013, one third party purchases approximately 30% of the NGLs delivered to its system, which accounted for approximately $232 million or 9% of total revenue. Other than revenues from affiliates discussed in Note 11, there are no other revenue concentrations with individual customers in the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

Natural Gas Purchases

 

Estimates for gas purchases are based on estimated volumes and contracted purchase prices. Estimated gas purchases are included in Accounts Payable or Accounts Payable—affiliated companies, as appropriate, on the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Environmental Costs

 

The Partnership expenses or capitalizes environmental expenditures, as appropriate, depending on their future economic benefit. The Partnership expenses amounts that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not have future economic benefit. The Partnership records undiscounted liabilities related to these future costs when environmental assessments and/or remediation activities are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. There are no material amounts accrued at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on economic lives or a regulatory-mandated recovery period. Amortization of intangible assets is computed using the straight-line method over the respective lives of the intangible assets.

 

During 2013, the Partnership completed a depreciation study for the Gathering and Processing segment, as well as the acquired Enogex assets. The new depreciation rates have been applied prospectively. There were no material changes in weighted average useful lives for pre-acquisition Gathering and Processing assets.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership was included in the consolidated income tax returns of CenterPoint Energy. The Partnership calculated its income tax provision on a separate return basis under a tax sharing agreement with CenterPoint Energy. The Partnership used the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. A valuation allowance was established against deferred tax assets for which management believed realization was not considered more likely than not. Current federal and certain state income taxes were payable to or receivable from CenterPoint Energy. The Partnership recognized interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. Upon conversion to a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s earnings are no longer subject to income tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. For more information, see Note 13.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Partnership considers cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets have $108 million and $-0-million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. It is the policy of management to review the outstanding accounts receivable monthly, as well as the bad debt write-offs experienced in the past. Based on this review, management determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts was required as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Inventory

 

Materials and supplies inventory is valued at cost and is subsequently recorded at the lower of cost or market. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Partnership recorded write-downs to market value related to materials and supplies inventory of $2 million associated with the Service Star business line impairment discussed in Note 9. No such write-downs were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Materials and supplies are recorded to inventory when purchased and, as appropriate, subsequently charged to Operation and maintenance expense on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income or capitalized to Property, plant and equipment on the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets when installed.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Natural gas inventory is held, through the Transportation and Storage business segment, to provide operational support for the intrastate pipeline deliveries and to manage leased intrastate storage capacity. Natural gas liquids inventory is held, through the Gathering and Processing business segment, due to timing differences between the production of certain natural gas liquids and ultimate sale to third parties. Natural gas and natural gas liquids inventory is valued using moving average cost and is subsequently recorded at the lower of cost or market. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Partnership recorded write-downs to market value related to natural gas and natural gas liquids inventory of $4 million. No such write-downs were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The cost of gas associated with sales of natural gas and natural gas liquids inventory is presented in Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012      
     (In millions)  

Materials and supplies

   $ 60       $ 56   

Natural gas inventory

     23         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

   $ 83       $ 57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Gas Imbalances

 

Gas imbalances occur when the actual amounts of natural gas delivered from or received by the Partnership’s pipeline system differ from the amounts scheduled to be delivered or received. Imbalances are due to or due from shippers and operators and can be settled in cash or made up in-kind depending on contractual terms. The Partnership values all imbalances at individual, or where appropriate an average of, current market indices applicable to the Partnership’s operations, not to exceed net realizable value.

 

Long-Lived Assets (including Intangible Assets)

 

The Partnership records property, plant and equipment and intangible assets at historical cost. The Partnership expenses repair and maintenance costs as incurred.

 

Assessing Impairment of Long-lived Assets (including Intangible Assets) and Goodwill

 

The Partnership periodically evaluates long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, and specifically identifiable intangibles other than goodwill, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The determination of whether an impairment has occurred is based on an estimate of undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets, as compared to the carrying value of the assets.

 

The Partnership assesses its goodwill for impairment at least annually and evaluates goodwill when events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. The Partnership tested its goodwill for impairment on May 1, 2013 upon formation and following formation tests annually on October 1. The Partnership utilizes the market or income approaches to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, also giving consideration to the alternative cost approach. Under the market approach, historical and current year forecasted cash flows are multiplied by a market multiple to determine fair value. Under the income approach, anticipated cash flows over a period of years plus a terminal value are discounted to present value using appropriate discount rates. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible

 

F-26


Table of Contents

assets) in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. The Partnership performs its goodwill impairment testing one level below the Transportation and Storage and Gathering and Processing business segment level at the operating segment level.

 

Regulatory Assets and Liabilities

 

The Partnership applies the guidance for accounting for regulated operations to portions of the Transportation and Storage business segment. The Partnership’s rate-regulated businesses recognize removal costs as a component of depreciation expense in accordance with regulatory treatment. As of each of December 31, 2013 and 2012, these removal costs of $16 million are classified as regulatory liabilities in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Capitalization of Interest and Allowance for Funds Used During Construction

 

Allowance for funds used during construction (AFUDC) represents the approximate net composite interest cost of borrowed funds and a reasonable return on the equity funds used for construction. Although AFUDC increases both utility plant and earnings, it is realized in cash when the assets are included in rates for combined entities that apply guidance for accounting for regulated operations. Interest and AFUDC are capitalized as a component of projects under construction and will be amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives. During the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Partnership capitalized interest and AFUDC of $7 million, $2 million and $-0- million, respectively.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Partnership is exposed to various market risks. These risks arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business. At times, the Partnership utilizes derivative instruments such as physical forward contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in commodity prices on its operating results and cash flows. Such derivatives are recognized in the Partnership’s Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value unless the Partnership elects the normal purchase and sales exemption for qualified physical transactions. A derivative may be designated as a normal purchase or normal sale if the intent is to physically receive or deliver the product for use or sale in the normal course of business.

 

The Partnership’s policies prohibit the use of leveraged financial instruments. A leveraged financial instrument, for this purpose, is a transaction involving a derivative whose financial impact will be based on an amount other than the notional amount or volume of the instrument.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The Partnership determines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As required, the Partnership utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs (levels 1 and 2) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs (level 3) within the fair value hierarchy included in current accounting guidance. The Partnership generally applies the market approach to determine fair value. This method uses pricing and other information generated by market transactions for identical or comparable assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilities are classified within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level (least observable) input that is significant to the measurement in its entirety.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

There were no material changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to the Partnership during the year ended December 31, 2013. At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the Partnership’s noncontrolling interest.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

No significant amounts were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

Reverse Unit Split

 

On March 25, 2014, the Partnership effected a 1 for 1.279082616 reverse unit split. All unit and per unit amounts presented within the financial statements reflect the events of the reverse unit split.

 

(2) New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (ASU 2013-02). The objective of ASU 2013-02 is to improve the transparency of changes in other comprehensive income and items reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in financial statements. This new guidance is effective for a reporting entity’s first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2012 and should be applied prospectively. The Partnership’s adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2011 and January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11, “Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (ASU 2011-11) and No. 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (ASU 2013-01), respectively. The objective of ASU 2011-11 is to enhance disclosures about the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The objective of ASU 2013-01 is to clarify which instruments and transactions are subject to ASU 2011-11. Both ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-01 are effective for a reporting entity’s first reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and should be applied retrospectively. The Partnership’s adoption of this new guidance on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on its combined and consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Management believes that other recently issued standards, which are not yet effective, will not have a material impact on the Partnership’s combined or consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows upon adoption.

 

(3) Acquisition of Enogex

 

Under the acquisition method, the fair value of the consideration transferred by the Partnership to OGE Energy and ArcLight for the contribution of Enogex in exchange for interest in the Partnership is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on May 1, 2013 based on their estimated fair value. Enogex’s assets, liabilities and equity are recorded at their estimated fair value as of May 1, 2013, and beginning on May 1, 2013, the Partnership consolidated Enogex. The Partnership completed the purchase price allocation for this transaction in the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

On May 1, 2013, in accordance with the MFA, CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy, and ArcLight received 227,508,825 common units, 110,982,805 common units, and 51,527,730 common units, respectively representing limited partner interests in the Partnership. The fair value of consideration transferred to OGE Energy and ArcLight in exchange for the contribution of Enogex consists of the fair value of the limited and general partner interests. The Partnership utilized the market approach to estimate the fair value of the limited partner interests, general partner interests and Atoka, also giving consideration to alternative methods such as the income and cost approaches as it relates to the underlying assets and liabilities. The primary inputs for the market valuation are the historical and current year forecasted cash flows and market multiples. The primary inputs for the income approach are forecasted cash flows and discount rates. The primary inputs for the cost approach are costs for similar assets and ages of the assets. All fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on a combination of inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 inputs.

 

The Partnership incurred no acquisition related costs in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income based upon the terms in the MFA related to the acquisition of Enogex.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the amounts recognized by the Partnership for the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisition of 100% interest Enogex as of May 1, 2013 and is reconciled to the consideration transferred by the Partnership (in millions):

 

     Amounts
Recognized as of
May 1, 2013
 

Assets

  

Current Assets

   $  192   

Property, plant and equipment

     3,919   

Goodwill

     439   

Other intangible assets

     401   

Other assets

     21   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,972   
  

 

 

 
Liabilities   

Current Liabilities

   $ 393   

Long-term debt

     745   

Other liabilities

     20   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,158   
  

 

 

 

Less: Noncontrolling interest at fair value

     26   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of consideration transferred

   $ 3,788   
  

 

 

 

 

The amounts of Enogex’s revenue, operating income, net income and net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP included in the Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income for the period from May 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013 are as follows (in millions):

 

Revenues

   $  1,406   

Operating income

   $ 92   

Net income

   $ 77   

Net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 74   

 

See Note 7 for discussion of the Partnership’s acquisition of Waskom during 2012.

 

Impact on Depreciation

 

The property, plant and equipment acquired from Enogex have differing weighted average useful lives from the existing assets of the Partnership. These assets will be depreciated over a weighted average estimated useful life of 32 years.

 

Unaudited Pro forma Results of Operations

 

The Partnership’s unaudited pro forma results of operations in the combined entity had the acquisition of Enogex been completed on January 1, 2012 are as follows (in millions):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
           2013                  2012        

Unaudited pro forma results of operations:

     

Pro forma revenues

   $  3,120       $ 2,563   

Pro forma operating income

   $ 487       $ 558   

Pro forma net income

   $ 1,638       $ 433   

Pro forma net income attributable to Enable Midstream Partners, LP

   $ 1,635       $ 431   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma results of operations include adjustments to:

 

   

Include the historical results of Enogex beginning on January 1, 2012;

 

   

Include incremental depreciation and amortization incurred on the step-up of Enogex’s assets;

 

   

Include adjustments to revenue and cost of sales to reflect Enogex purchase price adjustments for the recurring impact of certain loss contracts and deferred revenues; and

 

   

Include a reduction to interest expense for recognition of a premium on Enogex’s fixed rate senior notes.

 

The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions been made at the beginning of the periods presented or the future results of the consolidated operations.

 

(4) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment includes the following:

 

     Weighted
Average
Useful Lives

(Years)
     December 31,  
          2013              2012      
            (In millions)  

Property, plant and equipment, gross:

     

Gathering and Processing

     35       $ 5,123       $ 2,339   

Transportation and Storage

     42         4,300         2,772   

Construction work-in-progress

        232         64   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 9,655       $ 5,175   

Accumulated depreciation:

        

Gathering and Processing

        213         118   

Transportation and Storage

        452         352   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accumulated depreciation

        665         470   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

      $ 8,990       $ 4,705   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Intangible Assets, Net

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership did not have any intangible assets. Associated with the acquisition of Enogex, the Partnership recorded $401 million in intangible assets associated with customer relationships. Intangible assets are as follows as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

 

     Acquisition of
Enogex
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Intangible
Assets
 

Customer relationships

   $ 401       $ 18       $ 383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 401       $ 18       $ 383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Partnership determined that intangible assets have a weighted average useful life of 15 years for customer relationships as of May 1, 2013. Intangible assets do not have any significant residual value or renewal options of existing terms. There are no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2013 is $18 million. The following table summarizes the Partnership’s expected amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years (in millions).

 

      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  

Expected amortization of intangible assets

   $ 27       $ 27       $ 27       $ 27       $ 27   

 

(6) Goodwill

 

The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. The goodwill arising from the acquisition of Enogex consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Partnership and Enogex. The Partnership determined that its reporting units are one level below the Gathering and Processing and Transportation and Storage business segment level at the operating segment level.

 

Goodwill by reportable segment is as follows (in millions):

 

     Gathering
and

Processing
     Transportation
and
Storage
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 26       $ 579       $ 605   

Acquisition of Waskom

     24                 24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 50       $ 579       $ 629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition of Enogex

     439                 439   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 489       $ 579       $ 1,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Partnership does not amortize goodwill but instead annually assesses goodwill for impairment. The Partnership performed an interim test upon formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 and its annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of 2013 and the third quarters of 2012 and 2011. The Partnership determined that no impairment charge for goodwill was required for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. See Note 1 for further discussion regarding goodwill impairment testing.

 

(7) Investments in Equity Method Affiliates

 

The Partnership uses the equity method of accounting for investments in entities in which it has an ownership interest between 20% and 50% and exercises significant influence. Until May 1, 2013, the Partnership held a 50% investment in SESH, a 270-mile interstate natural gas pipeline, which was accounted for as an investment in equity method affiliates. On May 1, 2013, the Partnership distributed a 25.05% interest in SESH to CenterPoint Energy, retaining a 24.95% interest in SESH.

 

Following the distribution of SESH, CenterPoint Energy indirectly owns a 25.05% interest in SESH that may be contributed to Partnership in the future, upon exercise of certain put or call rights, under which CenterPoint Energy would contribute to the Partnership CenterPoint Energy’s retained interest in SESH at a price equal to the fair market value of such interest at the time the put right or call right is exercised (which may be no earlier than May 2014 and May 2015 for 24.95% and 0.1% interest, respectively). If CenterPoint Energy were to exercise such put right or the Partnership were to exercise such call right, CenterPoint Energy’s retained interest in SESH would be contributed to the Partnership in exchange for consideration consisting of 6,322,457 and 25,341 limited partnership units (subject to certain adjustments) for 24.95% and 0.1% interest in SESH, respectively, and, subject to certain restrictions, a cash payment, payable either from CenterPoint Energy to the Partnership or from the Partnership to CenterPoint Energy, in an amount such that the total consideration exchanged is equal in value to the fair market value of the contributed interest in SESH, subject to adjustment for accretion and dilution events. Affiliates of Spectra Energy Corp. own the remaining 50% interest in SESH.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Prior to July 2012, the Partnership owned a 50% interest in Waskom, a natural gas processing plant, which was accounted as an investment in equity method affiliates.

 

On July 31, 2012, the Partnership purchased the 50% interest that it did not already own in Waskom, as well as other gathering and related assets from a third-party for approximately $273 million in cash. The amount of the purchase price allocated to the acquisition of the 50% interest in Waskom was approximately $201 million, with the remaining purchase price allocated to the other gathering assets. The $273 million purchase price was allocated to the fair value of assets received as follows: $253 million to property, plant and equipment; $16 million to goodwill; and the remaining balance to other assets and liabilities. The original 50% interest held by Partnership in Waskom had a fair value of approximately $201 million prior to its acquisition of the additional 50% interest in Waskom, based on a discounted cash flow methodology (a level 3 valuation technique for which the key inputs are the discount rate and operating cash flow projections). The purchase of the additional 50% interest in Waskom was determined to be a business combination achieved in stages, and as such the Partnership recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $136 million and goodwill of $8 million on July 31, 2012, which is the result of Partnership remeasuring its original 50% interest in Waskom to fair value. As a result of the purchase, Partnership combined its wholly owned investment in Waskom beginning on July 31, 2012, which included goodwill totaling $24 million, consisting of $17 million related to Waskom (including the re-measurement of its existing 50% interest) and $7 million related to the other gathering and related assets. On May 1, 2013, CenterPoint Energy contributed a 100% interest in Waskom to the Partnership.

 

Investment in Equity Method Affiliates:

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012      
     (In millions)  

SESH

   $ 198       $ 404   

Other

             1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198       $ 405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Equity in Earnings of Equity Method Affiliates:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2013(1)               2012(2)              2011      
     (In millions)  

Waskom

   $       $ 5       $ 10   

SESH

     15         26         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15       $ 31       $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Until May 1, 2013, the combined results of operations for Partnership reflect a 50% interest in SESH, as historically combined in the Partnership’s financial statements. On May 1, 2013, the Partnership distributed a 25.05% interest in SESH to CenterPoint Energy, retaining a 24.95% interest in SESH.
  (2)   On July 31, 2012, Waskom became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership. Beginning on August 1, 2012, Waskom’s operating results are combined or consolidated, as appropriate, in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information of SESH is presented below:

 

     December 31,  
         2013             2012      
     (In millions)  

Balance Sheets:

    

Current assets

   $ 53      $ 51   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,132        1,147   

Other non-current assets

            1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,185      $ 1,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ 20      $ 19   

Non-current liabilities

     375        377   

Member’s equity

     790        803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $ 1,185      $ 1,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

    

Investment in SESH

   $ 198      $ 404   

Less: Capitalized interest on investment in SESH

     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Partnership’s share of member’s equity

   $ 197      $ 402   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     (In millions)  

Income Statements:

        

Revenues

   $ 107       $ 110       $ 100   

Operating income

     66         71         61   

Net income

     47         52         42   

 

(8) Debt

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s debt was all payable to affiliates, which is discussed in Note 11 as notes payable—affiliated companies. The Partnership’s third party debt effective May 1, 2013 is as follows:

 

On May 1, 2013, the Partnership entered into a $1.05 billion three-year senior unsecured term loan facility (Term Loan Facility), the proceeds of which were used to repay $1.05 billion of intercompany indebtedness owed to CenterPoint Energy. A wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy has guaranteed collection of the Partnership’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility, which guarantee is subordinated to all senior debt of such wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy.

 

On May 1, 2013, the Partnership also entered into a $1.4 billion, five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (Revolving Credit Facility) in accordance with the terms of the MFA, discussed in Note 1. As of December 31, 2013, there was $333 million in principal advances and $2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

The Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility each permit outstanding borrowings to bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and/or an alternate base rate, at the Partnership’s election, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on the Partnership’s applicable credit ratings. As of December 31, 2013, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility was 1.625% based on the Partnership’s credit ratings. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility requires the Partnership to pay a fee on unused commitments. The commitment fee is based on the Partnership’s applicable credit rating from the rating agencies. As of December 31, 2013, the commitment fee under the Revolving Credit Facility was 0.25% per annum based on the Partnership’s credit ratings.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Effective May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s debt includes Enable Oklahoma’s $200 million of 6.875% senior notes due July of 2014 and $250 million of 6.25% senior notes due March of 2020 (collectively, the Enable Oklahoma Senior Notes). The Enable Oklahoma Senior Notes have a $37 million unamortized premium at December 31, 2013, of which $4 million relates to the senior notes due July of 2014 and $33 million relates to the senior notes due March of 2020, resulting in an effective interest rate of 3.39% and 3.77%, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, the Partnership’s debt includes Enable Oklahoma’s $250 million variable rate term loan (Enable Oklahoma Term Loan). The Enable Oklahoma Term Loan permits outstanding borrowings to bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and/or an alternate base rate, at Enable Oklahoma’s election, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on Enable Oklahoma’s applicable credit ratings. As of December 31, 2013, the applicable margin for LIBOR-based borrowings under the Enable Oklahoma Term Loan was 1.50% based on Enable Oklahoma’s credit ratings.

 

Maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized premiums, are as follows:

 

     Long-term debt  

2014

   $ 200   

2015

     250   

2016

     1,050   

2017

       

2018

     333   

Thereafter

     250   

 

Unamortized debt expense of $9 million and $-0- million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is classified in Other assets in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being amortized over the life of the respective debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized premium on long-term debt of $37 million and $-0- million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, is classified as either Long-term debt or Current portion of long-term debt, consistent with the underlying debt instrument, in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being amortized over the life of the respective debt using the effective interest method.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership and Enable Oklahoma complied with all of their debt agreements, including financial covenants.

 

(9) Fair Value Measurements

 

Certain assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. Hierarchical levels, as defined below and directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuations of these assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date. Instruments classified as Level 1 include natural gas futures, swaps and options transactions for contracts traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) and settled through a NYMEX clearing broker.

 

Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability. Fair value assets and liabilities that are generally included in this category are derivatives with fair values based on inputs from actively quoted markets. Instruments classified as Level 2 include over-the-counter NYMEX natural gas swaps, natural gas basis swaps and natural gas purchase and sales transactions in markets such that the pricing is closely related to the NYMEX pricing, and over-the-counter West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude swaps for condensate sales.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect the Partnership’s judgments about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability since limited market data exists. The Partnership develops these inputs based on the best information available, including the Partnership’s own data.

 

The Partnership utilizes the market approach in determining the fair value of its derivative positions by using either NYMEX or WTI published market prices, independent broker pricing data or broker/dealer valuations. The valuations of derivatives with pricing based on NYMEX published market prices may be considered Level 1 if they are settled through a NYMEX clearing broker account with daily margining. Over-the-counter derivatives with NYMEX or WTI based prices are considered Level 2 due to the impact of counterparty credit risk. Valuations based on independent broker pricing or broker/dealer valuations may be classified as Level 2 only to the extent they may be validated by an additional source of independent market data for an identical or closely related active market. In certain less liquid markets or for longer-term contracts, forward prices are not as readily available. In these circumstances, contracts are valued using internally developed methodologies that consider historical relationships among various quoted prices in active markets that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. These contracts are classified as Level 3.

 

The Partnership determines the appropriate level for each financial asset and liability on a quarterly basis and recognizes transfers between levels at the end of the reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 and no Level 3 investments were held.

 

The impact to the fair value of derivatives due to credit risk is calculated using the probability of default based on Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and/or internally generated ratings. The fair value of derivative assets is adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of derivative liabilities is adjusted for credit risk only if the impact is deemed material.

 

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of all accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, short-term notes payable—affiliated companies, and other such financial instruments on the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets are estimated to be approximately equivalent to their carrying amounts and have been excluded from the table below. The following table summarizes the fair value and carrying amount of the Partnership’s financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions). The Company had no material financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (In millions)  

Long Term Debt:

           

Long-term notes payable—affiliated companies (Level 2)

   $ 363       $ 363       $ 1,009       $ 1,232   

Revolving Credit Facility (Level 2)

     333         333         —           —     

Term Loan Facility (Level 2)

     1,050         1,050         —           —     

Enable Oklahoma Term Loan (Level 2)

     250         250         —           —     

Enable Oklahoma Senior Notes (Level 2)(1)

     487         477         —           —     

 

  (1)   Includes $204 million of current portion as of December 31, 2013.

 

The fair value of the Partnership’s Term Loan Facility and Long-term notes payable—affiliated companies, along with the Enable Oklahoma Senior Notes, is based on quoted market prices and estimates of current rates available for similar issues with similar maturities and is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (e.g., when there is evidence of impairment).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Partnership remeasured the Service Star assets at fair value. Upon formation as a private partnership on May 1, 2013, management of the Partnership reassessed the long-term strategy related to the Service Star business line, a component of the Gathering and Processing business segment which provides measurement and communication services to third parties. Based on forecasted future undiscounted cash flows management determined that the carrying value of the Service Star assets were not fully recoverable. The Partnership utilized the income approach (generally accepted valuation approach) to estimate the fair value of these assets. The primary inputs are forecast cash flows and the discount rate. The fair value measurement is based on inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represent level 3 inputs. Applying a discounted cash flow model to the property, plant and equipment and reviewing the associated materials and supplies inventory, during the year ended December 31, 2013 the Partnership recognized a $12 million impairment, consisting of a $10 million write-down of property, plant and equipment and a $2 million write-down of materials and supplies inventory considered either excess or obsolete.

 

At December 31, 2012, no material fair value adjustments or fair value measurements were required for these non-financial assets or liabilities.

 

Contracts with Master Netting Arrangements

 

Fair value amounts recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement may be offset. The reporting entity’s choice to offset or not must be applied consistently. A master netting arrangement exists if the reporting entity has multiple contracts, whether for the same type of conditional or exchange contract or for different types of contracts, with a single counterparty that are subject to a contractual agreement that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. Offsetting the fair values recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts outstanding with a single counterparty results in the net fair value of the transactions being reported as an asset or a liability in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Partnership has presented the fair values of its derivative contracts under master netting agreements using a net fair value presentation. The Partnership had no material commodity contracts recorded at fair value on its Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The following tables summarize the Partnership’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 (in millions):

 

     Gas  Imbalances(A)  
          Assets(B)               Liabilities(C)      

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

   $ 8       $ 10   

 

  (A)   The Partnership uses the market approach to fair value its gas imbalance assets and liabilities at individual, or where appropriate an average of, current market indices applicable to the Partnership’s operations, not to exceed net realizable value. Gas imbalances held by Enable Oklahoma are valued using an average of the Inside FERC Gas Market Report for Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Co. (Texas, Oklahoma Mainline), ONEOK (Oklahoma) and ANR Pipeline (Oklahoma) indices. There were no netting adjustments as of December 31, 2013.
  (B)   Gas imbalance assets exclude fuel reserves for under retained fuel due from shippers of $2 million at December 31, 2013, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
  (C)   Gas imbalance liabilities exclude fuel reserves for over retained fuel due to shippers of $3 million at December 31, 2013, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.

 

The Partnership has no material assets or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012.

 

(10) Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

The Partnership is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed using derivatives instruments are commodity price risk and interest rate risk. The Partnership is also exposed to credit risk in its business operations.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

The Partnership has used forward physical contracts, commodity price swap contracts and commodity price option features to manage the Partnership’s commodity price risk exposures in the past. Commodity derivative instruments used by the Partnership are as follows:

 

   

NGL put options and NGL swaps are used to manage the Partnership’s NGL exposure associated with its processing agreements;

 

   

natural gas swaps are used to manage the Partnership’s keep-whole natural gas exposure associated with its processing operations and the Partnership’s natural gas exposure associated with operating its gathering, transportation and storage assets; and

 

   

natural gas futures and swaps, natural gas options and natural gas commodity purchases and sales are used to manage the Partnership’s natural gas exposure associated with its storage and transportation contracts and asset management activities.

 

Normal purchases and normal sales contracts are not recorded in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets and earnings are recognized in the period in which physical delivery of the commodity occurs. Management applies normal purchases and normal sales treatment to: (i) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of natural gas used in or produced by the Partnership’s operations and (ii) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of NGLs produced by Partnership’s Gathering and Processing segment.

 

The Partnership recognizes its non-exchange traded derivative instruments in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with such amounts classified as current or long-term based on their anticipated settlement. Exchange traded transactions are settled on a net basis daily through margin accounts with a clearing broker and, therefore, are recorded at fair value on a net basis in Other current assets in the Combined or Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Credit Risk

 

The Partnership is exposed to certain credit risks relating to its ongoing business operations. Credit risk includes the risk that counterparties that owe the Partnership money or energy will breach their obligations. If the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, the Partnership may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements. In that event, Partnership’s financial results could be adversely affected and the Partnership could incur losses.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

F-37


Table of Contents

(loss) and recognized into earnings in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness is recognized currently in earnings. The Partnership measures the ineffectiveness of commodity cash flow hedges using the change in fair value method whereby the change in the expected future cash flows designated as the hedge transaction are compared to the change in fair value of the hedging instrument. Forecasted transactions, which are designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge, are regularly evaluated to assess whether they continue to be probable of occurring. If the forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting will cease on a prospective basis and all future changes in the fair value of the derivative will be recognized directly in earnings.

 

The Partnership designates as cash flow hedges derivatives used to manage commodity price risk exposure for the Partnership’s NGLs volumes and corresponding keep-whole natural gas resulting from its natural gas processing contracts (processing hedges) and natural gas positions resulting from its natural gas gathering and processing operations and natural gas transportation and storage operations (operational gas hedges). The Partnership also designates as cash flow hedges certain derivatives used to manage natural gas commodity exposure for certain natural gas storage inventory positions. The Partnership had no instruments designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedge risk are recognized currently in earnings. The Partnership includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in Revenues, offsetting the loss or gain on the related hedging derivative.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Partnership had no derivative instruments that were designated as fair value hedges.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments are utilized in the Partnership’s asset management activities. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings, unless designated as normal purchases or normal sales.

 

Quantitative Disclosures, Balance Sheet Presentation and Income Statement Presentation Related to Derivative Instruments

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Partnership had no material derivative instruments to disclose.

 

Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features in Derivative Instruments

 

In the event Moody’s Investors Services or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services were to lower the Partnership’s or Enable Oklahoma’s senior unsecured debt ratings to a below investment grade rating, the Partnership or Enable Oklahoma would have been required to post no cash collateral to satisfy its obligation under its financial and physical contracts relating to derivative instruments that are in a net liability position at December 31, 2013. The Partnership or Enable Oklahoma could be required to provide additional credit assurances in future dealings with third parties, which could include letters of credit or cash collateral.

 

(11) Related Party Transactions

 

The related party transactions with CenterPoint Energy, OGE Energy and their respective subsidiaries are summarized and described below. There were no material related party transactions with other affiliates.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Partnership’s revenues from affiliated companies accounted for 9%, 14%, and 15% of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts of revenues from affiliated companies included in the Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     (In millions)  

Gas transportation and storage—CenterPoint Energy . .

   $ 108       $ 133       $ 140   

Gas sales—CenterPoint Energy

     70                   

Gas transportation and storage—OGE Energy(1)

     32                   

Gas sales—OGE Energy(2)

     14                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues—affiliated companies

   $ 224       $ 133       $ 140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   The Partnership has contracts with OGE Energy to transport natural gas to OGE Energy’s natural gas-fired generation facilities and store natural gas that are reflected in Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income beginning on May 1, 2013.
  (2)   The Partnership sells natural gas to OGE Energy’s natural gas-fired generation facilities that are reflected in the Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income beginning on May 1, 2013.

 

Amounts of natural gas purchased from affiliated companies included in the Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      
     (In millions)  

Cost of goods sold—CenterPoint Energy

   $ 4       $ 1       $ 1   

 

The Partnership recorded an expense from OGE Energy of $8 million for the period beginning May 1, 2013 and ended December 31, 2013 for electricity used to power the Partnership’s electric compression assets, which is reflected in the Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income as operation and maintenance expense beginning on May 1, 2013.

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership had employees and reflected the associated benefit costs directly and not as corporate services. Under the terms of the MFA, effective May 1, 2013 the Partnership’s employees were seconded by CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, and the Partnership began reimbursing CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy for all employee costs under the seconding agreements until terminated with at least 90 days’ notice by CenterPoint Energy or OGE Energy, respectively, or by the Partnership. The Partnership intends to identify those seconded employees (“selected employees”) to whom it will extend an employment offer during 2014. The Partnership anticipates transitioning the selected employees from CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy to the Partnership effective January 1, 2015.

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership received certain services and support functions from CenterPoint Energy described below. Under the terms of the MFA, effective May 1, 2013 the Partnership receives services and support functions from each CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy under service agreements for an initial term ending on April 30, 2016. The service agreements automatically extend year-to-year at the end of the initial term, unless terminated by the Partnership with at least 90 days’ notice. Additionally, the Partnership may terminate these service agreements at any time with 180 days’ notice, if approved by the Board of the General Partner. The Partnership reimburses CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy for these services up to annual caps, initially $44 million and $30 million, respectively. The Board of Directors of the General Partner has approved 2014 annual caps of $38 million and $28 million for CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The Partnership’s operations are dependent on CenterPoint Energy’s and OGE Energy’s ability to perform under these service agreements, which include certain support functions for accounting, finance, investor relations, planning, legal, communications, governmental and regulatory affairs, and human resources, as well as information technology services and other shared services such as corporate security, facilities management, office support services, and purchasing and logistics. The cost of these services has been charged directly to the Partnership through negotiated usage rates, dedicated asset assignment and proportionate corporate formulas based on operating expenses, assets, gross margin, employees and a composite of assets, gross margin and employees. In some instances, OGE Energy uses the “Distrigas” method to allocate operating costs to the Partnership. The Distrigas method is a three-factor formula that uses an equal weighting of payroll, net operating revenues and gross property, plant and equipment. OGE Energy adopted the Distrigas method in January 1996 as a result of a recommendation by the Staff of the Oklahoma Corporation Commission. CenterPoint Energy uses the Composite Ratio Formula that allocates costs incurred by a service company on behalf of its affiliates to those affiliates. This three-part formula consisting of gross margin, assets, and the number of employees applied 40%, 40% and 20% respectively, attempts to weight various aspects of each of the affiliates so that a fair distribution of the overhead cost is allocated to each affiliate member. These charges are not necessarily indicative of what would have been incurred had the Partnership not been an affiliate of CenterPoint Energy or OGE Energy.

 

Amounts charged to the Partnership by affiliates for seconded employees and corporate services, included primarily in operating and maintenance expenses in Partnership’s Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In millions)  

Seconded Employee Costs—CenterPoint Energy(1)

   $ 92       $       $   

Corporate Services—CenterPoint Energy(1)

     38         39         37   

Seconded Employee Costs—OGE Energy(2)

     78                   

Corporate Services—OGE Energy(2)

     18                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate services and seconded employee expense

   $ 226       $ 39       $ 37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Beginning on May 1, 2013, CenterPoint Energy assumed all employees of Partnership and seconded such employees to the Partnership. Therefore, costs historically incurred directly by Partnership for employment services are reflected as seconded employee costs subsequent to formation on May 1, 2013.
  (2)   Corporate services and seconded employee expenses from OGE Energy are reflected in the Statement of Combined and Consolidated Income beginning on May 1, 2013. With respect to the annual cap of $30 million for corporate services, $28 million was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013, including $10 million prior to the Partnership’s acquisition of Enogex on May 1, 2013.

 

On July 1, 2009, OGE Energy and Enogex entered into hedging transactions to offset natural gas long positions at Enogex with short natural gas exposures at OGE Energy resulting from the cost of generation associated with a wholesale power sales contract. These transactions are for approximately 50,000 million British thermal unit per month from August 2009 to December 2013. These transactions are reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Income beginning on May 1, 2013.

 

Until May 1, 2013, the Partnership participated in a “money pool” through which it could borrow or invest with CenterPoint Energy on a short-term basis. Funding needs were aggregated and external borrowing or investing was based on the net cash position. The Partnership’s money pool borrowings and investments were reflected in notes payable—affiliated companies and notes receivable—affiliated companies, respectively, in the Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The notes receivable—affiliated companies as of December 31, 2012 include $434 million and $45 million investments in the money pool and other notes receivable, respectively, and bear an interest rate of 4.869% and 3.25%, respectively. Immediately prior to formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership received cash for repayment of the $434 million of investments in the money pool and received a contribution from CenterPoint Energy for the settlement of the $45 million of other notes receivable. Interest income of $9 million, $21 million, and $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in Interest income—affiliated companies.

 

The Partnership has outstanding short-term and long-term notes payable—affiliated companies to CenterPoint Energy as presented below:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Long-Term      Current      Long-Term      Current  
     (In millions)  

Short-term notes payable—affiliated companies:

           

Notes payable—affiliated companies(1)

   $       $       $       $ 753   

Long-term notes payable—affiliated companies:

           

Notes payable—affiliated companies(2)

   $ 363       $       $ 363       $   

Notes payable—affiliated companies(3)

                     646           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term notes payable—affiliated companies

   $ 363       $       $ 1,009       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   These notes were payable on demand to CenterPoint Energy. Substantially all of these notes represented the Partnership’s money pool borrowings. At December 31, 2012, the Partnership’s money pool borrowings had an interest rate of 4.869%. These notes were repaid and terminated immediately prior to formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 without premium or penalty.
  (2)   These notes are payable to CenterPoint Energy and mature in 2017. Notes having an aggregate principal amount of approximately $273 million bear a fixed interest rate of 2.10% and notes having an aggregate principal amount of approximately $90 million bear a fixed interest rate of 2.45%.
  (3)   These notes were payable to CenterPoint Energy, bear a fixed interest rate of 6.30% and were scheduled to mature in 2036. These notes were repaid and terminated immediately prior to formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 without premium or penalty.

 

Prior to repayment of the $753 million and $646 million of short-term and long-term notes payable—affiliated companies, respectively, the Partnership assumed an additional $143 million through a distribution of the Partnership. In total, the repayment of notes payable—affiliated companies immediately prior to formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013 was $1.54 billion.

 

The liabilities recognized upon acquisition of Enogex included $136 million of advances due affiliated companies, payable to OGE Energy. On May 1, 2013, these advances were repaid from proceeds under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

 

The Partnership recorded affiliated interest expense to CenterPoint Energy of $34 million, $85 million and $90 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, on notes payable—affiliated companies, which is included in Interest expense on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

CenterPoint Energy has provided guarantees (Encana and Shell Guarantees) with respect to the performance of certain obligations of the Partnership under long-term gas gathering and treating agreements with an affiliate of Encana Corporation (Encana) and an affiliate of Royal Dutch Shell plc (Shell). As of December 31, 2013,

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CenterPoint Energy had guaranteed the Partnership’s obligations up to an aggregate amount of $100 million under these agreements. Under the terms of the omnibus agreement entered into in connection with the Partnership’s formation as a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership and CenterPoint Energy have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate with each other to terminate the Encana and Shell Guarantees, and to release CenterPoint Energy from such guarantees by causing the Partnership or one of its subsidiaries to enter into substitute guarantees or to assume the Encana and Shell Guarantees.

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

 

(a) Long-Term Agreements

 

Long-term Gas Gathering and Treating Agreements. The Partnership has long-term agreements with Encana and Shell to provide gathering and treating services for their natural gas production from certain Haynesville Shale and Bossier Shale formations in Texas and Louisiana.

 

Under the long-term agreements, Encana or Shell may elect to require the Partnership to expand the capacity of its gathering systems by up to an additional 1.3 Bcf per day. The Partnership estimates that the cost to expand the capacity of its gathering systems by an additional 1.3 Bcf per day would be as much as $440 million. Encana and Shell would provide incremental volume commitments in connection with an election to expand system capacity.

 

Long-term Agreement with Exxon. In March 2013, Enable Bakken entered into a long-term agreement with an affiliate of Exxon-Mobil Corporation (Exxon), to provide gathering services for certain of Exxon’s crude oil production through a new crude oil gathering and transportation pipeline system in North Dakota’s liquids-rich Bakken shale. The agreement with Exxon was entered into pursuant to the open season announced by Enable Bakken in February 2013. Under the terms of the agreement, which includes volume commitments, Enable Bakken will provide service to Exxon over a gathering system to be constructed by Enable Bakken in Dunn and McKenzie counties in North Dakota with a capacity of up to 19,500 barrels per day. Certain portions of the pipeline system were placed in service in 2013 with the remaining portions to be placed in service in the third quarter of 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership estimates the remaining construction costs to be $17 million.

 

Operating Lease Obligations. The Partnership has operating lease obligations expiring at various dates. Future minimum payments for noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

   2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Noncancellable operating leases

   $ 7       $ 5       $ 2       $ 1       $       $       $ 15   

 

Total rental expense for all operating leases was $12 million, $16 million and $26 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Partnership currently occupies 134,219 square feet of office space at its executive offices under a lease that expires March 31, 2017. The lease payments are $11 million over the lease term, which began April 1, 2012. This lease has rent escalations which increase after 5 and 10 years if the lease is renewed. These lease expenses are reflected in the Statement of Combined or Consolidated Income beginning on May 1, 2013.

 

The Partnership currently has 23 compression service agreements, of which three agreements are on a month-to-month basis, three agreements will expire in 2014, 17 agreements will expire in 2015 and 2 agreements will expire in 2016. The Partnership also has 8 gas treating agreements, of which 6 agreements are on a month-to-month basis, one agreement will expire in 2013 and one agreement will expire in 2014. These lease expenses are reflected in the Statement of Combined or Consolidated Income beginning on May 1, 2013.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Other Purchase Obligations and Commitments. In 2004, Enable Oklahoma entered into a firm transportation service agreement with Cheyenne Plains, who operates the Cheyenne Plains Pipeline that provides firm transportation services in Wyoming, Colorado and Kansas, for 60,000 dekatherms/day of firm capacity on the pipeline. The firm transportation service agreement was for a 10-year term beginning with the in-service date of the Cheyenne Plains Pipeline in March 2005 with an annual demand fee of $7 million. Effective March 1, 2007, Enable Oklahoma and Cheyenne Plains amended the firm transportation service agreement to provide for Enable Oklahoma to turn back 20,000 dekatherms/day of its capacity beginning in January 2008 for the remainder of the term.

 

In 2006, Enable Oklahoma entered into a firm capacity agreement with Midcontinent Express Pipeline (MEP) for a primary term of 10 years (subject to possible extension) that gives MEP and its shippers’ access to capacity on Enable Oklahoma’s system. The quantity of capacity subject to the MEP capacity agreement is currently 272 MMcf/d, with the quantity subject to being increased by mutual agreement pursuant to the capacity agreement. In 2009, Enable Oklahoma entered into a firm transportation service agreement with MEP for 10,000 dekatherms/day of firm capacity on the pipeline. The firm transportation service agreement was for a five-year term beginning with the in-service date of the MEP pipeline in June 2009 with an annual demand fee of $2 million.

 

The Partnership’s other future purchase obligations and commitments estimated for the next five years are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

   2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total  

Other purchase obligations and commitments

   $ 11       $ 4       $ 1       $       $       $ 16   

 

(b) Legal, Regulatory and Other Matters

 

Regulatory Matters

 

MRT Rate Case. MRT, a subsidiary of the Partnership, made a rate filing with the FERC pursuant to Section 4 of the Natural Gas Act, on August 22, 2012 that became effective March 1, 2013, following a five-month suspension, in which it requested an annual cost of service of $104 million (an increase of approximately $47 million above the annual cost of service underlying the current FERC approved maximum rates for MRT’s pipeline). On July 30, 2013, MRT filed with the FERC an uncontested Stipulation and Agreement and Offer of Settlement, resolving all issues in the rate case. The settlement specifies few particulars, other than setting an annual overall cost-of-service for MRT of $84 million and increasing the depreciation rates for certain asset classes. In September 2013, the FERC approved the settlement. Although the settlement became effective November 1, 2013, the settlement rates are effective as of March 1, 2013. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2013 MRT made refunds to certain of its customers totaling approximately $6 million, which had previously been reserved.

 

2013 Fuel Filing. On March 1, 2013, Enable Oklahoma submitted its annual fuel filing to establish the fixed fuel percentages for its East Zone and West Zone for the upcoming fuel year (April 1, 2013 through March 31, 2014). The deadline for interventions and protests on the filing was March 18, 2013 and no protests were filed. On June 25, 2013, the FERC accepted Enable Oklahoma’s proposed zonal fuel percentages.

 

Other Proceedings

 

The Partnership is involved in other legal, environmental, tax and regulatory proceedings before various courts, regulatory commissions and governmental agencies regarding matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Some of these proceedings involve substantial amounts. The Partnership regularly analyzes current information and, as necessary, provides accruals for probable liabilities on the eventual disposition of these matters. The Partnership does not expect the disposition of these matters to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

(13) Income Taxes

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, the Partnership was included in the consolidated income tax returns of CenterPoint Energy. The Partnership calculated its income tax provision on a separate return basis under a tax sharing agreement with CenterPoint Energy.

 

Upon conversion to a limited partnership on May 1, 2013, the Partnership’s earnings are no longer subject to income tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. The Partnership and its subsidiaries are pass-through entities for federal income tax purposes. See Note 1 for further discussion of the conversion to a limited partnership. For these entities, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to their owners and, accordingly, do not result in a provision for income taxes in the financial statements (other than Texas state margin taxes). Consequently, the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income do not include an income tax provision for income earned on or after May 1, 2013 (other than Texas state margin taxes).

 

The items comprising income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012      2011  
     (In millions)  

Provision (benefit) for current income taxes:

       

Federal

   $ 1      $ 6       $ (20

State

     1        1         7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Provision (benefit) current income taxes

     2        7         (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes, net:

       

Federal

     (1,039     164         146   

State

     (155     32         30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes, net

     (1,194     196         176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (1,192   $ 203       $ 163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The following schedule reconciles the statutory Federal tax rate to the effective income tax rate:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013         2012     2011  
     (In millions)  

Income before income taxes

   $ 426      $ 519      $ 395   

Federal statutory rate

     35     35     35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected federal income tax expense

     149        182        138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in tax expense resulting from:

      

State income taxes, net of federal income tax

     8        21        24   

Income not subject to tax

     (103              

Conversion to partnership

     (1,240              

Other, net

     (6            1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (1,341     21        25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (1,192   $ 203      $ 163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (275.9 )%      39.1     41.2

 

F-44


Table of Contents

As a result of the conversion to a partnership, CenterPoint Energy assumed all outstanding current income tax liabilities and the deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording a provision for income tax benefit equal to $1.24 billion. Therefore, there were no federal deferred income tax assets and liabilities balances at December 31, 2013. The components of Deferred Income Taxes as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
         2013              2012      
     (In millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Current:

     

Deferred gas costs

   $       $ 29   

Other

             2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

             31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current:

     

Employee benefits

        11   

Net operating loss carryforwards

        8   

Other

             7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax assets

             26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

             57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Non-current:

     

Depreciation

     8         1,219   

Other

             79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax liabilities

     8         1,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated deferred income taxes, net

   $ 8       $ 1,241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Tax Attribute Carryforwards and Valuation Allowance. At December 31, 2012, the Partnership had approximately $5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards which begin to expire in 2031 and $120 million of state net operating loss carryforwards which expire in various years between 2013 and 2032. At December 31, 2012 the Partnership expected to realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets before expiration and as a result, there was no valuation allowance at December 31, 2012. As a result of the conversion to a partnership, the federal and state net operating losses were distributed to CenterPoint Energy as part of a deemed liquidation for tax purposes on May 1, 2013. Accordingly, there were no remaining carryforwards available to the Partnership as of December 31, 2013.

 

Uncertain Income Tax Positions. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balance of the Partnership’s unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012     2011  
     (In millions)  

Balance, beginning of year

   $       $ 3      $ 5   

Tax Positions related to prior years:

       

Reductions

             (3     (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $       $      $ 3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Partnership’s unrecognized tax benefits on uncertain tax positions would not affect the effective income tax rate if they were recognized. The Partnership recognizes interest and penalties as a component of income tax

 

F-45


Table of Contents

expense. There was no unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Partnership recognized approximately $-0- million, $1 million of income tax benefit, and less than $1 million of income tax expense related to the Partnership’s interest on uncertain income tax positions during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. The Partnership accrued no interest on uncertain income tax positions related to the Partnership at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Tax Audits and Settlements. CenterPoint Energy’s consolidated federal income tax returns have been audited by the IRS and settled through the 2011 tax year. CenterPoint Energy is currently under examination by the IRS for tax year 2012. The Partnership considered the effect of this examination in its accrual for settled issues and liability for uncertain income tax positions as of December 31, 2013.

 

(14) Reportable Business Segments

 

The Partnership’s determination of reportable business segments considers the strategic operating units under which it manages sales, allocates resources and assesses performance of various products and services to wholesale or retail customers in differing regulatory environments. The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting described in Note 1. Some executive benefit costs of Partnership, incurred prior to May 1, 2013 have not been allocated to business segments. The Partnership uses operating income as the measure of profit or loss for its business segments.

 

The Partnership’s assets and operations are organized into two business segments: (i) Gathering and Processing, which primarily provides natural gas and crude oil gathering, processing and fractionation services for our producer customers, and (ii) Transportation and Storage, which provides interstate and intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation and storage service to natural gas producers, utilities and industrial customers. Effective May 1, 2013, the intrastate natural gas pipeline operations acquired from Enogex were combined with the interstate pipelines in the Transportation and Storage segment and the non-rate regulated natural gas gathering, processing and treating operations acquired from Enogex were combined within the Gathering and Processing segment.

 

During the integration of the operations acquired from Enogex, the intrastate natural gas pipelines and non- rate regulated natural gas gathering, processing and treating operations have been identified as separate operating segments, which are aggregated with the respective interstate pipelines and legacy gathering and processing operations as the respective (1) Transportation and Storage and (2) Gathering and Processing reportable segments.

 

Financial data for business segments and services are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

   Gathering  and
Processing(1)
     Transportation
and Storage(2)
     Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Revenues(3)(4)

   $ 1,740       $ 1,149       $ (400     2,489   

Cost of goods sold

     1,075         636         (398     1,313   

Operation and maintenance

     222         209         (2     429   

Depreciation and amortization

     117         95                212   

Impairment

     12                        12   

Taxes other than income

     20         34                54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 294       $ 175       $      $ 469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,157       $ 5,717       $ (1,642   $ 11,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 431       $ 142       $      $ 573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   Gathering  and
Processing(1)
     Transportation
and Storage(2)
     Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Revenues(3)(4)

   $ 502       $ 502       $ (52   $ 952   

Cost of goods sold

     124         55         (50     129   

Operation and maintenance

     114         155         (2     267   

Depreciation and amortization

     50         56                106   

Taxes other than income

     5         29                34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 209       $ 207       $      $ 416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,439         4,052       $ (9   $ 6,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 70         132       $      $ 202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

   Gathering  and
Processing(1)
     Transportation
and Storage(2)
     Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Revenues(3)(4)

   $ 415       $ 553       $ (36   $ 932   

Cost of goods sold

     70         65         (34     101   

Operation and maintenance

     111         154         (2     263   

Depreciation and amortization

     37         54                91   

Taxes other than income

     5         32                37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 192       $ 248       $      $ 440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,933       $ 3,869       $ (6   $ 5,796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 248       $ 98       $      $ 346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Gathering and processing recorded equity income of $-0-, $5 million and $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, from its 50% interest in a jointly-owned gas processing plant, Waskom. These amounts are included in Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other income (expense) caption. The Partnership consolidated Waskom during the third quarter of 2012. See Note 7 for further discussion regarding Waskom.
  (2)   Transportation and storage recorded equity income of $15 million, $26 million and $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively, from its interest in SESH, a jointly-owned pipeline. These amounts are included in Equity in earnings of equity method affiliates under the Other Income (Expense) caption. Transportation and Storage’s investment in SESH was $198 million, $404 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in Investments in equity method affiliates. The Partnership reflected a 50% interest in SESH until May 1, 2013 when the Partnership distributed a 25.05% interest in SESH to CenterPoint Energy. See Note 7 for further discussion regarding SESH.
  (3)   Revenues are comprised of gathering, processing, transportation and storage revenues.
  (4)   The Partnership had no external customers accounting for 10% or more of revenues in periods shown. See Note 11 for revenues from affiliated companies.

 

(15) Subsequent Events

 

On February 14, 2014, the Partnership distributed $114 million to the unitholders of record as of January 1, 2014.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

 

2012 FINANCIAL REPORT

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

The following is a glossary of frequently used abbreviations that are found throughout this report.

 

Abbreviation

  

Definition

401(k) Plan

   Qualified defined contribution retirement plan

ArcLight group

  

Bronco Midstream Holdings, LLC, Bronco Midstream Holdings II, LLC, collectively

Atoka

  

Atoka Midstream LLC joint venture

Chesapeake

  

Chesapeake Energy Marketing, Inc. and Chesapeake Exploration L.L.C.

Code

  

Internal Revenue Code of 1986

Cordillera

   Cordillera Energy Partners III, LLC

EER

  

Enogex Energy Resources LLC, wholly-owned subsidiary of Enogex (prior to June 30, 2012, the legal name was OGE Energy Resources LLC)

Enogex

   Enogex LLC, collectively with its subsidiaries

Enogex Holdings

  

Enogex Holdings LLC, the parent company of Enogex and a majority-owned subsidiary of OGE Holdings

FERC

   Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

GAAP

   Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States

MEP

   Midcontinent Express Pipeline, LLC

MMBtu

   Million British thermal unit

MMcf/d

  

Million cubic feet per day

NGLs

   Natural gas liquids

NYMEX

   New York Mercantile Exchange

OG&E

  

Oklahoma Gas and Electric Company

OGE Energy

   OGE Energy Corp., parent company of OGE Holdings

OGE Holdings

  

OGE Enogex Holdings, LLC, wholly-owned subsidiary of OGE Energy and parent company of Enogex Holdings

Oxbow

  

Oxbow Midstream, LLC

Pension Plan

   Qualified defined benefit retirement plan

PHMSA

  

U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration

PRM

   Price risk management

Restoration of Retirement Income Plan

  

Supplemental retirement plan to the Pension Plan

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

 

2012 FINANCIAL REPORT

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Except for the historical statements contained herein, the matters discussed in this Report are forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Such forward-looking statements are intended to be identified in this document by the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “objective”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “project” and similar expressions. Actual results may vary materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

general economic conditions, including the availability of credit, access to existing lines of credit, actions of rating agencies and their impact on capital expenditures;

 

   

the ability of Enogex, Enogex Holdings and OGE Energy to access the capital markets and obtain financing on favorable terms as well as inflation rates and monetary fluctuations;

 

   

prices and availability of natural gas and NGLs, each on a stand-alone basis and in relation to each other as well as the processing contract mix between percent-of-liquids, percent-of-proceeds, keep-whole and fixed-fee;

 

   

business conditions in the energy and natural gas midstream industries;

 

   

competitive factors including the extent and timing of the entry of additional competition in the markets served by Enogex;

 

   

unusual weather;

 

   

availability and prices of raw materials for current and future construction projects;

 

   

Federal or state legislation and regulatory decisions and initiatives that affect the energy and natural gas midstream industries;

 

   

environmental laws and regulations that may impact Enogex’s operations;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, rules or guidelines;

 

   

the cost of protecting assets against, or damage due to, terrorism or cyber-attacks and other catastrophic events;

 

   

advances in technology; and

 

   

creditworthiness of suppliers, customers and other contractual parties.

 

Enogex undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

 

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

   

2010

 

OPERATING REVENUES

   $ 1,608.6      $ 1,787.1      $ 1,707.7   

COST OF GOODS SOLD (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

     1,120.1        1,346.6        1,285.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     488.5        440.5        422.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Other operation and maintenance

     172.9        162.5        145.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     108.8        77.6        71.3   

Impairment of assets

     0.4        6.3        1.1   

Gain on insurance proceeds

     (7.5     (3.0       

Taxes other than income

     28.3        22.0        20.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     302.9        265.4        238.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     185.6        175.1        184.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

      

Interest income

                   0.1   

Other income

     1.0        3.9        0.2   

Other expense

     (4.5     (1.3     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other income (expense)

     (3.5     2.6          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

      

Interest on long-term debt

     29.1        21.8        29.0   

Other interest charges

     3.5        1.1        1.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     32.6        22.9        30.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE TAXES

     149.5        154.8        153.9   

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

     0.2        0.2        (325.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     149.3        154.6        479.0   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1.5        (1.3     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENOGEX LLC

   $ 147.8      $ 155.9      $ 476.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

   

2010(A)

 

Net income

   $ 149.3      $ 154.6      $ 479.0   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

      

Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan:

      

Amortization of deferred net loss, net of tax of $0.2 in 2010

     2.2        1.4        0.8   

Net gain (loss) arising during the period

     (10.0     (12.7     6.3   

Amortization of prior service cost, net of tax of $0.1 in 2010

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.1

Postretirement plans:

      

Amortization of deferred net loss, net of tax of $0.3 in 2010

     1.6        1.3        0.7   

Net loss arising during the period

     (3.0     (2.8     (2.8

Amortization of deferred net transition obligation

     0.1        0.2        0.1   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (1.2     (1.2       

Prior service credit arising during the period

            7.0          

Deferred commodity contracts hedging (gains) losses reclassified in net income, net of tax of $8.5 in 2010

     (5.1     40.2        19.9   

Deferred commodity contracts hedging gains (losses)

     0.5        (5.5     (16.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (15.0     27.8        8.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     134.3        182.4        487.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1.5        (1.3     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Enogex LLC

   $ 132.8      $ 183.7      $ 484.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (A)   As of November 1, 2010, Enogex’s earnings are no longer subject to tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level.

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 149.3      $ 154.6      $ 479.0   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     112.6        78.2        71.3   

Impairment of assets

     0.4        6.3        1.1   

Deferred income taxes, net

                   (352.7

(Gain) loss on disposition and abandonment of assets

     4.2        (2.7     0.3   

Gain on insurance proceeds

     (7.5     (3.0       

Stock-based compensation expense

     1.7        4.1          

Price risk management assets

     5.2        (2.0     1.0   

Price risk management liabilities

     (5.0     18.5        8.1   

Other assets

     2.0        (6.5     (2.7

Other liabilities

     6.5        14.7        7.2   

Change in certain current assets and liabilities

      

Accounts receivable, net

     5.3        (8.0     11.8   

Accounts receivable—affiliates

     0.6        3.1        0.2   

Natural gas, natural gas liquids, materials and supplies inventories

     6.1        (0.1     (7.0

Gas imbalance assets

     (7.2     0.7        0.6   

Other current assets

     0.2        (0.2     0.5   

Accounts payable

     29.7        15.3        8.0   

Income taxes payable—affiliates

                   76.5   

Gas imbalance liabilities

     (4.7     3.0        (5.3

Other current liabilities

     6.6        (10.9     22.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities

     306.0        265.1        320.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Capital expenditures

     (427.9     (412.1     (234.2

Acquisition of gathering assets

     (78.6     (200.4       

Reimbursement of capital expenditures

                   3.3   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     0.9        17.5        0.9   

Proceeds from insurance

     7.6        7.4          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (498.0     (587.6     (230.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     250.0                 

Contributions from parent

     91.2        285.5          

Changes in advances with parent

     71.4        47.3        227.4   

Proceeds from line of credit

            150.0        115.0   

Distributions to noncontrolling interest partner

                   (4.0

Retirement of long-term debt

                   (289.2

Purchase of OGE Energy treasury stock

     (5.9              

Distributions to parent

     (67.5     (133.0     (49.4

Repayment of line of credit

     (150.0     (25.0     (90.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided from (Used in) Financing Activities

     189.2        324.8        (90.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (2.8     2.3        0.4   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     4.6        2.3        1.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 1.8      $ 4.6      $ 2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1.8       $ 4.6   

Accounts receivable, less reserve of less than $0.1 each

     134.7         140.1   

Accounts receivable—affiliates

     0.7         1.3   

Natural gas and natural gas liquids inventories

     16.5         23.7   

Materials and supplies, at average cost

     4.9         3.8   

Price risk management

     2.6         5.7   

Gas imbalances

     9.0         1.8   

Assets held for sale

     25.5           

Other

     3.7         3.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     199.4         184.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER PROPERTY AND INVESTMENTS, at cost

     1.5         1.5   

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

In service

     2,869.4         2,386.5   

Construction work in progress

     130.7         160.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     3,000.1         2,547.1   

Less accumulated depreciation

     738.3         658.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net property, plant and equipment

     2,261.8         1,889.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS

     

Intangible assets, net

     127.4         137.0   

Goodwill

     39.4         39.4   

Price risk management

             2.1   

Other

     21.8         23.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred charges and other assets

     188.6         201.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 2,651.3       $ 2,277.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S INTEREST

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 200.2      $ 170.5   

Advances from parent

     137.5        66.2   

Customer deposits

     1.8        1.9   

Ad valorem taxes

     12.9        8.5   

Accrued interest

     11.2        11.0   

Accrued compensation due to OGE Holdings

     10.7        12.2   

Price risk management

     0.3        0.4   

Gas imbalances

     5.0        9.7   

Other

     14.0        10.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     393.6        290.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

     698.4        598.1   

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

    

Accrued benefit obligations due to OGE Holdings

     79.4        60.1   

Deferred revenues

     37.7        40.8   

Price risk management

            0.1   

Other

     5.1        4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred credits and other liabilities

     122.2        105.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,214.2        994.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 15)

    

MEMBER’S INTEREST

    

Member’s interest

     1,461.8        1,295.3   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (45.0     (30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enogex LLC member’s interest

     1,416.8        1,265.3   

Noncontrolling interest

     20.3        17.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s interest

     1,437.1        1,282.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S INTEREST

   $ 2,651.3      $ 2,277.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CAPITALIZATION

 

December 31 (In millions)

   2012     2011  

MEMBER’S INTEREST

    

Member’s interest

   $ 1,461.8      $ 1,295.3   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (45.0     (30.0
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enogex LLC member’s interest

     1,416.8        1,265.3   

Noncontrolling interest

     20.3        17.6   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s interest

     1,437.1        1,282.9   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

  

SERIES

  DUE DATE     

6.875%

 

Senior Notes, Series Due July 15, 2014

     200.0        200.0   

1.72%

 

Term Loan Agreement, Due August 2, 2015

     250.0          

—%

 

Revolving Credit Agreement Due December 13, 2016

            150.0   

6.25%

 

Senior Notes, Series Due March 15, 2020

     250.0        250.0   

Unamortized discount

     (1.6     (1.9
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     698.4        598.1   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

   $ 2,135.5      $ 1,881.0   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S INTEREST

 

      Member’s
Interest
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total  
     (In millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 521.7      $ (41.1   $ 20.0      $ 500.6   

Contribution of income taxes to parent

     34.4        (25.2            9.2   

Comprehensive income (loss)

        

Net income

     476.1               2.9        479.0   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            8.5               8.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     476.1        8.5        2.9        487.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to parent

     (49.4                   (49.4

Distributions to noncontrolling interest partner

                   (4.0     (4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 982.8      $ (57.8   $ 18.9      $ 943.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

        

Net income (loss)

     155.9               (1.3     154.6   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            27.8               27.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     155.9        27.8        (1.3     182.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions from parent

     285.5                      285.5   

Distributions to parent

     (133.0                   (133.0

Contribution of OGE Energy stock compensation

     4.1                      4.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,295.3      $ (30.0   $ 17.6      $ 1,282.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

        

Net income

     147.8               1.5        149.3   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            (15.0            (15.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     147.8        (15.0     1.5        134.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions from parent

     90.0                      90.0   

Contribution from noncontrolling interest partner

                   1.2        1.2   

Distributions to parent

     (67.5                   (67.5

Contribution of OGE Energy stock compensation

     2.1                      2.1   

Purchase of OGE Energy treasury stock

     (5.9                   (5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,461.8      $ (45.0   $ 20.3      $ 1,437.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Organization

 

Enogex is a Delaware single-member limited liability company, which is wholly-owned by Enogex Holdings, a partnership between OGE Energy and the ArcLight group. Enogex is a provider of integrated natural gas midstream services. Enogex is engaged in the business of gathering, processing, transporting and storing natural gas. Most of Enogex’s natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage assets are strategically located in the Arkoma and Anadarko basins of Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle. During the third quarter of 2012, the operations and activities of EER were fully integrated with those of Enogex through the creation of a new commodity management organization. This new organization is intended to facilitate the execution of Enogex’s strategy through an enhanced focus on asset optimization and active management of its growing natural gas, NGLs and condensate positions. The operations of EER, including asset management activities, have been included in the natural gas transportation and storage segment and have been restated for all prior periods presented. Enogex’s operations are now organized into two business segments: (i) natural gas transportation and storage and (ii) natural gas gathering and processing. Also, Enogex holds a 50 percent ownership interest in Atoka. Enogex consolidates Atoka in its Consolidated Financial Statements as Enogex acts as the managing member of Atoka and has control over the operations of Atoka.

 

On October 1, 2010, OGE Energy formed Enogex Holdings as a Delaware single-member limited liability company. On October 5, 2010, OGE Energy contributed its equity interest in Enogex to Enogex Holdings.

 

On October 5, 2010, OGE Energy entered into an investment agreement with the ArcLight group, whereby the ArcLight group contributed $183,150,000 in exchange for a membership interest in Enogex Holdings. As a result of this transaction, the ArcLight group acquired an indirect interest in Enogex and OGE Energy retained an indirect interest in Enogex. The investment agreement provides the ArcLight group the opportunity to increase its ownership interest by providing equity funding for capital expenditures associated with Enogex’s business plan. The transaction closed on November 1, 2010. As a result of the investment agreement described above and subsequent disproportionate contributions by the ArcLight group, at December 31, 2012, OGE Energy indirectly owns a 79.9 percent membership interest in Enogex Holdings. See Note 2 for a further discussion.

 

Upon formation of Enogex Holdings, Enogex’s earnings are no longer subject to tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. As a result of the conversion of Enogex to a partnership, all deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording an income tax benefit and OGE Energy assumed $34.4 million of outstanding current income tax liabilities of Enogex equal to the September 2010 distribution to OGE Energy. Also, the Consolidated Statements of Income does not include an income tax provision for income earned on or after November 1, 2010 other than Texas state margin taxes.

 

At December 31, 2012, Enogex had six wholly-owned active subsidiaries, including Enogex Gathering & Processing LLC, EER, Enogex Products LLC, Enogex Gas Gathering LLC, Enogex Atoka LLC and Roger Mills Gas Gathering, LLC.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts and operations of Enogex and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the consolidated financial position of Enogex at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years ended

 

F-57


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, have been included and are of a normal recurring nature except as otherwise disclosed. Management also has evaluated the impact of subsequent events for inclusion in Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements occurring after December 31, 2012 through February 27, 2013, the date Enogex’s financial statements were available to be issued, and, in the opinion of management, Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes contain all necessary adjustments and disclosures resulting from that evaluation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Changes to these assumptions and estimates could have a material effect on Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements. However, Enogex believes it has taken reasonable, but conservative, positions where assumptions and estimates are used in order to minimize the negative financial impact to Enogex that could result if actual results vary from the assumptions and estimates. In management’s opinion, the areas of Enogex where the most significant judgment is exercised includes the determination of Pension Plan assumptions, impairment estimates of long-lived assets (including intangible assets), contingency reserves, asset retirement obligations, fair value and cash flow hedges, the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, the valuation of operating revenues, natural gas purchases, purchase and sale contracts, assets and depreciable lives of property, plant and equipment, amortization methodologies related to intangible assets and impairment assessments of goodwill.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the Consolidated Financial Statements, Enogex considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable

 

The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable for Enogex is calculated based on outstanding accounts receivable balances over 180 days old. In addition, other outstanding accounts receivable balances less than 180 days old are reserved on a case-by-case basis when Enogex believes the collection of specific amounts owed is unlikely to occur. The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable was less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to Enogex if counterparties fail to perform their contractual obligations. Enogex maintains credit policies with regard to its counterparties that management believes minimize overall credit risk. These policies include the evaluation of a potential counterparty’s financial position (including credit rating, if available), collateral requirements under certain circumstances, the use of standardized agreements which provide for the netting of cash flows associated with a single counterparty and the monitoring of the financial position of existing counterparties on an ongoing basis.

 

Natural Gas Inventories

 

Natural gas inventory is held by Enogex, through its transportation and storage business, to provide operational support for its pipeline deliveries and to manage its leased storage capacity. In an effort to mitigate market price exposures, Enogex may enter into contracts or hedging instruments to protect the cash flows associated with its inventory. All natural gas inventory held by Enogex is valued using moving average cost and is recorded at the lower of cost or market. As part of its asset management activity, Enogex injects and withdraws natural gas into and out of inventory under the terms of its storage capacity contracts. During the years

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex recorded write-downs to market value related to natural gas storage inventory of $5.5 million, $4.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The cost of gas associated with sales of natural gas storage inventory is presented in Cost of Goods Sold on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Gas Imbalances

 

Gas imbalances occur when the actual amounts of natural gas delivered from or received by Enogex’s pipeline system differ from the amounts scheduled to be delivered or received. Imbalances are due to or due from shippers and operators and can be settled in cash or made up in-kind depending on contractual terms. Enogex values all imbalances at an average of current market indices applicable to Enogex’s operations, not to exceed net realizable value.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

All property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Newly constructed plant is added to plant balances at cost which includes contracted services, direct labor, materials, overhead, transportation costs and capitalized interest. Replacements of units of property are capitalized as plant. For assets that belong to a common plant account, the replaced plant is removed from plant balances and charged to Accumulated Depreciation. For assets that do not belong to a common plant account, the replaced plant is removed from plant balances with the related accumulated depreciation and the remaining balance net of any salvage proceeds is recorded as a loss in the Consolidated Statements of Income as Other Expense. Repair and removal costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as Other Operation and Maintenance Expense.

 

Cox City Plant Fire

 

On December 8, 2010, a fire occurred at Enogex’s Cox City natural gas processing plant destroying major components of one of the four processing trains, representing 120 MMcf/d of the total 180 MMcf/d of capacity, at that facility. The damaged train was replaced and the facility was returned to full service in September 2011. The total cost necessary to return the facility back to full service was $29.6 million. In the fourth quarter of 2011, Enogex received a partial insurance reimbursement of $7.4 million and recognized a gain of $3.0 million on insurance proceeds. In March 2012, Enogex reached a settlement agreement with its insurers in this matter. As a result of the settlement agreement, Enogex received additional reimbursements of $7.6 million and recognized a gain of $7.5 million on insurance proceeds in 2012.

 

In a period in which Enogex has an event that results in the recognition of a material gain or loss on an event that is covered by insurance proceeds, Enogex records an impairment loss for the book value of the damaged asset and an offsetting gain for insurance proceeds if recovery of the loss is considered probable. To the extent proceeds from an insurance settlement exceed recognized losses, Enogex records a gain on insurance proceeds in earnings as the receipts of proceeds are determined to be probable.

 

Enogex’s property, plant and equipment and related accumulated depreciation are divided into the following major classes at:

 

December 31, 2012 (In millions)

  

Total Property,
Plant and
Equipment

    

Accumulated
Depreciation

    

Net Property,
Plant and
Equipment

 

Natural gas transportation and storage assets

   $ 988.6       $ 292.7       $ 695.9   

Natural gas gathering and processing assets

     2,011.5         445.6         1,565.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

   $ 3,000.1       $ 738.3       $ 2,261.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 (In millions)

  

Total Property,
Plant and
Equipment

    

Accumulated
Depreciation

    

Net Property,
Plant and
Equipment

 

Natural gas transportation and storage assets

   $ 967.0       $ 277.0       $ 690.0   

Natural gas gathering and processing assets

     1,580.1         381.0         1,199.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

   $ 2,547.1       $ 658.0       $ 1,889.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The unamortized computer software costs were $3.9 million and $4.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, amortization expense for computer software costs was $3.1 million, $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The following table below summarizes Enogex’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization at:

 

     Total Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Intangible
Assets
 
     (In millions)  

December 31, 2012

  

Customer Contract / Acreage Dedication

   $ 141.9       $ 14.5       $ 127.4   

December 31, 2011

  

Customer Contract / Acreage Dedication

   $ 141.9       $ 4.9       $ 137.0   

 

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, amortization expense for intangible assets was $9.6 million, $2.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, including amortization of certain customer-based intangible assets associated with the acquisition from Cordillera in November 2011, which is included in gross margin for financial reporting purposes.

 

The following table summarizes Enogex’s expected amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years.

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017  
     (In millions)  

Expected amortization of intangible assets

   $ 9.5       $ 9.5       $ 9.5       $ 9.5       $ 9.1   

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

Depreciation is computed principally on the straight-line method using estimated useful lives of three to 83 years for transportation and storage assets, three to 30 years for gathering and processing assets and three to 15 years for general plant assets. Amortization of intangible assets other than debt costs is computed using the straight-line method over the respective lives of the intangible assets ranging up to 20 years.

 

The computation of depreciation expense requires judgment regarding the estimated useful lives and salvage value of assets at the time the assets are placed in service. As circumstances warrant, useful lives are adjusted when changes in planned use, changes in estimated production lives of affiliated natural gas basins or other factors indicate that a different life would be more appropriate. Such changes could materially impact future depreciation expense. Changes in useful lives that do not result in the impairment of an asset are recognized prospectively. The computation of amortization expense on intangible assets requires judgment regarding the amortization method used. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

Enogex has previously recorded asset retirement obligations that are being amortized over their respective lives ranging from three months to 50 years. Enogex also has certain asset retirement obligations primarily related to Enogex’s processing plants and compression sites that have not been recorded because Enogex cannot determine when these obligations will be incurred. Asset retirement obligations and related expense recognized during 2011 were less than $0.1 million.

 

The following table summarizes changes to Enogex’s asset retirement obligations during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

      (In millions)  

Balance at January 1

   $   

Liabilities incurred(A)

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 0.4   
  

 

 

 

 

  (A)   Due to certain Enogex compression assets.

 

Assessing Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Including Intangible Assets) and Goodwill

 

Enogex assesses its long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances require an analysis of the recoverability of an asset’s carrying amount. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of long-lived assets and intangible assets shall include only the future cash flows (cash inflows less associated cash outflows) that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The fair value of these assets is based on third-party evaluations, prices for similar assets, historical data and projected cash flows. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the expected future net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of any recognized impairment is based on the estimated fair value of the asset subject to impairment compared to the carrying amount of such asset. In 2011, Enogex recorded an impairment loss of $5.0 million, of which $2.5 million was the noncontrolling interest portion (see Note 5), related to the Atoka processing plant. Enogex recorded no other material impairments in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

 

As a result of the gas gathering acquisitions in November 2011, Enogex recorded goodwill of $39.4 million. Enogex assesses its goodwill for impairment at least annually as of October 1 by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. Enogex utilizes the income approach (generally accepted valuation approach) to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, also giving consideration to alternative methods such as the market and cost approaches. Under the income approach, anticipated cash flows over a period of years plus a terminal value are discounted to present value using appropriate discount rates. Enogex performs its goodwill impairment testing at the natural gas gathering and processing segment reporting unit level. Enogex recorded no impairments of goodwill in 2012.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Operating revenues for gathering, processing, transportation and storage services for Enogex are recorded each month based on the current month’s estimated volumes, contracted prices (considering current commodity prices), historical seasonal fluctuations and any known adjustments. The estimates are reversed in the following month and customers are billed on actual volumes and contracted prices. Gas sales are calculated on current-month nominations and contracted prices. Operating revenues associated with the production of NGLs are estimated based on current-month estimated production and contracted prices. These amounts are reversed in the following month and the customers are billed on actual production and contracted prices. Estimated operating revenues are reflected in Accounts Receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Operating Revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Enogex’s key natural gas producer customers in 2012 included

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Chesapeake Energy Marketing Inc., Apache Corporation and Devon Energy Production Company, L.P. In 2012, these customers accounted for 19.6 percent, 17.8 percent and 10.6 percent, respectively, of Enogex’s gathering and processing volumes. In 2012, Enogex’s top 10 natural gas producer customers accounted for 73.0 percent of Enogex’s gathering and processing volumes.

 

Enogex recognizes revenue from natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage services to third parties as services are provided. Revenue associated with NGLs is recognized when the production is sold. Enogex depends on third-party facilities to transport and fractionate NGLs that it delivers to third parties at the inlet of their facilities. Additionally, one third party purchases 50 percent of the NGLs delivered to its system, which accounted for $297.3 million (43.3 percent), $285.4 million (38.8 percent) and $279.8 million (46.0 percent), respectively, of Enogex’s total NGLs sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

Enogex records deferred revenue when it receives consideration from a third party before achieving certain criteria that must be met for revenue to be recognized in accordance with GAAP. In August 2010, Enogex completed construction of transportation and compression facilities necessary to provide gas delivery service to a new natural gas-fired electric generation facility near Pryor, Oklahoma. Aid in Construction payments of $36.4 million received in excess of construction costs were recognized as Deferred Revenues on Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and are being amortized on a straight-line basis of $1.2 million per year over the life of the related firm transportation service agreement under which service commenced in June 2011. Also, in August 2011, Enogex and one of its five largest customers entered into new agreements, effective July 1, 2011, relating to the customer’s natural gas gathering and processing volumes on the Oklahoma portion of Enogex’s system. As a result, Enogex has recorded $7.1 million in Deferred Revenues on Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012, which are expected to be recognized based on the estimated average fee per MMBtu processed by the end of 2014. Enogex has also recorded $1.5 million in Deferred Revenues on Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012 in connection with other gathering and processing agreements.

 

Enogex engages in asset management and hedging activities related to the purchase and sale of natural gas and NGLs. Contracts utilized in these activities generally include purchases and sales for physical delivery, over-the-counter forward swap and options contracts and exchange traded futures and options. Enogex’s transactions that qualify as derivatives are reflected at fair value with the resulting unrealized gains and losses recorded as PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, classified as current or long-term based on their anticipated settlement, or against the brokerage deposits in Other Current Assets. The offsetting unrealized gains and losses from changes in the market value of open contracts are included in Operating Revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income or in Other Comprehensive Income for derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges. Contracts resulting in delivery of a commodity are included as sales or purchases in the Consolidated Statements of Income as Operating Revenues or Cost of Goods Sold depending on whether the contract relates to the sale or purchase of the commodity.

 

Estimates for gas purchases are based on estimated volumes and contracted purchase prices. Estimated gas purchases are included in Accounts Payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in Cost of Goods Sold on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Normal purchases and normal sales contracts are not recorded in PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and earnings recognition is recorded in the period in which physical delivery of the commodity occurs. Management applies normal purchases and normal sales treatment to: (i) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of natural gas used in or produced by Enogex’s operations and (ii) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of NGLs produced by Enogex’s gathering and processing business.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

Prior to November 1, 2010, Enogex was a member of an affiliated group that filed consolidated income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Income taxes were generally allocated to each company in the affiliated group based on its stand-alone taxable income or loss. Effective November 1, 2010, Enogex was converted to a partnership for income tax purposes and is not subject to Federal income taxes and most state income taxes, with the exception of Texas state margin taxes. For Federal and state income tax purposes other than Texas, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to the owners, and accordingly do not result in a provision for income taxes.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The following table summarizes the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2012 and 2011 attributable to Enogex. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was no accumulated other comprehensive loss related to Enogex’s noncontrolling interest in Atoka.

 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

 

Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan:

  

Net loss

   $ (36.5   $ (28.7

Prior service cost

     0.4        0.5   

Postretirement plans:

    

Net loss

     (13.7     (12.3

Prior service cost

     4.6        5.8   

Net transition obligation

            (0.1

Deferred commodity contracts hedging gains

     0.2        4.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (45.0   $ (30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2012 that are expected to be recognized into earnings in 2013 are as follows:

 

      (In millions)  

Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan:

  

Net loss

   $ 2.5   

Prior service cost

     (0.1

Postretirement plans:

  

Net loss

     1.6   

Prior service cost

     (1.2

Deferred commodity contracts hedging gains

     0.2   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.0   
  

 

 

 

 

Environmental Costs

 

Accruals for environmental costs are recognized when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs are charged to expense if they relate to the remediation of conditions caused by past operations or if they are not expected to mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations. Where environmental expenditures relate to facilities currently in use, such as pollution control equipment, the costs may be capitalized and depreciated over the future service periods. Estimated remediation costs are recorded at undiscounted amounts, independent of any insurance recovery, based on prior experience, assessments and current technology. Accrued obligations are regularly adjusted as environmental assessments and estimates are revised, and remediation efforts proceed. For

 

F-63


Table of Contents

sites where Enogex has been designated as one of several potentially responsible parties, the amount accrued represents Enogex’s estimated share of the cost. Enogex had no accrued environmental liabilities at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

OGE Energy charged operating costs to Enogex of $28.1 million, $27.0 million and $23.0 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. OGE Energy charges operating costs to its subsidiaries based on several factors. Operating costs directly related to specific subsidiaries are assigned to those subsidiaries. Included in operating costs charged by OGE Energy are $2.4 million, $2.0 million and $2.7 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for payroll taxes and depreciation and amortization expense directly related to Enogex’s operations. Where more than one subsidiary benefits from certain expenditures, the costs are shared between those subsidiaries receiving the benefits. Operating costs incurred for the benefit of all subsidiaries are allocated among the subsidiaries, either as overhead based primarily on labor costs or using the “Distrigas” method. The Distrigas method is a three-factor formula that uses an equal weighting of payroll, net operating revenues and gross property, plant and equipment. OGE Energy adopted the Distrigas method in January 1996 as a result of a recommendation by the OCC Staff. OGE Energy believes this method provides a reasonable basis for allocating common expenses.

 

Enogex has a transportation contract with its affiliate, OG&E, to transport natural gas to OG&E’s natural gas-fired generation facilities. In each of 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex recorded revenues from OG&E of $34.8 million for transporting gas to OG&E’s natural gas-fired generating facilities. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex recorded revenues from OG&E of $12.9 million, $12.7 million and $12.7 million, respectively, for natural gas storage services. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex also recorded natural gas sales to OG&E of $20.4 million, $34.7 million and $50.3 million, respectively. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex recorded an expense from OG&E of $12.4 million, $8.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively, for electricity used at Enogex’s compression sites.

 

On July 1, 2009, OG&E and Enogex entered into hedging transactions to offset natural gas long positions at Enogex with short natural gas exposures at OG&E resulting from the cost of generation associated with a wholesale power sales contract with the Oklahoma Municipal Power Authority. These transactions are for 50,000 MMBtu per month from August 2009 to December 2013 (see Note 7).

 

In 2012 and 2011, the parent made contributions to Enogex of $90.0 million and $285.5 million, respectively. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, Enogex made distributions to the parent of $67.5 million, $133.0 million and $49.4 million, respectively.

 

Upon formation of Enogex Holdings, Enogex’s earnings are no longer subject to tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level. As a result of the conversion of Enogex to a partnership, all deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording an income tax benefit and OGE Energy assumed $34.4 million of outstanding current income tax liabilities of Enogex equal to the September 2010 distribution to OGE Energy. Also, the Consolidated Statements of Income does not include an income tax provision for income earned on or after November 1, 2010 other than Texas state margin taxes.

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

On April 1, 2008, Enogex entered into an omnibus agreement with OGE Energy. The omnibus agreement memorializes Enogex’s obligation to reimburse OGE Energy for costs incurred on behalf of Enogex and its subsidiaries. Enogex reimburses OGE Energy for: (i) the performance of general and administrative services for Enogex and its subsidiaries, such as legal, accounting, treasury, finance, investor relations, insurance administration and claims processing, risk management, health, safety and environmental, information technology, human resources, credit, payroll, internal audit, taxes, facilities, fleet management and media

 

F-64


Table of Contents

services and (ii) the payment of certain operating expenses of Enogex and its subsidiaries, including for compensation and benefits of operating personnel. Pursuant to the Enogex Holdings LLC Agreement, the members agreed to negotiate in good faith to replace the omnibus agreement with a new services agreement between Enogex and OGE Energy. Until the renegotiations are complete, OGE Energy continues to provides services and allocate costs to Enogex on a basis consistent with historical practice.

 

Seconding Agreement

 

On December 28, 2010, OGE Energy, OGE Holdings and Enogex Holdings entered into a Seconding Agreement whereby all of Enogex’s employees were seconded on January 1, 2011 to OGE Holdings. Under the Seconding Agreement, the employees will continue to perform services for Enogex and Enogex will reimburse OGE Holdings for all employment costs, including compensation and pension obligations, paid during the time of the Seconding Agreement.

 

Accrued Vacation

 

Enogex accrues vacation pay monthly by establishing a liability for vacation earned. Vacation may be taken as earned and is charged against the liability. At the end of each year, the liability represents the amount of vacation earned, but not taken. As discussed above, all of Enogex’s employees were seconded on January 1, 2011 to OGE Holdings. Therefore, Enogex’s vacation obligations are payable to OGE Holdings.

 

Reclassifications

 

As discussed in Note 14, during the third quarter of 2012, the operations and activities of EER were fully integrated with those of Enogex through the creation of a new commodity management organization. The operations of EER, including asset management activities, have been included in the natural gas transportation and storage segment and have been restated for all prior periods presented to conform to the 2012 presentation.

 

2. Investment Agreement with ArcLight

 

On October 5, 2010, OGE Energy entered into an investment agreement with the ArcLight group, whereby the ArcLight group contributed $183,150,000 in exchange for a membership interest in Enogex Holdings. As part of the investment agreement, OGE Energy and the ArcLight group have agreed to indemnify each other for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants contained in the investment agreement, and, in the case of OGE Energy, for certain tax matters related to Enogex, in each case subject to customary thresholds and survival periods.

 

Pursuant to the Enogex Holdings LLC Agreement, OGE Holdings’ and the ArcLight group’s rights to designate directors to the Board of Directors of Enogex Holdings will be determined by percentage ownership. OGE Holdings was initially entitled to designate three directors, and the ArcLight group was initially entitled to designate one director. As its ownership position increases, the ArcLight group will be entitled to increasing board representation. The ArcLight group will also be entitled, at various ownership thresholds, to certain special board approval rights with respect to certain significant actions taken by Enogex Holdings, as well as to appoint additional directors for Enogex Holdings.

 

To the extent Enogex cannot fund its capital expenditures through internal cash flow and use of its line of credit, Enogex will rely on capital contributions from Enogex Holdings, which, in turn, relies on contributions from OGE Energy and the ArcLight group. Until the ArcLight group owns 50 percent of the equity of Enogex Holdings, the ArcLight group will fund capital contributions in an amount higher than its proportionate interest. If necessary, the ArcLight group will fund between 50 percent and 90 percent of required capital contributions during that period. The remainder of the required capital contributions (i.e., between 10 percent and 50 percent) will be funded by OGE Holdings. In 2011, OGE Energy and the ArcLight group made contributions

 

F-65


Table of Contents

to Enogex Holdings of $70.9 million and $214.6 million, respectively, to fund a portion of Enogex’s 2011 capital requirements. Effective October 1, 2012, OGE Energy and the ArcLight group made contributions to Enogex Holdings of $45.0 million each to fund a portion of Enogex’s 2012 capital requirements.

 

Pursuant to the Enogex Holdings LLC Agreement, Enogex Holdings will make minimum quarterly distributions equal to the amount of cash required to cover OGE Energy’s anticipated tax liabilities plus $12.5 million, to be distributed in proportion to each member’s percentage ownership interest. As Enogex Holdings’ sole investment is in Enogex, it will rely on distributions from Enogex to fund its distribution obligations to its partners.

 

Under the terms of the Enogex Holdings LLC Agreement, each member and its affiliates are prohibited from independently pursuing a transaction in which a portion of the relevant assets are located in a designated core operating area, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, each member and its affiliates are prohibited from independently pursuing a transaction in which a portion of the relevant assets are located in a designated area of mutual interest unless (i) in the case of the ArcLight group, the collective ownership interest of the ArcLight group is less than five percent, (ii) the transaction falls within a defined category of passive financial investments, (iii) the proposed transaction has been disapproved by Enogex Holdings or (iv) the fair market value of the assets located in the area of mutual interest constitutes less than 50 percent of the total fair market value of the assets involved in the transaction. A member permitted to pursue a transaction independently pursuant to the foregoing is not required to offer the assets associated with such transaction to Enogex Holdings.

 

3. Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The new standard requires entities to disclose information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either offset on the balance sheet or are subject to a master netting arrangement, including providing both gross information and net information for recognized assets and liabilities, the net amounts presented on an entity’s balance sheet and a description of the rights of setoff associated with these assets and liabilities. The new standard is applicable for all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments shown using a net presentation on an entity’s balance sheet or are subject to a master netting arrangement. On January 31, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an update to this standard clarifying that the scope includes derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or are subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The new standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and is required to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Enogex adopted this new standard effective January 1, 2013 and will provide any additional disclosures necessary to comply with the new standard in its 2013 Annual Report.

 

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued “Comprehensive Income: Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The new standard requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the new standard requires an entity to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items in net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The new standard is applicable for all entities that issue financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP and that report items of other comprehensive income. The new standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012 and is required to be applied prospectively. Enogex adopted this new standard effective January 1, 2013 and will provide any additional disclosures necessary to comply with the new standard in its 2013 Annual Report.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

4. Gas Gathering and Processing Acquisitions and Divestitures

 

Western Oklahoma Gathering Acquisition

 

On September 23, 2011, Enogex entered into the following agreements: an agreement with Cordillera, Oxbow and West Canadian Midstream LLC pursuant to which Enogex agreed to acquire 100 percent of the membership interest in Roger Mills Gas Gathering, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company that owns an approximately 60-mile natural gas gathering system located in Roger Mills County and Ellis County, Oklahoma; an agreement with Cordillera and Oxbow pursuant to which Enogex agreed to acquire an approximately 30-mile natural gas gathering system located in Roger Mills County, Oklahoma; and agreements with Cordillera and other producers pursuant to which such producers agreed to provide Enogex with long-term acreage dedication in the area served by the gathering systems encompassing approximately 100,000 net acres. The gathering systems are located in the Granite Wash area. The aggregate purchase price for these transactions was $200.4 million which was paid in cash primarily from contributions from OGE Energy and the ArcLight group as well as cash generated from operations and bank borrowings. The transactions closed on November 1, 2011.

 

The acquisition described above was accounted for as a business combination. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for this acquisition.

 

      (In millions)  

Current assets

   $ 5.4   

Net property, plant and equipment

     24.3   

Intangible assets

     136.3   

Goodwill

     39.4   

Current liabilities assumed

     (5.0
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 200.4   
  

 

 

 

 

The goodwill recognized from this acquisition primarily related to the benefits associated with combining the acquired assets with Enogex’s existing assets and operations. All of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The transactions have provided Enogex with key new opportunities in the Granite Wash area. The goodwill has been recorded in the natural gas gathering and processing segment. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no changes in the recognized amount of goodwill resulting from this acquisition, as discussed in Note 1.

 

Intangible assets consist of identifiable customer contracts and relationships. The acquired intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 15 years. The net amount of intangible assets and related accumulated amortization was $125.7 million and $10.6 million at December 31, 2012 and $134.8 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

Granite Wash Gathering Acquisition

 

On August 1, 2012, Enogex entered into agreements with Chesapeake Midstream Gas Services, L.L.C. and Mid-America Midstream Gas Services, L.L.C., wholly-owned subsidiaries of Access Midstream Partners, L.P. and Chesapeake Midstream Development, L.P., respectively, pursuant to which Enogex agreed to acquire approximately 235 miles of natural gas gathering pipelines, right-of-ways and certain other midstream assets that provide natural gas gathering services in the greater Granite Wash area. The transactions closed on August 31, 2012. The aggregate purchase price for these transactions was approximately $78.6 million including reimbursement for certain permitted capital expenditures incurred during the period beginning June 1, 2012 and ending August 31, 2012. Enogex utilized cash generated from operations and bank borrowings to fund the purchase. In addition, Enogex also incurred acquisition-related costs of $3.5 million for sales taxes on acquired assets, which are included in taxes other than income.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The acquisition described above was accounted for as a business combination. The purchase price is preliminary and has been allocated to property, plant and equipment based on the estimated fair values at the acquisition date using a third-party valuation expert. This allocation may change in subsequent financial statements. Enogex is currently evaluating the preliminary purchase price allocation, which will be adjusted as additional information relative to the fair value of assets becomes available. Enogex expects the purchase price allocations to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2013.

 

In connection with these agreements, Enogex entered into a gas gathering and processing agreement with Chesapeake effective September 1, 2012 pursuant to which Enogex began providing fee-based natural gas gathering, compression, processing and transportation services to Chesapeake with respect to certain acreage dedicated by Chesapeake.

 

Texas Panhandle Gathering Divestiture

 

On January 2, 2013, Enogex and one of its five largest customers entered into new agreements, effective January 1, 2013, relating to the customer’s gathering and processing volumes on the Texas portion of Enogex’s system. The effects of this new arrangement are (i) a fixed fee processing agreement replaces the previous keep-whole agreement, (ii) the acreage dedicated by the customer to Enogex for gathering and processing in Texas has been increased for an extended term and (iii) the sale by Enogex of certain gas gathering assets in the Texas Panhandle portion of Enogex’s system to this customer for cash proceeds of approximately $35 million. The sale of these assets was approved by Enogex’s Board of Directors in November 2012, therefore these assets were classified as held for sale on Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012. Enogex expects to recognize a pre-tax gain of approximately $10 million in the first quarter of 2013 in its natural gas gathering and processing segment from the sale of these assets.

 

Harrah Gathering and Processing Divestiture

 

On April 1, 2011, Enogex completed the sale of its Harrah processing plant (38 MMcf/d of capacity) and the associated Wellston and Davenport gathering assets. The proceeds from the sale were $15.9 million and Enogex recorded a pre-tax gain in the second quarter of 2011 of $3.7 million in its natural gas gathering and processing segment.

 

5. Impairment of Assets

 

Atoka previously operated a 20 MMcf/d refrigeration processing plant which processed gas gathered in the Atoka area. The processing plant was leased on a month-to-month basis. In August 2011, management made a decision to use third-party processing exclusively for gathered volumes dedicated to Atoka and, therefore, to take the processing plant out of service and return it to the lessor in accordance with the rental agreement. As a result, in August 2011, Enogex recorded an impairment loss of $5.0 million in the natural gas gathering and processing segment associated with the cost it had capitalized in connection with the installation of the leased plant as it will not be able to recover the remaining value of the assets through future cash flows. The noncontrolling interest portion of the impairment loss was $2.5 million which was included in Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests in Enogex’s Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

6. Fair Value Measurements

 

The classification of Enogex’s fair value measurements requires judgment regarding the degree to which market data are observable or corroborated by observable market data. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value based on observable and unobservable data. The hierarchy categorizes the inputs into three levels, with the highest priority given to quoted prices in active markets for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority given to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is

 

F-68


Table of Contents

significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels defined in the fair value hierarchy and examples of each are as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date. Instruments classified as Level 1 include natural gas futures, swaps and options transactions for contracts traded on the NYMEX and settled through a NYMEX clearing broker.

 

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable at the reporting date for the asset or liability for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. Instruments classified as Level 2 include over-the-counter NYMEX natural gas swaps, natural gas basis swaps and natural gas purchase and sales transactions in markets such that the pricing is closely related to the NYMEX pricing.

 

Level 3 inputs are prices or valuation techniques for the asset or liability that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

 

Enogex utilizes the market approach in determining the fair value of its derivative positions by using either NYMEX published market prices, independent broker pricing data or broker/dealer valuations. The valuations of derivatives with pricing based on NYMEX published market prices may be considered Level 1 if they are settled through a NYMEX clearing broker account with daily margining. Over-the-counter derivatives with NYMEX based prices are considered Level 2 due to the impact of counterparty credit risk. Valuations based on independent broker pricing or broker/dealer valuations may be classified as Level 2 only to the extent they may be validated by an additional source of independent market data for an identical or closely related active market. In certain less liquid markets or for longer-term contracts, forward prices are not as readily available. In these circumstances, contracts are valued using internally developed methodologies that consider historical relationships among various quoted prices in active markets that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. These contracts are classified as Level 3.

 

The impact to the fair value of derivatives due to credit risk is calculated using the probability of default based on Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and/or internally generated ratings. The fair value of derivative assets is adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of derivative liabilities is adjusted for credit risk only if the impact is deemed material.

 

Contracts with Master Netting Arrangements

 

Fair value amounts recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement may be offset. The reporting entity’s choice to offset or not must be applied consistently. A master netting arrangement exists if the reporting entity has multiple contracts, whether for the same type of conditional or exchange contract or for different types of contracts, with a single counterparty that are subject to a contractual agreement that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. Offsetting the fair values recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts outstanding with a single counterparty results in the net fair value of the transactions being reported as an asset or a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Enogex has presented the fair values of its derivative contracts under master netting agreements using a net fair value presentation.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize Enogex’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011 as well as reconcile Enogex’s commodity contracts fair value to PRM Assets and Liabilities on Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011. There were no Level 3 investments held at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

     Commodity Contracts     Gas Imbalances(A)  

December 31, 2012

   Assets     Liabilities     Assets(B)      Liabilities(C)  
     (In millions)  

Quoted market prices in active market for identical assets (Level 1)

   $ 5.0      $ 5.0      $       $   

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

     2.6        0.5        3.1         3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

     7.6        5.5        3.1         3.8   

Netting adjustments

     (5.0     (5.2               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.6      $ 0.3      $ 3.1       $ 3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   
     Commodity Contracts     Gas Imbalances(A)  

December 31, 2011

   Assets     Liabilities     Assets(B)      Liabilities(C)  
     (In millions)  

Quoted market prices in active market for identical assets (Level 1)

   $ 57.1      $ 52.3      $       $   

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

     8.2        1.2        1.8         7.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

     65.3        53.5        1.8         7.7   

Netting adjustments

     (57.5     (53.0               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7.8      $ 0.5      $ 1.8       $ 7.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   Enogex uses the market approach to fair value its gas imbalance assets and liabilities, using an average of the Inside FERC Gas Market Report for Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Co. (Texas, Oklahoma Mainline), ONEOK (Oklahoma) and ANR Pipeline (Oklahoma) indices.
  (B)   Gas imbalance assets exclude fuel reserves for under retained fuel due from shippers of $5.9 million at December 31, 2012 with no comparable item at December 31, 2011, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.
  (C)   Gas imbalance liabilities exclude fuel reserves for over retained fuel due to shippers of $1.2 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.

 

The following table summarizes Enogex’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2011. There were no Level 3 investments held at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

      Commodity Contracts
Assets
 
      2011  
     (In millions)  

Balance at January 1

   $ 13.3   

Included Total gains or losses included in other comprehensive income

     (5.4

Settlements

     (7.9
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value and carrying amount of Enogex’s financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to Enogex’s PRM activities, at:

 

     2012      2011  

December 31 (In millions)

  

Carrying
Amount

    

Fair
Value

    

Carrying
Amount

    

Fair
Value

 

PRM Assets

  

Energy Derivative Contracts

   $ 2.6       $ 2.6       $ 7.8       $ 7.8   

PRM Liabilities

           

Energy Derivative Contracts

   $ 0.3       $ 0.3       $ 0.5       $ 0.5   

Long-Term Debt

           

Senior Notes

   $ 448.4       $ 493.4       $ 448.1       $ 497.9   

Revolving Credit Agreement

                     150.0         150.0   

Term Loan

     250.0         250.0                   

 

The carrying value of the financial instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value except for long-term debt which is valued at the carrying amount. The valuation of Enogex’s energy derivative contracts was determined generally based on quoted market prices. However, in certain instances where market quotes are not available, other valuation techniques or models are used to estimate market values. The valuation of instruments also considers the credit risk of the counterparties. The fair value of Enogex’s long-term debt is based on quoted market prices and estimates of current rates available for similar issues with similar maturities and is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Enogex is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risk managed using derivatives instruments is commodity price risk. Enogex is also exposed to credit risk in its business operations.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

Enogex has used forward physical contracts, commodity price swap contracts and commodity price option features to manage Enogex’s commodity price risk exposures in the past. Commodity derivative instruments used by Enogex are as follows:

 

   

NGLs put options and NGLs swaps are used to manage Enogex’s NGLs exposure associated with its processing agreements;

 

   

natural gas swaps are used to manage Enogex’s keep-whole natural gas exposure associated with its processing operations and Enogex’s natural gas exposure associated with operating its gathering, transportation and storage assets; and

 

   

natural gas futures and swaps, natural gas options and natural gas commodity purchases and sales are used to manage Enogex’s natural gas exposure associated with its storage and transportation contracts and asset management activities.

 

Normal purchases and normal sales contracts are not recorded in PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and earnings recognition is recorded in the period in which physical delivery of the commodity occurs. Management applies normal purchases and normal sales treatment to: (i) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of natural gas used in or produced by Enogex’s operations and (ii) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of NGLs produced by Enogex’s gathering and processing business.

 

Enogex recognizes its non-exchange traded derivative instruments as PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with such amounts classified as current or long-term based on their

 

F-71


Table of Contents

anticipated settlement. Exchange traded transactions are settled on a net basis daily through margin accounts with a clearing broker and, therefore, are recorded at fair value on a net basis in Other Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Credit Risk

 

Enogex is exposed to certain credit risks relating to its ongoing business operations. Credit risk includes the risk that counterparties that owe Enogex money or energy will breach their obligations. If the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, Enogex may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements. In that event, Enogex’s financial results could be adversely affected and Enogex could incur losses.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and recognized into earnings in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness is recognized currently in earnings. Enogex measures the ineffectiveness of commodity cash flow hedges using the change in fair value method whereby the change in the expected future cash flows designated as the hedge transaction are compared to the change in fair value of the hedging instrument. Forecasted transactions, which are designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge, are regularly evaluated to assess whether they continue to be probable of occurring. If the forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting will cease on a prospective basis and all future changes in the fair value of the derivative will be recognized directly in earnings.

 

Enogex designates as cash flow hedges derivatives used to manage commodity price risk exposure for Enogex’s NGLs volumes and corresponding keep-whole natural gas resulting from its natural gas processing contracts (processing hedges) and natural gas positions resulting from its natural gas gathering and processing operations and natural gas transportation and storage operations (operational gas hedges). Enogex also designates as cash flow hedges certain derivatives used to manage natural gas commodity exposure for certain natural gas storage inventory positions. Enogex’s cash flow hedges at December 31, 2012 mature by the end of the first quarter of 2013.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedge risk are recognized currently in earnings. Enogex includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in Operating Revenues as the offsetting loss or gain on the related hedging derivative.

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Enogex had no derivative instruments that were designated as fair value hedges.

 

Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments

 

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments are utilized in Enogex’s asset management activities. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Quantitative Disclosures Related to Derivative Instruments

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Enogex had the following derivative instruments that were designated as cash flow hedges.

 

      Gross Notional  Volume(A)  
     2012      2011  
     (In millions)  

Enogex hedges

     

Natural gas sales

     3.7         3.2   

 

  (A)   Natural gas in MMBtu.

 

At December 31, 2012, Enogex had the following derivative instruments that were not designated as hedging instruments.

 

      Gross Notional  Volume(A)  
     Purchases      Sales  
     (In millions)  

Natural gas(B)

     

Physical(C)(D)

     7.0         30.1   

Fixed Swaps/Futures

     16.2         18.5   

Basis Swaps

     7.3         6.7   

 

  (A)   Natural gas in MMBtu.
  (B)   95.1 percent of the natural gas contracts have durations of one year or less, 2.9 percent have durations of more than one year and less than two years and 2.0 percent have durations of more than two years.
  (C)   Of the natural gas physical purchases and sales volumes not designated as hedges, the majority are priced based on a monthly or daily index and the fair value is subject to little or no market price risk.
  (D)   Natural gas physical sales volumes exceed natural gas physical purchase volumes due to the marketing of natural gas volumes purchased via Enogex’s processing contracts, which are not derivative instruments and are excluded from the table above.

 

At December 31, 2011, Enogex had the following derivative instruments that were not designated as hedging instruments.

 

      Gross Notional  Volume(A)  
     Purchases      Sales  
     (In millions)  

Natural gas(B)

     

Physical(C)(D)

     14.3         51.8   

Fixed Swaps/Futures

     57.9         58.2   

Options

     17.6         12.8   

Basis Swaps

     8.2         7.5   

 

  (A)   Natural gas in MMBtu.
  (B)   88.0 percent of the natural gas contracts have durations of one year or less, 5.5 percent have durations of more than one year and less than two years and 6.5 percent have durations of more than two years.
  (C)   Of the natural gas physical purchases and sales volumes not designated as hedges, the majority are priced based on a monthly or daily index and the fair value is subject to little or no market price risk.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
  (D)   Natural gas physical sales volumes exceed natural gas physical purchase volumes due to the marketing of natural gas volumes purchased via Enogex’s processing contracts, which are not derivative instruments and are excluded from the table above.

 

Balance Sheet Presentation Related to Derivative Instruments

 

The fair value of the derivative instruments that are presented in Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value  

Instrument

  

Balance Sheet Location

   Assets      Liabilities  
          (In millions)  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Other Current Assets

   $       $ 0.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ 0.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Current PRM

   $ 2.2       $   
  

Other Current Assets

     5.0         4.7   

Physical Purchases/Sales

  

Current PRM

     0.4         0.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7.6       $ 5.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Derivatives(A)

   $ 7.6       $ 5.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   See Note 6 for a reconciliation of Enogex’s total derivatives fair value to Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012.

 

The fair value of the derivative instruments that are presented in Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value  

Instrument

  

Balance Sheet Location

   Assets      Liabilities  
          (In millions)  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Other Current Assets

   $ 5.2       $ 0.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5.2       $ 0.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Current PRM

   $ 4.4       $   
  

Other Current Assets

     49.9         49.9   

Physical Purchases/Sales

  

Current PRM

     3.1         0.4   
  

Non-Current PRM

     0.3         0.1   

Financial Options

  

Other Current Assets

     2.4         2.8   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60.1       $ 53.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Derivatives(A)

   $ 65.3       $ 53.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   See Note 6 for a reconciliation of Enogex’s total derivatives fair value to Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Income Statement Presentation Related to Derivative Instruments

 

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on Enogex’s Consolidated Statement of Income in 2012.

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

     Amount Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income(A)
     Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income
     Amount Recognized
in Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

   $ 0.5       $ 5.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.5       $ 5.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   The estimated net amount of gains or losses included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at December 31, 2012 that is expected to be reclassified into income within the next 12 months is a gain of $0.2 million.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

      Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Physical Purchases/Sales

   $ (11.7

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     0.5   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (11.2
  

 

 

 

 

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on Enogex’s Consolidated Statement of Income in 2011.

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

     Amount Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income
    Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income
    Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

NGLs Financial Options

   $ (8.4   $ (9.8   $   

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     2.9        (30.4       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (5.5   $ (40.2   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

      Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Physical Purchases/Sales

   $ (10.0

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     2.4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (7.6
  

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on Enogex’s Consolidated Statement of Income in 2010.

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

     Amount
Recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Amount
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
into Income
    Amount
Recognized
in Income
 
     (In millions)  

NGLs Financial Options

   $ (9.7   $ 1.2      $   

NGLs Financial Futures/Swaps

     1.7        (3.7       

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     (14.9     (25.9     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22.9   $ (28.4   $ 0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

      Amount
Recognized
in Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Physical Purchases/Sales

   $ (11.7

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     4.0   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (7.7
  

 

 

 

 

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in the tables above, amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into income (effective portion) and amounts recognized in income (ineffective portion) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, if any, are reported in Operating Revenues. For derivatives not designated as hedges in the tables above, amounts recognized in income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, if any, are reported in Operating Revenues.

 

Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features in Derivative Instruments

 

In the event Moody’s Investors Services or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services were to lower Enogex’s senior unsecured debt rating to a below investment grade rating, at December 31, 2012, Enogex would have been required to post $0.2 million of cash collateral to satisfy its obligation under its financial and physical contracts relating to derivative instruments that are in a net liability position at December 31, 2012. In addition, Enogex could be required to provide additional credit assurances in future dealings with third parties, which could include letters of credit or cash collateral.

 

8. Stock-Based Compensation

 

In 2008, OGE Energy adopted, and its shareowners approved, the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, restricted stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights and performance units may be granted to officers, directors and other key employees of OGE Energy and its subsidiaries. OGE Energy has authorized the issuance of up to 2,750,000 shares under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Enogex’s compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Enogex’s pre-tax compensation expense and related income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to performance units and restricted stock for Enogex employees.

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Performance units

  

Total shareholder return

   $ 2.3       $ 2.1       $ 1.6   

Earnings per share

     1.1         1.4         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performance units

     3.4         3.5         2.2   

Restricted stock

     0.5         0.6         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation expense

   $ 3.9       $ 4.1       $ 2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit(A)

   $       $       $ 0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   As of November 1, 2010, Enogex’s earnings are no longer subject to tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level.

 

OGE Energy has issued new shares to satisfy stock option exercises, restricted stock grants and payouts of earned performance units. In 2012, Enogex purchased 117,368 shares of OGE Energy’s treasury stock to satisfy the payout of earned performance units and restricted stock grants. Enogex records treasury stock purchases from OGE Energy at cost. Purchased treasury stock is included in Member’s Interest in Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, there were 12,969 shares, 74,447 shares and 18,559 shares, respectively, of new common stock issued to Enogex’s employees pursuant to OGE Energy’s stock incentive plans related to exercised stock options, restricted stock grants (net of forfeitures) and payouts of earned performance units. In 2012, there were 5,199 shares of restricted stock returned to OGE Energy to satisfy tax liabilities.

 

Performance Units

 

Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, OGE Energy has issued performance units which represent the value of one share of OGE Energy’s common stock. The performance units provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan). Each performance unit is subject to forfeiture if the recipient terminates employment with OGE Energy or a subsidiary prior to the end of the three-year award cycle for any reason other than death, disability or retirement. In the event of death, disability or retirement, a participant will receive a prorated payment based on such participant’s number of full months of service during the award cycle, further adjusted based on the achievement of the performance goals during the award cycle.

 

The performance units granted based on total shareholder return are contingently awarded and will be payable in shares of OGE Energy’s common stock subject to the condition that the number of performance units, if any, earned by the employees upon the expiration of a three-year award cycle (i.e., three-year cliff vesting period) is dependent on OGE Energy’s total shareholder return ranking relative to a peer group of companies. The performance units granted based on earnings per share are contingently awarded and will be payable in shares of OGE Energy’s common stock based on OGE Energy’s earnings per share growth over a three-year award cycle (i.e., three-year cliff vesting period) compared to a target set at the time of the grant by the Compensation Committee of OGE Energy’s Board of Directors. All of these performance units are classified as equity in OGE Energy’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. If there is no or only a partial payout for the performance units at the end of the award cycle, the unearned performance units are cancelled. Payout requires approval of the Compensation Committee of OGE Energy’s Board of Directors. Payouts, if any, are all made in common stock and are considered made when the payout is approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

Performance Units—Total Shareholder Return

 

The fair value of the performance units based on total shareholder return was estimated on the grant date using a lattice-based valuation model that factors in information, including the expected dividend yield, expected

 

F-77


Table of Contents

price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the probable outcome of the market condition, over the expected life of the performance units. Compensation expense for the performance units is a fixed amount determined at the grant date fair value and is recognized over the three-year award cycle regardless of whether performance units are awarded at the end of the award cycle. Dividends are not accrued or paid during the performance period and, therefore, are not included in the fair value calculation. Expected price volatility is based on the historical volatility of OGE Energy’s common stock for the past three years and was simulated using the Geometric Brownian Motion process. The risk-free interest rate for the performance unit grants is based on the three-year U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected life of the units is based on the non-vested period since inception of the award cycle. There are no post-vesting restrictions related to OGE Energy’s performance units based on total shareholder return. The number of performance units granted based on total shareholder return and the assumptions used to calculate the grant date fair value of the performance units based on total shareholder return are shown in the following table.

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Number of units granted to Enogex employees

     46,944        59,914        47,355   

Fair value of units granted

   $ 51.82      $ 46.09      $ 39.43   

Expected dividend yield

     3.0     3.2     3.9

Expected price volatility

     22.0     33.0     34.0

Risk-free interest rate

     0.38     1.40     1.42

Expected life of units (in years)

     2.87        2.87        2.87   

 

Performance Units—Earnings Per Share

 

The fair value of the performance units based on earnings per share is based on grant date fair value which is equivalent to the price of one share of OGE Energy’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of performance units based on earnings per share varies as the number of performance units that will vest is based on the grant date fair value of the units and the probable outcome of the performance condition. OGE Energy reassesses at each reporting date whether achievement of the performance condition is probable and accrues compensation expense if and when achievement of the performance condition is probable. As a result, the compensation expense recognized for these performance units can vary from period to period. There are no post-vesting restrictions related to OGE Energy’s performance units based on earnings per share. The number of performance units granted based on earnings per share and the grant date fair value are shown in the following table.

 

     2011      2010  

Number of units granted to Enogex employees

     19,971         15,784   

Fair value of units granted

   $ 41.61       $ 32.44   

 

In 2012, the performance unit grant for Enogex employees that was previously based on earnings per share was changed to a cash payment that entitles Enogex employees to receive from 0 percent to 200 percent of the performance units granted based on the growth in Enogex’s EBITDA over a three-year award cycle (i.e., three-year cliff vesting period) compared to a growth target set by the Compensation Committee of OGE Energy’s Board of Directors.

 

Restricted Stock

 

Under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan and beginning in 2008, OGE Energy issued restricted stock to certain existing non-officer employees as well as other executives upon hire to attract and retain individuals to be competitive in the marketplace. The restricted stock vests in one-third annual increments. Prior to vesting, each share of restricted stock is subject to forfeiture if the recipient ceases to render substantial services to OGE Energy or a subsidiary for any reason other than death, disability or retirement. These shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged and are subject to a risk of forfeiture.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

The fair value of the restricted stock was based on the closing market price of OGE Energy’s common stock on the grant date. Compensation expense for the restricted stock is a fixed amount determined at the grant date fair value and is recognized as services are rendered by employees over a three-year vesting period. Also, Enogex treats its restricted stock as multiple separate awards by recording compensation expense separately for each tranche whereby a substantial portion of the expense is recognized in the earlier years in the requisite service period. Dividends are accrued and paid during the vesting period and, therefore, are included in the fair value calculation. The expected life of the restricted stock is based on the non-vested period since inception of the three-year award cycle. There are no post-vesting restrictions related to OGE Energy’s restricted stock. The number of shares of restricted stock granted related to Enogex’s employees and the grant date fair value are shown in the following table.

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Shares of restricted stock granted to Enogex employees

     2,891         14,526         24,615   

Fair value of restricted stock granted

   $ 51.73       $ 49.27       $ 40.43   

 

A summary of the activity for OGE Energy’s performance units and restricted stock applicable to Enogex’s employees at December 31, 2012 and changes in 2012 are shown in the following table.

 

     Performance Units         
     Total Shareholder Return      Earnings Per Share      Restricted Stock  
      Number
of Units
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Number
of Units
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Number
of Shares
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Units/Shares Outstanding at 12/31/11

     185,266           61,755           32,268     

Granted(A)

     46,944                     2,891     

Converted(B)

     (70,544   $ 7.4         (23,515   $   2.5         N/A     

Vested

     N/A           N/A           (13,928   $   0.7   

Forfeited

     (19,551        (5,139        (1,876  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Units/Shares Outstanding at 12/31/12

     142,115      $ 12.1         33,101      $ 3.7         19,355      $ 1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Units/Shares Fully Vested at 12/31/12

     44,232      $ 5.0         14,743      $ 1.7      

 

  (A)   For performance units, this represents the target number of performance units granted. Actual number of performance units earned, if any, is dependent upon performance and may range from 0 percent to 200 percent of the target.
  (B)   These amounts represent performance units that vested at December 31, 2011 which were settled in February 2012.

 

A summary of the activity for OGE Energy’s non-vested performance units and restricted stock applicable to Enogex’s employees at December 31, 2012 and changes in 2012 are shown in the following table.

 

     Performance Units         
     Total Shareholder Return      Earnings Per Share      Restricted Stock  
     Number
of Units
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Units
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Units/Shares Non-Vested at 12/31/11

     114,722      $ 43.08         38,240      $ 37.47         32,268      $ 43.99   

Granted

     46,944 (A)    $ 51.82              $         2,891      $ 51.73   

Vested

     (44,232   $ 39.43         (14,743   $ 32.44         (13,928   $ 42.50   

Forfeited

     (19,551   $ 44.71         (5,139   $ 37.08         (1,876   $ 43.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Units/Shares Non-Vested at 12/31/12

     97,883      $ 48.60         18,358      $ 41.61         19,355      $ 46.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Units/Shares Expected to Vest

     88,126           16,860           19,355     

 

F-79


Table of Contents

 

  (A)   For performance units, this represents the target number of performance units granted. Actual number of performance units earned, if any, is dependent upon performance and may range from 0 percent to 200 percent of the target.

 

Fair Value of Vested Performance Units and Restricted Stock

 

A summary of Enogex’s fair value for its vested performance units and restricted stock is shown in the following table.

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Performance units

  

Total shareholder return

   $ 1.7       $ 1.8       $ 1.2   

Earnings per share

     1.0         0.9         0.4   

Restricted stock

     0.6         0.5         0.1   

 

Unrecognized Compensation Cost

 

A summary of Enogex’s unrecognized compensation cost for its non-vested performance units and restricted stock and the weighted-average periods over which the compensation cost is expected to be recognized are shown in the following table.

 

December 31, 2012

  

Unrecognized
Compensation Cost

(in millions)

    

Weighted Average
to be Recognized
(in years)

 

Performance units

     

Total shareholder return

   $ 2.1         1.64   

Earnings per share

     0.9         1.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performance units

     3.0      

Restricted stock

     0.3         1.74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.3      
  

 

 

    

 

Stock Options

 

OGE Energy last issued stock options in 2004 and as of December 31, 2006, all stock options were fully vested and expensed. All stock options have a contractual life of 10 years. A summary of the activity for OGE Energy’s stock options applicable to Enogex’s employees at December 31, 2012 and changes during 2012 are shown in the following table.

 

      Number
of Options
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual  Term
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Options Outstanding at 12/31/11

     4,200      $ 23.57         

Exercised

     (2,600   $ 23.57       $ 0.1      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options Outstanding at 12/31/12

     1,600      $ 23.57       $ 0.1         1.06 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options Fully Vested and Exercisable at 12/31/12

     1,600      $ 23.57       $ 0.1         1.06 years   

 

A summary of the activity for Enogex’s exercised stock options in 2012, 2011 and 2010 are shown in the following table.

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Intrinsic value(A)

   $ 0.1       $ 0.2       $   

 

  (A)   The difference between the market value on the date of exercise and the option exercise price.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

9. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, there were no investing or financing activities for Enogex that affected recognized assets and liabilities which did not result in cash receipts or payments. The following table discloses information about cash flow activities that include cash paid for interest, net of interest capitalized, and cash paid for income taxes, net of income tax refunds.

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

  

Cash Paid During the Period for

  

Interest (net of interest capitalized)(A)

   $ 31.0       $ 24.2       $ 38.1   

Income taxes (net of income tax refunds)(B)

     0.2         0.2         (32.4

 

  (A)   Net of interest capitalized of $4.5 million, $8.7 million and $2.5 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
  (B)   As of November 1, 2010, Enogex’s earnings are no longer subject to tax (other than Texas state margin taxes) and are taxable at the individual partner level.

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The items comprising income tax expense are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Provision for Current Income Taxes

  

Federal

   $       $       $ 27.0   

State

     0.2         0.2         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Provision for Current Income Taxes

     0.2         0.2         27.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit for Deferred Income Taxes, net

        

Federal

                     (327.8

State

                     (24.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Benefit for Deferred Income Taxes, net

                     (352.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

   $ 0.2       $ 0.2       $ (325.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Prior to November 1, 2010, Enogex was a member of an affiliated group that filed consolidated income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Enogex is no longer subject to U.S. Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009 or state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2005. Income taxes were generally allocated to each company in the affiliated group based on its stand-alone taxable income or loss. Enogex earns Oklahoma state tax credits associated with its investments in natural gas processing facilities which further reduce Enogex’s effective tax rate.

 

Effective November 1, 2010, Enogex was converted to a partnership for income tax purposes and is not subject to Federal income taxes and most state income taxes, with the exception of Texas state margin taxes. For Federal and state income tax purposes other than Texas, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to the owners, and accordingly do not result in a provision for income taxes.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

The following schedule reconciles the statutory Federal tax rate to the effective income tax rate:

 

Year ended December 31

  

2012

   

2011

   

2010

 

Statutory Federal tax rate

                   35.0

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit

     0.1        0.1        2.8   

Medicare Part D subsidy

                   1.5   

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

                   (1.0

Partnership earnings not subject to income tax

                   (5.4

Conversion to partnership

                   (244.4

Other

                   0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     0.1     0.1     (211.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Enogex had no material unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions.

 

As a result of the conversion to a partnership in 2010, all deferred income tax assets and liabilities were eliminated by recording a provision for income tax benefit of $376.3 million. Therefore, there are no deferred income tax assets and liabilities balances at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

11. Long-Term Debt

 

A summary of Enogex’s long-term debt is included in the Consolidated Statements of Capitalization. At December 31, 2012, Enogex was in compliance with all of its debt agreements.

 

Enogex has a $400 million revolving credit agreement which expires December 13, 2016. At December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under Enogex’s revolving credit agreement.

 

Maturities of Enogex’s long-term debt during the next five years consist of $200 million and $250 million in years 2014 and 2015, respectively. There are no maturities of Enogex’s long-term debt in years 2013, 2016 or 2017.

 

Enogex has previously incurred costs related to debt refinancings. Unamortized debt expense is classified as Deferred Charges and Other Assets and the unamortized premium and discount on long-term debt is classified as Long-Term Debt, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are being amortized over the life of the respective debt.

 

12. Intercompany Agreements

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $137.5 million and $66.2 million, respectively, in outstanding advances from OGE Energy.

 

Enogex has an intercompany borrowing agreement with OGE Energy whereby Enogex has access to up to $350 million of OGE Energy’s revolving credit amount. This agreement has a termination date of April 1, 2015. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $128.1 million and $52.1 million, respectively, in outstanding intercompany borrowings under this agreement, which are included in the outstanding advances from OGE Energy above.

 

OGE Energy’s ability to access the commercial paper market could be adversely impacted by a credit ratings downgrade or major market disruptions. Pricing grids associated with OGE Energy’s credit facility could cause annual fees and borrowing rates to increase if an adverse rating impact occurs. The impact of any future downgrade could include an increase in the costs of OGE Energy’s and Enogex’s short-term borrowings, but a

 

F-82


Table of Contents

reduction in OGE Energy’s or Enogex’s credit rating would not result in any defaults or accelerations. Any future downgrade of OGE Energy or Enogex could also lead to higher long-term borrowing costs and, if below investment grade, would require Enogex to post collateral or letters of credit.

 

13. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan

 

Enogex’s employees participate in OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan. In October 2009, OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and OGE Energy’s 401(k) Plan were amended, effective January 1, 2010 to provide eligible employees a choice to select a future retirement benefit combination from OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and OGE Energy’s 401(k) Plan.

 

Employees hired or rehired on or after December 1, 2009 do not participate in the Pension Plan but are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan where, for each pay period, OGE Energy contributes to the 401(k) Plan, on behalf of each participant, 200 percent of the participant’s contributions up to five percent of compensation.

 

It is OGE Energy’s policy to fund the Pension Plan on a current basis based on the net periodic pension expense as determined by OGE Energy’s actuarial consultants. During 2012 and 2011, OGE Energy made contributions to its Pension Plan of $35 million and $50 million, respectively, none of which was Enogex’s portion, to help ensure that the Pension Plan maintains an adequate funded status. Such contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. During 2013, OGE Energy expects to contribute up to $35 million to its Pension Plan, none of which is expected to be Enogex’s portion. The expected contribution to the Pension Plan during 2013 would be a discretionary contribution, anticipated to be in the form of cash, and is not required to satisfy the minimum regulatory funding requirement specified by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. OGE Energy could be required to make additional contributions if the value of its pension trust and postretirement benefit plan trust assets are adversely impacted by a major market disruption in the future.

 

OGE Energy provides a Restoration of Retirement Income Plan to those participants in OGE Energy’s Pension Plan whose benefits are subject to certain limitations of the Code. Participants in the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan receive the same benefits that they would have received under OGE Energy’s Pension Plan in the absence of limitations imposed by the Federal tax laws. The Restoration of Retirement Income Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan.

 

The following table presents the status of Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan at December 31, 2012 and 2011. These amounts have been recorded in Accrued Benefit Obligations with the offset in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss represent a net periodic benefit cost to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income in future periods.

 

     Pension Plan     Restoration of
Retirement
Income Plan
 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

   

2012

   

2011

 

Benefit obligations

   $ (81.8   $ (68.4   $ (1.2   $ (0.9

Fair value of plan assets

     35.1        36.0                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (46.7   $ (32.4   $ (1.2   $ (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the benefit payments Enogex expects to pay related to its Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan. These expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure OGE Energy’s benefit obligation at the end of the year and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.

 

      Projected
Benefit
Payments
 
     (In millions)  

2013

   $ 5.4   

2014

     7.8   

2015

     7.5   

2016

     7.7   

2017

     7.9   

After 2017

     40.0   

 

Plan Investments, Policies and Strategies

 

The Pension Plan assets are held in a trust which follows an investment policy and strategy designed to reduce the funded status volatility of the Plan by utilizing liability driven investing. The purpose of liability driven investing is to structure the asset portfolio to more closely resemble the pension liability and thereby more effectively hedge against changes in the liability. The investment policy follows a glide path approach that shifts a higher portfolio weighting to fixed income as the Plan’s funded status increases. The table below sets forth the targeted fixed income and equity allocations at different funded status levels.

 

Projected Benefit Obligation Funded Status Thresholds

  

<90%

   

95%

   

100%

   

105%

   

110%

   

115%

   

120%

 

Fixed income

     50     58     65     73     80     85     90

Equity

     50     42     35     27     20     15     10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Within the portfolio’s overall allocation to equities, the funds are allocated according to the guidelines in the table below.

 

Asset Class

  

Target
Allocation

   

Minimum

   

Maximum

 

Domestic All-Cap/Large Cap Equity

     50     50     60

Domestic Mid-Cap Equity

     15     5     25

Domestic Small-Cap Equity

     15     5     25

International Equity

     20     10     30

 

OGE Energy has retained an investment consultant responsible for the general investment oversight, analysis, monitoring investment guideline compliance and providing quarterly reports to certain of Enogex’s members and OGE Energy’s Investment Committee. The various investment managers used by the trust operate within the general operating objectives as established in the investment policy and within the specific guidelines established for each investment manager’s respective portfolio.

 

The portfolio is rebalanced on an annual basis to bring the asset allocations of various managers in line with the target asset allocation listed above. More frequent rebalancing may occur if there are dramatic price movements in the financial markets which may cause the trust’s exposure to any asset class to exceed or fall below the established allowable guidelines.

 

To evaluate the progress of the portfolio, investment performance is reviewed quarterly. It is, however, expected that performance goals will be met over a full market cycle, normally defined as a three to five year period. Analysis of performance is within the context of the prevailing investment environment and the advisors’

 

F-84


Table of Contents

investment style. The goal of the trust is to provide a rate of return consistently from three percent to five percent over the rate of inflation (as measured by the national Consumer Price Index) on a fee adjusted basis over a typical market cycle of no less than three years and no more than five years. Each investment manager is expected to outperform its respective benchmark. Below is a list of each asset class utilized with appropriate comparative benchmark(s) each manager is evaluated against:

 

Asset Class

  

Comparative Benchmark(s)

Core Fixed Income

   Barclays Capital Aggregate Index

Interest Rate Sensitive Fixed Income

   Barclays Capital Aggregate Index

Long Duration Fixed Income

   Barclays Long Government/Credit

Equity Index

   Standard & Poor’s 500 Index

All-Cap Equity

   Russell 3000 Index
   Russell 3000 Value Index

Mid-Cap Equity

   Russell Midcap Index
   Russell Midcap Value Index

Small-Cap Equity

   Russell 2000 Index
   Russell 2000 Value Index

International Equity

   Morgan Stanley Capital Investment ACWI ex-US

 

The fixed income manager is expected to use discretion over the asset mix of the trust assets in its efforts to maximize risk-adjusted performance. Exposure to any single issuer, other than the U.S. government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities (which have no limits) is limited to five percent of the fixed income portfolio as measured by market value. At least 75 percent of the invested assets must possess an investment grade rating at or above Baa3 or BBB- by Moody’s Investors Services, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings. The portfolio may invest up to 10 percent of the portfolio’s market value in convertible bonds as long as the securities purchased meet the quality guidelines. The purchase of any of OGE Energy’s equity, debt or other securities is prohibited.

 

The domestic value equity managers focus on stocks that the manager believes are undervalued in price and earn an average or less than average return on assets, and often pays out higher than average dividend payments. The domestic growth equity manager will invest primarily in growth companies which consistently experience above average growth in earnings and sales, earn a high return on assets, and reinvest cash flow into existing business. The domestic mid-cap equity portfolio manager focuses on companies with market capitalizations lower than the average company traded on the public exchanges with the following characteristics: price/earnings ratio at or near the Russell Midcap Index, small dividend yield, return on equity at or near the Russell Midcap Index and an earnings per share growth rate at or near the Russell Midcap Index. The domestic small-cap equity manager will purchase shares of companies with market capitalizations lower than the average company traded on the public exchanges with the following characteristics: price/earnings ratio at or near the Russell 2000, small dividend yield, return on equity at or near the Russell 2000 and an earnings per share growth rate at or near the Russell 2000. The international global equity manager invests primarily in non-dollar denominated equity securities. Investing internationally diversifies the overall trust across the global equity markets. The manager is required to operate under certain restrictions including: regional constraints, diversification requirements and percentage of U.S. securities. The Morgan Stanley Capital International All Country World ex-US Index is the benchmark for comparative performance purposes. The Morgan Stanley Capital International All Country World ex-US Index is a market value weighted index designed to measure the combined equity market performance of developed and emerging markets countries, excluding the United States. All of the equities which are purchased for the international portfolio are thoroughly researched. Only companies with a market capitalization in excess of $100 million are allowable. No more than five percent of the portfolio can be invested in any one stock at the time of purchase. All securities are freely traded on a recognized stock exchange and there are no 144-A securities and no over-the-counter derivatives. The following investment categories are excluded: options (other than traded currency options), commodities, futures (other than currency futures or currency hedging), short sales/margin purchases, private placements, unlisted securities and real estate (but not real estate shares).

 

F-85


Table of Contents

For all domestic equity investment managers, no more than eight percent (five percent for mid-cap and small-cap equity managers) can be invested in any one stock at the time of purchase and no more than 16 percent (10 percent for mid-cap and small-cap equity managers) after accounting for price appreciation. Options or financial futures may not be purchased unless prior approval of OGE Energy’s Investment Committee is received. The purchase of securities on margin is prohibited as is securities lending. Private placement or venture capital may not be purchased. All interest and dividend payments must be swept on a daily basis into a short-term money market fund for re-deployment. The purchase of any of OGE Energy’s equity, debt or other securities is prohibited. The purchase of equity or debt issues of the portfolio manager’s organization is also prohibited. The aggregate positions in any company may not exceed one percent of the fair market value of its outstanding stock.

 

Plan Investments

 

The following tables summarize Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s Pension Plan’s investments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011. There were no Level 3 investments held by the Pension Plan at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     December 31, 2012     Level 1      Level 2  
     (In millions)  

Common stocks

       

U.S. common stocks

   $ 232.2      $ 232.2       $   

Foreign common stocks

     39.9        39.9           

U.S. Government obligations

       

U.S. treasury notes and bonds(A)

     138.6        138.6           

Mortgage-backed securities

     55.8                55.8   

Bonds, debentures and notes(B)

       

Corporate fixed income and other securities

     98.4                98.4   

Mortgage-backed securities

     13.5                13.5   

Commingled fund(C)

     34.9                34.9   

Common/collective trust(D)

     25.6                25.6   

Foreign government bonds

     3.9                3.9   

U.S. municipal bonds

     0.8                0.8   

Interest-bearing cash

     0.2        0.2           

Forward contracts

       

Receivable (foreign currency)

     0.4                0.4   

Payable (foreign currency)

     (0.4             (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Plan investments

   $ 643.8      $ 410.9       $ 232.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivable from broker for securities sold

     0.8        

Interest and dividends receivable

     2.8        

Payable to broker for securities purchased

     (21.4     

Plan investments attributable to affiliates

     (590.9     
  

 

 

      

Total Plan assets

   $ 35.1        
  

 

 

      

 

F-86


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011     Level 1      Level 2  
     (In millions)  

Common stocks

       

U.S. common stocks

   $ 179.7      $ 179.7       $   

Foreign common stocks

     59.5        59.5           

U.S. Government obligations

       

U.S. treasury notes and bonds(A)

     118.8        118.8           

Mortgage-backed securities

     72.0                72.0   

Other securities

     1.0                1.0   

Bonds, debentures and notes(B)

       

Corporate fixed income and other securities

     95.3                95.3   

Mortgage-backed securities

     17.2                17.2   

Commingled fund(E)

     38.5                38.5   

Common/collective trust(D)

     29.6                29.6   

Foreign government bonds

     2.9                2.9   

Interest-bearing cash

     2.1        2.1           

U.S. municipal bonds

     1.7                1.7   

Preferred stocks (foreign)

     0.6        0.6           

Forward contracts

       

Receivable (foreign currency)

     4.1                4.1   

Payable (foreign currency)

     (4.1             (4.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Plan investments

   $ 618.9      $ 360.7       $ 258.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivable from broker for securities sold

     4.8        

Interest and dividends receivable

     3.1        

Payable to broker for securities purchased

     (37.0     

Plan investments attributable to affiliates

     (553.8     
  

 

 

      

Total Plan assets

   $ 36.0        
  

 

 

      

 

  (A)   This category represents U.S. treasury notes and bonds with a Moody’s Investors Services rating of Aaa and Government Agency Bonds with a Moody’s Investors Services rating of A1 or higher.
  (B)   This category primarily represents U.S. corporate bonds with an investment grade rating at or above Baa3 or BBB- by Moody’s Investors Services, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings.
  (C)   This category represents units of participation in a commingled fund that primarily invested in stocks of international companies and emerging markets.
  (D)   This category represents units of participation in an investment pool which primarily invests in foreign or domestic bonds, debentures, mortgages, equipment or other trust certificates, notes, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements, high grade commercial paper and other instruments with money market characteristics with a fixed or variable interest rate. There are no restrictions on redemptions in the common/collective trust.
  (E)   This category represents units of participation in a commingled fund that primarily invest in stocks and bonds of U.S. companies.

 

The three levels defined in the fair value hierarchy and examples of each are as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities that are accessible by the Pension Plan at the measurement date. Instruments classified as Level 1 include investments in common and preferred stocks, U.S. treasury notes and bonds, mutual funds and interest-bearing cash.

 

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable at the reporting date for the asset or liability for substantially the full term of the

 

F-87


Table of Contents

asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. Instruments classified as Level 2 include corporate fixed income and other securities, mortgage-backed securities, other U.S. Government obligations, commingled fund, a common/collective trust, U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds, a repurchase agreement, money market fund and forward contracts.

 

Level 3 inputs are prices or valuation techniques for the asset or liability that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Unobservable inputs reflect the Plan’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

 

Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

In addition to providing pension benefits, OGE Energy provides certain medical and life insurance benefits for eligible retired members. Regular, full-time, active employees hired prior to February 1, 2000 whose age and years of credited service total or exceed 80 or have attained at least age 55 with 10 or more years of service at the time of retirement are entitled to postretirement medical benefits while employees hired on or after February 1, 2000 are not entitled to postretirement medical benefits. Eligible retirees must contribute such amount as OGE Energy specifies from time to time toward the cost of coverage for postretirement benefits. The benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations. Enogex charges to expense the postretirement benefit costs.

 

In January 2011, OGE Energy adopted several amendments to its retiree medical plan. Effective January 1, 2012, OGE Energy’s contribution to the medical costs for pre-65 aged eligible retirees are fixed at the 2011 level and OGE Energy covers future annual medical inflationary cost increases up to five percent. Increases in excess of five percent annually are covered by the pre-65 aged retiree in the form of premium increases. Also, effective January 1, 2012, Medicare-eligible retirees are no longer eligible to participate in the retiree medical plan. Instead, OGE Energy began providing Medicare-eligible retirees and their Medicare-eligible spouses an annual fixed contribution to OGE Energy’s sponsored health reimbursement arrangement. The contribution was determined based on OGE Energy’s expected average 2011 premium for medical and drug coverage. Medicare-eligible retirees are able to purchase individual insurance policies supplemental to Medicare through a third-party administrator and use their health reimbursement arrangement funds for reimbursement of medical premiums and other eligible medical expenses. The effect of these plan amendments was reflected in OGE Energy’s 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet as a reduction to the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of $6.9 million and an increase in other comprehensive income of $6.9 million.

 

Plan Investments

 

The following tables summarize Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s postretirement benefit plans investments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011. There were no Level 2 investments held by the postretirement benefit plans at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     December 31, 2012     Level 1      Level 3  
     (In millions)  

Group retiree medical insurance contract(A)

   $ 53.3      $       $ 53.3   

Mutual funds investment

       

U.S. equity investments

     6.0        6.0           

Money market funds investment

     0.3        0.3           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Plan investments

   $ 59.6      $ 6.3       $ 53.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan investments attributable to affiliates

     (59.6     
  

 

 

      

Total Plan assets

   $        
  

 

 

      

 

F-88


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011     Level 1      Level 3  
     (In millions)  

Group retiree medical insurance contract(A)

   $ 54.3      $       $ 54.3   

Mutual funds investment

       

U.S. equity investments

     5.3        5.3           

Money market funds investment

     0.7        0.7           

Cash

     0.7        0.7           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Plan investments

   $ 61.0      $ 6.7       $ 54.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan investments attributable to affiliates

     (61.0     
  

 

 

      

Total Plan assets

   $        
  

 

 

      

 

  (A)   This category represents a group retiree medical insurance contract which invests in a pool of common stocks, bonds and money market accounts, of which a significant portion is comprised of mortgage-backed securities.

 

The postretirement benefit plans Level 3 investment includes an investment in a group retiree medical insurance contract. The unobservable input included in the valuation of the contract includes the approach for determining the allocation of the postretirement benefit plans pro-rata share of the total assets in the contract.

 

The following table summarizes the postretirement benefit plans investments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

 

Group retiree medical insurance contract

  

Beginning balance

   $ 54.3   

Net unrealized gains related to instruments held at the reporting date

     5.5   

Interest income

     1.2   

Dividend income

     0.6   

Realized gains

     0.6   

Administrative expenses and charges

     (0.1

Claims paid

     (8.8
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 53.3   
  

 

 

 

 

The following table presents the status of Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s postretirement benefit plans at December 31, 2012 and 2011. These amounts have been recorded in Accrued Benefit Obligations with the offset in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in Enogex’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss represent a net periodic benefit cost to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income in future periods.

 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

 

Benefit obligations

   $ (31.3   $ (26.5

Fair value of plan assets

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (31.3   $ (26.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

The assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for postretirement medical benefit plans. Future health care cost trend rates are assumed to be 8.55 percent in 2013 with the rates trending downward to 4.48 percent by 2028. A one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

ONE-PERCENTAGE POINT INCREASE  

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Effect on aggregate of the service and interest cost components

   $       $       $ 0.3   

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligations

                     0.1   

 

ONE-PERCENTAGE POINT DECREASE  

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

Effect on aggregate of the service and interest cost components

   $       $       $ 0.3   

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligations

     0.1         0.1         0.2   

 

Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003

 

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 expanded coverage for prescription drugs. The following table summarizes the gross benefit payments Enogex expects to pay related to its postretirement benefit plans, including prescription drug benefits.

 

     Gross Projected
Postretirement
Benefit Payments
 
     (In millions)  

2013

   $ 1.1   

2014

     1.2   

2015

     1.3   

2016

     1.5   

2017

     1.6   

After 2017

     9.4   

 

Obligations and Funded Status

 

The following table presents the status of Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s Pension Plan, the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan and the postretirement benefit plans for Enogex’s portion of the benefit obligation for OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan represents the projected benefit obligation, while the benefit obligation for the postretirement benefit plans represents the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan differs from the projected benefit obligation in that the former includes no assumption about future compensation levels. The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the Pension Plan and the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan at December 31, 2012 was $73.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the Pension Plan and the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan at December 31, 2011 was $60.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

The details of the funded status of the Pension Plan, the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan and the postretirement benefit plans and the amounts included in the Balance Sheets are as follows:

 

      Pension Plan     Restoration of Retirement
Income Plan
    Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 

December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

   

    2012    

   

    2011    

   

2012

   

2011

 

Change in Benefit Obligation

            

Beginning obligations

   $ (68.4   $ (54.0   $ (0.9   $ (0.8   $ (26.5   $ (29.1

Service cost

     (4.1     (3.8     (0.1     (0.1     (0.8     (0.6

Interest cost

     (3.1     (3.2                   (1.2     (1.1

Plan amendments

                                        6.9   

Participants’ contributions

                                 (0.2     (0.4

Medicare subsidies received

                                        (0.1

Actuarial gains (losses)

     (10.9     (10.1     (0.2            (3.0     (2.8

Benefits paid

     4.7        2.7                      0.4        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending obligations

   $ (81.8   $ (68.4   $ (1.2   $ (0.9   $ (31.3   $ (26.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Plans’ Assets

            

Beginning fair value

   $ 36.0      $ 38.2      $      $      $      $   

Actual return on plans’ assets

     3.8        0.5                               

Employer contributions

                                 0.2        0.2   

Participants’ contributions

                                 0.2        0.4   

Medicare subsidies received

                                        0.1   

Benefits paid

     (4.7     (2.7                   (0.4     (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending fair value

   $ 35.1      $ 36.0      $      $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (46.7   $ (32.4   $ (1.2   $ (0.9   $ (31.3   $ (26.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

     Pension Plan     Restoration of Retirement
Income Plan
     Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2012

   

2011

   

2010

   

    2012    

    

    2011    

    

2010

    

2012

   

2011

   

2010

 

Service cost

   $ 4.1      $ 3.8      $ 3.3      $ 0.1       $ 0.1       $ 0.1       $ 0.8      $ 0.6      $ 0.7   

Interest cost

     3.1        3.2        2.6                                1.2        1.1        1.4   

Expected return on plan assets

     (2.7     (3.2     (2.9                                             

Amortization of transition obligation

                                                  0.1        0.1        0.1   

Amortization of net loss

     2.3        1.4        1.3                                1.6        1.3        0.9   

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost(A)

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.1                             (1.2     (1.2       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost(B)

   $ 6.7      $ 5.1      $ 4.2      $ 0.1       $ 0.1       $ 0.1       $ 2.5      $ 1.9      $ 3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (A)   Unamortized prior service cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period to the first eligibility age of participants who are expected to receive a benefit and are active at the date of the plan amendment.
  (B)   The capitalized portion of the net periodic pension benefit cost was $0.8 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The capitalized portion of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost was $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Rate Assumptions

 

     Pension Plan and Restoration of
Retirement Income Plan
    Postretirement
Benefit Plans
       

Year ended December 31

  

    2012    

   

    2011    

   

    2010    

   

      2012    

   

    2011    

   

2010

 

Discount rate

     3.70     4.50     5.30     3.60     4.50     5.30

Rate of return on plans’ assets

     8.00     8.00     8.50     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Compensation increases

     4.20     4.40     4.40     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Assumed health care cost trend:

            

Initial trend

     N/A        N/A        N/A        8.55     8.75     8.99

Ultimate trend rate

     N/A        N/A        N/A        4.48     4.48     5.00

Ultimate trend year

     N/A        N/A        N/A        2028        2028        2020   

 

N/A—not applicable

 

The overall expected rate of return on plan assets assumption remained at 8.00 percent in 2011 and 2012 in determining net periodic benefit cost due to recent returns on OGE Energy’s long-term investment portfolio. The rate of return on plan assets assumption is the average long-term rate of earnings expected on the funds currently invested and to be invested for the purpose of providing benefits specified by the Pension Plan or postretirement benefit plans. This assumption is reexamined at least annually and updated as necessary. The rate of return on plan assets assumption reflects a combination of historical return analysis, forward-looking return expectations and the plans’ current and expected asset allocation.

 

Post-Employment Benefit Plan

 

Disabled employees receiving benefits from OGE Energy’s Group Long-Term Disability Plan are entitled to continue participating in OGE Energy’s Medical Plan along with their dependents. The post-employment benefit obligation represents the actuarial present value of estimated future medical benefits that are attributed to employee service rendered prior to the date as of which such information is presented. The obligation also includes future medical benefits expected to be paid to current employees participating in OGE Energy’s Group Long-Term Disability Plan and their dependents, as defined in OGE Energy’s Medical Plan.

 

The post-employment benefit obligation is determined by an actuary on a basis similar to the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. The estimated future medical benefits are projected to grow with expected future medical cost trend rates and are discounted for interest at the discount rate and for the probability that the participant will discontinue receiving benefits from OGE Energy’s Group Long-Term Disability Plan due to death, recovery from disability, or eligibility for retiree medical benefits. Enogex’s post-employment benefit obligation was $0.2 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

401(k) Plan

 

OGE Energy provides a 401(k) Plan. Each regular full-time employee of OGE Energy or a participating affiliate is eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan immediately. All other employees of OGE Energy or a participating affiliate are eligible to become participants in the 401(k) Plan after completing one year of service as defined in the 401(k) Plan. Participants may contribute each pay period any whole percentage between two percent and 19 percent of their compensation, as defined in the 401(k) Plan, for that pay period. Participants who have attained age 50 before the close of a year are allowed to make additional contributions referred to as “Catch-Up Contributions,” subject to certain limitations of the Code. Participants may designate, at their discretion, all or any portion of their contributions as: (i) a before-tax contribution under Section 401(k) of the Code subject to the limitations thereof; or (ii) a contribution made on an after-tax basis. The 401(k) Plan also includes an eligible automatic contribution arrangement and provides for a qualified default investment alternative consistent with the U.S. Department of Labor regulations. Participants may elect, in accordance with the 401(k) Plan procedures, to have his or her future salary deferral rate to be automatically increased annually on a date and in an amount as specified by the participant in such election.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

The 401(k) Plan was amended in October 2009, as discussed previously, whereby participants could select from the options below.

 

Employment Date

  

Option 1

  

Option 2

  

Option 3

Before February 1, 2000

   < 20 years of service—50% Company match up to 6% of compensation    200% Company match
up to 5% of
compensation
   100% Company match
up to 6% of
compensation
   > 20 years of service—75% Company match up to 6% of compensation    200% Company match
up to 5% of
compensation
   100% Company match
up to 6% of
compensation

After February 1, 2000 and before December 1, 2009

   100% Company match up to 6% of compensation    200% Company match
up to 5% of
compensation
   N/A

After December 1, 2009

   200% Company match up to 5% of compensation    N/A    N/A

 

No OGE Energy contributions are made with respect to a participant’s Catch-Up Contributions, rollover contributions, or with respect to a participant’s contributions based on overtime payments, pay-in-lieu of overtime for exempt personnel, special lump-sum recognition awards and lump-sum merit awards included in compensation for determining the amount of participant contributions. Once made, OGE Energy’s contribution may be directed to any available investment option in the 401(k) Plan. OGE Energy match contributions vest over a three-year period. After two years of service, participants become 20 percent vested in their OGE Energy contribution account and become fully vested on completing three years of service. In addition, participants fully vest when they are eligible for normal or early retirement under the Pension Plan, in the event of their termination due to death or permanent disability or upon attainment of age 65 while employed by OGE Energy or its affiliates. Enogex contributed $3.6 million, $3.0 million and $2.5 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

OGE Energy provides a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which is intended to be an unfunded plan. The plan’s primary purpose is to provide a tax-deferred capital accumulation vehicle for a select group of management, highly compensated employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors of OGE Energy and to supplement such employees’ 401(k) Plan contributions as well as offering this plan to be competitive in the marketplace.

 

Eligible employees who enroll in the plan have the following deferral options: (i) eligible employees may elect to defer up to a maximum of 70 percent of base salary and 100 percent of annual bonus awards or (ii) eligible employees may elect a deferral percentage of base salary and bonus awards based on the deferral percentage elected for a year under the 401(k) Plan with such deferrals to start when maximum deferrals to the qualified 401(k) Plan have been made because of limitations in that plan. Eligible directors who enroll in the plan may elect to defer up to a maximum of 100 percent of directors’ meeting fees and annual retainers. OGE Energy matches employee (but not non-employee director) deferrals to make up for any match lost in the 401(k) Plan because of deferrals to the deferred compensation plan, and to allow for a match that would have been made under the 401(k) Plan on that portion of either the first six percent of total compensation or the first five percent of total compensation, depending on the option the participant elected under the choice provided to eligible employees in the qualified 401(k) Plan discussed above, deferred that exceeds the limits allowed in the 401(k) Plan. Matching credits vest based on years of service, with full vesting after three years or, if earlier, on retirement, disability, death, a change in control of OGE Energy or termination of the plan. Deferrals, plus any OGE Energy match, are credited to a recordkeeping account in the participant’s name. Earnings on the deferrals

 

F-93


Table of Contents

are indexed to the assumed investment funds selected by the participant. In 2012, those investment options included an OGE Energy Common Stock fund, whose value was determined based on the stock price of OGE Energy’s Common Stock, and various money market, bond and equity funds.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

OGE Energy provides a supplemental executive retirement plan in order to attract and retain lateral hires or other executives designated by the Compensation Committee of OGE Energy’s Board of Directors who may not otherwise qualify for a sufficient level of benefits under OGE Energy’s Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan. The supplemental executive retirement plan is intended to be an unfunded plan and not subject to the benefit limitations of the Code.

 

14. Report of Business Segments

 

Previously, Enogex’s business was divided into three segments as follows: (i) natural gas transportation and storage, (ii) natural gas gathering and processing and (iii) natural gas marketing. During the third quarter of 2012, the operations and activities of EER were fully integrated with those of Enogex through the creation of a new commodity management organization. The operations of EER, including asset management activities, have been included in the natural gas transportation and storage segment and have been restated for all prior periods presented. As a result of this change, Enogex’s business is now divided into two segments for financial reporting purposes as follows: (i) natural gas transportation and storage and (ii) natural gas gathering and processing. Intersegment revenues are recorded at prices comparable to those of unaffiliated customers and are affected by regulatory considerations. In reviewing its segment operating results, Enogex focuses on operating income as its measure of segment profit and loss, and, therefore, has presented this information below. The following tables summarize the results of Enogex’s business segments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

2012

   Natural Gas
Transportation
and Storage
     Natural Gas
Gathering and
Processing
    Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating revenues

   $ 639.5       $ 1,222.6      $ (253.5   $ 1,608.6   

Cost of goods sold

     504.9         868.7        (253.5     1,120.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     134.6         353.9               488.5   

Other operation and maintenance

     49.8         123.1               172.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     24.0         84.8               108.8   

Impairment of assets

             0.4               0.4   

Gain on insurance proceeds

             (7.5            (7.5

Taxes other than income

     15.7         12.6               28.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 45.1       $ 140.5      $      $ 185.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,330.8       $ 1,868.6      $ (1,548.1   $ 2,651.3   

Capital expenditures(A)

   $ 32.0       $ 475.4      $ (0.9   $ 506.5   

 

  (A)   Includes $78.6 million related to the acquisition of certain gas gathering assets as discussed in Note 4.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

2011

   Natural Gas
Transportation
and Storage
     Natural Gas
Gathering and
Processing
    Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating revenues

   $ 880.1       $ 1,167.1      $ (260.1   $ 1,787.1   

Cost of goods sold

     736.0         870.7        (260.1     1,346.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     144.1         296.4               440.5   

Other operation and maintenance

     50.7         111.8               162.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     22.0         55.6               77.6   

Impairment of assets

             6.3               6.3   

Gain on insurance proceeds

             (3.0            (3.0

Taxes other than income

     15.0         7.0               22.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 56.4       $ 118.7      $      $ 175.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,836.9       $ 1,483.8      $ (1,043.4   $ 2,277.3   

Capital expenditures(A)

   $ 41.1       $ 572.0      $ (0.6   $ 612.5   

 

  (A)   Includes $200.4 million related to the acquisition of certain gas gathering assets as discussed in Note 4.

 

2010

   Natural Gas
Transportation
and Storage
     Natural Gas
Gathering and
Processing
     Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating revenues

   $ 984.8       $ 1,005.6       $ (282.7   $ 1,707.7   

Cost of goods sold

     834.5         733.3         (282.7     1,285.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     150.3         272.3                422.6   

Other operation and maintenance

     53.8         91.5                145.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     21.2         50.1                71.3   

Impairment of assets

     0.7         0.4                1.1   

Taxes other than income

     14.2         6.4                20.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 60.4       $ 123.9       $      $ 184.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,316.6       $ 973.8       $ (533.1   $ 1,757.3   

Capital expenditures

   $ 72.6       $ 164.0       $ (2.4   $ 234.2   

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

Enogex has operating lease obligations expiring at various dates. Future minimum payments for noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31 (In millions)

  

2013

    

2014

    

2015

    

2016

    

2017

    

After 2017

    

Total

 

Noncancellable operating leases

   $ 5.2       $ 3.7       $ 3.5       $ 3.4       $ 0.7       $       $ 16.5   

 

Payments for operating lease obligations were $7.9 million, $6.2 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Noncancellable Operating Leases

 

Enogex currently occupies 134,219 square feet of office space at its executive offices under a lease that expires March 31, 2017. The lease payments are $11.3 million over the lease term which began April 1, 2012. This lease has rent escalations which increase after five and 10 years if the lease is renewed.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Enogex currently has 17 compression service agreements, of which 10 agreements are on a month-to-month basis, three agreements will expire in 2013, two agreements will expire in 2016 and two agreements will expire in 2017. Enogex also has eight gas treating agreements, of which six agreements are on a month-to-month basis, one agreement will expire in 2013 and one agreement will expire in 2014.

 

Other Purchase Obligations and Commitments

 

Enogex’s other future purchase obligations and commitments estimated for the next five years are as follows:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Total  
     (In millions)  

Other purchase obligations and commitments

                 

EER commitments

   $ 11.9       $ 10.8       $ 4.7       $ 0.8       $       $ 28.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other purchase obligations and commitments

   $ 11.9       $ 10.8       $ 4.7       $ 0.8       $       $ 28.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

EER Commitments

 

In 2004, EER entered into a firm transportation service agreement with Cheyenne Plains, who operates the Cheyenne Plains Pipeline that provides firm transportation services in Wyoming, Colorado and Kansas, for 60,000 dekatherms/day of firm capacity on the pipeline. The firm transportation service agreement was for a 10-year term beginning with the in-service date of the Cheyenne Plains Pipeline in March 2005 with an annual demand fee of $7.4 million. Effective March 1, 2007, EER and Cheyenne Plains amended the firm transportation service agreement to provide for EER to turn back 20,000 dekatherms/day of its capacity beginning in January 2008 for the remainder of the term.

 

In 2006, Enogex entered into a firm capacity agreement with MEP for a primary term of 10 years (subject to possible extension) that gives MEP and its shippers access to capacity on Enogex’s system. The quantity of capacity subject to the MEP capacity agreement is currently 272 MMcf/d, with the quantity subject to being increased by mutual agreement pursuant to the capacity agreement. In 2009, EER entered into a firm transportation service agreement with MEP for 10,000 dekatherms/day of firm capacity on the pipeline. The firm transportation service agreement was for a five-year term beginning with the in-service date of the MEP pipeline in June 2009 with an annual demand fee of $2.1 million.

 

Environmental Laws and Regulations

 

The activities of Enogex are subject to stringent and complex Federal, state and local laws and regulations governing environmental protection including the discharge of materials into the environment. These laws and regulations can restrict or impact Enogex’s business activities in many ways, such as restricting the way it can handle or dispose of its wastes, requiring remedial action to mitigate pollution conditions that may be caused by its operations or that are attributable to former operators, regulating future construction activities to mitigate harm to threatened or endangered species and requiring the installation and operation of pollution control equipment. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Enogex believes that its operations are in substantial compliance with current Federal, state and local environmental standards.

 

Environmental regulation can increase the cost of planning, design, initial installation and operation of Enogex’s facilities. Historically, Enogex’s total expenditures for environmental control facilities and for remediation have not been significant in relation to its consolidated financial position or results of operations. Enogex believes, however, that it is reasonably likely that the trend in environmental legislation and

 

F-96


Table of Contents

regulations will continue towards more restrictive standards. Compliance with these standards is expected to increase the cost of conducting business.

 

Enogex is managing several significant uncertainties about the scope and timing for the acquisition, installation and operation of additional pollution control equipment and compliance costs for a variety of the EPA rules that are being challenged in court. Enogex is unable to predict the financial impact of these matters with certainty at this time. In addition, Enogex is subject to extensive Federal, state and local environmental statutes, rules and regulations relating to air quality, water quality, waste management, wildlife conservation, natural resources and health and safety that could, among other things, restrict or limit the output of certain facilities and otherwise increase costs. There are significant capital, operating and other costs associated with compliance with these environmental statutes, rules and regulations and those costs may be even more significant in the future.

 

Pipeline Safety Legislation

 

On December 13, 2011, Congress passed the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011, which the President signed into law on January 3, 2012. Among other things, the law requires additional verification of pipeline infrastructure records by Enogex and other intrastate and interstate pipeline owners and operators to confirm the maximum allowable operating pressure of lines located in high consequence areas or more-densely populated areas. Where records are inadequate to confirm the maximum allowable operating pressure, the PHMSA will require the operator to re-confirm the maximum allowable operating pressure, a process that could cause temporary or permanent limitations on throughput for affected pipelines. This law required PHMSA to direct pipeline operators to verify the maximum allowable operating pressure of their pipelines by July 3, 2012, and to submit documentation to PHMSA by July 3, 2013. This law also raises the maximum penalty for violating pipeline safety rules to $0.2 million per violation per day up to $2.0 million for a related series of violations.

 

In addition, this law requires PHMSA to issue reports and/or, if appropriate, develop new regulations, addressing a variety of subjects, including: (1) requiring pipeline owners and operators to install excess-flow valves in certain circumstances; (2) requiring pipeline owners and operators to use automatic or remote-controlled shut-off valves in certain circumstances; (3) requiring pipeline owners and operators to test to confirm the strength of previously untested transmission lines located within high consequence areas and operating at a pressure greater than 30 percent of specified minimum yield stress; (4) requiring pipeline owners and operators to notify the National Response Center of an accident or incident at the earliest practicable moment (but not later than one hour) after confirming that an accident or incident has occurred; (5) expanding integrity management requirements beyond high consequence areas; and (6) applying the Federal pipeline safety regulations to onshore gathering lines that are not currently subject to the Federal pipeline safety regulations. This law prescribes various deadlines for PHMSA to act on these issues.

 

At this time, Enogex is not able to estimate the capital, operating or other costs that may be required to comply with this law and any related PHMSA regulations that may be promulgated, but such costs could be significant.

 

Other

 

In the normal course of business, Enogex is confronted with issues or events that may result in a contingent liability. These generally relate to lawsuits or claims made by third parties, including governmental agencies. When appropriate, management consults with legal counsel and other appropriate experts to assess the claim. If, in management’s opinion, Enogex has incurred a probable loss as set forth by GAAP, an estimate is made of the loss and the appropriate accounting entries are reflected in Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements. At the present time, based on currently available information, except as otherwise stated above and

in Note 16 below, Enogex believes that any reasonably possible losses in excess of accrued amounts arising out

 

F-97


Table of Contents

of pending or threatened lawsuits or claims would not be quantitatively material to its financial statements and would not have a material adverse effect on Enogex’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

16. Regulation

 

Completed Regulatory Matters

 

2011 Fuel Filing

 

On February 28, 2011, Enogex submitted its annual fuel filing to establish the fixed fuel percentages for its East Zone and West Zone for the upcoming fuel year (April 1, 2011 through March 31, 2012). Along with the revised fuel percentages, Enogex also requested authority to revise its statement of operating conditions to permanently change the annual filing date to February 28. On July 6, 2012, Enogex submitted a compliance filing to synchronize the 2011 fuel filing with the revised statement of operating conditions filed on May 31, 2012 in compliance with the FERC’s order approving Enogex’s 2011 Section 311 rate case settlement. In October 2012, the FERC accepted Enogex’s proposed zonal fuel percentages.

 

2012 Fuel Filing

 

On February 24, 2012, Enogex submitted its annual fuel filing to establish the fixed fuel percentages for its East Zone and West Zone for the 2012 fuel year (April 1, 2012 through March 31, 2013). On July 6, 2012, Enogex submitted a compliance filing to synchronize the 2012 fuel filing with the revised statement of operating conditions filed on May 31, 2012 in compliance with the FERC’s order approving Enogex’s 2011 Section 311 rate case settlement. In October 2012, the FERC accepted Enogex’s proposed zonal fuel percentages.

 

Storage Statement of Operating Conditions Filing

 

On August 31, 2010, Enogex filed a new statement of operating conditions applicable to storage services with the FERC that replaced Enogex’s existing storage statement of operating conditions effective July 30, 2010. Among other things, the new storage statement of operating conditions updates the general terms and conditions for providing storage services. On December 7, 2012, the FERC issued an order approving Enogex’s revised storage statement of operating conditions, effective August 31, 2010.

 

FERC Section 311 2011 Rate Case

 

On January 28, 2011, Enogex submitted a new rate filing to the FERC to set the maximum rate for a new firm Section 311 transportation service in the West Zone of its system and to revise the currently effective maximum rates for Section 311 interruptible transportation service in the East Zone and West Zone. Along with establishing the rate for a new firm service in the West Zone, Enogex’s filing requested a decrease in the maximum interruptible zonal rates in the West Zone and to retain the currently effective rates for firm and interruptible services in the East Zone. Enogex reserved the right to implement the higher rates for firm and interruptible services in the East Zone supported by the cost of service to the extent an expeditious settlement agreement cannot be reached in the proceeding. Enogex proposed that the rates be placed into effect on March 1, 2011. On January 10, 2012, Enogex filed a settlement agreement with the FERC. On May 4, 2012, the FERC issued an order approving the settlement agreement in this matter, subject to the submission of a compliance filing to place the settlement rates into effect as of March 1, 2011, which compliance filing was subsequently filed on May 31, 2012. The FERC also requested that Enogex file a revised statement of operating conditions, which was subsequently filed on May 31, 2012. As part of the settlement agreement in this matter, Enogex made refunds of $0.2 million to affected customers on June 15, 2012 and submitted a report to the FERC on July 6, 2012 showing the refund payment calculation. On February 21, 2013, the FERC issued an order approving the refund report.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

The Member of Enogex LLC

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Enogex LLC, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets and statements of capitalization as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in member’s interest for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting principles used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Enogex LLC at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

February 27, 2013

 

F-99


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

The following is a glossary of frequently used abbreviations that are found throughout this report.

 

Abbreviation

  

Definition

ArcLight group

  

Bronco Midstream Holdings, LLC, Bronco Midstream Holdings II, LLC, collectively

Atoka

  

Atoka Midstream LLC joint venture

CenterPoint

  

CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., wholly-owned subsidiary of CenterPoint Energy, Inc.

EER

  

Enogex Energy Resources LLC, wholly-owned subsidiary of Enogex LLC (prior to June 30, 2012, the legal name was OGE Energy Resources LLC)

Enogex

  

Enogex LLC, collectively with its subsidiaries

Enogex Holdings

  

Enogex Holdings LLC, the parent company of Enogex and a majority-owned subsidiary of OGE Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of OGE Energy

FERC

  

Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

GAAP

  

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States

Midstream Partnership

  

Partnership between OGE Energy, the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc. formed to own and operate the midstream businesses of OGE Energy and CenterPoint

NGLs

  

Natural gas liquids

NYMEX

  

New York Mercantile Exchange

OG&E

  

Oklahoma Gas and Electric Company, wholly-owned subsidiary of OGE Energy

OGE Energy

  

OGE Energy Corp., parent company of OGE Holdings, LLC

Pension Plan

  

Qualified defined benefit retirement plan

PRM

  

Price risk management

Restoration of Retirement Income Plan

  

Supplemental retirement plan to the Pension Plan

 

F-100


Table of Contents

Financial Statements.

 

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
         2013             2012      
     (In millions)  

OPERATING REVENUES

   $ 464.3      $ 429.6   

COST OF GOODS SOLD (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

     359.2        305.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     105.1        124.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Other operation and maintenance

     45.2        42.2   

Depreciation and amortization

     27.6        23.4   

Impairment of assets

            0.2   

Gain on insurance proceeds

            (7.5

Taxes other than income

     8.0        7.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80.8        65.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     24.3        58.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    

Other income

     10.2        0.2   

Other expense

     (1.2     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other income (expense)

     9.0        (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

    

Interest on long-term debt

     7.2        6.8   

Other interest charges

     0.9        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     8.1        7.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE TAXES

     25.2        50.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

     0.1        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     25.1        50.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     0.3        1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENOGEX LLC

   $ 24.8      $ 49.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2013             2012      
     (In millions)  

Net income

   $ 25.1      $ 50.6   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    

Pension Plan and Restoration of Retirement Income Plan:

    

Amortization of deferred net loss

     0.6        0.6   

Postretirement Benefit Plans:

    

Amortization of deferred net loss

     0.4        0.4   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (0.3     (0.3

Deferred commodity contracts hedging gains reclassified in net income

     (0.2     (5.2

Deferred commodity contracts hedging gains (losses)

            0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     0.5        (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     25.6        46.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     0.3        1.1   

Total comprehensive income attributable to Enogex LLC

   $ 25.3      $ 45.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2013             2012      
     (In millions)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 25.1      $ 50.6   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided from operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     28.6        24.4   

Impairment of assets

            0.2   

(Gain) loss on disposition and abandonment of assets

     (8.7     0.5   

Gain on insurance proceeds

            (7.5

OGE Energy stock-based compensation

     (0.9     (0.6

Price risk management assets

     0.9        (0.7

Price risk management liabilities

            (4.9

Other assets

     (23.5     3.1   

Other liabilities

     1.2        0.3   

Other liabilities—parent

     2.3        2.4   

Change in certain current assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (6.2     16.4   

Accounts receivable—affiliates

     (1.4     0.3   

Natural gas, natural gas liquids, materials and supplies inventories

     7.6        12.9   

Gas imbalance assets

     (3.1     (4.0

Other current assets

     26.1        (0.8

Accounts payable

     (2.7     (22.8

Accrued taxes

     (6.5     (3.0

Accrued interest

     (7.4     (7.4

Gas imbalance liabilities

     0.7        (1.4

Other current liabilities

     (3.2     (3.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities

     28.9        54.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Capital expenditures

     (128.2     (118.5

Proceeds from sale of assets

     35.4        0.1   

Proceeds from insurance

            6.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (92.8     (112.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Changes in advances with parent

     80.4        91.1   

Purchase of OGE Energy treasury stock

     (3.5     (5.9

Distributions to parent

     (12.5     (30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided from Financing Activities

     64.4        55.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     0.5        (3.0

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     1.8        4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 2.3      $ 1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     March 31, 2013
(Unaudited)
     December 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2.3       $ 1.8   

Accounts receivable, less reserve of less than $0.1 each

     140.9         134.7   

Accounts receivable—affiliates

     2.1         0.7   

Natural gas and natural gas liquids inventories

     8.8         16.5   

Materials and supplies, at average cost

     5.0         4.9   

Price risk management

     1.7         2.6   

Gas imbalances

     12.1         9.0   

Assets held for sale

             25.5   

Other

     3.1         3.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     176.0         199.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER PROPERTY AND INVESTMENTS, at cost

     1.5         1.5   

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

In service

     2,939.0         2,869.4   

Construction work in progress

     186.2         130.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     3,125.2         3,000.1   

Less accumulated depreciation

     763.9         738.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net property, plant and equipment

     2,361.3         2,261.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS

     

Intangible assets, net

     126.0         127.4   

Goodwill

     39.4         39.4   

Other

     20.1         21.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred charges and other assets

     185.5         188.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 2,724.3       $ 2,651.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

 

     March 31, 2013
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S INTEREST

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 197.8      $ 200.2   

Advances from parent

     217.9        137.5   

Customer deposits

     1.8        1.8   

Accrued compensation—parent

     9.3        10.7   

Accrued taxes

     6.2        12.9   

Accrued interest

     3.8        11.2   

Price risk management

     0.5        0.3   

Gas imbalances

     5.7        5.0   

Deferred revenues

     4.8        5.5   

Other

     7.3        8.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     455.1        393.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

     698.5        698.4   

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

    

Accrued benefit obligations—parent

     81.0        79.4   

Deferred revenues

     38.4        37.7   

Other

     5.4        5.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred credits and other liabilities

     124.8        122.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,278.4        1,214.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 12)

    

MEMBER’S INTEREST

    

Member’s interest

     1,469.8        1,461.8   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss—parent

     (44.5     (45.2

Accumulated other comprehensive income

            0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enogex LLC member’s interest

     1,425.3        1,416.8   

Noncontrolling interest

     20.6        20.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s interest

     1,445.9        1,437.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S INTEREST

   $ 2,724.3      $ 2,651.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S INTEREST

(Unaudited)

 

     Member’s
Interest
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
     Total
Member’s
Interest
 
     (In millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,461.8      $ (45.0   $ 20.3       $ 1,437.1   

Comprehensive income (loss)

         

Net income

     24.8               0.3         25.1   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            0.5                0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     24.8        0.5        0.3         25.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distributions to parent

     (12.5                    (12.5

OGE Energy stock-based compensation

     (0.8                    (0.8

Purchase of OGE Energy treasury stock

     (3.5                    (3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

   $ 1,469.8      $ (44.5   $ 20.6       $ 1,445.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,295.3      $ (30.0   $ 17.6       $ 1,282.9   

Comprehensive income (loss)

         

Net income

     49.5               1.1         50.6   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            (4.2             (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     49.5        (4.2     1.1         46.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distributions to parent

     (30.0                    (30.0

OGE Energy stock-based compensation

     0.9                       0.9   

Purchase of OGE Energy treasury stock

     (7.4                    (7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

   $ 1,308.3      $ (34.2   $ 18.7       $ 1,292.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part hereof.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

ENOGEX LLC

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Organization

 

Enogex is a Delaware single-member limited liability company, which, prior to May 1, 2013, was indirectly owned by OGE Energy and the ArcLight group. Enogex is a provider of integrated natural gas midstream services. Enogex is engaged in the business of gathering, processing, transporting and storing natural gas. Most of Enogex’s natural gas gathering, processing, transportation and storage assets are strategically located in the Arkoma and Anadarko basins of Oklahoma and the Texas Panhandle. Enogex’s operations are organized into two business segments: (i) natural gas transportation and storage and (ii) natural gas gathering and processing. Also, at March 31, 2013, Enogex held a 50 percent ownership interest in Atoka. At March 31, 2013, Enogex consolidated Atoka in its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as Enogex acted as the managing member of Atoka and had control over the operations of Atoka.

 

On March 14, 2013, OGE Energy entered into a Master Formation Agreement with the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc., pursuant to which OGE Energy, the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc., agreed to form the Midstream Partnership to own and operate the midstream businesses of OGE Energy and CenterPoint. This transaction closed on May 1, 2013. Pursuant to the Master Formation Agreement, OGE Energy and the ArcLight group indirectly contributed Enogex to the Midstream Partnership and CenterPoint Energy, Inc. contributed its midstream natural gas business to the Midstream Partnership. At May 1, 2013, OGE Energy holds 28.5 percent of the limited partners interests, CenterPoint holds 58.3 percent of the limited partner interests and the ArcLight group holds 13.2 percent of the limited partner interests in the Midstream Partnership. The general partner of the Midstream Partnership is equally controlled by CenterPoint and OGE Energy, who each have 50 percent of the management rights. For additional information regarding the Midstream Partnership, see Note 3.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly present the consolidated financial position of Enogex at March 31, 2013 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, have been included and are of a normal recurring nature except as otherwise disclosed. Management also has evaluated the impact of subsequent events for inclusion in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements occurring after March 31, 2013 through July 15, 2013, the date Enogex’s financial statements were available to be issued, and, in the opinion of management, Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes contain all necessary adjustments and disclosures resulting from that evaluation.

 

Due to seasonal fluctuations and other factors, Enogex’s operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013 or for any future period.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued “Comprehensive Income: Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The new standard requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the new standard requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items in net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. Enogex adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2013 and these disclosures have been included below.

 

The following table summarizes changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to Enogex during the three months ended March 31, 2013. At both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was no accumulated other comprehensive loss related to Enogex’s noncontrolling interest in Atoka. All amounts below are presented net of noncontrolling interest.

 

     Pension Plan and
Restoration of
Retirement
Income Plan
     Postretirement
Benefit Plans
                   
     Net loss     Prior
service
cost
     Net loss     Prior
service
cost
    Deferred
commodity
contracts
hedging
gains
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (36.5   $ 0.4       $ (13.7   $ 4.6      $ 0.2      $ (45.0

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     0.6                0.4        (0.3     (0.2     0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

   $ (35.9   $ 0.4       $ (13.3   $ 4.3      $      $ (44.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by the respective line items in net income during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Components

  

Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss

   

Affected Line Item in the Statement
Where Net Income is Presented

Gains on cash flow hedges

    

Commodity contracts

   $ 0.2      Cost of goods sold
  

 

 

   
   $ 0.2      Total
  

 

 

   

Amortization of defined benefit pension items

    

Actuarial gains (losses)

   $ (0.6   (A)
  

 

 

   
     (0.6   Total

Amortization of postretirement benefit plan items

    

Actuarial gains (losses)

   $ (0.4   (A)

Prior service cost

     0.3      (A)
  

 

 

   
     (0.1   Total
  

 

 

   

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ (0.5   Total
  

 

 

   

 

  (A)   These accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 for additional information).

 

Related Party Transactions

 

OGE Energy charged operating costs to Enogex of $7.9 million and $7.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. OGE Energy charges operating costs to its subsidiaries based on several factors. Operating costs directly related to specific subsidiaries are assigned to those subsidiaries. Included in operating costs charged by OGE Energy are $0.6 million and $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for payroll taxes and depreciation and amortization expense

 

F-108


Table of Contents

directly related to Enogex’s operations. Where more than one subsidiary benefits from certain expenditures, the costs are shared between those subsidiaries receiving the benefits. Operating costs incurred for the benefit of all subsidiaries are allocated among the subsidiaries, either as overhead based primarily on labor costs or using the “Distrigas” method. The Distrigas method is a three-factor formula that uses an equal weighting of payroll, net operating revenues and gross property, plant and equipment. OGE Energy adopted the Distrigas method in January 1996 as a result of a recommendation by the Staff of the Oklahoma Corporation Commission. OGE Energy believes this method provides a reasonable basis for allocating common expenses.

 

Enogex has a transportation contract with its affiliate, OG&E, to transport natural gas to OG&E’s natural gas-fired generation facilities. During each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Enogex recorded revenues from OG&E of $8.7 million for transporting gas to OG&E’s natural gas-fired generating facilities. During each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Enogex recorded revenues from OG&E of $3.2 million for natural gas storage services. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Enogex also recorded natural gas sales to OG&E of $5.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Enogex recorded an expense from OG&E of $1.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for electricity used to power Enogex’s electric compression assets.

 

On July 1, 2009, OG&E and Enogex entered into hedging transactions to offset natural gas long positions at Enogex with short natural gas exposures at OG&E resulting from the cost of generation associated with a wholesale power sales contract with the Oklahoma Municipal Power Authority. These transactions are for 50,000 million British thermal unit per month from August 2009 to December 2013 (see Note 5).

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the parent made no contributions to Enogex. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Enogex made distributions to the parent of $12.5 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

 

Reclassifications

 

As discussed in Note 11, during the third quarter of 2012, the operations and activities of EER were fully integrated with those of Enogex through the creation of a new commodity management organization. The operations of EER, including asset management activities, have been included in the natural gas transportation and storage segment and have been restated for all prior periods presented to conform to the 2013 presentation.

 

2. Gas Gathering Divestiture

 

Texas Panhandle Gathering Divestiture

 

As previously reported, on January 2, 2013, Enogex and one of its five largest customers entered into new agreements, effective January 1, 2013, relating to the customer’s gathering and processing volumes on the Texas portion of Enogex’s system. The effects of this new arrangement are (i) a fixed-fee processing agreement replaced the previous keep-whole agreement, (ii) the acreage dedicated by the customer to Enogex for gathering and processing in Texas was increased for an extended term and (iii) the sale by Enogex of certain gas gathering assets in the Texas Panhandle portion of Enogex’s system to this customer for cash proceeds of approximately $35 million. Enogex recognized a pre-tax gain of $9.9 million in the first quarter of 2013 in its natural gas gathering and processing segment from the sale of these assets which is included in Other Income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

3. OGE Energy Midstream Partnership with CenterPoint Energy, Inc.

 

On March 14, 2013, OGE Energy entered into a Master Formation Agreement with the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc., pursuant to which OGE Energy, the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc., agreed to form the Midstream Partnership to own and operate the midstream businesses of OGE Energy and

 

F-109


Table of Contents

CenterPoint that will initially be structured as a private limited partnership. This transaction closed on May 1, 2013.

 

Pursuant to the Master Formation Agreement, OGE Energy and the ArcLight group indirectly contributed 100 percent of the equity interests in Enogex to the Midstream Partnership. CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint, was converted into a Delaware limited partnership that became the Midstream Partnership. CenterPoint contributed to the Midstream Partnership its equity interests in each of CenterPoint Energy Gas Transmission Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CenterPoint Energy—Mississippi River Transmission, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and certain of its other midstream subsidiaries and caused its subsidiary CenterPoint Energy Southeastern Pipelines Holding, LLC to contribute a 24.95 percent interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC provides natural gas gathering and processing services for certain natural gas fields in the Mid-continent region of the United States that interconnect with CenterPoint Energy Gas Transmission Company, LLC and CenterPoint Energy—Mississippi River Transmission, LLC pipelines, as well as other interstate and intrastate pipelines. As of December 31, 2012, CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC gathered an average of approximately 2.5 billion cubic feet per day of natural gas. In addition, CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC has the capacity available to treat up to 2.5 billion cubic feet per day and process nearly 625 million cubic feet per day of natural gas. CenterPoint Energy Gas Transmission Company, LLC is an interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation, storage and pipeline services to customers principally in Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas and includes the 1.9 billion cubic feet per day pipeline from Carthage, Texas to Perryville, Louisiana, which CenterPoint Energy Gas Transmission Company, LLC operates as a separate line with a fixed fuel rate. CenterPoint Energy—Mississippi River Transmission, LLC is an interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation, storage and pipeline services to customers principally in Arkansas, Illinois and Missouri. Southeast Supply Header, LLC owns a 1.0 billion cubic feet per day, 274-mile interstate pipeline that runs from the Perryville Hub in Louisiana to Coden, Alabama.

 

OGE Energy holds 28.5 percent of the limited partners interests, CenterPoint holds 58.3 percent of the limited partner interests and the ArcLight group holds 13.2 percent of the limited partner interests in the Midstream Partnership.

 

CenterPoint has certain put rights, and the Midstream Partnership has certain call rights, exercisable with respect to the interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC retained by CenterPoint, under which CenterPoint would contribute to the Midstream Partnership CenterPoint’s retained interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC at a price equal to the fair market value of such interest at the time the put right or call right is exercised. If CenterPoint were to exercise such put right or the Midstream Partnership were to exercise such call right, CenterPoint’s retained interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC would be contributed to the Midstream Partnership in exchange for consideration consisting of a specified number of limited partnership units and, subject to certain restrictions, a cash payment, payable either from CenterPoint to the Midstream Partnership or from the Midstream Partnership to CenterPoint, in an amount such that the total consideration exchanged is equal in value to the fair market value of the contributed interest in Southeast Supply Header, LLC.

 

The general partner of the Midstream Partnership is equally controlled by CenterPoint and OGE Energy, who each have 50 percent of the management rights. CenterPoint and OGE Energy also own a 40 percent and 60 percent interest, respectively, in any incentive distribution rights to be held by the general partner of the Midstream Partnership following an initial public offering of the Midstream Partnership. In addition, for a period of time, the ArcLight group will have board observation rights and approval rights over certain material activities of the Midstream Partnership, including material increases in capital expenditures and certain equity issuances, entering into transactions with related parties and acquiring, pledging or disposing of certain material assets. The general partner of the Midstream Partnership will initially be governed by a board made up of an equal number

 

F-110


Table of Contents

of representatives designated by each of CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and OGE Energy. Based on the 50/50 management ownership, with neither company having control, effective May 1, 2013, OGE Energy deconsolidated its interest in Enogex. OGE Energy and CenterPoint will account for their respective interests in the Midstream Partnership under the equity method of accounting.

 

Immediately prior to closing, on May 1, 2013, the ArcLight group contributed $107.0 million and OGE Energy contributed $9.1 million to Enogex in order to pay down short-term debt. In connection with the formation of the Midstream Partnership, on May 1, 2013, the Midstream Partnership entered into a $1.05 billion three-year senior unsecured Term Loan Facility, the proceeds of which were used to repay $1.05 billion of intercompany indebtedness owed to CenterPoint. CenterPoint has guaranteed collection of the Midstream Partnership’s obligations under the term loan, which guarantee is subordinated to all senior debt of CenterPoint. Effective May 1, 2013, the Midstream Partnership also entered into a $1.4 billion, five-year senior unsecured Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Master Formation Agreement and Enogex’s $400 million revolving credit facility was terminated.

 

At March 31, 2013, Enogex was obligated on approximately $700 million, in the aggregate, in indebtedness under its term loan, its revolving credit agreement and two series of its senior notes maturing in years 2014 and 2020. Certain of the entities contributed to the Midstream Partnership by CenterPoint are obligated on approximately $363 million of indebtedness owed to a wholly owned subsidiary of CenterPoint that is scheduled to mature in 2017.

 

Subject to the exceptions provided below, pursuant to the terms of an Omnibus Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 among OGE Energy, the ArcLight group and CenterPoint Energy, Inc., each of OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, Inc. will be required to hold or otherwise conduct all of its respective Midstream Operations (as defined below) located within the United States in the Midstream Partnership. This restriction will cease to apply to both OGE Energy and CenterPoint Energy, Inc. as soon as either OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, Inc. ceases to hold (i) any interest in the general partner of the Midstream Partnership or (ii) at least 20 percent of the limited partner interests of the Midstream Partnership. “Midstream Operations” generally means, subject to certain exceptions, the gathering, compression, treatment, processing, blending, transportation, storage, isomerization and fractionation of crude oil and natural gas, its associated production water and enhanced recovery materials such as carbon dioxide, and its respective constituents and the following products: methane, NGLs (Y-grade, ethane, propane, normal butane, isobutane and natural gasoline), condensate, and refined products and distillates (gasoline, refined product blendstocks, olefins, naphtha, aviation fuels, diesel, heating oil, kerosene, jet fuels, fuel oil, residual fuel oil, heavy oil, bunker fuel, cokes, and asphalts), to the extent such activities are located within the United States.

 

In addition, if OGE Energy or CenterPoint Energy, Inc. acquires any assets or equity of any person engaged in Midstream Operations with a value in excess of $50 million (or $100 million in the aggregate with such party’s other acquired Midstream Operations that have not been offered to the Midstream Partnership), the acquiring party will be required to offer the Midstream Partnership the opportunity to acquire such assets or equity for such value; provided, that the acquiring party will not be obligated to offer any such assets or equity to the Midstream Partnership if the acquiring party intends to cease using them in Midstream Operations within 12 months. If the Midstream Partnership does not exercise its option, then the acquiring party will be free to retain and operate such Midstream Operations; provided, however, that if the fair market value of such Midstream Operations is greater than 66 2/3 percent of the fair market value of all of the assets being acquired in such transaction, then the acquiring party will be required to dispose of such Midstream Operations within 24 months.

 

As long as the ArcLight group has board observation rights, the ArcLight group will be prohibited from pursuing any transaction independently from the Midstream Partnership (i) if the ArcLight group’s consent is required for the Midstream Partnership to pursue such transaction and (ii) the ArcLight group affirmatively votes not to consent to such transaction.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

4. Fair Value Measurements

 

The classification of Enogex’s fair value measurements requires judgment regarding the degree to which market data is observable or corroborated by observable market data. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value based on observable and unobservable data. The hierarchy categorizes the inputs into three levels, with the highest priority given to quoted prices in active markets for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority given to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels defined in the fair value hierarchy and examples of each are as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date. Instruments classified as Level 1 include natural gas futures, swaps and options transactions for contracts traded on the NYMEX and settled through a NYMEX clearing broker.

 

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable at the reporting date for the asset or liability for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. Instruments classified as Level 2 include over-the-counter NYMEX natural gas swaps, natural gas basis swaps and natural gas purchase and sales transactions in markets such that the pricing is closely related to the NYMEX pricing.

 

Level 3 inputs are prices or valuation techniques for the asset or liability that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

 

Enogex utilizes the market approach in determining the fair value of its derivative positions by using either NYMEX published market prices, independent broker pricing data or broker/dealer valuations. The valuations of derivatives with pricing based on NYMEX published market prices may be considered Level 1 if they are settled through a NYMEX clearing broker account with daily margining. Over-the-counter derivatives with NYMEX based prices are considered Level 2 due to the impact of counterparty credit risk. Valuations based on independent broker pricing or broker/dealer valuations may be classified as Level 2 only to the extent they may be validated by an additional source of independent market data for an identical or closely related active market. In certain less liquid markets or for longer-term contracts, forward prices are not as readily available. In these circumstances, contracts are valued using internally developed methodologies that consider historical relationships among various quoted prices in active markets that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. These contracts are classified as Level 3.

 

The impact to the fair value of derivatives due to credit risk is calculated using the probability of default based on Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and/or internally generated ratings. The fair value of derivative assets is adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of derivative liabilities is adjusted for credit risk only if the impact is deemed material.

 

Contracts with Master Netting Arrangements

 

Fair value amounts recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement may be offset. The reporting entity’s choice to offset or not must be applied consistently. A master netting arrangement exists if the reporting entity has multiple contracts, whether for the same type of conditional or exchange contract or for different types of contracts, with a single counterparty that are subject to a contractual agreement that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default on or termination

 

F-112


Table of Contents

of any one contract. Offsetting the fair values recognized for forward, interest rate swap, option and other conditional or exchange contracts outstanding with a single counterparty results in the net fair value of the transactions being reported as an asset or a liability in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Enogex has presented the fair values of its derivative contracts under master netting agreements using a net fair value presentation.

 

The following tables summarize Enogex’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 as well as reconcile Enogex’s commodity contracts fair value to PRM Assets and Liabilities on Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Enogex adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board accounting guidance requiring additional disclosures for balance sheet offsetting of assets and liabilities effective January 1, 2013. Enogex posted $0.1 million and $0.2 million of collateral at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which has been included within netting adjustments in the table below. Enogex held no collateral at March 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012. Enogex has offset all amounts subject to master netting agreements in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Enogex held no Level 1 investments at March 31, 2013 and no Level 3 investments at March 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

 

    March 31, 2013  
    Commodity Contracts     Gas Imbalances(A)  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets(B)     Liabilities(C)  
    (In millions)  

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

  $ 1.8      $ 0.7      $ 3.6      $ 4.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value

    1.8        0.7        3.6        4.6   

Netting adjustments

    (0.1     (0.2              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1.7      $ 0.5      $ 3.6      $ 4.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    December 31, 2012  
    Commodity Contracts     Gas Imbalances(A)  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets(B)     Liabilities(C)  
    (In millions)  

Quoted market prices in active market for identical assets (Level 1)

  $ 5.0      $ 5.0      $      $   

Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)

    2.6        0.5        3.1        3.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value

    7.6        5.5        3.1        3.8   

Netting adjustments

    (5.0     (5.2              

Total

  $ 2.6      $ 0.3      $ 3.1      $ 3.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (A)   Enogex uses the market approach to fair value its gas imbalance assets and liabilities, using an average of the Inside FERC Gas Market Report for Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Co. (Texas, Oklahoma Mainline), ONEOK (Oklahoma) and ANR Pipeline (Oklahoma) indices.
  (B)   Gas imbalance assets exclude fuel reserves for under retained fuel due from shippers of $8.5 million and $5.9 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.
  (C)   Gas imbalance liabilities exclude fuel reserves for over retained fuel due to shippers of $1.1 million and $1.2 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which fuel reserves are based on the value of natural gas at the time the imbalance was created and which are not subject to revaluation at fair market value.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value and carrying amount of Enogex’s financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to Enogex’s PRM activities, at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (In millions)  

PRM Assets

           

Energy Derivative Contracts

   $ 1.7         1.7       $ 2.6       $ 2.6   

PRM Liabilities

           

Energy Derivative Contracts

   $ 0.5         0.5       $ 0.3       $ 0.3   

Long-Term Debt

           

Enogex Senior Notes

     448.5         492.1         448.4         493.4   

Enogex Term Loan

     250.0         250.0         250.0         250.0   

 

The carrying value of the financial instruments included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value except for long-term debt which is valued at the carrying amount. The valuation of Enogex’s energy derivative contracts was determined generally based on quoted market prices. However, in certain instances where market quotes are not available, other valuation techniques or models are used to estimate market values. The valuation of instruments also considers the credit risk of the counterparties. The fair value of Enogex’s long-term debt is based on quoted market prices and estimates of current rates available for similar issues with similar maturities and is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

5. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Enogex is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed using derivatives instruments are commodity price risk and interest rate risk. Enogex is also exposed to credit risk in its business operations.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

Enogex has used forward physical contracts, commodity price swap contracts and commodity price option features to manage Enogex’s commodity price risk exposures in the past. Commodity derivative instruments used by Enogex are as follows:

 

   

NGLs put options and NGLs swaps are used to manage Enogex’s NGLs exposure associated with its processing agreements;

 

   

natural gas swaps are used to manage Enogex’s keep-whole natural gas exposure associated with its processing operations and Enogex’s natural gas exposure associated with operating its gathering, transportation and storage assets; and

 

   

natural gas futures and swaps, natural gas options and natural gas commodity purchases and sales are used to manage Enogex’s natural gas exposure associated with its storage and transportation contracts and asset management activities.

 

Normal purchases and normal sales contracts are not recorded in PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and earnings are recognized in the period in which physical delivery of the commodity occurs. Management applies normal purchases and normal sales treatment to: (i) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of natural gas used in or produced by Enogex’s operations and (ii) commodity contracts for the purchase and sale of NGLs produced by Enogex’s gathering and processing business.

 

Enogex recognizes its non-exchange traded derivative instruments as PRM Assets or Liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with such amounts classified as current or long-term based

 

F-114


Table of Contents

on their anticipated settlement. Exchange traded transactions are settled on a net basis daily through margin accounts with a clearing broker and, therefore, are recorded at fair value on a net basis in Other Current Assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Credit Risk

 

Enogex is exposed to certain credit risks relating to its ongoing business operations. Credit risk includes the risk that counterparties that owe Enogex money or energy will breach their obligations. If the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, Enogex may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements. In that event, Enogex’s financial results could be adversely affected and Enogex could incur losses.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and recognized into earnings in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness is recognized currently in earnings. Enogex measures the ineffectiveness of commodity cash flow hedges using the change in fair value method whereby the change in the expected future cash flows designated as the hedge transaction are compared to the change in fair value of the hedging instrument. Forecasted transactions, which are designated as the hedged transaction in a cash flow hedge, are regularly evaluated to assess whether they continue to be probable of occurring. If the forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting will cease on a prospective basis and all future changes in the fair value of the derivative will be recognized directly in earnings.

 

Enogex designates as cash flow hedges derivatives used to manage commodity price risk exposure for Enogex’s NGLs volumes and corresponding keep-whole natural gas resulting from its natural gas processing contracts (processing hedges) and natural gas positions resulting from its natural gas gathering and processing operations and natural gas transportation and storage operations (operational gas hedges). Enogex also designates as cash flow hedges certain derivatives used to manage natural gas commodity exposure for certain natural gas storage inventory positions. Enogex had no instruments designated as cash flow hedges at March 31, 2013.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedge risk are recognized currently in earnings. Enogex includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in Operating Revenues as the offsetting loss or gain on the related hedging derivative.

 

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Enogex had no derivative instruments that were designated as fair value hedges.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments are utilized in Enogex’s asset management activities. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

Quantitative Disclosures Related to Derivative Instruments

 

At March 31, 2013, Enogex had the following derivative instruments that were not designated as hedging instruments.

 

      Gross Notional  Volume(A)  
     Purchases      Sales  
     (In millions)  

Natural gas(B)

     

Physical(C)(D)

     7.0         72.6   

Fixed Swaps/Futures

     0.1         1.0   

Basis Swaps

     5.2         11.6   

 

  (A)   Natural gas in million British thermal units.
  (B)   94.4 percent of the natural gas contracts have durations of one year or less, 4.1 percent have durations of more than one year and less than two years and 1.5 percent have durations of more than two years.
  (C)   Of the natural gas physical purchases and sales volumes not designated as hedges, the majority are priced based on a monthly or daily index and the fair value is subject to little or no market price risk.
  (D)   Natural gas physical sales volumes exceed natural gas physical purchase volumes due to the marketing of natural gas volumes purchased via Enogex’s processing contracts, which are not derivative instruments and are excluded from the table above.

 

Balance Sheet Presentation Related to Derivative Instruments

 

The fair value of the derivative instruments that are presented in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value  

Instrument

  

Balance Sheet Location

  

Assets

    

Liabilities

 
          (In millions)  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Current PRM

   $ 1.3       $   
  

Other Current Assets

     0.1         0.2   

Physical Purchases/Sales

  

Current PRM

     0.4         0.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1.8       $ 0.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Derivatives(A)

      $ 1.8       $ 0.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   See Note 4 for a reconciliation of Enogex’s total derivatives fair value to Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2013.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

The fair value of the derivative instruments that are presented in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value  

Instrument

  

Balance Sheet Location

  

Assets

    

Liabilities

 
          (In millions)  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Other Current Assets

   $       $ 0.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $       $ 0.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

     

Natural Gas

     

Financial Futures/Swaps

  

Current PRM

   $ 2.2       $   
  

Other Current Assets

     5.0         4.7   

Physical Purchases/Sales

  

Current PRM

     0.4         0.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 7.6       $ 5.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Derivatives(A)

      $ 7.6       $ 5.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)   See Note 4 for a reconciliation of Enogex’s total derivatives fair value to Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012.

 

Income Statement Presentation Related to Derivative Instruments

 

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

     Amount Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income
     Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income
     Amount Recognized
in Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

   $       $ 0.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       $ 0.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

      Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

   $ (1.1
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1.1
  

 

 

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

     Amount Recognized in Other
Comprehensive Income
     Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income
     Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

   $ 0.3       $ 5.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.3       $ 5.2       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

      Amount Recognized in
Income
 
     (In millions)  

Natural Gas Physical Purchases/Sales

   $ (2.4

Natural Gas Financial Futures/Swaps

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (2.0
  

 

 

 

 

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in the tables above, amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into income (effective portion) and amounts recognized in income (ineffective portion) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, if any, are reported in Operating Revenues. For derivatives not designated as hedges in the tables above, amounts recognized in income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, if any, are reported in Operating Revenues.

 

Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features in Derivative Instruments

 

In the event Moody’s Investors Services or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services were to lower Enogex’s senior unsecured debt rating to a below investment grade rating, Enogex would have been required to post no cash collateral to satisfy its obligation under its financial and physical contracts relating to derivative instruments that are in a net liability position at March 31, 2013. Enogex could be required to provide additional credit assurances in future dealings with third parties, which could include letters of credit or cash collateral.

 

6. Stock-Based Compensation

 

The following table summarizes Enogex’s compensation expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 related to Enogex’s performance units and restricted stock.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2013              2012      
     (In millions)  

Performance units

     

Total shareholder return

   $ 0.6         0.6   

Earnings per share

     0.1         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performance units

     0.7         0.8   

Restricted stock

     0.1         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation expense

   $ 0.8         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-118


Table of Contents

OGE Energy has issued new shares to satisfy stock option exercises, restricted stock grants and payouts of earned performance units. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Enogex purchased 62,632 shares of OGE Energy’s treasury stock to satisfy the payouts of earned performance units and restricted stock grants. Enogex records treasury stock purchases from OGE Energy at cost. Purchased treasury stock is included in Member’s Interest in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were 16,707 shares of new common stock issued to Enogex’s employees pursuant to OGE Energy’s stock incentive plans related to exercised stock options, restricted stock grants (net of forfeitures) and payouts of earned performance units. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no shares of restricted stock returned to OGE Energy to satisfy tax liabilities.

 

The following table summarizes the activity of Enogex’s stock-based compensation during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

     Units/Shares      Fair Value  

Grants

     

Performance units (Total shareholder return)

     45,695       $ 51.78   

Conversions

     

Performance units (Total shareholder return)(A)

     44,232         N/A   

Performance units (Earnings per share)(A)

     14,743         N/A   

 

  (A)   Performance units were converted based on a payout ratio of 200 percent of the target number of performance units granted in February 2010 and are included in the 16,707 and 62,632 shares of common stock issued during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as discussed above.

 

7. Income Taxes

 

Prior to November 1, 2010, Enogex was a member of an affiliated group that filed consolidated income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Enogex is no longer subject to U.S. Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009 or state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2005. Income taxes were generally allocated to each company in the affiliated group based on its stand-alone taxable income or loss. Enogex earns Oklahoma state tax credits associated with its investments in natural gas processing facilities which further reduce Enogex’s effective tax rate.

 

Effective November 1, 2010, Enogex was converted to a partnership for income tax purposes and is not subject to Federal income taxes and most state income taxes, with the exception of Texas state margin taxes. For Federal and state income tax purposes other than Texas, all income, expenses, gains, losses and tax credits generated flow through to the owners, and accordingly do not result in a provision for income taxes.

 

8. Long-Term Debt

 

At March 31, 2013, Enogex was in compliance with all of its debt agreements.

 

Effective May 1, 2013, the Midstream Partnership entered into a $1.4 billion, five-year senior unsecured Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Master Formation Agreement and Enogex’s $400 million revolving credit facility was terminated.

 

9. Intercompany Agreements

 

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were $217.9 million and $137.5 million, respectively, in outstanding advances from OGE Energy.

 

Prior to May 1, 2013, Enogex had an intercompany borrowing agreement with OGE Energy whereby Enogex had access to up to $350 million of OGE Energy’s revolving credit amount. This agreement was

 

F-119


Table of Contents

terminated on May 1, 2013 in conjunction with the formation of the Midstream Partnership. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were $204.9 million and $128.1 million, respectively, in outstanding intercompany borrowings under this agreement, which are included in the outstanding advances from OGE Energy above.

 

10. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The details of net periodic benefit cost of Enogex’s portion of OGE Energy’s Pension Plan, the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan and the postretirement benefit plans included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are as follows:

 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

     Pension Plan     Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
      2013     2012     2013     2012  
     (In millions)  

Service cost

   $ 1.1      $ 1.0      $ 0.2      $ 0.2   

Interest cost

     0.7        0.8        0.3        0.3   

Expected return on plan assets

     (0.6     (0.7              

Amortization of net loss

     0.6        0.6        0.4        0.4   

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost(A)

                   (0.3     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 1.8      $ 1.7      $ 0.6      $ 0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (A)   Unamortized prior service cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period to the first eligibility age of participants who are expected to receive a benefit and are active at the date of the plan amendment.

 

The capitalized portion of net periodic pension benefit cost was $0.2 million during each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The capitalized portion of net periodic postretirement benefit cost was $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $0.1 million during the same period in 2012.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

11. Report of Business Segments

 

Previously, Enogex’s business was divided into three segments as follows: (i) natural gas transportation and storage, (ii) natural gas gathering and processing and (iii) natural gas marketing. During the third quarter of 2012, the operations and activities of EER were fully integrated with those of Enogex through the creation of a new commodity management organization. The operations of EER, including asset management activities, have been included in the natural gas transportation and storage segment and have been restated for all prior periods presented. As a result of this change, Enogex’s business is now divided into two segments for financial reporting purposes as follows: (i) natural gas transportation and storage and (ii) natural gas gathering and processing. Intersegment revenues are recorded at prices comparable to those of unaffiliated customers and are affected by regulatory considerations. In reviewing its segment operating results, Enogex focuses on operating income as its measure of segment profit and loss, and, therefore, has presented this information below. The following tables summarize the results of Enogex’s business segments during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

   Natural Gas
Transportation
and Storage
     Natural Gas
Gathering and
Processing
    Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating revenues

   $ 216.4       $ 317.9      $ (70.0   $ 464.3   

Cost of goods sold

     182.7         246.4        (69.9     359.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     33.7         71.5        (0.1     105.1   

Other operation and maintenance

     10.9         34.3               45.2   

Depreciation and amortization

     5.8         21.8               27.6   

Taxes other than income

     4.8         3.2               8.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 12.2       $ 12.2      $ (0.1   $ 24.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,453.0       $ 1,948.9      $ (1,677.6   $ 2,724.3   

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

   Natural Gas
Transportation
and Storage
     Natural Gas
Gathering and
Processing
    Eliminations     Total  
     (In millions)  

Operating revenues

   $ 169.5       $ 304.5      $ (44.4   $ 429.6   

Cost of goods sold

     131.8         217.9        (44.4     305.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin on revenues

     37.7         86.6               124.3   

Other operation and maintenance

     12.1         30.1               42.2   

Depreciation and amortization

     5.6         17.8               23.4   

Impairment of assets

             0.2               0.2   

Gain on insurance proceeds

             (7.5            (7.5

Taxes other than income

     4.8         2.5               7.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 15.2       $ 43.5      $      $ 58.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,950.3       $ 1,574.1      $ (1,182.6   $ 2,341.8   

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Except as set forth in Note 13 below, the circumstances set forth in Notes 15 and 16 to Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 appropriately represent, in all material respects, the current status of Enogex’s material commitments and contingent liabilities.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

Other

 

In the normal course of business, Enogex is confronted with issues or events that may result in a contingent liability. These generally relate to lawsuits or claims made by third parties, including governmental agencies. When appropriate, management consults with legal counsel and other appropriate experts to assess the claim. If, in management’s opinion, Enogex has incurred a probable loss as set forth by GAAP, an estimate is made of the loss and the appropriate accounting entries are reflected in Enogex’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. At the present time, based on currently available information, except as otherwise stated in Note 13 below and in Notes 15 and 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 , Enogex believes that any reasonably possible losses in excess of accrued amounts arising out of pending or threatened lawsuits or claims would not be quantitatively material to its financial statements and would not have a material adverse effect on Enogex’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

13. Regulation

 

Except as set forth below, the circumstances set forth in Note 16 to Enogex’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 appropriately represent, in all material respects, the current status of Enogex’s regulatory matters.

 

Pending Regulatory Matter

 

2013 Fuel Filing

 

On March 1, 2013, Enogex submitted its annual fuel filing to establish the fixed fuel percentages for its East Zone and West Zone for the upcoming fuel year (April 1, 2013 through March 31, 2014). The deadline for interventions and protests on the filing was March 18, 2013 and no protests were filed. On June 25, 2013, the FERC accepted Enogex’s proposed zonal fuel percentages.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

FORM OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1

  Definitions   A-6

Section 1.2

  Construction   A-26
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1

  Formation; Conversion   A-26

Section 2.2

  Name   A-26

Section 2.3

  Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices   A-27

Section 2.4

  Purpose and Business   A-27

Section 2.5

  Powers   A-27

Section 2.6

  Term   A-27

Section 2.7

  Title to Partnership Assets   A-27

Section 2.8

  Power of Attorney   A-28
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1

  Limitation of Liability   A-29

Section 3.2

  Management of Business   A-29

Section 3.3

  Rights of Limited Partners   A-29
ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;

REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1

  Certificates   A-30

Section 4.2

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates   A-30

Section 4.3

  Record Holders   A-31

Section 4.4

  Transfer Generally   A-31

Section 4.5

  Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests   A-32

Section 4.6

  Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest   A-33

Section 4.7

  Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights   A-33

Section 4.8

  Restrictions on Transfers   A-33

Section 4.9

  Eligibility Certifications; Ineligible Holders   A-35

Section 4.10

  Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders   A-36

Section 4.11

  Sponsor Party Right of First Offer   A-37

Section 4.12

  Sponsor Party Right of First Refusal.   A-38

 

A-ii


Table of Contents
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1

 

Organizational Contributions

  A-39

Section 5.2

 

Initial Contributions; Percentage Interests

  A-39

Section 5.3

 

Contributions by Limited Partners

  A-39

Section 5.4

 

Interest and Withdrawal

  A-40

Section 5.5

 

Capital Accounts

  A-40

Section 5.6

 

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests; Derivative Partnership Interests; Call and

Put Rights

  A-42

Section 5.7

 

Conversion of Subordinated Units

  A-43

Section 5.8

 

Limited Preemptive Right

  A-43

Section 5.9

 

Splits and Combinations.

  A-44

Section 5.10

 

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests

  A-44

Section 5.11

 

Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights

  A-44
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1

 

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

  A-46

Section 6.2

 

Allocations for Tax Purposes

  A-53

Section 6.3

  Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders   A-54

Section 6.4

  Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus   A-55

Section 6.5

  Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus   A-56

Section 6.6

  Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels   A-56

Section 6.7

  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units   A-56

Section 6.8

  Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights   A-57

Section 6.9

  Entity-Level Taxation   A-58
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1

  Management   A-58

Section 7.2

  Certificate of Limited Partnership   A-60

Section 7.3

  Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group   A-60

Section 7.4

  Reimbursement of the General Partner   A-60

Section 7.5

  Outside Activities   A-61

Section 7.6

  Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members   A-62

Section 7.7

  Indemnification   A-63

Section 7.8

  Liability of Indemnitees   A-64

Section 7.9

  Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties   A-65

Section 7.10

  Other Matters Concerning the General Partner   A-67

Section 7.11

  Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests   A-67

Section 7.12

  Reliance by Third Parties   A-67

Section 7.13

  Pension Plan Liabilities   A-68

 

A-iii


Table of Contents
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1

  Records and Accounting   A-68

Section 8.2

  Fiscal Year   A-68

Section 8.3

  Reports   A-68
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1

  Tax Returns and Information   A-69

Section 9.2

  Tax Elections   A-69

Section 9.3

  Tax Controversies   A-69

Section 9.4

  Withholding   A-69
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1

  Admission of Limited Partners   A-70

Section 10.2

  Admission of Successor General Partner   A-70

Section 10.3

  Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership   A-71
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1

  Withdrawal of the General Partner   A-71

Section 11.2

  Removal of the General Partner   A-72

Section 11.3

  Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner   A-72

Section 11.4

  Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages   A-74

Section 11.5

  Withdrawal of Limited Partners   A-74
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1

  Dissolution   A-74

Section 12.2

  Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution   A-74

Section 12.3

  Liquidator   A-75

Section 12.4

  Liquidation   A-75

Section 12.5

  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership   A-76

Section 12.6

  Return of Contributions   A-76

Section 12.7

  Waiver of Partition   A-76

Section 12.8

  Capital Account Restoration   A-76

 

A-iv


Table of Contents
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1

  Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner   A-76

Section 13.2

  Amendment Procedures   A-77

Section 13.3

  Amendment Requirements   A-78

Section 13.4

  Special Meetings   A-78

Section 13.5

  Notice of a Meeting   A-79

Section 13.6

  Record Date   A-79

Section 13.7

  Postponement and Adjournment   A-79

Section 13.8

  Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting   A-79

Section 13.9

  Quorum and Voting   A-79

Section 13.10

  Conduct of a Meeting   A-80

Section 13.11

  Action Without a Meeting   A-80

Section 13.12

  Right to Vote and Related Matters   A-80

Section 13.13

  Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights   A-81
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1

  Authority   A-81

Section 14.2

  Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   A-82

Section 14.3

  Approval by Limited Partners   A-83

Section 14.4

  Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion   A-84

Section 14.5

  Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion   A-84
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1

  Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests   A-85
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1

  Addresses and Notices; Written Communications   A-86

Section 16.2

  Further Action   A-87

Section 16.3

  Binding Effect   A-87

Section 16.4

  Integration   A-87

Section 16.5

  Creditors   A-87

Section 16.6

  Waiver   A-87

Section 16.7

  Third-Party Beneficiaries   A-87

Section 16.8

  Counterparts   A-87

Section 16.9

  Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury   A-87

Section 16.10

  Invalidity of Provisions   A-88

Section 16.11

  Consent of Partners   A-88

Section 16.12

  Facsimile and Email Signatures   A-88

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         Form of Certificate Evidencing Common Units

 

A-v


Table of Contents

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, dated as of                     , 2014, is entered into by and among ENABLE GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and the Initial Limited Partners (as defined herein), together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing, over the long-term, the asset base, operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group from the asset base, operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

Additional Book Basis” means, with respect to any Adjusted Property, the portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as determined in accordance with the provisions set forth below in this definition of Additional Book Basis. For purposes of determining the extent to which Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event; and

(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).

Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property; provided that the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the determination of the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items attributable to Disposed of Adjusted Property.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Adjusted Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account at the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts that such Partner is (x) obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or (y) deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and (b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period less (b)(i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and plus (c)(i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period, (ii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above and (iii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus; provided, that to the extent that actual volumes of natural gas delivered to the gathering systems of the Partnership (associated with a Minimum Volume Commitment) in a particular Quarter or Quarters are less than the prorated (in Quarterly amounts) Minimum Volume Commitment amount for such period, the General Partner may add to Adjusted Operating Surplus for such period an amount equal to such shortfall multiplied by the applicable gathering rate as set forth in the gathering or similar agreement (the “Quarterly Estimated Shortfall Payment”). The Quarterly Estimated Shortfall Payment shall be adjusted each subsequent Quarter based on the level of actual volumes delivered for such subsequent Quarter and the preceding Quarters of the period that remain subject to a Minimum Volume Commitment (as compared to the prorated Minimum Volume Commitment for such period). If the sum of Quarterly Estimated Shortfall Payments in respect of a Minimum Volume Commitment Period is greater than the aggregate shortfall amount actually paid with respect to a Minimum Volume Commitment period as finally determined, and Subordinated Units remain outstanding, then Adjusted Operating Surplus shall be adjusted in each such Quarter to give effect to the shortfall amount actually paid as if it had been paid in such Quarter to cover the shortfall in such Quarter. With respect to a Quarter in which a shortfall amount under a Minimum Volume Commitment is actually paid, Adjusted Operating Surplus shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus previously added by the General Partner with respect to such Minimum Volume Commitment Period pursuant to this proviso.

Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract or

 

A-7


Table of Contents

otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, any Person that, individually or together with its Affiliates, has the direct or indirect right to designate or cause the designation of at least one member to the Board of Directors of the General Partner, and any such Person’s Affiliates, shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the General Partner. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, CERC and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner or any Group Member), on the one hand, and OGEH and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner or any Group Member), on the other hand, will not be deemed to be Affiliates of one another hereunder unless there is a basis for such Affiliation independent of their respective Affiliation with any Group Member, the General Partner or any Affiliate (disregarding the immediately preceding sentence) of any Group Member or the General Partner.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

Agreed Value” of (a) a Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution and (b) an Adjusted Property means the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the Revaluation Event, in each case as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of:

(i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter; and

(ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less;

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to:

(i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including cash reserves for future capital expenditures, future acquisitions, and for anticipated future debt service

 

A-8


Table of Contents

requirements of the Partnership Group and for refunds of collected rates reasonably likely to be refunded as a result of a settlement or hearing relating to FERC rate proceedings) subsequent to such Quarter;

(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject; or

(iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters;

provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to subclause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“BMI” means Bronco Midstream Infrastructure LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Board of Directors” means, with respect to the General Partner, its board of directors or board of managers, as applicable, if the General Partner is a corporation or limited liability company, or the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership, as applicable.

Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

Book-Down Event” means a Revaluation Event that gives rise to a Net Termination Loss.

Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

Book-Up Event” means a Revaluation Event that gives rise to a Net Termination Gain.

“Bronco” means Enogex Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Call Right” has the meaning set forth in Annex B to the Master Formation Agreement.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

Capital Contribution” means (a) any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) current distributions that a Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives.

Capital Improvement” means (a) the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets by a Group Member, (b) the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets by a Group Member or (c) a Capital Contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has, or after such Capital Contribution will have, directly or indirectly, an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the construction or development of new, or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if and to the extent such construction, development, replacement, improvement or expansion is made to increase over the long-term, the asset base, operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the asset base, operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such construction, development, replacement, improvement, expansion or Capital Contribution. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

Capital Surplus” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in Section 6.3(a).

Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination; provided that the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

CERC” means CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., a Delaware corporation.

Certificate” means a certificate in such form (including global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more classes of Partnership Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Change in Control” of any Person means (i) a person or group (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities of such Person, except in a merger or

 

A-10


Table of Contents

consolidation that would not constitute a Change in Control under clause (ii) below, or (ii) the Person consolidates or merges with another Person, other than any such consolidation or merger where (1) the outstanding Voting Securities of the subject Person are changed into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent and (2) the holders of the Voting Securities of the subject Person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of outstanding Voting Securities in the subject Person immediately prior to such consolidation or merger.

Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(ii).

Closing Price” for any day, means in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and ask prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the average of the high bid and low ask prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and ask prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

CNP” means CenterPoint Energy, Inc., a Texas corporation.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest” is defined in Section 11.3(a).

Commences Commercial Service” means the date upon which a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following completion of construction, replacement, improvement or expansion and testing, as applicable.

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than Group Members), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group other than (i) Common Units and (ii) awards that are granted to such director in his capacity as a director under any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan implemented by the General Partner or the Partnership and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be independent under the independence standards for directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading (or if no such National Securities Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange).

Construction Debt” means debt incurred to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on other Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity.

Construction Equity” means equity issued to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on other Construction Equity. Construction Equity does not include equity issued in the Initial Public Offering.

Construction Period” means the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that the Group Member abandons or disposes of such Capital Improvement.

Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property or other asset shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearages with respect to an IPO Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an IPO Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

Current Market Price” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests, means the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Delaware LLC Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Departing General Partner” means a former general partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former general partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

Derivative Partnership Interests” means any options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, tracking, profit and phantom interests and other derivative securities (other than interests that are treated as equity in the Partnership for federal income tax purposes) relating to, convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests.

Disposed of Adjusted Property” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B).

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

EH II” has the meaning set forth in the Master Formation Agreement.

EH Management Units” has the meaning set forth in the Master Formation Agreement.

Eligibility Certificate” is defined in Section 4.9(b).

Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose (a) federal income tax status is not reasonably likely to have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.9(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in Section 4.9(a)(ii), in each case as determined by the General Partner with the advice of counsel.

Encumbrances” means pledges, restrictions on transfer, proxies and voting or other agreements, liens, claims, charges, mortgages, security interests or other legal or equitable encumbrances, limitations or restrictions of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” is defined in Section 6.9.

Event Issue Value” means, with respect to any Common Unit as of any date of determination, (i) in the case of a Revaluation Event that includes the issuance of Common Units pursuant to a public offering and solely for cash, the price paid for such Common Units or (ii) in the case of any other Revaluation Event, the Closing Price of the Common Units on the date of such Revaluation Event or, if the General Partner determines that a value for the Common Unit other than such Closing Price more accurately reflects the Event Issue Value, the value determined by the General Partner.

Event of Withdrawal” is defined in Section 11.1(a).

Excess Additional Book Basis” is defined in the definition of “Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.”

Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees paid during the Construction Period on Construction Debt. Where cash expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

FERC” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or any successor to the powers thereof.

Final Subordinated Units” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).

First Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

First Target Distribution” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and ending on                     , 2014, it means the product of $         multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is             ), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units during such period plus (b) all Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price, if any, is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided, further, that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (x) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (y) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

General Partner” means Enable GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in their capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest” means the non-economic management interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Except as expressly set forth in Section 6.1, the General Partner Interest does not include any rights to profits or losses or any rights to receive distributions from operations or upon the liquidation or winding up of the Partnership.

Gross Liability Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

Group” means two or more Persons that with or through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Hedge Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of a Group Member to fluctuations in interest rates, the price of hydrocarbons, basis differentials or currency exchange rates in their operations or financing activities and not for speculative purposes.

IDR Reset Common Units” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

IDR Reset Election” is defined in Section 5.11(a).

Incentive Distribution Right” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.

Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii) and Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).

Incremental Income Taxes” is defined in Section 6.9.

Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of (i) any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or (ii) any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (f) solely with respect to matters occurring prior to the IPO Closing Date, Bronco, BMI and any of their Affiliates and their respective members, partners, directors and officers and (g) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s status, service or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

Ineligible Holder” is defined in Section 4.9(c).

Initial Limited Partners” means CERC, OGEH, Bronco and BMI (with respect to the Common Units and Subordinated Units, as applicable, owned or to be owned by them as set forth in Section 5.2), and the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights).

Initial Public Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public (including the offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option), as described in the Registration Statement.

Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Common Units were first offered to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the IPO Prospectus, or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) issuances of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the IPO Underwriters in the Initial Public Offering) to anyone other than the Partnership Group; (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of

 

A-15


Table of Contents

any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; and (d) capital contributions received by a Group Member.

Interim Closing Date” means May 1, 2013, which is the date on which the transactions contemplated by the Master Formation Agreement were consummated.

Investment Capital Expenditures” means capital expenditures that are neither Expansion Capital Expenditures nor Maintenance Capital Expenditures.

IPO Closing Date” means the closing date of the first sale of Common Units in the Initial Public Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“IPO Common Unit” means the Outstanding Common Units immediately after the Initial Public Offering.

IPO Prospectus” means the final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act with respect to the Initial Public Offering.

IPO Underwriters” means each Person named as an underwriter in the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

Limited Partner Interest” means an interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests (other than a General Partner Interest) or a combination thereof (but excluding Derivative Partnership Interests), and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

Maintenance Capital Expenditure” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction or development of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) by a Group Member made to maintain, over the long-term, the asset base, operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation of the amounts paid for each.

Master Formation Agreement” means that certain Master Formation Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013, by and among CNP, OGE, Bronco Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Bronco Midstream Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and to which the Partnership and the General Partner are bound, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Merger Agreement” is defined in Section 14.1.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and ending on                     , 2014, it means the product of $         multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is             ), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

Minimum Volume Commitment” means, pursuant to a gathering or similar agreement, a commitment of a third party to deliver specified minimum volumes of natural gas in a twelve month period to the gathering systems of the Partnership.

National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section).

Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property or other consideration reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property or other consideration is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case as determined and required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.

Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, (a) the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Unrealized Gain over the aggregate amount of Unrealized Loss deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d) on the date of a Revaluation Event; provided, however, that the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, (a) the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Unrealized Loss over the aggregate amount of Unrealized Gain deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d) on the date of a Revaluation Event; provided, however, that items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

Noncompensatory Option” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.721-2(f).

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Notice of Election to Purchase” is defined in Section 15.1(b).

OGE” means OGE Energy Corp., an Oklahoma corporation.

OGEH” means OGE Enogex Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Omnibus Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Master Formation Agreement.

Operating Expenditures” means, with respect to any period after the IPO Closing Date, all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, compensation of employees, officers and directors of the General Partner, reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, debt service payments, Maintenance Capital Expenditures, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, subject to the following:

(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iii) distributions to Partners, (iv) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests by the Partnership to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans or reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner for purchases of Partnership Interests by the General Partner to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or (v) any expenditures to fund demand fees using a portion of the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the IPO Prospectus; and

 

A-18


Table of Contents

(d) (i) amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a Hedge Contract shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract.

Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period after the IPO Closing Date and ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

(a) the sum of (i) $         million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the IPO Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and the termination of Hedge Contracts (provided that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid during the Construction Period (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity, less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the IPO Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such 12-month period with the proceeds of additional Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure;

provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on principal, but return of principal shall not be treated as cash receipts.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to, or the general counsel or other inside counsel of, the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) reasonably acceptable to the General Partner or to such other person selecting such counsel or obtaining such opinion.

Organizational Limited Partner” means CERC, in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding in the Register as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Section 11.1(b) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that, upon or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership” means Enable Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Group” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

Partnership Interest” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any Limited Partner Interests and the General Partner Interest but shall exclude any Derivative Partnership Interests.

Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

Percentage Interest” means, as of any date of determination, (a) as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units, and (b) as to the holders of the other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall be zero. The Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interest shall at all times be zero.

Permitted Transfer” means:

(a) with respect to CERC, a transfer by such Limited Partner of a Limited Partner Interest to a wholly owned Subsidiary of CNP; and

(b) with respect to OGEH, a transfer by such Limited Partner of a Limited Partner Interest to a wholly owned Subsidiary of OGE;

 

A-20


Table of Contents

provided that (i) with respect to Permitted Transfers by CERC, the Subsidiary transferee remains a wholly owned Subsidiary of CNP (or any successor Person), at all times following such transfer, and (ii) with respect to Permitted Transfers by OGEH, the Subsidiary transferee remains a wholly owned Subsidiary of OGE (or any successor Person), at all times following such transfer, it being acknowledged that any transfer resulting in the Subsidiary transferee no longer being wholly owned shall be deemed a transfer of such Limited Partner Interest that is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.11 and Section 4.12. References herein to CERC and OGEH shall include any transferee of a Limited Partner Interest pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Plan of Conversion” is defined in Section 14.1.

Privately Placed Units” means any Common Units issued for cash or property other than pursuant to a public offering.

Pro Rata” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

Proposed Transferee” is defined in Section 4.12(b)(iv).

Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

Put Right” has the meaning set forth in Annex B to the Master Formation Agreement.

Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership that includes the IPO Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the IPO Closing Date.

Quarterly Estimated Shortfall Payment” is defined in the definition of “Adjusted Operating Surplus.”

Rate Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.9(a)(i).

Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to receive notice of, or entitled to exercise rights in respect of, any lawful action of Limited Partners (including voting) or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Record Holder” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent and the Register as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered in the Register as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day.

Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

Register” is defined in Section 4.5(a) of this Agreement.

Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-192542) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Public Offering.

Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to a Unitholder, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, and (ii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

Reset MQD” is defined in Section 5.11(e).

Reset Notice” is defined in Section 5.11(b).

Retained Converted Subordinated Unit” is defined in Section 5.5(c)(ii).

Revaluation Event” means an event that results in adjustment of the Carrying Value of each Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

ROFO Acceptance Notice” is defined in Section 4.11(b)(i).

ROFO Accepting Limited Partner” is defined in Section 4.11(b)(i).

ROFO Non-Selling Limited Partner” is defined in Section 4.11(a).

ROFO Notice” is defined in Section 4.11(a).

ROFO Offer Notice” is defined in Section 4.11(b)(i).

ROFO Price” is defined in Section 4.11(a).

ROFO Seller” is defined in Section 4.11(a).

ROFO Units” is defined in Section 4.11(a).

ROFR Acceptance Notice” is defined in Section 4.12(b)(i).

ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

ROFR Offer” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

 

 

A-22


Table of Contents

ROFR Period” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

ROFR Sale Price” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

ROFR Seller” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

ROFR Seller’s Notice” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

ROFR Units” is defined in Section 4.12(a).

Second Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

Second Target Distribution” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and ending on                     , 2014, it means the product of $         multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is             ), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

SEPH” has the meaning set forth in the Master Formation Agreement.

SESH” has the meaning set forth in the Master Formation Agreement.

Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to a Unitholder, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, and (ii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee acting in good faith.

Sponsor Parties” means each of CERC and OGEH (and their successors), in their capacities as Limited Partners.

Subordinated Unit” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

Subordination Period” means the period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and expiring on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending                     , 2017 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter

 

A-23


Table of Contents

periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending                     , 2015 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to the four-consecutive-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four- consecutive-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, plus the corresponding Incentive Distributions and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed in a manner described in Section 11.4.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Surviving Business Entity” is defined in Section 14.2(b)(ii).

Target Distributions” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.

Third Target Distribution” means $             per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and ending on                     , 2014, it means the product of $         multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is             ), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which the referenced Partnership Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if such Partnership Interests are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City are not legally required to be closed.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

Transaction Documents” is defined in Section 7.1(b).

transfer” is defined in Section 4.4(a).

transferee” means a Person who has received Partnership Interests by means of a transfer.

Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed (if any); provided that, if no such Person is appointed as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act as registrar and transfer agent for such class of Partnership Interests.

Treasury Regulation” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated as of                     , 2014 among the IPO Underwriters, the General Partner and the Partnership in connection with the Initial Public Offering providing for the purchase of Common Units by the IPO Underwriters.

Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated by the General Partner as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) the General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unit Majority” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Unitholders” means the holders of Units.

Unpaid MQD” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an IPO Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an IPO Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units. The Unrecovered Initial Unit Price shall be determined by reference to the Initial Unit Price per Common Unit in the Initial Public Offering.

Unrestricted Person” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement from time to time.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

Voting Securities” of a Person shall mean securities of any class of such Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of, or to appoint, members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the Person; provided, that if such Person is a limited partnership, Voting Securities of such Person shall be the general partner interest in such Person.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” is defined in Section 11.1(b).

Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings incurred pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement that are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to the Partners; provided that when such borrowings are incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from the date of such borrowings other than from additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The General Partner has the power to construe and interpret this Agreement and to act upon any such construction or interpretation. Any construction or interpretation of this Agreement by the General Partner and any action taken pursuant thereto and any determination made by the General Partner in good faith shall, in each case, be conclusive and binding on all Record Holders and all other Persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation; Conversion. The Partnership was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware LLC Act on December 31, 2010. The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner caused the Partnership to be converted from a limited liability company to a limited partnership in accordance with Section 17-217 of the Delaware Act. The General Partner and the Initial Limited Partners hereby amend and restate the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, as amended, in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the record owner thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “Enable Midstream Partners, LP”. Subject to applicable law, the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102, or such place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102, or such place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity and the General Partner in determining whether to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 2.5 Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of its certificate of limited liability company in accordance with the Delaware LLC Act, was uninterrupted by the filing of its Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with Section 17-217 of the Delaware Act and shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to the assets of the Partnership, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets of the Partnership or any portion thereof. Title to any or all assets of the Partnership may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any assets of the Partnership for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to any successor General Partner. All assets of the Partnership shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such assets of the Partnership is held.

Section 2.8 Power of Attorney

(a) Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to:

(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Articles IV, X, XI or XII; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger or conversion) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and

(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (B) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.8(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by, the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such

 

A-28


Table of Contents

power of attorney, and each such Limited Partner, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator may request in order to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business. No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. No action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) nor shall any such action affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Rights of Limited Partners.

(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) to obtain from the General Partner either (A) the Partnership’s most recent filings with the Commission on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings on Form 10-Q and 8-K or (B) if the Partnership is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the information specified in, and meeting the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act (provided that the foregoing materials shall be deemed to be available to a Limited Partner in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 3.3(a)(i) if posted on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website);

(ii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner; and

(iii) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto.

(b) The rights to information granted the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 3.3(a) replace in their entirety any rights to information provided for in Section 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act and each of the Partners and each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in Partnership Interests hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have any rights as Partners to receive any information either pursuant to Sections 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act or otherwise except for the information identified in Section 3.3(a).

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes

 

A-29


Table of Contents

(A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or regulation or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.3).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, each of the Partners, each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person or Group.

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates. Owners of Partnership Interests and, where appropriate, Derivative Partnership Interests, shall be recorded in the Register and ownership of such interests shall be evidenced by a physical certificate or book entry notation in the Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by physical certificates. Certificates, if any, shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President and the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or other authorized officer of the General Partner, and shall bear the legend set forth in Section 4.8(f). The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Partnership with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issuance. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that, if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holder’s Subordinated Units converted, or (ii) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holders’ Subordinated Units converted. With respect to any Partnership Interests that are represented by physical certificates, the General Partner may determine that such Partnership Interests will no longer be represented by physical certificates and may, upon written notice to the holders of such Partnership Interests and subject to applicable law, take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to cause such Partnership Interests to be registered in book entry or global form and may cause such physical certificates to be cancelled or deemed cancelled.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

 

A-30


Table of Contents

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders. The names and addresses of Unitholders as they appear in the Register shall be the official list of Record Holders of the Partnership Interests for all purposes. The Partnership and the General Partner shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person or Group, regardless of whether the Partnership or the General Partner shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person or Group in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Person on the other, such representative Person shall be the Limited Partner with respect to such Partnership Interest upon becoming the Record Holder in accordance with Section 10.1(b) and have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein, including Section 10.1(c).

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns all or any part of its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a transfer, sale, assignment, gift, Encumbrance, hypothecation, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) makes any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, gift, Encumbrance, hypothecation, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any distribution, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any Limited Partner Interest, whether

 

A-31


Table of Contents

voluntary, involuntary or pursuant to any dissolution, liquidation or termination of such Person, to such Person’s members, stockholders, partners or other interestholders shall constitute a “transfer” of a Limited Partner Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to a Limited Partner, any transfer, sale, assignment, gift, Encumbrance, hypothecation, exchange or other disposition of any interest in such Limited Partner, by such Limited Partner or any interestholder of such Limited Partner shall be deemed to be an indirect Transfer of a Limited Partner Interest hereunder); provided, however, that any transfer of all or substantially all the assets, or a Change in Control, of CNP or OGE shall not be a “transfer” hereunder.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void, and the Partnership shall have no obligation to effect or recognize any such transfer or purported transfer. The Partnership may issue stop transfer instructions to any Transfer Agent in order to implement any restriction on transfer contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or limit a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner and the term “transfer” shall not include any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The General Partner shall keep, or cause to be kept by the Transfer Agent on behalf of the Partnership, one or more registers in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests, and any Derivative Partnership Interests as applicable, shall be recorded (the “Register”).

(b) The General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of this Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered. Upon the proper surrender of a Certificate, such transfer shall be recorded in the Register.

(c) Except as provided in Section 4.9, by acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests pursuant to a transfer in accordance with this Article IV, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, or agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the Register and such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall be deemed to represent that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) shall be deemed to make any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

(d) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law, including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(b) and (c), the General Partner may at its option transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval or the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c), the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to any Person without the prior approval of all members of the Board of Directors.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

(d) The General Partner shall not transfer all or any EH Management Units to any Person without the prior approval of all members of the Board of Directors; provided, that the General Partner shall transfer all of the EH Management Units to any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as a condition to the election of such successor.

Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights. The General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval.

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers.

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(e), notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

(b) Except for a Permitted Transfer or as provided in Section 4.11(c) or Section 4.12(c), no Common Units or Subordinated Units may be transferred, in whole or in part, by a Sponsor Party unless the Sponsor Party purporting to transfer such Common Units or Subordinated Units first complies with the applicable provisions of Sections 4.11 and 4.12.

 

A-33


Table of Contents

(c) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(d) The transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.8(b) and 6.8(c). The transfer of a Subordinated Unit or a Common Unit issued upon conversion of a Subordinated Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

(e) Except for Section 4.9, nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(f) Each certificate or book-entry evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). ENABLE GP, LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO (A) AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR (B) IN THE CASE OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS, TO PRESERVE THE UNIFORMITY THEREOF (OR ANY CLASS OR CLASSES OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS). THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON ITS TRANSFER PROVIDED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE PARTNERSHIP. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Section 4.9 Eligibility Certifications; Ineligible Holders.

(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that:

(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member on assets that are subject to regulation by the FERC or an analogous regulatory body (a “Rate Eligibility Trigger”); or

(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of one or more Limited Partners (a “Citizenship Eligibility Trigger”);

then, (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, the General Partner may obtain such proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose U.S. federal income tax status does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, the General Partner may obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of the Limited Partners (or, if any Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those Limited Partners whose nationality, citizenship or other related status does not or would not subject any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, the General Partner may require all Limited Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Limited Partner Interests to so certify prior to being admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate”).

(c) If any Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner an Eligibility Certificate or other requested information of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder within thirty (30) days (or such other period as the General Partner may determine) of receipt of a request from the General Partner to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other requested information, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner or a transferee of a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a Partner, an “Ineligible Holder”), the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 or the General Partner may refuse to effect the transfer of the Limited Partner Interests to such transferee. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted for any Limited Partner that is an Ineligible Holder as the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of its Limited Partner Interest (representing the right to receive its share of such distribution in kind).

 

A-35


Table of Contents

(f) At any time after an Ineligible Holder can and does certify that it no longer is an Ineligible Holder, it may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder, and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of such Limited Partner Interests.

Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or any information requested within thirty (30) days (or such other period as the General Partner may determine) of receipt of a request from the General Partner to furnish an Eligibility Certificate, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or such other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is not an Ineligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is not an Ineligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated in the Register by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificates evidencing the Redeemable Interests at the place specified in the notice) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) The Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or transferee at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificates evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee, agent or representative of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the transferor provides notice of such transfer to the General Partner. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided that the transferee of such

 

A-36


Table of Contents

Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such transferee is not an Ineligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification within 30 days after the request, and, in any event, before the redemption date, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

Section 4.11 Sponsor Party Right of First Offer.

(a) Subject to Section 4.8 and Section 4.11(c), except for a Permitted Transfer or a transfer to which Section 4.12 applies, if a Sponsor Party (a “ROFO Seller”) wishes to solicit proposals from third parties to acquire all or any portion of the ROFO Seller’s Common Units or Subordinated Units, the ROFO Seller shall first provide a written notice (the “ROFO Notice”) to each other Sponsor Party (or, in the case of a transfer of Subordinated Units, only to the other Sponsor Parties holding Subordinated Units), with a copy to the Partnership, containing: (i) the number of Common Units or Subordinated Units proposed to be transferred (the “ROFO Units”) and (ii) a request for each other Sponsor Party entitled to receive such notice (each, a “ROFO Non-Selling Limited Partner”) to specify the purchase price (the “ROFO Price”) and other terms and conditions on which such ROFO Non-Selling Limited Partner is willing to purchase the ROFO Units.

(b) The following procedures shall apply:

(i) Within thirty (30) days after receiving the ROFO Notice, one or more ROFO Non-Selling Limited Partners (each, a “ROFO Accepting Limited Partner” and, collectively, the “ROFO Accepting Limited Partners”) may elect in writing (the “ROFO Offer Notice”) to purchase all, but not less than all, of the ROFO Units. The ROFO Offer Notice shall specify the ROFO Price and other terms and conditions on which such ROFO Non-Selling Limited Partner is willing to purchase the ROFO Units. If any ROFO Accepting Limited Partner submits a ROFO Offer Notice within the time period specified herein, the ROFO Seller shall have thirty (30) days from the date it received the ROFO Offer Notice to elect in writing (the “ROFO Acceptance Notice”) to accept the ROFO Accepting Limited Partner’s offer to purchase the ROFO Units.

(ii) If the ROFO Seller accepts a ROFO Accepting Limited Partner’s offer, the ROFO Accepting Limited Partner must purchase the ROFO Units in the manner, and subject to the terms and conditions, described in Section 4.11(d). If the ROFO Seller does not accept any offer from a ROFO Accepting Limited Partner or fails to make such election within thirty (30) days after receiving the ROFO Offer Notice, or if there are no ROFO Accepting Limited Partners, then the ROFO Seller may, during the next one hundred twenty (120) days, transfer the ROFO Units to a third-party transferee (i) at a purchase price not less than 105% of the highest offered ROFO Price and upon terms no more favorable to the proposed transferee than those specified in the ROFO Notice and (ii) subject to the applicable terms and restrictions of this Agreement, including Section 4.8.

(iii) If more than one ROFO Accepting Limited Partner submits a ROFO Offer Notice and the ROFO Seller decides to accept any of such ROFO Offer Notices, then the ROFO Seller shall be obligated to accept such ROFO Offer Notice containing the highest offered ROFO Price. If the highest offered ROFO Price is submitted by more than one ROFO Accepting Limited Partner, each such ROFO Accepting Limited Partner shall be allocated a number of ROFO Units on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the number of Common Units or Subordinated Units, as applicable, owned by such ROFO Accepting Limited Partner in relation to the total number of Common Units or Subordinated Units, as applicable, owned by all ROFO Accepting Limited Partners, or in such other proportion as such ROFO Accepting Limited Partners shall otherwise agree.

(c) The obligations in this Section 4.11 shall apply only to any proposed transfer of Common Units or Subordinated Units, or series of such transfers to the same Person, by a Sponsor Party involving more than 5% of the aggregate of the Common Units and Subordinated Units held by such Sponsor Party.

(d) Sales of the ROFO Units to the applicable ROFO Accepting Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be made at the offices of the Partnership within sixty (60) days of the delivery of ROFO Acceptance

 

A-37


Table of Contents

Notice, or on such other date as the participating parties may agree in writing. Such sales shall be effected by the ROFO Seller’s delivery of the ROFO Units, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by the governing documents of the Partnership and securities laws), to the applicable ROFO Accepting Limited Partner, against payment to the ROFO Seller of the ROFO Price by the applicable ROFO Accepting Limited Partner and on the terms and conditions specified in the applicable ROFO Offer Notice.

Section 4.12 Sponsor Party Right of First Refusal.

(a) Subject to Section 4.8 and Section 4.12(c), except for a Permitted Transfer or a transfer to which Section 4.11 applies, if a Sponsor Party (a “ROFR Seller”) receives an unsolicited bona fide offer from a third party for a transfer of all or any portion of the ROFR Seller’s Common Units or Subordinated Units, and the ROFR Seller wishes to accept such offer, the ROFR Seller shall first provide a written notice (the “ROFR Seller’s Notice”) to each other Sponsor Party (or, in the case of a transfer of Subordinated Units, only to the other Sponsor Parties holding Subordinated Units), with a copy to the Partnership, containing: (i) the number of Common Units or Subordinated Units proposed to be transferred (the “ROFR Units”) and the per Unit purchase price offered therefor, which may only be in cash (the “ROFR Sale Price”), and (ii) the material terms and conditions of such proposed transfer. Delivery of the ROFR Seller’s Notice to the Sponsor Parties entitled to receive such notice (each, a “ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner”) shall constitute an offer (a “ROFR Offer”) by the ROFR Seller to sell the ROFR Units at the ROFR Sale Price to each other ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner, which shall remain outstanding for a period of thirty (30) days after the delivery of the ROFR Seller’s Notice (subject to extension as provided below, the “ROFR Period”).

(b) The following procedures shall apply:

(i) During the ROFR Period, each ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner shall have the right to accept the ROFR Offer in full but not in part, by delivering a written notice to the ROFR Seller (a “ROFR Acceptance Notice”), with a copy to each other ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner (if applicable) and the Partnership of its acceptance of the ROFR Offer with respect to all of the ROFR Units at the ROFR Sale Price and on the same terms specified in the ROFR Seller’s Notice.

(ii) If more than one ROFR Acceptance Notice is timely delivered to the ROFR Seller, each ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner that submitted a ROFR Acceptance Notice shall be entitled to purchase a portion of the ROFR Units determined on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Common Units or Subordinated Units, as applicable, owned by each such participating ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner in relation to the total number of Common Units or Subordinated Units, as applicable, owned by all such participating ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partners, or in such other proportion as such ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partners may agree.

(iii) A failure by a ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner to validly deliver a ROFR Acceptance Notice during the ROFR Period shall be deemed a rejection of the ROFR Offer and a waiver of such ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner’s right to purchase any portion of the ROFR Units.

(iv) If no ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partner timely delivers a ROFR Acceptance Notice, then the ROFR Seller shall be free, for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the expiration of the ROFR Period, to sell such ROFR Units to a third party (the “Proposed Transferee”) (x) at a price per Unit equal to or greater than the ROFR Price and upon terms no more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those specified in the ROFR Seller’s Notice and (y) subject to the applicable terms and restrictions of this Agreement, including Section 4.8.

(c) The obligations in this Section 4.12 shall apply only to any proposed transfer of Common Units or Subordinated Units, or series of such transfers to the same Person, by a Sponsor Party involving more than 5% of the aggregate of the Common Units or Subordinated Units held by such Sponsor Party.

(d) Sales of the ROFR Units to be sold to the participating ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partners pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be made at the offices of the Partnership within sixty (60) days of the delivery

 

A-38


Table of Contents

of ROFR Seller’s Notice, or on such other date as the participating parties may agree in writing. Such sales shall be effected by the ROFR Seller’s delivery of the ROFR Units, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than restrictions imposed by the governing documents of the Partnership and securities laws), to the participating ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partners, against payment to the ROFR Seller of the purchase consideration therefor by the participating ROFR Non-Transferring Limited Partners and on the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Seller’s Notice.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions. In connection with the conversion of the Partnership from a limited liability company to a limited partnership as described in Section 2.1, (a) the General Partner was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, (b) the Organizational Limited Partner was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership and (c) the Organizational Limited Partner received 291,002,583 Common Units in exchange for the previously outstanding limited liability company membership interests that were held by the Organizational Limited Partner at the time of such conversion.

Section 5.2 Initial Contributions; Percentage Interests.

(a) On the Interim Closing Date and pursuant to the Master Formation Agreement, the Partnership issued 141,956,176 Common Units to OGE and 65,908,224 Common Units to Bronco and the Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner. Effective August 15, 2013, Bronco transferred 55,750,000 Common Units to BMI. On March 25, 2014, the Partnership effected a 1 for 1.279082616 Common Unit reverse split.

(b) Immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering,     % of the Common Units held by each of CERC and OGE shall be converted (and any fractional Units will be rounded in the same manner as contemplated by Section 5.9(d)) into Subordinated Units. Upon completion of and as a result of the transactions described in this Section 5.2, the ownership of the Common Units and Subordinated Units by the Initial Limited Partners on the IPO Closing Date is as follows:

 

Initial Limited Partner

   Common
Units
   Subordinated
Units
 

CERC

     

OGE

     

Bronco

          

BMI

          

Section 5.3 Contributions by Limited Partners.

(a) On the IPO Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each IPO Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each IPO Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the selling unitholder(s) noted in the Underwriting Agreement in exchange for the sale by such selling unitholder(s) of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(c) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the IPO Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to the Initial Limited Partners as described in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, (ii) the Common Units issued to the IPO Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.3 and (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights issued to the General Partner as described in Section 5.2.

 

A-39


Table of Contents

(d) No Limited Partner will be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which the nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). As of the IPO Closing Date, the Capital Account balance attributable to the Common Units issued to the Organizational Limited Partner, OGEH, and Bronco pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2(a) shall equal the product of the number of Common Units issued to the Organizational Limited Partner, OGEH, and Bronco, respectively, and the Initial Unit Price for each such Common Unit (and the Capital Account balance attributable to each such Common Unit shall equal its Initial Unit Price). As of the IPO Closing Date, the Capital Account attributable to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall be zero. Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made (x) except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(m), without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and (y) as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

A-40


Table of Contents

(iv) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code (including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.734-2(b)(1)) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(v) In the event the Carrying Value of Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), any Unrealized Gain resulting from such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain and any Unrealized Loss resulting from such adjustment shall be treated as an item of loss.

(vi) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(vii) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

(viii) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

(c)

(i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a Pro Rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any converted Subordinated Units (“Retained Converted Subordinated Units”) or Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or transferred converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(iii) Subject to Section 6.8(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph (iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will (A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the

 

A-41


Table of Contents

retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.

(d)

(i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of each Partner and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property; provided, however, that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. If upon the occurrence of a Revaluation Event described in this Section 5.5(d), a Noncompensatory Option of the Partnership is outstanding, the Partnership shall adjust the Carrying Value of each Partnership property in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2). In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests (or, in the case of an issuance of a Noncompensatory Option, immediately after such issuance if required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(1)) shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may first determine an aggregate value for the assets of the Partnership that takes into account the current trading price of the Common Units, the fair market value of all other Partnership Interests at such time and the amount of Partnership Liabilities. The General Partner may allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate). Absent a contrary determination by the General Partner, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a Revaluation Event shall be the value that would result in the Capital Account for each Common Unit that is Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the Event Issue Value.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of a distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests; Derivative Partnership Interests; Call and Put Rights.

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests (other than General Partner Interests) and Derivative Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership

 

A-42


Table of Contents

Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest; (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by Certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the Register as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

(e) If a Call Right or a Put Right is exercised, in exchange for the Partnership purchasing an additional interest in SESH as provided in Annex B to the Master Formation Agreement, the Partnership shall issue to SEPH a number of additional Common Units as determined pursuant to Annex B to the Master Formation Agreement.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units.

(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the expiration of the Subordination Period.

(b) In the event that Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7(a) at a time when there shall be more than one holder of Subordinated Units, then, unless all of the holders of the Subordinated Units shall agree to a different allocation, the Subordinated Units that are to be converted into Common Units shall be allocated among the holders of the Subordinated Units pro rata based on the number of Subordinated Units held by each such holder.

(c) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and Section 5.11 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. For so long as a Person remains an Affiliate of the General Partner, each Affiliate of the General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, up to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of such Person equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

 

A-43


Table of Contents

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice (or such shorter periods as required by applicable law). The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of Partnership Interests represented by Certificates, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (with fractional Units equal to or greater than a 0.5 Unit being rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “IDR Reset Common Units”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the

 

A-44


Table of Contents

General Partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in this Section 5.11 shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the Unitholders other than as set forth in this Section 5.11(a), at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “Reset Notice”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such IDR Reset Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the IDR Reset Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions, shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights will (i) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an IPO Common Unit, and (ii) second, as to any remaining balance in such Capital Account, will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not sufficient capital associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an IPO Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).

 

A-45


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period (other than any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the IPO Closing Date, with respect to which the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP shall govern) shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate amount of Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate amount of Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods; and

(ii) The balance, if any, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata.

(b) Net Loss. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Loss for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), and subject to the provisions set forth in the last sentence of this Section 6.1(c)(i), Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated in the following order and priority:

(A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Adjusted Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account;

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Unpaid MQD”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

 

A-46


Table of Contents

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) for such period (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);

(E) Fifth, (x) 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) for such period (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);

(F) Sixth, (x) 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter after the Closing Date or the date of the most recent IDR Reset Election, if any, over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv) for such period; and

(G) Finally, (x) 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (y) 50% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.1(c)(i), the General Partner may adjust the amount of any Net Termination Gain arising in connection with a Revaluation Event that is allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in a manner that will result (i) in the Capital Account for each Common Unit that is Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the Event Issue Value and (ii) to the greatest extent possible, the Capital Account with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights that are Outstanding prior to such Revaluation Event being equal to the amount of Net Termination Gain that would be allocated to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i) if the Capital Accounts with respect to all Partnership Interests that were Outstanding immediately prior to such Revaluation Event and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property were equal to zero.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii) or Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be allocated:

(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

 

A-47


Table of Contents

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(C) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(iii) Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Net Termination Loss as a result of a Revaluation Event prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding equals the Event Issue Value; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii) (A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account);

(B) Second, to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata; provided, however, that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(C) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(iv) If (A) a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), (B) a Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss subsequently occurs (other than as a result of a Revaluation Event) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and (C) after tentatively making all allocations of such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss provided for in Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit does not equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if Section 6.1(c)(iii) had not been part of this Agreement and all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction included in such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, as applicable, shall be specially allocated to the General Partner and all Unitholders in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible, cause the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period in the following order:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each

 

A-48


Table of Contents

Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations.

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit with respect to a taxable period exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit with respect to the same taxable period (the amount of the excess, an “Excess Distribution” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the IPO Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation

 

A-49


Table of Contents

Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code (including pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.734-2(b)(1)) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.

(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“Final Subordinated Units”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an IPO Common Unit.

(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an IPO Common Unit.

 

A-50


Table of Contents

(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(xi) Curative Allocation.

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(xii) Equalization of Capital Accounts With Respect to Privately Placed Units. Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss deemed recognized as a result of a Revaluation Event shall first be allocated to the (A) Unitholders holding Privately Placed Units or (B) Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, as applicable, to the extent necessary to cause the Capital Account in respect of each Privately Placed Unit then Outstanding to equal the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit (other than Privately Placed Units) then Outstanding.

(xiii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) The General Partner shall allocate Additional Book Basis Derivative Items consisting of depreciation, amortization, depletion or any other form of cost recovery (other than Additional Book Basis Derivative Items included in Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) with respect to any Adjusted Property to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, and the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, all in the same proportion as the Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss resulting from the Revaluation Event that gave rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 6.1(c).

 

A-51


Table of Contents

(B) If a sale or other taxable disposition of an Adjusted Property, including, for this purpose, inventory (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”) occurs other than in connection with an event giving rise to Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, the General Partner shall allocate (1) items of gross income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the Disposed of Adjusted Property (determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items) treated as having been allocated to the Unitholders pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B) exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B), the Unitholders shall be treated as having been allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative Items taken into account in computing cost of goods sold would reduce the amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xiii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) Net Termination Loss in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) such Net Termination Loss and (2) the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible, the Capital Account balances of the Partners will equal the amount they would have been had no prior Book-Up Events occurred, and any remaining Net Termination Loss shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof. In allocating Net Termination Loss pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(C), the General Partner shall attempt, to the extent possible, to cause the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders, on the one hand, and holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, on the other hand, to equal the amount they would equal if (i) the Carrying Values of the Partnership’s property had not been previously adjusted in connection with any prior Book-Up Events, (ii) Unrealized Gain and Unrealized Loss (or, in the case of a liquidation, actual gain or loss) with respect to such Partnership Property were determined with respect to such unadjusted Carrying Values, and (iii) any resulting Net Termination Gain had been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the provisions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.1(c)(i)).

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xiii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xiii)(A)—(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii).

(E) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d)(xiii), the determinations of Additional Book Basis (and items derived therefrom) and Net Positive Adjustments (and items derived therefrom) shall be made without regard to any Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event that occurred on or prior to the IPO Closing Date.

 

A-52


Table of Contents

(xiv) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to Conversion of the Last Outstanding Subordinated Unit. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if (A) the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit and (B) after having made all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit does not equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if Section 6.1(c)(iii) and Section 6.1(c)(iv) had not been part of this Agreement and all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for such taxable period shall be reallocated among the General Partner and all Unitholders in a manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the reallocation of items set forth in the immediately preceding sentence provides that, to the extent necessary to achieve the Capital Account balances described above, (x) items of income and gain that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs, shall be reallocated from the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units to Unitholders holding Common Units and (y) items of deduction and loss that would otherwise be included in Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be reallocated from Unitholders holding Common Units to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units. In the event that (i) the Liquidation Date occurs on or before the date (not including any extension of time prescribed by law for the filing of the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the taxable period immediately prior to the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs and (ii) the reallocation of items for the taxable period in which the Liquidation Date occurs as set forth above in this Section 6.1(d)(xiv) fails to achieve the Capital Account balances described above, items of income, gain, loss and deduction that would otherwise be included in the Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such prior taxable period shall be reallocated among all Unitholders in a manner that will, to the maximum extent possible and after taking into account all other allocations made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiv), cause the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited

 

A-53


Table of Contents

Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which the nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

(h) If, as a result of an exercise of a Noncompensatory Option, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the General Partner shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on                     , 2014, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. The Record Date for the first distribution of Available Cash shall not be prior to the final closing of the Over-Allotment Option. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the IPO Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

 

A-54


Table of Contents

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a) (but subject to the last sentence of Section 6.3(a)), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

(a) During the Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

(i) First, to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth, (A) 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, (A) 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 50% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata;

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

(b) After the Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period (which Quarter may include the date on which the Subordination Period ends) that is deemed to be

 

A-55


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

(i) First, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) 15% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 85% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) 25% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 75% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) 50% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (B) 50% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata;

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a). Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distributions shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income,

 

A-56


Table of Contents

gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholders holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(c)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii).

(c) The holder of a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are represented by Certificates) and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an IPO Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(ii) and Section 6.1(d)(x); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (1) shall (x) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (y) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (2) shall not (x) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (y) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (z) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not preclude the Partnership from making any other payments or distributions in connection with other actions permitted by this Agreement.

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(iii).

(c) A holder of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates) or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated Common Units, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such holder, until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such IDR Reset Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an IPO Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.8(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide

 

A-57


Table of Contents

economic uniformity to such IDR Reset Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(iii), Section 6.1(d)(x)(B), or Section 6.1(d)(x)(C); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner shall reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”) in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If in accordance with the foregoing the General Partner reduces the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount”) for all such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, but without limitation on the ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and power to other Persons, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner in its capacity as such shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, Encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the

 

A-58


Table of Contents

matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 and Article XIV);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of cash held by the Partnership;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, internal and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of Derivative Partnership Interests;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement and the Group Member Agreement of each other Group Member, the Underwriting Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) (in each case other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements thereof entered into after the date such Person becomes bound by the provisions of this Agreement); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership)

 

A-59


Table of Contents

is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.3(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group. Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group for salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person who is an employee of the General Partner that manages the business and affairs of the Partnership Group, and (ii) all other overhead and general and administrative expenses allocable to the Partnership Group that are incurred by the General Partner in connection with the General Partner’s management of the Partnership Group’s business and affairs (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. This provision does not affect the ability of the General Partner and its Affiliates to enter into an agreement to provide services to any Group Member for a fee or otherwise than for cost.

(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests

 

A-60


Table of Contents

or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees, consultants and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.

Section 7.5 Outside Activities.

(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership, (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member or (C) subject to the limitations contained in the Omnibus Agreement, the performance of its obligations under the Omnibus Agreement.

(b) Except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or any Partner; provided such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Unrestricted Person.

(c) Subject to the terms of Sections 7.5(a) and (b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, of the General Partner or any other Unrestricted Person for the Unrestricted Persons (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and

 

A-61


Table of Contents

(iii) the Unrestricted Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). Except as provided in the Omnibus Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, no Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement for breach of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership, provided such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person.

(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on or prior to the date hereof and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units and/or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the provisions of this Agreement purport or are interpreted to have the effect of restricting or eliminating any duties (including fiduciary duties) otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, owed by the General Partner or other Person to the Partnership, its Limited Partners or any other Person bound by this Agreement or to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited Partners or any other Person bound by this Agreement to any such restriction, such provisions shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partners and every other Person bound by this Agreement.

Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners existing hereunder, or existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

 

A-62


Table of Contents

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or omitting or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Partnership; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to any Indemnitee (other than a Group Member) with respect to any such Affiliate’s obligation pursuant to the Transaction Documents. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under this Agreement, any other agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement or Master Formation Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

 

A-63


Table of Contents

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

(j) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 7.7(a), THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 7.7 ARE INTENDED BY THE PARTNERS TO APPLY EVEN IF SUCH PROVISIONS HAVE THE EFFECT OF EXCULPATING THE INDEMNITEE FROM LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PERSON’S NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR OTHER CONDUCT.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Interests, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

A-64


Table of Contents

Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever the General Partner makes a determination to refer any potential conflict of interest for Special Approval, seek Unitholder Approval or adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder Approval, then the General Partner shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if the Board of Directors of the General Partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors of the General Partner acted in good faith. In any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging any action by the Conflicts Committee with respect to any matter referred to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval by the General Partner, any action by the Board of Directors of the General Partner in determining whether the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or whether a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming the presumption that the Conflicts Committee or the Board of Directors of the General Partner, as applicable, acted in good faith; in all cases subject to the provisions for conclusive determination in Section 7.9(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any such duty.

(b) Whenever the General Partner or the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliate of the General Partner causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors or such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or

 

A-65


Table of Contents

different standards (including fiduciary standards) imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination or other action or inaction will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement, if the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action subjectively believe that the determination or other action or inaction is in the best interests of the Partnership Group; provided, that if the Board of Directors of the General Partner is making a determination or taking or declining to take an action pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 7.9(a), then in lieu thereof, such determination or other action or inaction will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement if the members of the Board of Directors of the General Partner making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action subjectively believe that the determination or other action or inaction meets the standard set forth in clause (iii) or clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 7.9(a), as applicable; provided, further, that if the Board of Directors of the General Partner is making a determination that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of a Conflicts Committee, then in lieu thereof, such determination will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement if the members of the Board of Directors of the General Partner making such determination subjectively believe that the director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, as the case may be.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in their sole and absolute discretion. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “the General Partner at its option,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

(d) The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or required by the Delaware Act, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

 

A-66


Table of Contents

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a general partner or managing member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or such Indemnitee, respectively, reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership or any Group Member.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

Section 7.12 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

A-67


Table of Contents

Section 7.13 Pension Plan Liabilities. Any acceptance or assumption of assets or liabilities from any pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA, that is sponsored or maintained by either Sponsor Party or its Affiliates shall be approved by Special Approval. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Sponsor Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and any other Group Member from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, arising from or related to any acceptance or assumption by any Group Member of assets or liabilities from any pension plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA, maintained by such Sponsor Party or its Affiliates; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall a Sponsor Party’s indemnification obligations cover or include consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary, special or similar damages or lost profits suffered by the Partnership or any other Group Member.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including the Register and all other books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.3(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the Register, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership (or such shorter period as required by the Commission), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(b) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 50 days after the close of each Quarter (or such shorter period as required by the Commission) except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a

 

A-68


Table of Contents

report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership for such Quarter and year-to-date period, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code, or established under any foreign law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 12.4(c) in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

 

A-69


Table of Contents

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the Initial Limited Partners as described in Article V, such Persons have been or shall be, by acceptance of such Partnership Interests, and upon becoming the Record Holders of such Partnership Interests, admitted to the Partnership as Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them and be bound by this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Persons. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to the IPO Underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering as described in Article V, such Persons shall, by acceptance of such Partnership Interests, and upon becoming the Record Holders of such Partnership Interests, be admitted to the Partnership as Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units issued to them and be bound by this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Persons.

(b) By acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests transferred in accordance with Article IV or acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group, which nominee, agent or representative shall be subject to Section 10.1(c) below) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or acquired, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall be deemed to represent that the transferee or acquirer has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) shall be deemed to make any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and becoming the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9.

(c) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person that is the Record Holder (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), such Record Holder shall, in exercising the rights of a Limited Partner in respect of such Units, including the right to vote, on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, take all action as a Limited Partner by virtue of being the Record Holder of such Units in accordance with the direction of the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Units, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Record Holder is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

(d) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed in the Register. The General Partner shall update the Register from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable).

(e) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to

 

A-70


Table of Contents

Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the Register and any other records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

 

A-71


Table of Contents

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the IPO Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on                     , 2024, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on                     , 2024, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 75% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are then Outstanding) voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to

 

A-72


Table of Contents

purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members (including, in the case of EH II, the EH Management Units) and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net

 

A-73


Table of Contents

Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with Section 11.3.

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, Section 11.2 or Section 12.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2;

(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms

 

A-74


Table of Contents

and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;

provided, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their

 

A-75


Table of Contents

distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from assets of the Partnership.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal office of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners considered as a whole or any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership

 

A-76


Table of Contents

Interests in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate (A) to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) to facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or the Master Formation Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Master Formation Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Sections 14.3(c) or (d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining whether to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. An amendment to this Agreement shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or Section 13.3, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage of Outstanding Units is required under this Agreement. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is

 

A-77


Table of Contents

proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has posted or made accessible such amendment through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentages, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute (x) in the case of a reduction as described in subclause (a)(i) hereof, not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, (y) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 11.2, not less than 90% of the Outstanding Units, or (z) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 13.4, not less than a majority of the Outstanding Units.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called and the class or classes of Units for which the meeting is proposed. No business may be brought by any Limited Partner before such special meeting except the business listed in the related request. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in

 

A-78


Table of Contents

Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not be permitted to vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business. If any such vote were to take place, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent necessary so as not to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1.

Section 13.6 Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners who are Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11, the General Partner shall set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which such Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.

Section 13.7 Postponement and Adjournment. Prior to the date upon which any meeting of Limited Partners is to be held, the General Partner may postpone such meeting one or more times for any reason by giving notice to each Limited Partner entitled to vote at the meeting so postponed of the place, date and hour at which such meeting would be held. Such notice shall be given not fewer than two days before the date of such meeting and otherwise in accordance with this Article XIII. When a meeting is postponed, a new Record Date need not be fixed unless the aggregate amount of such postponement shall be for more than 45 days after the original meeting date. Any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner one or more times for any reason, including the failure of a quorum to be present at the meeting with respect to any proposal or the failure of any proposal to receive sufficient votes for approval. No vote of the Limited Partners shall be required for any adjournment. A meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner as to one or more proposals regardless of whether action has been taken on other matters. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting. The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after call and notice in accordance with Sections 13.4 and 13.5, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove of any matters submitted for consideration or to object to the failure to submit for consideration any matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the beginning of the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting. The presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a

 

A-79


Table of Contents

greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the exit of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the submission and revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Outstanding Units held by such Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Outstanding Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any permitted action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are first deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the

 

A-80


Table of Contents

Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person that is the Record Holder (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), such Record Holder shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and in accordance with the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Units, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Record Holder is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law, and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their capacity as such, shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by the General Partner.

(b) For so long as less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than amendments to this Agreement and other matters that the General Partner determines do not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the Subordinated Units, prior to the end of the Subordination Period, or together with the Common Units, thereafter, in either case as a single class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all respects as Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable, will be set in the same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of Units for such four Quarters.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 13.13(b), in connection with any equity financing, or anticipated equity financing, by the Partnership of an Expansion Capital Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that would otherwise be distributed to such holders, provided that in the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in the long-term best interest of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) or a written plan of conversion (“Plan of Conversion”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.

 

A-81


Table of Contents

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion. Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining whether to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) name and state of domicile of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and state of domicile of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

 

A-82


Table of Contents

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity;

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion (provided, that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such articles of conversion and stated therein); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners. Except as provided in Sections 14.3 (c) or (d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent and, subject to any applicable requirements of Regulation 14A pursuant to the Exchange Act or successor provision, no other disclosure regarding the proposed merger, consolidation or conversion shall be required.

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, effects an amendment to any provision of this Agreement that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement adopted pursuant to Article XIII, would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or articles of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of limited liability under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) of any Limited Partner as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the General Partner determines that the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(d) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or

 

A-83


Table of Contents

into another limited liability entity if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

(e) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (i) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (ii) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion or other filing, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or the appropriate filing office of any other jurisdiction, as applicable, in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) At the effective time of the merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) At the effective time of the conversion:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

 

A-84


Table of Contents

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and may be pursued by such creditors and obligees as if the conversion did not occur;

(v) a proceeding pending by or against the Partnership or by or against any of Partners in their capacities as such may be continued by or against the converted entity in its new organizational form and by or against the prior partners without any need for substitution of parties; and

(vi) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other securities in the converted entity as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 90% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three Business Days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at any time, the General Partner and its Affiliates hold less than 70% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding then, from and after that time, the General Partner’s right set forth in this Section 15.1(a) shall be exercisable if the General Partner and its Affiliates subsequently hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the applicable Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner), together with such information as may be required by law, rule or regulation, at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be filed and distributed as may be required by the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the Register shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the

 

A-85


Table of Contents

General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent or exchange agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate or redemption instructions shall not have been surrendered for purchase or provided, respectively, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, in the Register, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the Record Holder of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).

(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon, in accordance with procedures set forth by the General Partner.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown in the Register, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing in the Register is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year

 

A-86


Table of Contents

from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing,” “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.

Section 16.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or (b) without execution hereof.

Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person or Group holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including a fiduciary duty) owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter

 

A-87


Table of Contents

jurisdiction, any other court located in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or of any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provisions and/or part shall be reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.11 Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.12 Facsimile and Email Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document (.pdf) or similar format affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

A-88


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ENABLE GP, LLC
By:  

 

 
LIMITED PARTNERS:
CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
OGE Enogex Holdings, LLC
By: OGE Energy Corp., its Sole Member
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Enogex Holdings LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Bronco Midstream Infrastructure LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement

of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

 

No.                                Common Units   

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), Enable Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that                     (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of             Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at One Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson Avenue, Suite 950, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). ENABLE GP, LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO (A) AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES OR (B) IN THE CASE OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS, TO PRESERVE THE UNIFORMITY THEREOF (OR ANY CLASS OR CLASSES OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS). THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (iii) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.


Table of Contents

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Dated:                                                                                                   Enable Midstream Partners, LP
Countersigned and Registered by:     By:   Enable GP, LLC
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,     By:                                                                                               
As Transfer Agent and Registrar     Name:                                                                                          
    By:                                                                                               
              Secretary


Table of Contents

[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM

 

- as tenants in common

   UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT

TEN ENT

 

- as tenants by the entireties

                                    Custodian                     

JT TEN

 

- as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common

   (Cust)                             (Minor)                    
     Under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act
     (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

  

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)

  

 

(Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

             Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

Date:                                                   

   NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular. without alteration, enlargement or change.
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15   

 

(Signature)

  
  
  

 

(Signature)

  

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

 

GLOSSARY

 

2011 Pipeline Safety Act. Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011.

 

Adjusted EBITDA. Net income from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results.

 

APSA. Accountable Pipeline Safety and Partnership Act of 1996.

 

ArcLight. ArcLight Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its affiliated entities, ArcLight Energy Partners Fund V, L.P., ArcLight Energy Partners Fund IV, L.P., Bronco Midstream Partners, L.P., Bronco Midstream Infrastructure LLC and Enogex Holdings LLC, and their respective general partners and subsidiaries.

 

Barrel. One barrel of petroleum products equals 42 U.S. gallons.

 

Bbl. Barrel.

 

Bbl/d. Barrels per day.

 

Bcf. Billion cubic feet.

 

Bcf/d. Billion cubic feet per day.

 

Btu. British thermal unit. When used in terms of volume, Btu refers to the amount of natural gas required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit at one atmospheric pressure.

 

CAA. Clean Air Act, as amended.

 

CEFS. CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, that was converted into a Delaware limited partnership that became the partnership.

 

CenterPoint Energy. CenterPoint Energy, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its subsidiaries, other than Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

Central receipt point. A single receipt point into a gathering line where a producer aggregates the volumes from more than one well and delivers them into the gathering system at a single meter site.

 

CERCLA. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

 

CFTC. Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

CO2e. Carbon dioxide equivalent.

 

COBRA. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.

 

Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Condensate. A natural gas liquid with a low vapor pressure, mainly composed of propane, butane, pentane and heavier hydrocarbon fractions.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

Dekatherm. One dekatherm of natural gas has a heating value of 1,000,000 Btus, approximately equal to the heating value of 1 thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

 

Delaware Act. Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

 

DHS. Department of Homeland Security.

 

Dodd-Frank Act. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

 

DOT. Department of Transportation.

 

EGT. Enable Gas Transmission System pipeline, a 5,972-mile interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation and storage services to customers principally in the Anadarko, Arkoma and Ark-La-Tex basins in Oklahoma, Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana and Kansas.

 

EIA. Energy Information Administration.

 

Enable GP. Enable GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

Enogex. Enogex LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

ESA. Endangered Species Act.

 

EPA. Environmental Protection Agency.

 

EPAct of 2005. Energy Policy Act of 2005.

 

ERISA. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Exchange Act. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

FERC. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

 

FINRA. Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Fractionation. The separation of the heterogeneous mixture of extracted NGLs into individual components for end-use sale.

 

GAAP. Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Gas imbalance. The difference between the actual amounts of natural gas delivered from or received by a pipeline.

 

General partner. Enable GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner of Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

GHG. Greenhouse gas.

 

Gross margin. Total revenues minus cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.

 

HCA. High-consequence area.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

HLPSA. Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979.

 

Hinshaw pipeline. A pipeline is exempt from FERC’s NGA regulation if its operations are within a single state, if any gas received from interstate sources is received within the state and if its service is regulated by the state commission.

 

ICA. Interstate Commerce Act.

 

IRS. Internal Revenue Service.

 

LDC. Local distribution companies involved in the delivery of natural gas to consumers within a specific geographic area.

 

Lean gas. Natural gas that is primarily methane without NGLs.

 

LIBOR. London Interbank Offered Rate.

 

LNG. Liquefied natural gas.

 

MAOP. Maximum allowable operating pressure for gas pipelines.

 

MBbl/d. Thousand barrels per day.

 

MMcf. Million cubic feet of natural gas.

 

MMBtu. Million British thermal units.

 

MMcf/d. Million cubic feet per day.

 

MOP. Maximum operating pressure for hazardous liquid pipelines.

 

MRT. Mississippi River Transmission System pipeline, a 1,634-mile interstate pipeline that provides natural gas transportation and storage services principally in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Missouri and Illinois.

 

NEPA. National Environmental Policy Act.

 

NGA. Natural Gas Act of 1938.

 

NGPA. Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978.

 

NGPSA. Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968.

 

NGLs. Natural gas liquids, which are the hydrocarbon liquids contained within natural gas including condensate.

 

NYSE. New York Stock Exchange.

 

OGE Energy. OGE Energy Corp., an Oklahoma corporation, and its subsidiaries, other than Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

OPA. Oil Pollution Act.

 

OSHA. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970.

 

partnership. Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

 

PDO. Petition for a Declaratory Order. Petition filed with FERC to seek regulatory assurances for key terms of service offered during an open season.

 

PHMSA. Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.

 

PIPES Act. Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement, and Safety Act of 2006.

 

Prospectus Directive. Directive 2003/71/EC and amendments thereto.

 

PSA. Pipeline Safety Act of 1992.

 

PSIA. Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002.

 

RCRA. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976.

 

REIT. Real Estate Investment Trust.

 

Residue gas. The pipeline quality natural gas remaining after natural gas is processed.

 

RICE MACT. Reciprocating internal combustion engines maximum achievable control technology.

 

Rich gas. Natural gas containing higher concentrations of NGLs that is usually produced in association with crude oil.

 

SCOOP. South Central Oklahoma Oil Province.

 

SDWA. Safe Drinking Water Act.

 

SEC. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

SESH. Southeast Supply Header, LLC.

 

Sponsors. CenterPoint Energy and OGE Energy.

 

Superfund. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

 

Tailoring Rule. Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Title V Greenhouse Gas Tailoring Rule. Phases in permitting requirements for stationary sources of GHGs.

 

TBtu. Trillion British thermal units.

 

TBtu/d. Trillion British thermal units per day.

 

Tcf. Trillion cubic feet of natural gas.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

            Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

 

Prospectus

 

                , 2014

 

Morgan Stanley

Barclays

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Citigroup

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

J.P. Morgan

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Credit Suisse

 

RBC Capital Markets

 

Until                 , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 64,400   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   

 

  *   To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Enable Midstream Partners, LP

 

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, provides for indemnification of Enable Midstream Partners, LP and our general partner, their officers and directors, and any person who controls our general partner, including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Enable GP, LLC

 

Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the limited liability company agreement, Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

 

Under the limited liability agreement of our general partner, in most circumstances, our general partner will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative):

 

   

any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner (other than us and our subsidiaries);

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of our general partner or any affiliate of our general partner;

 

   

any person who is or was serving at the request of our general partner or any affiliate of our general partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person; and

 

   

any person designated by our general partner.

 

Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses incurred in connection with their activities as officers and directors of our general partner or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

On May 1, 2013, in connection with the formation of Enable Midstream Partners, LP, we issued (i) a non-economic general partner interest to Enable GP, LLC and (ii) a 28.456% limited partner interest in us to OGE Energy and a 13.212% limited partner interest in us to ArcLight in exchange for their contribution of Enogex to us, in each case in an offering exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. CenterPoint Energy retained a 58.333% limited partner interest in us as a result of these transactions.

 

On January 27, 2014, we commenced a commercial paper program, under which we are authorized to place $1.4 billion of commercial paper through dealers pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. As of February 28, 2014, $430 million was outstanding under our commercial paper program.

 

There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a)   Exhibits.

 

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:

 

  1.1**      

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  2.1**      

Master Formation Agreement dated as of March 14, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy, Inc., OGE Energy Corp., Bronco Midstream Holdings, LLC and Bronco Midstream Holdings II, LLC

  3.1**      

Certificate of Limited Partnership of CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP, as amended

  3.2**      

Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)

  4.1**      

Specimen Unit Certificate representing common units (included with Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP)

  5.1**      

Form of Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. relating to the legality of the securities being registered

  5.2**      

Form of Opinion of Jones Day relating to the legality of the securities being registered

  8.1**      

Form of Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. relating to tax matters

  10.1**      

Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and the letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  10.2**      

Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as co-documentation agents, and the several lenders thereto

  10.3**      

Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 2, 2012, by and between Enogex LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agent and Union Bank, N.A. and U.S. Bank National Association as Co-Syndication Agents

  10.4**      

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of November 15, 2009, by and between Enogex LLC and UMB Bank, N.A.

  10.5**      

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of June 15, 2009, by and between Enogex LLC and UMB Bank, N.A.

  10.6**      

Omnibus Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 among CenterPoint Energy, Inc., OGE Energy Corp., Enogex Holdings LLC and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP

  10.7**      

Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP.

  10.8**      

Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between OGE Energy Corp. and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP.

  10.9**      

Employee Transition Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 among CNP OGE GP LLC, CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and OGE Energy Corp.

  10.10**      

CNP Transitional Seconding Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and CenterPoint Energy, Inc.

  10.11**      

OGE Transitional Seconding Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and OGE Energy Corp.

  10.12**      

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP, CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., OGE Enogex Holdings LLC, and Enogex Holdings LLC

  10.13**      

OGE Energy Corp. Involuntary Severance Benefits Plans for Officers (applicable only to officers of Enogex LLC seconded to Enable Midstream Partners, LP or Enable GP, LLC or one of its subsidiaries)

  10.14**      

Retention Agreement effective as of October 24, 2013, by and between OGE Enogex Holdings, LLC and E. Keith Mitchell

  10.15**      

Summary of named executive officer compensation

  10.16**      

First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2014 by and among Enable Midstream Partners, LP, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent

  10.17**      

First Amendment and Wavier to Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 23, 2014 by and among Enable Midstream Partners, LP, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as agent

  10.18**      

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Long Term Incentive Plan

  10.19**      

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Short Term Incentive Plan

  10.20**      

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement

  10.21**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CEO IPO Unit Grant

  10.22**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CFO IPO Unit Grant

  10.23**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CEO Additional Payment Unit Grant

  10.24**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CFO Additional Payment Unit Grant

  10.25**      

Form of Phantom Unit Grant Agreement

  21.1**      

Subsidiaries of Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  23.1*      

Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP

  23.2*      

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  23.3**      

Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

  23.4**      

Consent of Jones Day (contained in Exhibit 5.2)

  23.5**      

Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

  24.1**      

Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the initial filing of the Registration Statement)

  24.2**      

Power of Attorney of Lynn L. Bourdon, III and Stephen E. Merrill

  24.3**      

Power of Attorney of Peter H. Kind

  24.4**      

Power of Attorney of Rodney J. Sailor

  99.1**      

Consent of Director Nominee (Lynn L. Bourdon, III)

  99.2**      

Consent of Executive Officer Nominee (Rodney J. Sailor)

 

  *   Filed herewith.
  **   Previously filed

 

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, Enable Midstream Partners, LP has not filed as exhibits to this Form S-1 certain long-term debt instruments under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Enable Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Enable Midstream Partners, LP hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to this offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to this offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to this offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in this offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of any transactions with OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy, our general partner, or any of their affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to OGE Energy, CenterPoint Energy, our general partner, or any of their affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

 

The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders the financial statements required by Form 10-K for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City in the State of Oklahoma on March 28, 2014.

 

ENABLE MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

By: ENABLE GP, LLC

Its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Lynn L. Bourdon, III

 

Lynn L. Bourdon, III

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Lynn L. Bourdon, III

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 28, 2014

*

Stephen E. Merrill

   Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Administrative Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   March 28, 2014

*

Tom Levescy

  

Chief Accounting Officer and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 28, 2014

*

Peter B. Delaney

   Director   March 28, 2014

*

Peter H. Kind

   Director   March 28, 2014

*

Scott M. Prochazka

   Director   March 28, 2014

*

Gary L. Whitlock

  

Director

  March 28, 2014

*

Sean Trauschke

  

Director

  March 28, 2014

 

*By:

 

/s/ Mark C. Schroeder

  Attorney-in-fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  1.1**      

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  2.1**      

Master Formation Agreement dated as of March 14, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy, Inc., OGE Energy Corp., Bronco Midstream Holdings, LLC and Bronco Midstream Holdings II, LLC

  3.1**      

Certificate of Limited Partnership of CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP, as amended

  3.2**      

Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)

  4.1**      

Specimen Unit Certificate representing common units (included with Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enable Midstream Partners, LP)

  5.1**      

Form of Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. relating to the legality of the securities being registered

  5.2**      

Form of Opinion of Jones Day relating to the legality of the securities being registered

  8.1**      

Form of Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P. relating to tax matters

  10.1**      

Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and the letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto

  10.2**      

Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as co-documentation agents, and the several lenders thereto

  10.3**      

Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 2, 2012, by and between Enogex LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agent and Union Bank, N.A. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents

  10.4**      

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of November 15, 2009, by and between Enogex LLC and UMB Bank, N.A.

  10.5**      

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of June 15, 2009, by and between Enogex LLC and UMB Bank, N.A.

  10.6**      

Omnibus Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 among CenterPoint Energy, Inc., OGE Energy Corp., Enogex Holdings LLC and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP

  10.7**      

Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP.

  10.8**      

Services Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between OGE Energy Corp. and CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP.

  10.9**      

Employee Transition Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 among CNP OGE GP LLC, CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and OGE Energy Corp.

  10.10**      

CNP Transitional Seconding Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and CenterPoint Energy, Inc.

  10.11**      

OGE Transitional Seconding Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2013 between CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP and OGE Energy Corp.

  10.12**      

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 1, 2013 by and among CenterPoint Energy Field Services LP, CenterPoint Energy Resources Corp., OGE Enogex Holdings LLC, and Enogex Holdings LLC

  10.13**      

OGE Energy Corp. Involuntary Severance Benefits Plans for Officers (applicable only to officers of Enogex LLC seconded to Enable Midstream Partners, LP or Enable GP, LLC or one of its subsidiaries)

  10.14**      

Retention Agreement effective as of October 24, 2013, by and between OGE Enogex Holdings, LLC and E. Keith Mitchell


Table of Contents
  10.15**      

Summary of named executive officer compensation

  10.16**      

First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 23, 2014 by and among Enable Midstream Partners, LP, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent

  10.17**      

First Amendment and Wavier to Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 23, 2014 by and among Enable Midstream Partners, LP, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. as agent

  10.18**      

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Long Term Incentive Plan

  10.19**      

Enable Midstream Partners, LP Short Term Incentive Plan

  10.20**      

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement

  10.21**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CEO IPO Unit Grant

  10.22**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CFO IPO Unit Grant

  10.23**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CEO Additional Payment Unit Grant

  10.24**      

Form of Restricted Unit Grant Agreement for the CFO Additional Payment Unit Grant

  10.25**      

Form of Phantom Unit Grant Agreement

  21.1**      

Subsidiaries of Enable Midstream Partners, LP

  23.1*      

Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP

  23.2*      

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

  23.3**      

Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

  23.4**      

Consent of Jones Day (contained in Exhibit 5.2)

  23.5**      

Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)

  24.1**      

Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the initial filing of the Registration Statement)

  24.2**      

Power of Attorney of Lynn L. Bourdon, III and Stephen E. Merrill

  24.3**      

Power of Attorney of Peter H. Kind

  24.4**      

Power of Attorney of Rodney J. Sailor

  99.1**      

Consent of Director Nominee (Lynn L. Bourdon, III)

  99.2**      

Consent of Executive Officer Nominee (Rodney J. Sailor)

 

  *   Filed herewith.
  **   Previously filed

 

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, Enable Midstream Partners, LP has not filed as exhibits to this Form S-1 certain long-term debt instruments under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Enable Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Enable Midstream Partners, LP hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No. 333-192542 of our report dated February 21, 2014 (March 25, 2014 as to the reverse unit split described in Note 1) relating to the combined and consolidated financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP (previously named CenterPoint Energy Field Services, LLC) and subsidiaries, (collectively the “Partnership”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the preparation of the combined and consolidated financial statements of Enable Midstream Partners, LP from the historical accounting records maintained by CenterPoint Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the retrospective application of the reverse unit split described in Note 1) appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Houston, Texas

March 28, 2014

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 27, 2013 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enogex LLC in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1) of Enable Midstream Partners, LP.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 25, 2014